i*- 
 
THE 
 EMDRA€ING SOME 
 
 J.EAD1NG FACTS & PRINCIPLES OF SCIENCE, 
 
 AND 
 
 A VARIETY OF MATTER ADAPTED TO THE WANTS 
 
 OF THE 
 
 ARTIST, ME C II A NIC, 3IANUFACTURER, 
 
 AND 
 
 MERCANTILE COMMUNITY: 
 
 TO WHICH IS ANNfiXED AN 
 
 ABSTRACT OF TONNAGE, DUTIES, CUSTOM- 
 HOUSE TARES, ALLOWANCES, AND 
 USEFUL MENSURATION TABLES. 
 
 Commerce and Manufactures — the main anchor of a nation 
 
 SECOND EDITION, 
 
 WITH ADDITIONS AND IMPROVEMENTS. 
 
 NEW' YORK: 
 
 PRINTED BY J. C. JOHNSON, 
 
 1829. 
 
Northern District of New-York, to wit • 
 
 BE IT REMEMBERED, That on the eighth day of November, id 
 the fifty-first year ot the independence of the United States of America, 
 A, D. 18*27, John Shepard, of the said district, hath deposited in this of- 
 fice the title of a book, the right whereof he claims as proprietor, in the 
 words following, to wit. 
 
 " The Artist and Tradesman's Guide : embracing some leading facts 
 and principles of science, and a variety of matter adapted to the wants 
 of the artist, mechanic, manufacturer, and mercantile community. To 
 which is annexed an abstract of tonnage, duties, custom-house tares and 
 allowances. Commerce and manufactures — the main sheet anchor of a 
 nation." 
 
 In conformity to the act of the Congress of the United States, entitled 
 '• An act for the encouragement of learning, by securing the copies of 
 maps, charts, and books, to the authors and proprietors of such copies, 
 during the times therein mentioned;" and also to the act entitled " An 
 act supplementary to an act entitled ' An act for the encouragement of 
 learning, by securing the copies of maps, charts, and books, to the 
 authors and proprietors of such copies during the times therein men>« 
 tioned,' and extending the benefits thereof to the acts of designing en- 
 graving, and etching, historical, and other prints.*" 
 
 R. R. LANSING, 
 Clerk of the District Court of the United States, 
 
 for the Northern District ol New-York - 
 
ADVERTISEMENT TO THE SECOND EDITION. 
 IN presenting the American Public with this Edition, 
 it is not presumed, after the care and labour bestowed, that it 
 is free from error or defect, but it is hoped that the errors 
 are not material, or deficiencies more numerous, than works 
 of a similar nature and size, which do not admit of perfect 
 tion. 
 
 As the work is designed more particularly to interest the 
 Merchant and Mechanic, it is believed it will be found in 
 its present form more worthy of their patronage. 
 
 To render it practically useful, rather than to make a dis- 
 play of science and fine writing, has been our greatest object^ 
 
 The reception which the work has already experieaced 
 calls for the expression of the authors gratitude. 
 
 Numerous testimonials in its favour might be inserted, if 
 they were deemed necessary in accelerating the sale, but in 
 this age of inquiry and improvement, most minds are capable 
 of erecting a standard of discriminatign, whereby they can 
 determine in regard to the merits of a Work without the aid 
 or recommendation of others. Nevertheless, it may not be 
 improper to advert to the fact that the first edition was dispo- 
 sed of in a very few weeks after its publication. 
 
 Finally, if the Merchant and Mechanic are benefitted by 
 our exertions, and we have the vanity to believe that they 
 will be, we J^ave not " Uboured for nought," but shall reap 
 a rich reward in the reflection that we have, in any degree, 
 been useful to those classes of community who are the bone 
 and sinews of our republic. To them we commit, without 
 further remark this little manual. 
 
 THE AUTHOR. 
 August, 1829. 
 
WEIGHTS AND MEASURES. 
 
 1 Gallon measure contains 8 pints, 
 
 8 pints 16 ounces, 
 
 1 ounce, 8 drachn>s, 
 
 1 drachm, GO niiuiras. 
 
 MXIGHT OF DRY SUBSTA.VCES, 
 
 1 pound contains 12 ounces, 
 
 1 ounce, 8 drachms, 
 
 I drachm, GO grains, 
 
 1 scruple, 20 grains. 
 
 It is customary to distinsruish quantities of fluid from dry 
 substances, by prefixing the letter f. (tiuid) when an ounce or 
 drachm is mentioned in medical works ; but in the formulas 
 in this work, it was considered unnecessary, as the slightest 
 acquaintance with the substances to be used will point out 
 wliat is implied. The reader will also understand that the 
 let'ers q. s. or q. p. ore used to imply (siiilicient or proper 
 (quantity ;) pp. vr j)pcL (prepared or previously prepared.) 
 
TIIK 
 
 ARTIST A: TRIBESMAN'S GUIDIii. 
 
 CHAPTER I, 
 
 IXTROOUCTlOX; 
 
 TO the Manufacturer, Chemistry has lately become 
 Aiiitlul of instruction and assistance. In the arts of brewing, 
 tanning, dying, and bleaching, its doctrines are important 
 guides. In making soap, glass, pottery, and a'l metallic^ 
 wares, its principles arc daily applied, and are capable of a 
 still more useful application, as they become better understood 
 Indeed every mechanic art, in the different processes of whicti 
 beat, moisture, solution, mixture or fermentatiou is necessarVj 
 must ever keep pace in improvement with this branch of phi- 
 losophy. Finally, there is scarcely an art of human life, 
 whicli the science of chemistry is not fitted to subserve ; 
 scarcely a department of human inquiry, either for health, 
 plea<5uro, ornament, or profit, which it may not be made in 
 in its present improved state, eminently to promote. To il"» 
 lustrate llie science fully, in all its parts, would require more 
 pages than this work is designed to contain ; therefore, we 
 shall be confined to some of the leading principles, and most 
 useful practical operations, which it embraces. 
 
 CHAPTER. II. 
 
 General jirtnciples of Clicmistry Simple Substances— i' 
 
 Compound Bodies — Attraction. 
 
 The science of Chemistry naturally divides itself into throe 
 parts ; a description of tlie component parts of bodies, or of 
 elementary or simple substances as they are called, — a de- 
 scription of the compound l)odies formed by the union of sim- 
 ple substances, and an account of the nature of the power 
 ■which produces these combinations. This power is known 
 in chernistry by the name of affinit}^ or chemical attraction. 
 By simple substances is not meant what the ancient philoso- 
 phers called elements of bodies, as fire, air, earth, and water, 
 nor particles of matter incapable of farther diminution or di- 
 vision. They signify merely, bodies that ha\^ never bccH 
 
 1* 
 
THK \KTlNl AM> 
 
 decomposed or formed by art. The simple substances of 
 which a body is composed arc called the constituent parts of 
 thai body ; and in decomposing it, we sej)arale its constituent 
 parts, if, on the contrary we divide a body by cutting it to 
 pieces, or even by grinding it to the finest powder, each of 
 these small particles will consist of a portion of the general 
 consfi'.uent parts of the whole body; these are called tlie iji- 
 tegrant parts. Cnmpoinid bodies arc formed by the combi- 
 nation of two or more simple substances with each olher. At- 
 traction is that unknown force wiiich causes bodies to ap- 
 proach each other. Its most obvious instances are the grav- 
 itation of bodies to the earth ; that of the planets towards 
 each other, and the attractions of electricity and magnetism. 
 But that attraction which comes under the more immediate 
 cognizance of chen^ists, subsists between particles of bodies; 
 and when it operates between particles of the same species, 
 it is called the attraction of cohesion^ or the attraction of ag- 
 gregation ; but when between the particles of ditrerent sub- 
 !<tances, it is called the attraction of composition, chemical at- 
 traction, or chemical aQinity. The attraction of cohesion, 
 then, is the power which unites the integrant particles of a 
 body : the attraction of composition, that which combiflcs 
 the constituent particles. When particles are united by the 
 attraction of cohesion, the result of such a union is a body of 
 the same kind as tlie })articleo of which it is formed ; but the 
 attraction of composition, by combining particles of a dissim- 
 ilar nature, produces compound bodies quite diiTerent from 
 any of their constiiuents. If, for instance, you pour upon a 
 piece of copper, ])laced in a glass vessel, some of the liquid 
 ca'led nitrous acid, (aqua fortis) for which it has a strong at- 
 traction, every particle of the copper will combine with a par- 
 ticle of the acid, and together they will form a new body, to- 
 tally diflercnt from either the copper or nitrous acid. If you 
 wish to decompose the compound which you have thus form- 
 ed, present it to a piece of iron, for which the acid has a 
 stronger affinity than for copper, and the acid will quit the 
 copper to combine with the iron, and the copper will be then 
 what the chemists call precipitated, that is to say, it w^ill be 
 thrown down in its separate state, and reappear in its simple 
 form. In order to produce this effect, dip the blade of a 
 knile into the fluid, and when you take it out, you will ob- 
 serve, that instead of being wetted with a bluish liquid, like 
 
TKADESMAN S 0L;I1>E. 7 
 
 that contained in the glass, it will be covered with a thin coat 
 of copper. 
 
 It will be most conducive to science to consider all those 
 substances as simple, which no mode of decomposing has yet 
 been discovered. Simple substances naturally divide them- 
 selves into two classes. Those which belong to the first class 
 are of too subtile a nature to be confined to any vessels which 
 we possess. They do not seriously aftect the most delicate 
 balance, and iiave received therefore the name of imponder- 
 able bodies. The second class of bodies may be confined in 
 proper vessels, may be exhibited in a separate state, and their 
 weights or other properties may be determined. They have 
 received the name o\' ponderable bodies. The imponderable 
 bodies at present supposed to exist are four, light, heat or ca- 
 loric, electricity, and magnetism. The first three are inti- 
 mately connected with chemistry, but magnetism has with it 
 no known connexion. 
 
 CHAPTER ITT. 
 
 Caloric — Sensible Heat Latent Heat Thermometer — 
 
 Boiling Heat — Blood Heat — Interesting Experiments. 
 
 Chemists have agreed to call the matter of heat Caloric, 
 in order to distinguish it from the sensation which this matter 
 produces. Caloric has a tendency to diffuse itself equally 
 amons: all substances that come in contact with it. If the 
 hand be put upon a hot body, part of the caloric leaves the 
 hot body, and enters the hand ; this produces the sensation 
 o{ heat. On the contrary, if the hand be put upon a cold 
 body, part of the caloric contained in the hand leaves the hand 
 to unite with the cold body ; this produces the sensation of 
 cold. Cold therefore is nothing but a negative quality, sim- 
 ply implying the absence of the usual quantity of caloric. Ca- 
 loric is unifoim in its nature ; but tiiere exist in all bodies, 
 two portions very distinct from each other- The one is cal- 
 led sensible heat, or free caloric ; the other latent heat, or 
 combined caloric. Sensible caloric is the nature of heat dis- 
 engaged from other bodies, or, if united, not chemically uni- 
 ted with them. Latent caloric is that portion of the matter 
 of heat, which makes no sensible addition to the temperature 
 of the bodies in which it exists. Wrought iron, though quite 
 cold, contains a large portion of latent caloric ; and if it bt 
 
Tlii: AUflST ANT/ 
 
 liriskl) liaiumoied Tor *<^)ine time on an anvil, it will bccofri& 
 red iiof, by the action of tliis specits of caloric, wliicli by the 
 prirciission of hammering; is now evolved and torced oat as 
 sensible heat. Culojic pervades all. bodies ; and this is not 
 the case with any other substance \yith which we are acquain- 
 ted. It combines \<'ith different sobstanceSj however, in %ery 
 ^liiVerent proportions ; and for this reason one body is said to 
 have n greater capacittj for caloric than another. When ga- 
 seous substances become liquid, or liquid substances solid, by 
 this change of stato, they lose in a great measure their capa- 
 city for caloric, Dui 'nsr the slacking of quick liinc, the ca- 
 loric which is involved escapes from the water, in conse- 
 quence of its changing from a liquid to a solid lorm, by its 
 union with the lime; When solid bodies become liquid or 
 gaseous, thc'r capacity for caloric is proportionably increas- 
 ed. If yon place a glass of water in a mixttirs of equs! 
 quantities of snow and salt, during thoir conversion to a liquid-, 
 the water will be fr( zcn in consequence of parting with its 
 caloric to supply the increased capacity of the mixture. The 
 portion of caloric necessary to raise a bod^* to any given lem- 
 perhturo-j is called srrciFic caloric; The instrument in com- 
 nich aso for measuring the temperature of bodies, rs called a 
 therrrtomefer. Fahrt-nhcii^s is generally used in the United 
 States^. When a thermometer is brought in contact with any 
 suhstar.co, tlie mercury expands or contracts tiH it acquires 
 the same temperature; and the height at which the mercury 
 stalxis in the tube, indicates the exact temperature of the sub- 
 stance to which it has been applied-. It will not show tht) 
 ahsohttfc caJori'c in substances ; for it cannot nicasirre t^>at por- 
 tion which is lateut-, or ehomi'cally eoiubined witri any body. 
 Calo.ic is the cnfise of nuidity in all substa*ices eapabte of 
 becoming Ihiid.--, from the heaviest metal to the liirlr'test cjas. 
 It insiniiafC5 itself imong their panicles aind invariably sepa- 
 rates them in sOiiiC measure from each other. TInrs ice is 
 converted info water, and by a further portion of caloric into 
 steam. We have reason to believe that every solid swbstaflce 
 on the f;icc of the earth might be converted to a fluid of a 
 vcr}' high temperature in peculiar circumstances. Some bod- 
 ies givf> out their superabundant caloric much soorter than 
 others. Iron is a quicker conductor of caloric than g}4s5, and 
 glass than wood. If you take a piece of iron in one tiand» 
 und a piece of wood in thc^ther, the iroa fcefe cold, t4ic wood 
 
TRADESMAN S GUIDE. 9 
 
 warmer, though the thermometer shows that their tempera- 
 ture is the same. Substances usually liecome more dense by 
 the loss of caloric ; but the freezing of water is a striking tx^ 
 ception to this general law of nature, and is a memorable in- 
 stance of the wisdom and provident care of the Almighty, 
 when he established the laws of the universe. 
 
 Abstract caloric frOi-n steam un'.il but 212 degrees remain, according 
 to Fahrenheit's scale, and it will become water. Take away 180 de-* 
 ffrees more, leaving but 32, and it will become ice. All gases and liquids 
 would become solids, if caloric were abstracted to a certain degree, till 
 at length all things would become permanently solid as the oldest primi- 
 tive rock?. 
 
 Water requires but 212 degrees of heat for converting it into 
 vapour : it has been made to bnil at G7 degrees, which is 31 below blood 
 heat. Therefore it requires 145 degrees of heat to resist the pressure 
 ot the atmosphere. From the following experiment we are taught, 
 that combined caloric does not excite the sensation of heat, nor affect 
 the thermometer : Put a piece of tinder in the end of the piston of a 
 fire syringe, made of cotton cloth dipped in a very strong solution of 
 salt petre. and well dried— ^forco down the piston suddenly and the tin- 
 der will take lire. Caloric was combined with the air in the syringe 
 before it was compressed, which did not excite the sensation of heat 
 nor inflame the tinder. There is so much caloric in the combination of 
 air, water and other substances about us, that if it were capable of pro' 
 ducing the ordinary effects of heat, the whole human family would be 
 burned in a day. From the principle that caloric expands solids as well 
 as gases, the variation in length of pendulums of clocks and balance 
 wheels of watches, according to the varj'ing temperature of the weather, 
 .causing them to run faster in cold and slower in hot weather, can be 
 jaccounted for. 
 
 That caloric expands liquids is clearly demonstrated by the facts, 
 that spirits guage more in warm, and less in cold weather. The ex- 
 periment may easily be tried by placing a barrel of rum in the sun, 
 nearly full; if the thermometer ranges high, the liquor will soon run over. 
 Then place it in a cold cellar, let it remain awhile, and the reverse will 
 be evident. 
 
 An iron stove quickly gives off caloric heat into a room, and as soon 
 cools. A brick Russian stove, must be heated a great while before it 
 begins to give off caloric, and will not cool in a long time. Clothes made 
 of wool and silk are slow conductors of caloric ; tiiosc made of flax con- 
 duct rapidly — stone is a better conductor of caloric than brick. A €tono 
 house has its rooms sooner heated in summer and cooled in -^^inter, than 
 a brick house. A white earthen tea pot will keep tea hot longer than a 
 black one — a bright tin coffee pot will keep coffee hot longer than a jap- 
 jianed one. We are kept cooler in summer with light coloured clothes 
 and warmer in winter, than with those which are dark coloured ; for our 
 bodies being warmer than the air in cold weather, caloric passes out 
 through our clothes, but the hot rays of the sun in summer pass through 
 pur clutlies inwardly. 
 
THE ARTIST AND 
 
 CHAPTER IV. 
 
 IVater — Solid or ice — Liquid or water — Vapour or Steam — 
 in a state of Soliditjj in Marble — in Crystals — in Spars — 
 in Gems — in Alkaline and Mctalic Salts — in Mortar — Ce- 
 ments — Plaster of Paris. 
 
 Water is composed of 88 parts by weight of oxygen, and 
 12 of hydrogen in every 100 parts of the fluid. It is found 
 in four sjutes, namely : solid, or ice; liquid, or water ; vap- 
 our, or steam ; upd in a state of composition wiih other bod- 
 ies. Its most siniple state is that of ice, and the diflerence 
 between liquid water or vapour and ice, is merely that the 
 water contains a larger portion of caloric then ice, and that 
 vapour is combined with ^till a greater quantity than water. 
 However long we boil a fiuid in an open vessel we cannot 
 make it in the smallest degree hotter than its boiling point, 
 for the vapour absorbs the caloric, and carries it ofl' as it is 
 produced. It is owing to this that all evaporation produces 
 cold. fVn animal might be frozen to death in the midst of 
 summer by repeated!}' sprinkling ether upon him, for its evap- 
 oration would shortly carry olT the whole of his vital heat. 
 Water thrown on burning bodies acts in the same way — it 
 becomes in an instant converted into vapour, and by thus de- 
 jiriving them of a large portion of their caloric, the fire, as wc 
 terra it, is extinguished. Vapour occupies a space eight 
 hundred times greater than it does when in the form of water 
 — and the expansive force of steam is found by experiment to 
 be much greater than that of gun powder. There is no rea- 
 son to disbelieve tiiat in time, steam may be applied to many 
 useful purposes of v. Inch we have no idea. 
 
 Water is said to be in a state of composition with other 
 bodies, because in many cases it becomes one of their com^ 
 ponent parts. It is combined in a state of solidity' in marble, 
 in crystals, in Fpars, in gems, and in many alkaline, earthly, 
 and metallic salts, both natural and artificial, to all of which 
 substances it imparts hardness, and to most of them transpar- 
 ency. Near the poles water is always solid ; there, it is 
 similar to the hardest rocks, and may be formed by the chisel 
 of the statuary, like sionc. It becomes still more solid in 
 il composition called mortar, and in cements, having parted 
 with more of its caloric in that combination than in the act of 
 fret-zing. If you take some cround plaster of Paris, fresh 
 
TRADESMEN S GUIDE. 
 
 11 
 
 calcined, and mix it with a little water, the aflinity of the 
 plaster fur the water is so great, that in a few minutes the 
 whole will be converted to a solid. 
 
 CHAPTER V. 
 
 Earths and AlJcalics — Silcx or pure Flint — Aluminc — Lime 
 — Potash and Soda — Ammonia — Argillaceous and Cal- 
 careous Earth. 
 
 Earths arc such incombustible substances as are not duc- 
 tile, arc mostly insoluble in water or oil, and preserve their 
 constitution in a strong heat, rsotwithstanding the varied 
 appearance of the earth under our feet, and the mountainous 
 parts of the world, whose diversified strata present to our 
 view substances of every texture and shade, the whole is com- 
 posed of only nine primitive earths ; and as three of these 
 occur but seldom, the variety produced by the other six be- 
 comes the more remarkable. One of the most valuable eartlis 
 with which we arc acquainted is silex or pure fiint. It is the 
 most durable article in the state of gravel for the formation 
 of roads. It is a necessary ingredient in earllien ware, por- 
 celain and cements ; it is the basis of glass, and of all nitrous 
 substances. It is white, inodorous, and insipid, in its pure 
 state, and the various colours which it assumes in difil'rent 
 substances, proceed from the different ingredients witii which 
 it is mixed. Aluminc obtained its name from its being the 
 base of the salt called alum. It is distributed over the earth 
 in tK*o form of clay, and on account of its aptitude for mould- 
 ing into different forms and its property of hardening in the 
 firOj is employed for various useful purposes. In making 
 e*lrthen ware, a due j)roportion both of silex and aluminc are 
 necessary ; for if aluminc alone were used, the ware could 
 not be sufficiently burnt without shrinking too much, and even 
 cracking ; and a jireat excess of silex woidd lessen the tena- 
 city and render the ware brittle. Lime is never found pure 
 in nature ; it is obtained by decomposing calcareous matters 
 by the action of fire, which deprives them of their acid. In 
 its pure state it is used in many of the arts. It is employed 
 by the farmers as a manure ; and by bleachers, tanners, iron- 
 masters and others in their several manufactures, and in me- 
 dicine. The use of fime in agriculture may he attributed to 
 its property of hastening the dissolution of all vegetable and 
 animal matters, and of imparting to the soil a power of re^ 
 
12 THE ak;i<i and 
 
 taiiiing a quantity of moisture necessary for the nounshraeqt 
 and vigorous growth of the plants. Magtjesin, besides being 
 the basis of several salts, is of grear use in medicine ; and is 
 employed by the manufacturers of enamels and pr.rcelain. 
 The alkalies are distinguished by an acrid and peculiar taste, 
 they change the blue juices of vcgetnl;les to a green, and the 
 yellow to a brown, and have the propierty of rendering oil 
 miscible with water. They form various salts by combina- 
 tion with acids, act as powerful caustics, when applied to the 
 tlesh of animals, and arc soluble in water. Potash and soda 
 have been called fixed alkalies, because fliey will endure a 
 great heat without being volatilized ; and yet in a very high 
 temperature they are dissipated in vapour. They are com- 
 pounds of metallic substances, called potassium, sodium and 
 oxygen. They have various uses in surgery and medicine, 
 and are employed in large quantities by the glassmaker, the 
 dyer, the soapmaker, the colourmaker, and by many other 
 manufacturers. Ammonia is so extremely volatile as to ex- 
 hale at all known temperatures. Wlien combieed with car- 
 bonic acid, it takes a concrete form, and a beautiful white 
 colour, and is known in commerce by the name of volatile 
 salts. With muriatic acid it forms what is termed sal ara-^ 
 monia, v»hich is employed in many of our manufactures, par-r. 
 ticularly by dyers, to give a brightness to certain colqjirs. In 
 tinning metals it is of use to cleanse the surfaces, and prevent 
 them from oxydizing by the heat v.hich is given to them 
 in the operation. Ammonia is furnished from all animaKub- 
 stances by decomposition. The horns of cattle, especially 
 those of deer, yield it in abundance, and it is from this cir- 
 cumstance that a solution of ammonia in water has been 
 termed hartshorn. 
 
 Etisides the nine earths above enumerated, we have now thorina, 
 which is a raw earthy substance lately discoverrd. A new alkali, call- 
 vd lithia, has recently been discovored, whicli, like potash and soda, is 
 found to be a metallic oxide ; its b:ise is called lithium. Three H.cw 
 vej/etablo alkalies have also been d'.scovcred, called morphia, picrotox- 
 iae, and vanqucline. Ciay, ijs it exists in soils is commonly called ar^ 
 gillaceous earths, and lltnc in soils is called calcareous earth. 
 
 CHAPTER \T. 
 
 Acids and salts — Sulphuric^ Carbonic^ and Muriatic Acid — 
 Crystalized Salts — Chalk — Limestone — MarbU — Plaster 
 of Paris — JIuriait of Lime — MuL'ncsia and Soda — -Vj- 
 
 *7 
 
tradesman's guide. 13 
 
 trate of Potash — Phosphate of Lhne — Salt Mountains. 
 
 The name acid, in the language of chemists, has been given 
 to all substances, whether liquids or solids, which produce 
 that sensation on the tongue which we call sour. Most of tho 
 acidsowe their origin to the combination of certain substances 
 with oxygen ; and they have the property of changing tho 
 blue, green, and purple vegetables to red, and of combining 
 with alkalies, earths, and metallic oxides, so as to compose 
 the compounds termed saHs. The acids were formerly di- 
 vided into three classes, mineral, vegetable, and animal ; but 
 the more useful and scientific way of dividing them, is into 
 two classes only. The undecomposible acids, and those 
 which are formed with two principles, are comprised in the 
 first class ; while those acids which are formed with more 
 than two principles compose the second class. Sulphuric aciJ, 
 in commerce called oil of vitriol, is procured by burning suK 
 phur in contact with some substance containing oxygen, and 
 becomes acidified. That peculiar acid which is called mu- 
 riatic is usually obtained from muriate of soda, which is the 
 chemical name of common salt. Carbonic acid is a combina- 
 tion of carbon and oxygon, formerly called fixed air, on ac- 
 count of its being intimateW combined in chalk, brimstone, 
 and other'~substances. (See the article carbonic acid gas.) 
 The number of acids that are well known arnount to more 
 than forty; and their uses are so many and important, that it 
 is impossible to name them. They aro indispensable to va- 
 rious arts and manufactures ; they are employed for culinary 
 purposes, and for medicine; they act an important part in 
 the o:reat laboratory of nature, and form a great proportion 
 of the mountainous districts of the "lobe in tlieir various com- 
 binations. The precise number of the salts is not known, 
 but they probably amount to more than two thousand. The 
 difl'erent salts are known from each other by the peculiar fi- 
 gure of their crystals, by their taste, and other distinctive or 
 specific characters, Their crystalization is owing to the ab- 
 straction of the heater water by which they were displaced, 
 Crystalized salts are liable to changes in their appearance by 
 exposure to the atmosphere. Some have so great an affinity 
 for water, that they absorb it with avidity from the atmos-» 
 phore, and thus becoming moist or liquid they are said to de- 
 liquesce. Others having less affinity for water than atmos- 
 pheric air has, lose their water of crx'^stalization by exposure ^ 
 
14 THE ARTIST AND 
 
 and readily fall into powder. Sucli sails arc said to effloresce. 
 Salts have not only the property of dissolving is water, but 
 by exj)Osure to great heat they will malt ; and they require 
 di/Terent degrees of heat to put them into a state of fusion, as 
 well as different quantities of water for their solution. Many 
 of the salts are to be found native, and the carbonates, sul- 
 phates, and the muriates, are the most frequent. Chalk, lime- 
 stone, and marble, are all included in the terra carbonate of 
 lime. Few salts are more copiously disseminated than the 
 sulphate of lime, particularly in the city of Paris, and hence 
 its name, plaster of Paris. Of the native muriates, muriate 
 of lime occurs with rock salt, and muriate of magnesia occurs 
 114 abundance in sea water; and muriate of soda not only ex- 
 ists in immense quantities in the ocean, but vast mountains in 
 different parts of the world, are entirely formed of this salt. 
 Nitrate of potash, known by the more familiar name of nitre 
 or salt petre, is collected in various parts of the globe. Phos- 
 phate of lime which is the basis of animal bones, exists native 
 in Hungary, and composes several entire mountains in Spain. 
 Mountains of salt were probably formed in very remote ages, 
 and by processes of which we can form no idea. It may be 
 supposed, however, that the chnnges have been slow and gra-. 
 dual ; for several of the native salts exhibit marks of regula- 
 rity and beauty in their crystaiization, which cannot be imi- 
 tated by art. 
 
 CHAPTER VII. 
 
 Simple Combustibles — lAght and Caloric — Hydrogen — 
 Sulphur — Ph osphorus — Carbon — Carburcttcd Hydrogen 
 — Accidents to Mintrs — Curious Kzpcrinunts — Cast Iron 
 — Wrought Iron — Steel — Classification of simple liodics. 
 Most of the simple substances are combustible, or bear 
 some relation to combustion. Light and caloric arc evolved 
 during combustion. Oxygen is the principal agent; and 
 hydrogen, sulphur, phosphorus, carbon, and the metals are 
 the subjects, or instruments of this process. Hydrogen gas 
 may be combined wiih water, sulphur, phosphurus or car- 
 bon. When combined with phosphorus it forms phosphur- 
 etted hydrogen gas, which takes fire when it comes in con- 
 tact with atmospheric air. The elastic substance called car- 
 buretted hydrogen gas, is carbon dissolved in hydrogen, it has 
 also been called heavy inflammable air. It is this gaseous 
 conjpouiid which has occasioned so many dreadful accidents 
 
tradesman's guide. 15 
 
 to miners, who call it fire damp. It is procured from pit 
 coal by dry distillation, and from its iraflammability and bril- 
 liant flame, it has been used for lighting streets, shops, manu- 
 factories and light houses on the sea coast. The rate at 
 which it is obtained is comparatively trifling compared with 
 oil aud tallow. 
 
 Phosphorus is a solid iraflammable substance, which burns 
 at a very low temperature when in contact with oxygen gas 
 or atmospheric air. Many amusing experiments can be per- 
 formed with it ; but it must be handled with extreme caution. 
 If you fix a piece of solid phosphorus in a quill, and write 
 with it upon paper, the writing in a dark room will appear 
 beautifully luminous. If the face or hands be rubbed with 
 phosphuretted ether, they will appear in a dark place as 
 though on fire, witliout danger or sensation of heat. Pure 
 carbon is known only in the diamond ; but carbon in a state 
 of charcoal may be procured by heating to redness a piece of 
 wood closely covered with sand in a crucible, so as to pre- 
 serve it while in the fire, and afterwards, while cooling, from 
 the action of the atmosphere. It is capable of forming va- 
 rious combinations, but charcoal is that with which we are 
 most familiar. Carbon is not only a component part, but it 
 forms nearly the whole of the solid basis of all vegetables, 
 from the. most delicate flower in the garden, to the huge oak 
 of the forest. It not only constitutes the basis of the woody 
 fibre, but is a component part of sugar, and of all kinds of 
 wax, oils, gums, and resins, and of these again how great is 
 the variety ! It is imagined that most of the metals may be 
 combined with carbon ; but at present we know of only its 
 combination with iron. In one proportion it forms cast-iron, 
 in another steel, and in a third ^ilumbagro, generally, though 
 improperly called black lead. There is no lead in its com* 
 position. Cast iron contains about one forty-fifth of its weight 
 of carbon. Steel is combined with about one part of carbon 
 in two hundred of iron, and plumbago, or carburet of iron, 
 has been found to consist of nearly nine parts of carbonate 
 one of iron. Wrought iron diflers from cast iron, in being 
 deprived of its carbon and oxygen, by continued heat and re- 
 peated hammering, which renders the metal malleable. Steel 
 is made of wrought iron, by various processes, whereby the 
 metal resumes a small portion of tiie carbon, and acquires a 
 capacity of receiving different dcjrrees of hardness. The me- 
 tals arc crcnerally procured from beneath the surfice of the 
 
lO T!lB ARTIST AXD 
 
 earth, in a state of combination either with other metals, or 
 with sulphur, oxygen or acids; though a few of them have 
 heen found in a state of purity. Metals are the great agents 
 by which we can examine the recesses of nature ; and their 
 uses are so multiplied, that they have become of the greatest 
 importance in every occupation of life. They are the instru- 
 ments of all our improvements, of civilization itself, and are 
 even subservient to the progress of the human mind towards 
 perfection. They differ so much from each other, that na- 
 ture seems to have had in view all the necessities of man, in 
 order that she nnght suit every possible purpose his ingenuity 
 Can invent or his wants require. We not only receive this 
 great variety from the hand of nature, but these metals are 
 rendered infinitely valuable by various Oiher properties which 
 they possess ; — by their combustibility, their solubility in lluids 
 their combinations with various substances, and by their union 
 with each other, \\ hereby compound and alloys are formed, 
 extremely useful in a variety of arts, manufactures, and other 
 requisites of life. By combining them with oxygen we can 
 invest tiiem with neic properties, and are enabled to employ 
 them to promote the progress of the fine arts, by imitating the 
 master pieces of creation in the production of artificial salts, 
 gems, and crystals, of every colour and of eVery shade. 
 
 The following is an enumeration cf the classification of the simple 
 bodies in general. I. Comprehending the imponderable agents. Heat or 
 Caloric, Light, and Electricity. II. Comprehending agents capable of 
 uniting with inflammable bodies, and in most instances of effecting their 
 combustion, — Oxygen, Chlorine, and Iodine. Many learned chemists 
 have doubted \vhe:her chlorine and iodine were supporters of combus- 
 tion, any further than they contain oiyg^n. They are classed among 
 the simple bodies, becan.sc they have not as yet, been resolved into other 
 ingredients. The name chlorine is simply expressive of its greenish col- 
 our, and iodine of its violet colour. IH. Comprehending bodies capable 
 of uniting with oxygen, and ;orming with its various compounds, — 1. 
 Tlydrogen, forming water. 2. Bodies forming acids. Nitrogen, form- 
 ing nitric p.cid. Sulphur, forming sulphuric acid, Phosphorus, 'orming 
 phosphoric acid. Carbon, forming carbonic acid, Boron, formmg boric 
 acid. Fluorine, lorming fluoric acid. 3 Metallic bodies which have 
 been divided into the seven following clases. 1st. The metals which 
 combine with o.xygen and form alkalies. These are potassium, sodium 
 and lithium. The volatile alkali ammonia has been found by Sir Hum- 
 prbrv Davy to be a triple compound of nitrogen, hydrogen and oxygen. 
 2. Those metals which by combining with oxygen form the alkaline 
 earths, viz calcium, magnesium, borium and strontium. Calcium is 
 the base of lime, magnesium of iiiacrncsia, and so on. Tiio metallic sub- 
 Eiancos are of the colour of silver. 3. Those metals which by corabin- 
 iiKjT vviih o\vg<>n constitute the remainder of the earlhf These are 
 
tradesmen's guide. 17 
 
 6llicum, alumium, zirconium, {jlucinum, gitrium and ihorinum. These 
 are presumed metals ; for the earths, of which they are supposed to 
 constitute the basos, have been as yotbut par tially decomposed ; res- 
 pecting some of them but little is known. 4th. The metals \yhich ab- 
 sorb oxygen and decompose water at a high temperature. These are 
 iron, tin, zinc, cadmium and mangane«e. 5lh. Tliose metals which ab- 
 sorb oxygen at different tomperatures, but do not decompose water at 
 any temperature. This class is composed of twelve distinct metals, viz. 
 osmium, cerium, tellurium, titanium, uranium, nickel, cobalt, copper, 
 lead, antimony, bismuth, and mercury. Gth. Those metals which do 
 not decompose water, but absorb oxygen and thereby convert it into 
 acids. These are arsenic, molybdenum, tungsten, chromium, colum- 
 bium and selenium. 7th. Those metals which do not decompose water, 
 or absorb oxygen from the atmosphere at any temperature. These are 
 platina, gold, silver, palladium, rhodium and iridium. 
 
 CHAPTER VIII. 
 Otidcs and Combustion — Gas producing pleasurable setisa- 
 tions — Combustion defined — Interesting Experiments — 
 Reflections, 
 
 Any metal or combustible bodyj which is combined with 
 less oxygen thao is sutficient to render it acid^ is usually cal- 
 led aa ozide. Whenever a substance is converted into an 
 oxide, we say it is oxydized. The mineral, the animal, and 
 vegetable kingdom all furnish matters wliich are convertible 
 jn-to oxides by an union with oxygen. Metallic oxides are 
 formed in several ways, the chief of which are by theaccess 
 of atmospheric air, by the decomposition of water, and by the 
 decomposition of acids. Iron may be mentioned as a fami- 
 liar example of motals becoming oxydized by atmospheric 
 air. It is well known, that when this metal is exposed to air 
 and moisture it acquires rust, or in other words, its surface is 
 converted to an oxide, in which state, the metal will be found 
 to have acquired an increase of weight. Common red lead, 
 which is a true oxide of lead, is made by meltino^ that metal 
 in ovens so constracted as to have a free access to atmospheric 
 air. Gold, silver and platina, cannot be oxydized, unless in 
 a very high temperature ; and with respect to other metals, they 
 not only differ in their capacity for oxygen, but also in their 
 attraction for it, so that one will often rob the other, thus re-- 
 ducing the first oxide to its primitive metallic form. If you 
 dissolve some quicksilver in nitric acid, and after dropping a 
 little of the solution upon a bright piece of copper, gently 
 rub it with a piece of cloth, the mercury will precipitate itself 
 upon the copper, which will be completely silvered. With 
 
 2* 
 
18 TllL ARTIST AND 
 
 rcwnrd to oxide of nitrogen, the first decree of oxyJixemCct 
 produces uitrovs oxide ; a furtlier portion of oxygen, Ditric 
 oxide, and they are both in a stale of gas. Nitrous oxide gas 
 bears .he nearest resemblance of any other to that of the at- 
 nio«[)]ieric air. It will support combustion even better than 
 common air : it is respirnble for a short time, and it is absorb- 
 ed by water. Persons who have inhaled this gas have felt 
 sensations similar to that produced by intoxication. In some 
 people it produces involuntary muscular motion, and a pro- 
 ])ensity to leaping and running; in others involuntary fits of 
 laughter; and in all high spirits, and the most exquisitely 
 pleasurable sensations, without any subsequent feelings of de- 
 bility. (It is readily procured by exposing crystals of nitrate 
 of ammonia, in a letort, to the heat of a lamp, by which means 
 the ammoniacal salt is decomposed, and this gas is evolved.) 
 Combustion may be defined to be a process by which certain 
 substances decompose oxygen gas, absorb its base, and suffer 
 its caloric to escape in the stateof sensible heat. The agency 
 of oxygen in combtistion is attributable to its«inuity for com- 
 bustible bodies. The combustible having a greater aflSnity 
 to oxygen tlian the oxygen has to caloric, the oxygen gas is 
 decomposed, and its oxygen combines with the ignited body, 
 which is caloric, becoming free, is diffused among the sur- 
 rounding bodies. Whenever we burn a combustible body, a 
 continued stream of atmosplieric air flows towards the fire 
 place, to occupy the vacancy left by the air that has under- 
 gone decomposition, and which, in its turn, becomes decom- 
 posed aho. Hence a supply of caloric is furnished without 
 intermission, till the whole* of the combustible is saturirted 
 with oxygen. As the combustible burns, //o^.^f is disengajied, 
 and the more subtile parts, now converted by caloric into 
 gas, are dissipated in that state. When the combustion is 
 over, nothing remains but the earthy parts of the combusti- 
 ble, and that portion which is converted by the process, into 
 an oxide or an acid. The smoke which arises from a com- 
 mon fire is chiefly water in the state of vapour, with a mix- 
 ture of carburetted hydrogen and bituminous substances ; part 
 of the water comes from the nioisture of the fuel; and the 
 other part is formed during combustion, by the union of the 
 Ijydrogen of the combustible with the oxygen of the atmos- 
 phere. The agency of oxygen in combustion may be de- 
 monstrated by placing a liglited candle under a dass vessel 
 
tHADESMAxN S GUIDE. 10 
 
 jnvcrlcd upon a plate of water. It will be seen that tlie candle 
 will go out as soon as it has consumed all the oxygen con- 
 tained in the included air, and that the water will rise up in 
 the vessel to fill the vacancy. In the decomposition of atmos* 
 pheric air by combustion, it is natural to ask, what becomes 
 of the nitrogen gas 1 As the oxygen becomes fixed in the 
 combustible body, its caloric is disengaged, a part of which 
 combines with the nitrogen, and carries it off In the form of 
 rarified nitrogen gas. When bodies are burnt, none of their 
 principles arc destroyed. We believe that every particle of 
 matter is indestructible, and that the process of combustion 
 merely decomposes the body, and sets its several component 
 ])arts at liberty, to separate from each other, 'to form other 
 new and varied combinations. It was said of old, that the 
 Creator icciglicd the dust and measured the water, when he 
 made the world. The first quantity is here still ; and though 
 mail can gather and scatter, move, mix and unmix,, yet he 
 can destroy nothing ; the dissolution of one thing is a prepa- 
 ration for the being, and the bloom, and the beauty of an- 
 other. Something gathers up all the fragments, and nothing 
 is lost. 
 
 CHAPTER IX. 
 Of the Gases — Experiments^ useful and entertaining — Vilal 
 Air — 21ic cause of the vcrmillion colour of the Blood — 
 Gas so destructive of .Life — The cause of Torrents of 
 Rain — Inflaramahlc Air — The Phenomena of JAghts^ 
 such as are seen on damp grounds, accounted for — Fatal 
 Accidents resulting from Carbonic Acid — Carbonated 
 Waters, called Soda Waters — Death of Pliny, the Na- 
 turalist — To change Vegetable Colours — Contagious Va- 
 pours — To discharge Vegetable Colours — Burn Metals — 
 Process of bleaching coloured Goods — To rescmhh the 
 firing of Musketry — To produce luminous Appearances — 
 lirilliant Sparks — Phosphorus Bottles — Matches for in- 
 stantaneous Light — Artificial Volcanoes, 
 
 Oxygen Gas — Vital Air. Put a quantity of oxymuriate 
 of potash into a small glass retort, to which is adapted a bent 
 tube to collect the gas, and which passes beneath a bell glass 
 filled with water ; the retort is gradually heated ; the air in 
 the apparatus is expelled, the salt melts, is decomposed, and 
 wc obtain all the oxygen that enters into the composition of 
 
2{) THE ARTIST AND 
 
 chloric acitl and tlic potash — there remains in the retort a 
 chlorulet of potassium. One hundred grains of the oxymu- 
 riatc, yields thirty-nine grains of oxygen gas. 
 
 The Atmosphere, is composed of two distinct substances, 
 termed oxygen and nitrogen gas. It is not a chemical com- 
 pound, but a mere mixture of these gaseous substances in the 
 proportion of :2l of the former and 79 of the latter. It con- 
 tains, also, about one part in every thousdn«l of carbonic acid 
 gas, a considerable portion of water in a state of elastic va- 
 pt)ur, and several adventitious substances. Oxygen is an ele- 
 tiient, or simple substance generally diffused through nature, 
 though like caloric it does not exist byitself. It takes its 
 tiame from two Greek words, signifying that which produces 
 t)r generates acids, because one of its general properties is to 
 form acids by combining with different substances, which are 
 called the bases of the several acids. Its ditfercnt combina- 
 tions are essential to animal life and combustion. Acted upon 
 or combined with caloric it becomes oxygen gas, which is dis- 
 tinguished from all other gaseous matter by several important 
 properties. Inflammable substances burn in it, under the 
 same circumstances as in common air, but with vastly greater 
 vividness. If a taper, ih.e flame of which has been extin- 
 guished, the wick only remaining ignited, be plunged into a 
 bottle filled with it, the flame will instantly be rekindled, and 
 be very brilliant, and acconpanied by a crackling noise. If 
 a steel wire, or thin file, having a sharp point, armed with a 
 bit of wood in a state of inflammation be introduced into a 
 jar filled with the gas, the steel will take fire, and its combus- 
 tion will continue, producing a most brilliant phenomenon. 
 Oxygen gas is a little heavier than atmospheric air, and from 
 its being absolutely necessary to the support of animal life, 
 has been called vital air. 
 
 Nitrogen Gas. Phosphorus is inflamed in a given quan- 
 tity of air — this gives up all its oxygen and the nitrogen is set 
 free. For this purpose we set on fire a small bit of phospho- 
 rus, placed on a brick, which has been previously fixed on 
 the shelf of a pneumatic trough, and which oup^ht to be so 
 elevated, that the phosphorus may be above the water in the 
 trough, and, of course, in contact with the air. As soon as 
 the phosphorus is infiamed, it should be covered with a large 
 bell-glass full of atmospheric air, which dips into the water of 
 the trough — the phosphorus, now in contact with the air of 
 
TRAbESMAN*S GUltJE. 21 
 
 the vessel, robs it of all its oxygen, forms phosphoric acid, 
 which we see under the appearance of a very dense cloud, 
 and a great amount of caloric and light is extricated ; the air 
 dilated by the heat which is produced, partly escapes in large 
 bubbles : at the expiration of one or two minutes, the phos- 
 phorus goes out, and the process is terminated. The appa- 
 ratus is left in the same situation, and the water is seen to 
 rise in the bell-glass until this is cool ; the phosphoric acid 
 is completely dissolved, and the interior of the apparatus, be- 
 fore nebulous and very opaque, regains its transparency. 
 The nitrogen gas, which remains above the water, ought to 
 be shaken sometimes with that fluid to remove any phospho- 
 ric acid it may retain, and particularly to decompose a por- 
 tion of phosphuretted nitrogen gas which always is formed in 
 the process, and which, thus agitated, abandons the phospho- 
 rus. Very pure nitrogen gas can be obtained by passing a 
 stream of chlorine gas through liquid ammonia inclosed in a 
 bottle. 
 
 . Nitrogen is a substance diffused through nature, and parti- 
 cularly in animal bodies. It is not to be found in a solid or 
 liquid state ; but combined with caloric, it forms nitrogen, or 
 as the French chemists call it on account of its being so des- 
 tructive of life, azotic gas, in which no animal can breathe, 
 or any combustible burn. It is uninflammable and somewhat 
 lighter than atmospheric air, and though by itself it is so noxi- 
 ous to animals, it answers an important end, when mixed with 
 oxygen gas in atmospheric air. Were it not for this large 
 quantity of nitrogen in the atmosphere, the stimulating power 
 of the oxygen would cause the blood to flow with too great 
 rapidity through the vessels ; the consequence of which would 
 be, that the life of man would not be protracted to the length 
 it now is. The vermillion colour of the blood is owing to 
 the inhalation of oxygen gas. When the dark purple blood 
 of the veins arrives at the lungs, it imbibes the vital air of the 
 atmosphere, which changes its dark colour to a brilliant red, 
 rendering it the spur to the action of the heart and arteries, 
 the source of animal heat, and the cause of sensibilit}', irrita- 
 bility and motion. With regard to the nitrogen that is com- 
 bined with atmospheric air, the greatest part of it is thrown 
 out of the lungs at every respiration, and it rises above the 
 liead, that a fresh portion of air maybe taken in, and tiiat the 
 same air may not he repeatedly breathed, The leaves of tree5 
 
22 THE ARTIST AND 
 
 and other vegetables give out {Juriiig the tlay a largo portion 
 of oxygen gas, which, unhing with tlie nitrogen thrown oft'by 
 animal respiration, ?keeps up the equilibrium, and preserves 
 the purity of the atmosphere. In the dark, plants absorb 
 oxygen, but the proportion is small compared to what they 
 exhale by day. 
 
 HvDnoGEN Gas. Put a quantity of filings of zinc into a 
 vessel which has a glass tube adapted to it, and pour upon 
 them sulphuric acid, (oil of vitriol) diluted with six or eight 
 times the quantity of water — an efiervescencc will immedi- 
 ately take place — the oxygen of it will immediately become 
 united to the metal, and the h^'drogen gas will be disengaged, 
 and may be conveyed by the glass tube into any proper re- 
 ceiver. V/hile it is rushing through the tube, it may be kin- 
 dled with a taper, and it will burn with a long flame like a 
 candle. 
 
 Hydrogen gas is only one fourteenth the weight of atmos* 
 pheric air, and occupies a space 1500 times greater than it 
 possessed in its aqueous combination. It is continually emit- 
 tin*^-om vegetable and animal matter during their decay, 
 and is evolved from various mines, volcanoes, and other na- 
 tural sources. From its great levity it has been used to fill 
 air balloons. In the burning of the gas, the hydrogen unites 
 with the oxygen of the atmosphere, and the result of the com- 
 bination is llame and water. It has been supposed that tor- 
 rents of rain, wliich generally accompany thunder storms may 
 arise from a sudden combustion of hydrogen and oxygen gases 
 by means of lightning. H\^drogen was the base of the gas 
 which was formerly called inllammable air, and when in the 
 aeriform state is the lightest of all ponderable things. 
 
 Hydrogen gas is procured by decomposing water by the 
 galvanic battery ; in this case it is extremely pure. It is also 
 largely procured by decomposing the vapour of water made 
 to pass over iron fdings, or wire, in a gun barrel. 
 
 Nitrous Oxide Gas. (See chapter vi.) 
 
 PiiosriiuRETTnD Hydrogen Gas. Take a tin quart ba- 
 sin — make an inch hole tlirough the bottom — have a tin 
 quart decanter with straight sides, let the mouth be soldered 
 to the under side of the basin, so that it may fit the hole in 
 the basin — now introduce through the hole in the decanter, 
 dry newly slacked lime, two parts mixed with one jiart of dry 
 pcarlashcs, occasionally pourinj; in a little cold uater, just 
 
TUE AUTlsii AND 
 
 sufficient for a thin paste, until it is nearly filled to the bottom 
 of the basin — drop in two inches of a stick of j)ho.spIiorus, 
 Cut into small pieces — stir the wliolo so as to mix all paits 
 thorough!}' — ^set the decanter part on coals, or suspend it over 
 a lamp — raise a moderate heat: before the mass is to a boil- 
 ing heat bubbles of the gas will appear in the neck and ex- 
 plode ; — ^now fill the neck with water, and lay on the mouth 
 a piece of lead about two inches in diameter with a hole in 
 the centre about the size of a pipe stem. Fill up the basin 
 with cold water, which must be occasionally changed, by dip- 
 ping out when it becomes too warm. Bubbles of gas will 
 rise to the top of the water, explode, and form an ascending 
 corona or wreath, but they will sometimes spread over the 
 surface, appearing ver}^ small. Break off the foot of a wine- 
 glass. and use it as a receiver for collecting and turning up 
 large bubbles, and for transferring gases into a cistern. 
 
 By this experiment we are furnishod with an exhibition reseinbliug 
 what is sometimes called Jack o'the lantern, frequently seen in damp 
 grounds, where animals are putrifying. 
 
 Carbonic Acid Gas. This is more destructive of lifo 
 than any other, and it extinguishes tiame instantajieously. — ^ 
 Water may be made by pressure, to absorb three times its 
 bulk of this gas. by whkh it acquires an acidulous and not 
 unpleasant taste. Soda water, cider, and other fermented 
 liquors owe their briskness and sparkling to the pressure of 
 this gas. Fatal accidents often happen from the burning of 
 charcoal in chambers, for vv'herever charcoal is burned, this 
 gas is ill ways formed. It so often occupies the bottom of 
 wells that workmen ought not to venture into such places 
 without previously letting down a lighted candle — if the can- 
 dle burns they may enter it with safety ; if not, a quantity of 
 quicklime should be let down in buckets, and gradually sprink- 
 led with water. As the lime slacks it will absorb the jras, 
 and the workmen may afterwards descend in safet}'. 
 
 Pulverize a piece of marble — put a wine-glass full into a 
 retort — pour on it a gill of water — -when it has soaked amin- 
 utc, pour in slowly half a wine glass of sulphuric acid, diluted 
 with about five times as much water: the carbonic acid will 
 come over in the state of gas, and can be collected in any 
 recieiver placed on a shelf of the cistern. On this principle 
 the carbonic acid for making acidulous waters, improperly 
 called soda water, is obtained. 
 
 Pass some of the gas into a decanter of piire cold water, 
 
24 THE ARTIST AND 
 
 and agitate it until the water and gas are well mixed; pour 
 into a wine-glass of it sjrae of the blue infusion of led cab- 
 ba^^e, and it will become a very liglit red colour. The in- 
 fusion ought rather to be greenish when put in, by having ad- 
 ded to it au extremely small quantity of an alkali before it is 
 used, otherwise the change in colour made by the acidulous 
 water will hardly be perceived. Carbonated waters, called 
 soda waters are made upon this principle. The waters, sold 
 under the name of soda waters, as prepared geuarally, con- 
 tain both sulphurous acid and muriatic acid. Chalk is com- 
 monly used which contains generally a little of the muriate 
 of soda — this being decomposed, furnishes muriatic acid-— 'it 
 is impossible to avoid a litde mixture of sulphuric acid, used 
 in the process. To cleanse the gas from these deleteiious 
 impurities, prepare the gas and force it through a condenser, 
 containing a small quantity of water, before the water for use 
 is introduced. Carbonated water, containing but about thrice 
 its bulk of the gas, used with the syrups commonly employed 
 makes an excellent table drink in hot weather, 
 
 SuLPHUHOUS Acid Gas. Put into a glass retort, two parts 
 of sulphuric acid, and one of mercury, and apply the heat of 
 a lamp ; the mi.xturc ctlervcsces, and a gass issues from the 
 beak of the retert, which may be received in glass jars filled 
 with mercury, and standing ia a mercurial trough. In this 
 process, the mercury jn the retort combines with the oxygon 
 of the sulphuric acid ; and the sulphuric acid, having lost a 
 certain portion of its oxygen, is converted into sulphurous 
 acid. This gas is very abundant in the environs of volcar 
 noes. It was the vapour of sulphurous acid which sjffbcated 
 Pliny, the naturalist, in that eruption of Vesuvius by which 
 Herculaneum was swallowed up, in the year of Ciirist, 79 
 — It is composed of 6S parts sulphur and 32 parts oxygen. 
 
 Sulphurous acid gas is produced by the slow combustion of 
 sulphur. If this gas be received in water the gas combines 
 with it, and sulphurous acid will be the result. Water at 
 40*^ absorbs one third of its weight of sulphurous acid gas. 
 
 Sulphurous acid possesses very slight acid properties. In- 
 stead of changing vejetablGL blues to red, as acids generally 
 do, it invariably renders them white. Suspend a red rose 
 within a glass jar, and in that situation expose it to the con- 
 fined fumes of a brimstone match ; this will soon produce 
 
TRADESMAN S GLIOi;. 25 
 
 Tt cnniigc in Its colour, and at length the flower will become 
 f|uite white. 
 
 Muriatic Acid Gas. Pour one part of sulphuric acid 
 upon two parts of dry muriate of soda, in a turbulated retort, 
 and collect the gas as it becomes disengaged, over mercury 
 in a j)neuraatic apparatus. Or, take some of the muriatic 
 acid of commerce, heat it in a glass retort, and it may be col- 
 lected as in the preceding method. Proceed as in the first 
 experiment, but instead of collecting the gas over mercur}', 
 receive it in a ve3sei containing a small portion of water. By 
 these means liquid muriatic acid will be formed. Take a 
 small quantity uf silver, or a piece of an ore containing silver, 
 and digest it in some purified nitric acid, which will dissolve 
 tlie whole of the silver. A singlo drop of muriatic acid will 
 s-ej)arate a portion of the silver in white flakes, which will fall 
 Vo the bottom of the glass in an insoluble precipitate. Pro- 
 ceed as in the last experiment^ but instead of using muriatic 
 ijcid drop in a portion of common salt, which will as efiectu- 
 ulU' precipitate the silver. By these means any ore may be 
 tli vested of the silver it contains. 
 
 To remove Contagious Vapours arising from the Beds of 
 the Sick. Remove the sick and other persons from the 
 room — set a tea-cup or gallipot on the floor, half filled 
 with table salt — pour into it strong sulphuric acid, and the 
 v^iom will be filled with -muriatic acid gas — after a few 
 minutes open tht; windows, and the a r of the room will be 
 purified. 
 
 To Neutrtilizc Animal Eijiuvia arising from the Beds of 
 the Sick. Pour a tea-spoonful of muriatic acid upon a red 
 hot iron shovel, and then pouring a wine-glass of water upon 
 it — the acid will rise up in the state of a sufi'ocating gas, and 
 the water will follow it in tht? state of vapour and absorb it al- 
 most instantaneously, so that the suffocating gas will wholly 
 disnppear. 
 
 CiiLORixK Gas. Put into a retort a little black oxide of 
 manganese in powder, and pour upon it double, its weight 
 of strong muriatic acid, connect the retort with the pneumatic 
 trough, and receive the gas over water. ^^ hen the ascension 
 of the gas slackens, apply the heat of a lamp, and it will bo 
 disengaged in abundance. Its specific gravity is to that of 
 hydrogen, nearly as 34 to 1. 
 
 If a small quant'ty of liquid oxymuriatic is \< anted, it may 
 
 3 
 
^^ THE AllTIST ANT> 
 
 readily btJ found with a little cuchlorbu, (n compound *^i 
 chlorine and oxygen ; chlort)iJs acid,) by dissolving a few 
 grains of oxyrauriate of potash, and adding the solution to a-n 
 ounce of common muriatic acid. It is oi a yellowish green 
 colour, which was the cause of its being called chlorine. This 
 gas cannot be breathed without great injury. It discharges 
 vegetable colours — burns all the metals, and when combined 
 tvitn water, will dissolve gold and platinum: with various alka- 
 line and earthly bases, it forms salts, called chlorides. Insteud 
 of changing blue vegetable colours redy as is the case with 
 acids generally, chlorine destroys colours. Instead of dis- 
 tinguishing it as one of the acids; it would be more proper to 
 call it an acrdifyi'ftg prfnclple, for it possesses few properties 
 which characterize that class of bodies. Its taste is astringei>1; 
 and, unlike the acids, is combined very sparingly with water. 
 It has not been decomposed either by electricity of galvanism; 
 ■which is presumptive proof of its being a simple substances. 
 Its greatest use is the bleachinir. The following experiment 
 may be considered as a complete example of the process of 
 bleaching coloured goods : if a few pieces of dyed linen cloth, 
 of diflcrent colours be dipjird into a phial of oxymuiiatic acid, 
 the colours trill be quickly discharged ; for there are few 
 colours which can resist its energetic eft'ects. 
 
 Carbureftcd Ilijdrogcn Gas. Take some pieces of coal 
 from a coal pit bed, or some other place, where the coal has 
 been exposed to the weather a long time, and has become in- 
 timately combined with water ; dry, pulverize, and heat it in 
 a gun barrel ; the heat must be raised gradually, for a slow 
 iieat will evaporate the water, with but very little combination^ 
 Collect the gas into the cistern, and put some into a glass- 
 holder and burn it, when will be produced a blue flame with- 
 out eiving much light. 
 
 Carburetted Hydrogen ^united with Oxygen Gas. Mi.t 
 the gases in equal volumes, in a bell glass, or tumbler, pour 
 this into a narrow mouthed bottle or decanter, sink the bat- 
 tle under the water of the cistern, holding the thumb over its 
 mouth : wet a roll of paper in spirits turpentine, light it and 
 hold it close to the water over the bottle and let up the gas 
 in small hubbies — when they come in contact with the blaze 
 of the taper they will explode, which produces a noise like 
 the firing of musketry under the water. 
 
 Heavy Carburetted Hydrogen, or White Gas. Take 
 
TRADESMAN'S GUIDE, 57 
 
 linlf a gill ofalcoliol, put it into a deep turbuJated retort, pour 
 upon it in a small steady stream, about twice as much by 
 measure, ef strong sulphuric a-cid — put i« the stopper, and 
 apply the candle to the retort, approaching it graduall}'. Let 
 a little of the iirst escape, wiiich consists of atmospheric air 
 and ether, coHect the gas over water ; if it contains consid- 
 erable sulphuric acid, it will generally disappear soon, while 
 standing over water; but lime water will purify it if necessary. 
 Mix it with double its volume of oxygen and explode it, as 
 directed with th^ carburetted hydrogen. Burn it pure in a 
 stream, and it will give a very luminous blaze. Fill a glass 
 cylinder, or eight ounce ph>al with liquid chlorine, pass this 
 gas up into it, until about two- thirds of the liquid chlorine, 
 is displaced. The volume of the gas will be diminished oh 
 standing a few seconds, and water will ascend. On the sur- 
 face of the water will be seen oily masses resembling small 
 drops of tallow. 
 
 A Gas which will produce a luminous appearance. Take 
 an ounce phial — fill it two-thirds full of sweet oil; now in- 
 sert shavings of phosphorus, half an inch of a common stick 
 will answer — hold the pliial near the fire, until nearly as hot 
 as can be borne by the hand ; keep it at this temperature till 
 the phosphorus is melted, then take out the cork, the upper 
 ])art of the phial will become luminous in the dark; let every 
 light be oxtinj.Mjishcd in tiie room, and pour two or three 
 teaspoon fuls of it in you hand — rub it thoroughly over youi? 
 face and hair — the face will become exceedingly luminous — 
 the hair exliibiliiig undulating flames. The phial must be- 
 warm, not hot, that the oil may have a temperature equal to 
 blood heat when applied. 
 
 Phosphorus, is obtained from animal bones, The pro- 
 cess is too lengthy to shov^: in ibis work; a very small quantity 
 is sufficient for experimentSri— which is easily procured at this 
 driiffg shops. 
 
 To obtain the Ozide of Phosphorus. Let a stick of phos 
 phorus he exposed in water, for severals days in a phial: the 
 outside will be covered with a white substances — this is the 
 oxide, which is more inflammable than that which is free. 
 
 Application. 1. Scrape a little off*, and expose it to the 
 rays of the sun, and in a short time it will take lire. 
 
 \. By heating a phial moderately, with a pice of phosphorus 
 altaclied to the end of a wire, and rubbing it about the insi?!^ 
 
^9 THE ARTIST AND 
 
 in a half meltcil slate, so as to coat it, \vc obtain tlic oxmCf 
 or as it is sometinies called " Phospliuric coat match phial." 
 If it is not very cold weather, by taking a little out and ex- 
 posing it to the air, it will take tire and burn spontaneoujily. 
 In preparing it there is danger of its taking fire, in which 
 case the phial must be stopped until the flame is extinguished. 
 
 3. Rub a stick of phosphorus lishtly on a board, and it will 
 appear luminous in the dark. Blow on it, and undulating 
 waves will be exhibited and vanish alternately. 
 
 4. To produce brilliant sparks^ Place on a tabic, a per- 
 fectly dry eaithen plate, in the centre of which lay a small 
 piece of phosphorus ; set it on fire and invert over It a half 
 gallon turbulated bell glass, perfectly dry : raise one side a 
 little, or place a chip under it ; start the stopper of the tur- 
 bulature a little, so as to permit the nitrogen gas to escape, 
 as the oxygen of air in the glass becomes exhausted. A\ o 
 are thus furnished with the exhibition of a snowstorm. Dry 
 white phosphoric acid will fall on the plate ; it strongly at- 
 tracts water, like the other acids ; it v.ill become liquid^ 
 though corked very tight in a phial ; therefore, mucli care is. 
 ceccssary to keep it perfectly tight in a phir.l. While tho 
 powder remains dry and undisturbed on the plate, dip a fino 
 shaving: brush into som.e cold water, and strike it a cross vour 
 finger, so as to sprinkle very fine drops of water on the pow- 
 der, and very brilliant sparks will be exiiiuited. 
 
 Phosphorus bottles. Phosphorus two drachms, lime ono 
 drachm, mixed together, put into a closely stopped phial, and 
 heat it before the fire, or in a ladle of sand for about hall an 
 hour. 
 
 2. Phosphorus one drachm, ceia alba fifteen grains, put it 
 into a bottle under water, and melt them together ; let tho 
 water cool, and as it. begins to grow solid, turn the bott'o 
 round that the sides may be coated ; then pour oul the water 
 and dry it in a cool place. 
 
 Matches Jor instantaneous light. Oxynmriate of potash, 
 flour of sulphur, each half a scrupel, vermilliun two grains, a 
 suliicient quantity of oil of turpentine to njake a paste, with 
 which coat the ends of slips of wood, previously dipped 
 in oil of turpentine and dried ; when these matches are 
 plunged in oil of vitriol, and immediately withdrawn, they 
 take fire instantaneously. To prevent the oil of vitriol froni 
 •pilling, if the bottle should accidently fall on one side, ponn> 
 
TRADESMAN'S GVtilt. ^fi 
 
 <lecl asbestos, or sand, is put in tlio bottle to soak up ([v^ 
 acid, 
 
 2. Oxymnriale of potash nine grains, sugar three grains, 
 (lour of sulphur two grains, a sufficient quantity of spirits of 
 wine ; the wood to he previously primed wiili camplure dis* 
 solved in s[)irits of wine. 
 
 Artificial Vclcanoes, Ram wilh force into a large pot, a 
 paste, made of 109 pounds of iron filings, intimately mixed 
 with 100 pounds of pulveri2.cd sulpliur, and just water enough 
 to make a dense paste. This paste is then buried to a consid- 
 erable depth in the earth, atid between ten and twenty hours 
 afterwards it bursts and burns with great force. It is presu- 
 med this experiment was never tried in America. It requires 
 ?i great quantity of the mixture to produce any effect. Lem- 
 ery produced it with the quantity above specified. 
 
 CHAPTER X. 
 
 J^lcctrlclty — Peculiar and Surprising Phfuomena — Conduc- 
 tors — Lci/dcn Phial — The cause of Lightning-Galvanism 
 — Voltaic Pile — Experiments. 
 
 The surface of the earth, and of all the bodies with which 
 we are acquainted, is supposed to contain or possess a .power 
 of exhiting or exhibiting a certain qiiantity of an exceedingly 
 subtile agent, called the electric fluid or power. The quamity 
 usually belonging to any surface, is called its natural share, 
 atid tljon it produces no sensible eOects ; but when any sur- 
 face becomes possessed of -more, or of less th.an iis natural 
 quantity, it is electrified, and it then exhibits a variety of pe-p 
 culiar and surprising phcnomonn, ascribed to the power cal- 
 led electric. All tiiose bodies which transnjit or conduct 
 electricity from one surface to another, are called conductors, 
 and those surfaces which will not transmit the electric power, 
 are called electrics or non-conductors. The general cIg:--; oI 
 conductors comprehends metals, ores, and fiurds, in their na- 
 ural slate, except air and oils. Vitrified and resinous sub- 
 stances, amber, sulphur, wax, silk, cotton, and feathers are 
 electrics or non-conductors. Many of these, such as glass, 
 resin and air, become conductors by being heated. When 
 a surface is supposed to have more than its nalurul quantity 
 of this fluid, it is said to be ;/^5j7n;^/// electrified, and when 
 less than its natural share, to b(; negatively electrifipd. When 
 any electrified conductor is wholly surrounded by non- 
 
30 THE ARTfST ASD 
 
 conductors, so that tho electric flunl can not pass from it 
 aloii'^ conductors to the earth, it is said to be insulated. 
 The human body is a good conductor of electricity ; but >f a 
 person stand on a cake of resin, or on a stool supported by 
 »lass legs, the electric fluid cannot pass from him to the earth, 
 and it he is touched by another person standing on the 
 ground, a sparkling appearance and noise will be exhibited. 
 Two surfaces, both positively or both negatively electrified, 
 repel each other; and two substances, of whicli one is posi- 
 tively and the ctiier negatively electrified, attract each other. 
 Opposite electricities always accompany' each other, for if 
 any surface become positive, the surface with which it is rub- 
 bed becomes negative ; and if any surface he rendered posi- 
 tive, the nearest conducting surface will become negative. 
 AVhen one side of a conductor receives the electric fiuid its 
 "whole surface is instantly pervaded ; but when an electric or 
 non-conduttor is presented to an electrified body, it becomes 
 electrified on a small spot only, i^ to one side of a pane of 
 glass you communicate positive electricity, the opposite side 
 will become negatively electrified, and the plate is then said 
 to be charged. These electricities cannot conje together, 
 unless a communication, by means of conductors, is made be- 
 tween the sides of the glass; and if tlieir ujiion be made 
 th.'ougli the human bod}', it produces an aflectiqn of the nerves 
 called an electric shock. As the excitation which is produ- 
 ced by rubbing' with the hand on a tube or plate of ?lass, is 
 not only very laborious, but inadequate to ihe production of 
 ©ny material quantity of electric iluid, machines have been 
 constructed of various forms for this purpose. — Some of tho 
 experiments which may be made with an electrical machine 
 are necessary for illustrating the laws of electricity, and oth- 
 ers are merely entertaining. If the inside of a glass tumbler 
 be electrified by presenting it to a pointed wire, extending 
 from the prime conductor, and then placed over a few pitch 
 balls laid upon a table, the balls will immediately begin to leap 
 up along the sides of tho glass, and then back on the table ; 
 •^ — they are attracted and repelled by the electrified inside sur- 
 face of the glnss, the electricity of which thev gradually con- 
 duct to the table. If a person having long hair, not tied up, 
 be placed upon an insulated stand, and, by means of a chain, 
 be connected with the prime conductor, when the machine is 
 put in motion, the hairs on his head, by ropolling each other, 
 
TRADESMAN 5 UUIDC. 31 
 
 will stand out in a most surprising ma.iner. A [jiece of sponge, 
 iillcd with water, and hung to the conductor, when electrified 
 in a dark room, exhibits a most beautiful appearance. If a 
 piece of sealing wax be fastened to a wire, and the wire be 
 fixed into the end of the conductor, and the wax lighted, the 
 moment the machine is worked, the wax will fly ofl'in the fi- 
 nest threads imaginable. Take a two ounce phial, half full 
 of olive oil, pass a slender wire through the cork, and let the 
 end of it be so bent as to touch the glass just below the sur- 
 face of the oil ; then place your thumb opposite to the point 
 of the wire in the phial, and, if in that position, 3'ou take a 
 spark from the charged conductor, the spark, in order to reach 
 your thumb, will actually perforate the glass. In this way 
 holes may be made all around the phial. Substances should 
 be warmed and experiments made when the wind is northerly, 
 and tho atmosphere dry, to produce the best efiect. 
 
 By means of the Leyden Phial, a hundred persons may re- 
 ceive a shock at the same instant, and electric fluid, on the 
 same principle, might be conveyed many miles in a moment 
 of time. The electric fluid may be made to appear in the 
 form of a vivid flash, accompanied with a loud report, with 
 this phial. But the groat(!st discovery that was ever made in 
 electricity, was reserved for Dr. Franklin, of Philadelphia. 
 Franklin brought the supposition that a similarity existed be- 
 tween lightning and the electric fluid to tlie test, and proved 
 the truth of it by moans of a boy's kite covered with a silk 
 handkerchief instead of paper, and some wire fastened in tho 
 upper part, which served to collect and conduct the fluid. 
 When he raised this machine into the atmospjjere, ho drew 
 electric fluid from the passing clouds, which descended through 
 tiie flaxen string of the kite, as a conductor, and was after- 
 wards drawn from an ii on key, which he tied to the line at a 
 small distance from his hand ; from this experiment origina- 
 ted tho formation of a conductor to secure buildings from tho 
 ©fleets of lightnins". 
 
 When aqueous vapour is condensed, the clouds formed are 
 usually more or less electrical, and the earth below them be- 
 ing brought into an opposite state, a disciiarge takes place, 
 when the olouds approach within a certain distance, constitu- 
 ting lightning, and tije collapsing of the air, which is rarified 
 ia tho electric circuit, is the cause of the thunder, which is 
 more or less intense, and of longer or shorter duration, ac- 
 
52 THE ARTIST AND 
 
 cording to the quantity of the air acted upon, and the dis- 
 tance ot' ihe pkicc where tiie report is heard iVom the point 
 of tlie discharge. 
 
 Galvanism. Galvanism is another mode of exciting elec- 
 tricity. In electricity the effects are cliiefiy produced by 
 mechanical action, but the efTects of Galvanism are prodiiced 
 by the chemical action of bodies upon each other. When 
 it was observed, that common electricity, even tliat of light- 
 iiino^, produced vivid convulsions in the limbs of recently kil- 
 led animals, it was ascertained that metallic substances, by 
 mere contact, under particular circumstances, excited similar 
 commotions. It was found essential that the forces of metals 
 employed should be of different kinds. Apply one piece of 
 metal to the nerve of the part, and the other to the muscle, 
 and afterwards connect the metals, either by bringing them 
 together, or connecting them by an arch of metallic sub- 
 stance ; every time this connexion is formed, a convulsion 
 takes place. The greatest muscular contractions are found 
 to be produced by zinc, silver, and gold, A person may be 
 made sensible of this kind of electric action by the following 
 experiments. If he places a jjiece of one metal, as a half 
 crown above, and a piece of some otiier metal, as"ziiic. below 
 his tongue, by bringing the outer edge of these pieces in con- 
 tact, he will perceive a peculiar taste, a: d in the dark will 
 see a flash of light. If he puts a slip of tin foil upon the ball 
 of one of his eyes, and a piece of silver in his mouth, by 
 causing these pieces to communicate, in a dark place a faint 
 flash will appear before his eyes. Galvani supposed that the 
 virtues of this new agent resided in the nerves of the animal, 
 but Volta showed that the phenomena did not depend on the 
 organs of the animal, but upon the electrical agency of the 
 metals, which is excited by the moisture of (he animal, whose 
 orc:ans were only a delicate lest of the presence of electric 
 influence. The conductors of the galvanic fluid are divided 
 into the perfect, wiiich consist of metaiic substances and char- 
 coal, and imperfect, which are. water and oxydated fluids, as 
 the acids, and all the substances that contain these fluids. To 
 render the Galvanic, or more properly, the Voltaic power 
 sensible, the combination must consist of three conductors of 
 the different classes. When two of the three conductors are 
 of the first class, the combination is said to be of the first or- 
 der; when otherwise, it is said to \?e of the second order. If 
 
TRADESMAN S GUIDE. 33 
 
 a piece of zinc be laij upon a piece of flanno], moisted with 
 a solution of salt water, a circle of the first class is formed ; 
 and then, if three other pieces be laid on these in the same 
 order, and repeated several times, the whole will form a pile 
 or battery of the first order. T»ie effects may be increased 
 to any degree by a repetition of the same simple combina- 
 tion. Ti«e following: is a cheap {.nd easy method of con- 
 structing a Voltaic pile. Cast 20 or 30 pieces of zinc, of the 
 size of a cent; take as many cents and as man}^ pieces of 
 paper or woollen cloth cut in the same shape, and d=p in a 
 solution of sail and water. In building the pile, place a piece 
 of zinc, then wet paper, the superabundant water being pressed 
 out, after which the copper ; then zinc, paper, and'' copper^ 
 and so 'on, until the whole is finished. Tlie sides of the pile 
 may be supported with rods of glass, or varnished wood fixed 
 in the board on which it is built. Having wet both hands, 
 --touch the lower part of the pile with one hand, and the up-, 
 per part with the other, constant little shocks of electricity 
 will be felt until one hand be removed. M the hand be 
 brought back, a similar repetition of shocks will be experi- 
 enced. Hold a silver spoon in one hand, and touch with it 
 the battery in the lower part, then touch the upper part with 
 the tongue ; the bitter taste is extreme. If the end of the 
 spoon be put undar the eyebrow, close to the ball of the eye, 
 a sensation will bo felt like the burning of red hot iron, but 
 which ceases the in?tant the spoon is removed. The plates 
 will soon become oxydated, and require cleaning in order to 
 inake them act. 
 
 CHAPTER XI. 
 
 fJght—Bodiea rcf.nctbyg I ight-^ Colours cliangcd by the ap^ 
 plication of the hnrs of chtmical ojflnity — EjperimcTits, 
 Light is derived from the sun in the solar system. This is 
 called solar or celestiariight. It is also derived from terres- 
 trial objects ; as from combustion, friclion, chemical attra«-< 
 tion, 4'c. whieh is called terrestrial, It is generally accom- 
 panied wiih caloric. Every ray of common light contains in 
 Itself seven different kinds ; thc^sc may be best separated by 
 a triangular glass prism, but the sameoperation may by per- 
 formed with a tumbler of water. The seven kinds of light 
 ililier in fv/o remarkable characteristics ; they arc of different 
 
34 THE ARTIST AND 
 
 colours, and degrees of refrangibility ; viz. red, orange, yel- 
 low, green, blue, indigo and violet. The red is least refrang- 
 ible ; the violet most; and the intermediates vary in their 
 degree of refranaihility according to this order of succession. 
 The difi'crent colouring of bodies depends on the different 
 kinds of light whicii they rellect to the eye. White bodies 
 reflects all kinds of light; black, reflect none: the ditVcrent 
 kinds, according to the arrangement of the constituent atoms 
 of bodies retlecting them, not according to the nature of those 
 bodies. 
 
 Example 1. Prepare the following solutions : 1. Sugir of 
 lead dissolved, 1 to 50of water per weight. 2. Pcarlash, 1 
 to 4 of water. 3. Corrosive sublimate, 1 to 30 water. 4. 
 Copperas, 1 to G of water. 5. Sulphuric acid, 1 to 12 of 
 water. 6. 1 to 100 of water. 7. Strong liquid of ammonia. 
 8. Tincture "of red cabbage. 9. Tincture of galls. 10. 
 Prus'ate of potash. 11. Nitrate of mcrcur^^ made of i of 
 mercury to 4 of nitric acid, to which add twice as much water. 
 Cy mixing these liquids we make red — 1 of 5 with 1 of 8. 
 Orange, 4 of 3 with 1 of 2 ; limpid with 1 of 5. Yellow, 4 
 of ll^with 1 of 2. Green, 3 of 8 witli 1 of 2 ; ruby red, 
 with 1 of 5. Blue, 3 of 6 with I of 7 ; limpid with 1 of 5. 
 Indigo, 1 of 4 with 1 of 10. Violet, add the red to the indigo. 
 White, mix 3 of 1 with 1 of I. Black, 3 of 9 with 1 of 4 ; 
 limpid with 1 of 5. 
 
 These liquids citlier reflect different colours before they arc mixed, 
 from those which Ihcy reflect afterwards, or reflect no colour as some 
 of them arc limpid. It follows as a necessary conclusion, that colour- 
 ing is not inherent in matter, but depends en the peculiar arrangement 
 of the constituent atoms. As colours are changed b}'^ the various ap- 
 plications of tiie laws of chemical affinity, dyers, limners, &c. ought to 
 be well acquainted with them. 
 
 Example 2. Rub two pieces of white quartz slightly to^ 
 gethor in the dark, nnd they will become luminous, 
 
 There are other bodies which absorb and give of!' light, as 
 rotten wood, putrid fish, some artificial preparations, &c. 
 Snow absobrs light by day, which it gives olV at night — thus 
 light is radiated from many substances, which seem not to be- 
 long to the class of luminous bodies. The parlirles of light 
 are so extremly minute, that although they are projected in 
 diiTerent directions, aad cross each other, yet they are nerer 
 known to interfere, or impede each othor's course. It is still 
 a disputed point, however, whether light be a substance com- 
 
thADESMAN's GUIDE. 35 
 
 posed of jjaiiicles like otlier bodies. In some respects it is 
 obedient to the laws wbicli govern bodies; in otlicrs it appears 
 independent ol'tbeni : thus, tbough its course is guided by the 
 laws of motion, it does not seem to be inliuenced by the laws 
 of gravity. It lias never been discovered to bave weighty 
 though a variety of interesting experiments have been made 
 in order to ascertain that point. Some have supposed tluit 
 the rays of light, instead of being particlesj consist of the un- 
 dulations of an elastic medium^ which fills all space, and 
 which produces the sensatioji of light in the eye, just as the 
 vibrations of the air produce the sensation of sound to tbe eari 
 Most of the }3henomena may be accounted for by either 
 hypotbesis ; but that of their being particles applies more 
 happily to some of the facts respecting the modifications of 
 light by refraction and reflection; Twilight is occasioned 
 partly by refraction, but chiefly by reflection of the sun's rays 
 by the atmosphere, and it lasts till the sun is eighteen degrees 
 below the horizon. Were no atmosphere to reflect and re- 
 fratjt the sun's rays, only that part of the heavens would be 
 luminous in which the sun is placed ; and if we could live 
 without air, and should turn our backs to the sun, the whole 
 heavens would appear as dark as in the night. In this case 
 also, a sudden iransilion from the brightest sunshine to dark 
 night, wouhJ iiumediatclp take place upon the setting of the 
 sun. 
 
 CHAPTER XII. 
 
 Misccllancnus — Elective Affinity — Salt used in Bronzing . 
 
 Peroxide of Tin used for various purposes — Important 
 Mordant for Dying — To resemble the irregular discharge 
 of Musketry — Powder — To detect the Carbonate of Lime 
 — Clay unfit for Pottery — Alkaline Salts — To purify 
 Meat — Sal Ammonia — Double elective Affinity. 
 
 Glauber Salts. Put a tea spoonful of table salt into a 
 T/inc glass, which has been previously dried on a plate ; pour 
 upon it a tea spoonful of sulphuric acid. Muriatic gas will 
 escape into the atmosphorQ, and glaubor salts will be formed 
 in the wine glass. By this experiment elective affinity is il- 
 lustrated. 
 
 Put some sulphuric acid into a tumbler, diluted with six 
 times as much water ; drop in some carbonate of soda until 
 effervescence ceases ; and the nauseous taste of glauber salts 
 
3h TIIF. ARTIST ANr> 
 
 wil! be recogiiizcd. By slow evaporati^m it may be crys* 
 talized. 
 
 Silver Boiling Powder. White argol, common salt, of 
 each a sufEcicient quantity ; a small quantity of this ponder 
 is put into water, and plate is boiled in ir, to which it gives a 
 brilliant briehtness. 
 
 Burai. Common borax dissolved in about sixteen times 
 its bulk cf hot water in a gallipot ; then poor into it nearly 
 half its weight of sulphuric acid : stir it on hot coals five or 
 six minutes, then set it by to cool. Decomposition takes 
 place ; sulphate of soda is formed, wiiich remains in solution ; 
 the boracic acid is disen?a2ed, and appears as shinint^ solid 
 scales ; pour off the solution and rinse the scales several times 
 In cold water : each time wait for them to separate from the 
 water ; when well washed, they are nearly tasteless* Now 
 flissolve some of the scales in alcohol on an earthen plate ; 
 set the alcohol on fire with a lighted roll of paper : as it burni 
 the sides off, the fiarae will be tinged with a beautiful green. 
 
 The sail wlircli tliis acid forms ia combcstion with soda is much nsed 
 in bron2::ij, under the name of borax. It brings brass to the liq'iic! 
 state, when thrown upon it at a temperature considerably lower Ihaa 
 • Ls fusing point. 
 
 Epsorfi Salts-. Put sulphuric acid into a tumbler,. diluted 
 •' ~ abeut six times as much watei : drop in -carbonate of 
 ; ..._'pies;a until effervescence ceases; ihuj cpsoiii salts are 
 formed in solution. 
 
 Pure SiUx PoicJer. Heat a gun flint red hot and throw 
 it into cold water in order to render it brittle ; pulverize it 
 very fine and mix the powder with about five times its bulk 
 of pearlash, melt the mixture, and keep it in a state effusion 
 lifreen minutes : now dissolve it in two or three times its 
 bulk of water; pour in diluted sulphuric acid, a little at a 
 Time, as Ion? as it continues to cause a precipitation. Afier it 
 stands a little wliilc to settle, pour oft the liquid part, and 
 wash or rinse the precipitate in hot water several limes, until 
 the water poured off is tasteless. 
 
 This substance rs the principal ingrrdier.t in run fiints, rock crystal?, 
 cornelian, &c. On this principle glass is manufactured. 
 
 Oiydattd Tin. Put some tin in an iron ladle and heat it 
 no higl)er than to melt it : the sartaco will immediately ab- 
 sorb oxygen from the atmosphere, sufficient to form the pro- 
 tazid of tin ^ called the yellow oxide. This may be scraped 
 
TRADESMAN'S OriDE. 3^ 
 
 off with an iron poker, when another similar pellicle will be 
 formed ; and the succession may be continued until the whole 
 mass is an oxide. 
 
 If the protoxid of tin be put into a crucible, heated to red- 
 ness, and continually stirred with an iron rod for some time, 
 it will absorb anotiier definite proportion of oxvgen. It then 
 becomes jjcroiid of tin, called the white oxide, or putty of tin. 
 
 The white oxide of tin is an excellent material for sharpen- 
 ing edge tools, as knives, razors, &c. — for polisiiing burn- 
 ishers, glass lenses, «fcc. When melted with glass it forms the 
 white enamel used for clock and watch faces, ifcc. 
 
 Acetate of Alam'uie. Dissolve equal parts of alum and 
 sugar of lead in water, in separate wine glasses, and mix these 
 solutions. The acids exchange bases ; and the sulphate of 
 lead falls down while the acetate of alumine remains over it 
 in a liquid state. This liquid ma}' be poured off for use. 
 
 It is an irapoitant mordant much used in dying, and it is manufac- 
 tured iu this way by calico printers. 
 
 Explosive Powder. Scatter some thin shavings of phos- 
 phorus over the bottom of a broad iron mortar; sprinkle 
 crystals of oxymuriate of potash among them. iSow, putting 
 a leather glove upon the hand, rub the iron pestle smartly 
 around among the shavings and the phosphorus, and a suc- 
 cession of explosions will be made, resembling the irregular 
 discharge of musketry. 
 
 All explosive powders are indebted for tlieir powers to the same prin- 
 ciple. Gun powder is composed of 75 per cent, of nitrate of potash, 
 1-5 per cent, of cliJ^rcoal, and 10 per cent, of sulphur. 
 
 Lime. Put a little potter's clay paste into a crucible, and 
 heat it it in the^forge as high as white heat of iron : now pour 
 it out upon a brick on a table, and it will be perceived that 
 it is not melted ; mix some of the same kind of clay inti- 
 mately with about an equal quantity of pulverized marble or 
 chalk', and heat it again as hot as befoi-e ; pour it out and the 
 whole mass will spread on the brick in the state of melted 
 cinder. 
 
 On this principle potters reject all clay which contains lime. When 
 
 <*.lay contains a very small per centum of carbonate of Mine, it would 
 
 jc sntficient to cause a kiln cf potter's ware to melt. The carbonate 
 
 )f lime can always be detected bv pourinof a few drops of diluted mu- 
 
 iatic acid. Ever so small a quantity of lime will caues an effervescence 
 
 iod prove the masa to be clay-marl, unfit for pottery. 
 
jS' - THE ARTIST AM» 
 
 Alkaline Salts. Dissolve in separate wine glasses a (ittle 
 con')cris, blue v'triol, white vitriol and sugar of lead ; pour 
 into* each a small quantity of the solutions of either potash, 
 soda, or apamonia, and the metallic oxide of the salt will be 
 precipitated, and an alkaline salt formed in each glass. 
 
 This principle is of mui:b use in the manufacture of articles used in 
 medicine and the art*, as will be evident by attending the daily business 
 of the laboratory. 
 
 Liver of Sulphur. Take some dry pearlash, and half as 
 much sulphur, mix them and rub them well together: melt 
 them in a crucible, covered with another. As soon as mel- 
 ted it must be poured out, and corked up tight in a phial to 
 prevent its deliquencing. Sulphuretted' iivdrogen gas may be 
 made with this equally as well as the sulphate of iron. 
 
 MasTit^ia, is found pure, or raoreiy combined \yith water : 
 sometimes it forms one of the constituents of the soap stone 
 or talcose rocks, of asbestos, and some other minerals. It is 
 gfenerally obtained from sea water, after it is separated from 
 the common salt : it exists in the state of a muriate and sul- 
 phate in sea water, from which it is obtained by mixing with 
 it a solution of common pearlash. A double decomposition 
 takes place ; and while the sulphate of potash remains in sol- 
 ution, the carbonate of magnesia falls down. This is the car- 
 bonated, or v\"hite magnesia of the shops. 
 
 Calcined Magnesia, Drop diluted sulphuric acid upon 
 carbonate of magnesia of the shops, and it will effervesce vio- 
 leirtly ; that is, a bubbling will be caused by the escape of 
 carbonic acid in the state of gas : put a little of the same car- 
 bonate of magnesia into a crucible, and keep it about the white 
 heat of iron lifteeu minutes : now after it cools, drop on it 
 diluted sulphuric acid, and it will sc;ircely etiervesce because 
 the carbonic acid is driven out. If a little of it be dissolved 
 in water it will give the alkaline test with red cabbage, much 
 stronger than before heating. 
 
 It \a difficult to drive ofiall the carbonic acid by heat, ro that no ef- 
 fervscencc can be produced by the application ol sulphuric acid. 
 
 Tooth Powder. Heat fino*y pulverized charcoal to red- 
 ness in an iron skillet, and pouring it while hot into al)owl of 
 clean water, is the best of all substances to preserve the teeth 
 from decay, after it has commenced. If kept in a bottle, it 
 will remain under water, defended from gases, and if shaken 
 up and a tea spoonfid taken occasionally in the mouth, and 
 
riLvDESMAN'S GUIDE. 39 
 
 l^ic tcctli rubbed with it, every tliiug impure will be absorbed. 
 
 Putrid moat will become purified by immersiHg it in a similar man- 
 nvt: putrid water is purified by pouring jnto it lieated charcoal powder. 
 
 2. Rad. irid. flor. four ounces ; ess. sCpicc, two ounces; 
 crem, tart, one ounce ; ol. caryoph. sixteen drops ; lake iG 
 <Jrops, 
 
 3. Catechu, one ounce; cort. peruv, ilav., crem. tart, cassia, 
 bol. armen., of each 4 drachms; sang, dracon, myrrii, of each 
 two drachms. 
 
 4. Rose pin!:, 20 ounces; bol. armcn. oss. sepiae, crem. tart, 
 of each 8 ounces ; myrrh 4 ounces ; rad. irid. llor. 2 ounces; 
 CSS. bcrgam, half a drachm. 
 
 5. Oss. sepitU, four ounces ; crem. tart. rad. irid. flor of 
 each two ounces ; alum, ustri, rose pink, of each one ounce. 
 
 G, Magnesia, rad. irid. flor., rose pink, cretcC ppa;, of 
 each two ounces ; natr. ppi. six drachms ; ol. rhodii, two 
 drops. 
 
 Ginger Beer Powders. White sugar, one drachm two 
 scruples ; ginger, five grains ; natr. pp. twenty-six grains m 
 each blue paper : acid of tartar, one scruple and a half in 
 each white paper. These quantities are for half a pint of 
 water. 
 
 Spracc Beer Powders. White sugar, 1 drachm 2 scruples; 
 natr. pp. 26 grains; essence of spruce, 10 grains, in each blue 
 paper: acid of tartar ,half a drachm in each while paper; for 
 half a pint of water. 
 
 Soda Powders. Carbonate of soda, half a drachm in each 
 blue paper : acid of tartar, twentj'-five grains, in each white 
 paper ; for half a pint of water — a very pleasant and cooling 
 beverage in summer : sugar, if desirable, ma}' be added to the 
 paper containing the acid of tartar. 
 
 Portable Lemonade. Acid of tartar, one ounc6 ; sugar, 
 six ounces ; essence of lemon, one drachm : rub together, 
 divide into twenty-four papers, for a tumbler of water each. 
 
 Copperas^ Sulphate of Iron. Put diluted sulphuric acid 
 into a Florence flask, consisting of about five times as much 
 water as acid. Apply a very little heat, so as ra;her to warm 
 than heat the acid. Drop in iron filiogs until they will fall to 
 the bottom quietly ; pour ofl* the limpid liquid into earthen 
 plates. This is copperas in solution; and b^' a slow evapor- 
 ation it may be crystallized. On this principle tlie copperas 
 .'S /-onnns^rce is manufactured ; but the process is diOercnt. 
 
40 THE ARTIST AND 
 
 Iron pyrites is moistened and exposed to tlie atmosptiere a 
 considerable time in a shallow vat or box : after it becomes 
 covered with a crust it is dissolved in water or leached, and 
 evcporated. 
 
 Blue Vitriol. Boil copper filings in sulphuric acid, and 
 the salt will be formed in the liquid state : this may be evap- 
 orated in the usual way. 
 
 On this principle the blue vitriol of the shops is made, 
 thouiih tiie operation is not similar ; the native sulphuret is 
 heated and exposed to air and moisture, Tind thereby the per- 
 oxide is obtained ; then the salt is readily formed by pour- 
 ii:? sulphuric acid upon it. 
 
 Oii/muriafc of Potash. Mix common salt three pounds, 
 mancracese two pounds, and add oil of vitrei two pounds, pre- 
 viously diluted with a sufficient quantity of water, distil into a 
 receiver containing prepared kali, six ounces : dissolved iij 
 water, three pounds : when the distillation is finished, evap- 
 orate the liquid in the receiver slowly in the dark ; the oxy- 
 muriate will crystallize first in flakes ; stimulant, from one to 
 two grains ; explodes when struck, or dropped into acid. 
 
 Salt of Sorrel. From the leaves of wood sorrel bruised 
 and expressed ; the juice is then left to settle, poured off 
 clear, and crystallized by slow evaporation ; one hundred 
 weight of wood sorrel yields five or six ounces. 
 
 2. B^' dropping aqua kali into a saturated solution of ox- 
 alic acid in witer, it will precipitate, and may be separated 
 by filtration » if too much alkali is added, it is taken uo, and 
 will require an addition of the acid to throw it dowrvagain ; 
 cooling — used to make lemonade, and whey, as also salt of 
 lemons. 
 
 Ammonia. Ammonia is serviceable in dying, and in stain- 
 ing ivory; but its principal use is in making the muriate of 
 ammonia, 'of which it is the bases. It is formed by combin- 
 ing ammonia with muriatic acid. It is known in commerce 
 by the same of Sal Ammor, iac. 
 
 Convey some muriatic acid gas into a glass jar containing 
 a portion of ammoniacal gas. From the mixture of these 
 two invisible gases a solid substance will be produced ; viz. 
 the common sal ammoniac. 
 
 Sal ammoniac is used by some dyers in what thev call com- 
 position, to prevent the tin from precipitating. In tinninjj 
 metals it is of use to cleanse the surfaces, and to prevent them 
 
tiiadesman's c;uide. 41 
 
 from oxydi/jng by the heat which js given to them in the op- 
 Tiratioi). It is also employed in the assay of metals, to disco- 
 , ver the presence of iron. Arnmoniacal gas may be procured 
 by heating strong liquid ammonia; this gas wifl bo disenga- 
 ged in abundance. On account of its affinity for water, it 
 must be received over mercury, when it is intended to exhibit 
 it in the state of gas. Pour a little caustic ammonia into a 
 clear solution of sulphate of zinc. This will precipitate thb 
 njetal in a white powder. If the phial be now shaken, the 
 zinc will be immediately re-dissolved, thus serving as a test 
 to distinguish zinc from iron and various metals. Drop as 
 much nitrate of copper into water as will form a colourless 
 solution ; then add a little ammonia, equally colourless, and 
 an intense blue color will arise from the mixture. Take the 
 blue solution formed by tlie last experiment, add a little sul- 
 phuric acid, and the color will disappear ; pour in a liiile s(t-- 
 lution of caustic ammonia, and the blue colour will he re^lo-. 
 red. Thus may the liquor be alternately changed at pic;;?- 
 ure. Dissolve some oxide of cobalt in caustic ammonia ; 
 this will produce a red solution, different in color iVom that 
 of all other metallic solutions. 
 
 1. Double eleftive ojjinity. Take about four parts of mu- 
 riate of lime, and five parts of sulphate of soda, weighing 
 them after being well dried over coals, on plates. Dissolve 
 ihera in water separately. No«' mix them in a wine-glass, 
 and a precipitate of lime (gypsum) will soon settle at the bot- 
 tom, and a solution of the muriate of soda will stand over it. 
 On testin'i ti;e new compounds '>*'ith red cabbage, they will 
 be foHud to bo neutral salts, exhibiting neither the acid or al- 
 kaline test. On tasting the liquid, it will be found a solution 
 of table salt. 
 
 Corrosive snhlimnte oi" tho shops is made upon this principle, bysul«< 
 phnte of inercury, and nniriate of soda. 
 
 Dr. Wallaston constructed a scale, by which the artist or 
 chemist can at sight determine what proportions of any com- 
 pounds are required for decomposing each other without loss. 
 For example, if a given quantity of sulphuric acid and muri- 
 atic acid would require three times as much potash as alu- 
 minc for saturation : though all those acids would differ from 
 each other in the absolute quantit}- required. 
 
 2. Put into tv.'o wine-glasses, half a spoonful of muriatic 
 
 *4 
 
42 THE ARTIST AND 
 
 acid to each ; weigh two equal parcels of carbonate of soJn, 
 about a icr.spooiiful to e^ch glass. Drop the rrubonate of so- 
 da from each parcel info its respect! ' "^ " -. till eilervesceiice 
 ceases. Now weigh what remains parcel, and they 
 
 will be found equal. Try the two liquids witli tasting rods, 
 (pine sticks are as good for the purpose as tasting rods,) and 
 the taste of common table salt will be recognized. From this 
 experiment will be learned that the law of dcfinito propor- 
 tions, is of great importance in the arts. It regulates the uni- 
 formity of compound bodies, and prevents the evils which 
 migiit arise from carelessness or mistake in the manufacture 
 of man)' articles. For example, in the manufacture of cop- 
 peras, 36 parts of protoxyde of iron will unite with precisely 
 40 parts of sulphuric acid. And in the manufacture of white 
 vitriol, 42 par's of oxide of zinc will unite with 40 ))arts of 
 sulphuric acid. These are the uniform proportions in the 
 dry state, and each take 63 parts of w:vter for crystallization. 
 3. Mix alcohol and water, or sulphuric acid and water. 
 Tlie qualities and sensible proportions of both these liquids 
 will remain 'unchanged, being ditiused among the water, there 
 will be less of them in a given measure, but they will remain 
 iinchanged. Thus, by affinity, some substances unite in in- 
 definite proportions, and their properties and sensible quali- 
 ties are not cliajiged, 
 
 CHAPTER XITI. 
 
 Simple Affinit}^ — Soaps — Pomades. 
 
 To mahc Soap. Melt a little common potash in an iron 
 ladle, then put into it small bits of fresh meat and woollen 
 r^ors, and i>oil them in a short time. The rags and meat will 
 . di<5solved and soap iormed. On this principl*" soap is made 
 jjv boilin*: any animal substance with lye. It requires very 
 stroT:!! lye, or laiher potash, to convert rags and some other 
 n;m il substances into soap. 
 WhUc Soap. Into half a wineglass of water, pour a tea- 
 spoonful of olive uii — no combination takes place — drop in a 
 piece of ■ of jhe size of half a pigeon s eg^ : let it 
 
 dissolve i..,^ ..i liie mixture, which effects a chemical com- 
 binatioD, and produces white son]). 
 
 Tills CAjjci iiuciii liiusiraies siujple affinity. 
 
 Hard Soap. Heat in a clean tin basin, good soft soap. 
 
TRADESMAN S GLIDE. 
 
 until dissolved, with about twice its measure of rain or river 
 water — ilien put in about h.ilf a gill of fine conuiion sali, to 
 a quart ot' tbis solution. Tbe muriatic acid of tiie salt will 
 unite witb tbe jiotasb of tbe soap, and leave tbe soda of tbe 
 salt to unite witb tbe oil of tbo soap; tbis latter compound, 
 after al'ttle boiling, will become somewbat dense and float on 
 tlie surface of tbe liquid. On draining off tbe liquid, which 
 is chiefly muriate of potash, and drying the floating compoun d 
 wo obtain common hard soap. 
 
 Soap boilers make common hard soap on this principle. The liquid 
 muriate of potash^they call waste lye. or dead lye. The fine hard soap 
 is made directly from the barilla or kelp, which is a rough sub-carbon- 
 ate of soda, made from the leached ashes of sea-weeds. 
 
 IVhife JVash Balls. One pound sap. alb. bisp. ; 3 pts. 
 aqua rosar. album, ovor no. ij. ; one ounce aq. kali ppi. : boil 
 till bard again, add one sciuple ol. lign., rbod., ten drops ol. 
 caryopb. one drachm ess. jasmin, half a drachm of ess. ne- 
 roli, aiul form into squares. 
 
 2. Five pounds of white soap, foui* o'.mces rad. irid. flor ; 
 throe ounc. amyli ; one ounce, styra3 calu.m. aq. rosar. q. s. 
 
 3. One pounrl sap. alb. bisp. almonds blanched, beat up 
 into a paste v/itii rose water and orai5ge flower water, three 
 ounces; one ounce maeister. marcasitse ; two drachmc of 
 kali ppi. ; six grains of musk ; three grains of cive ; one 
 scruple ol. licrn. rhodi ; one drachm ess. jasniin. 
 
 Cream Balls. Seven pounds white curd soap ; one pound 
 amyli ; water a sufficient quantity ; beat it together, weigh it 
 into ounce balls, and roll in pulverized amvli. 
 
 White soap, starch, of each one pound ; ess. lemon four 
 drachms; aq. rosar. eight ounces; make into balls of three 
 ounces and a half each. 
 
 Red Mottled WasJi Balls. Cut white soap into smrdl 
 square pieces, roll them in vermilion, and squeeze the pieces 
 together into balls without mi.\ing them more than is neces- 
 sary. 
 
 Blue Mottled Wash Balls. In like manner rrlling the 
 pieces in powder blue. 
 
 Windsor Snap. Hard curd soap, melled and scented with 
 ol. carui and ess. bergam. ; an inferior sort is made witb ol. 
 carui only. 
 
 Starhey's Soap. Made by rnlibing warm ktdi ppi. with 
 ol. turpentine, adding a little water. 
 
44 THE ARTIST AND 
 
 Jlacquier^s Acid SoajJ. Four ounces sapon. ven. ; ol. 
 vitriol, q. s. add the acid by degrees to the soap, rendered, 
 soft by a little water, continually rubbini; the mass in a mor- 
 tar — detergent, used when alkalies would be prejudicial. 
 
 Shaving Liqniil — Shaving Oil. Snj). ]Moll. four pounds; 
 spirits of v\ ine reclined five pints. 
 
 Essence Roy ah pour fair la harbc. Sap. cast, eight oz., 
 .proof spirits one pint. 
 
 Pomade de la jcuncsse. Pomatum mixed with pearl white, 
 or niaircstery of bismuth, turns the hair black. 
 
 Pomade Divine. One pound eight ounce? of beef's mar- 
 row ; cinnamon, one ounce and a half; stor. calam. benzoi- 
 ni, rad. irid flor. of each once ounce; car^'oph. nuc. m^rist. 
 of each one drachm. 
 
 2. Sevi. ovilli, one pound eight ounces ; stor. calam, ben- 
 zoin!, rad. irid. flor., rad cyperl, cinnani, caryoph. arom. nuc. 
 mosci^, of each nine drachms ; keep melted in a gentle heat 
 for some time, tiien strain. 
 
 3. Sevi. ovilli four pounds ; ccra alb. one pound ; ess. 
 bergam. ess. lemon, of each one ounce and a half; ol. lay- 
 end., of. origani, of each four drachms. 
 
 CHAPTER XIV. 
 
 The injiucnce of Prcinitnns in Scotland and Ireland — Ba- 
 lance of Trade in favour of Great Britain — Middle and 
 Eastern States. 
 
 It is well understood that artifrcers, or artisan?, or mecha- 
 nics, are those who carry on any mechanical trade ; that they 
 are very numerous in all great trading countries ; still, per- 
 haps, their importance in societj' is not generally considered 
 by those, v.ho move (in what is said to he) a more exalted 
 sphere of life ; or more likely, by those icho fatter themselves 
 that they have been cast in finer moulds. It is not expected, 
 that this essay will be very pleasing to the tJlste of those gen- 
 ilemen^ who measure their consequence either by their cash 
 or garb; but we hope it will contribute in some measure to 
 produce a better feeling towards so important a class of com- 
 munity, the mechanics, and lead all to examine, if they are 
 not alloyed with more human vanity than ordinarily becomes 
 them. As thin^fs are constituted at present among tbe trad- 
 ing countries of tbe world, those which subsist upon their na- 
 tural productions, or merely by barteiing or exchanging such 
 
tradesmen's guide. - 45 
 
 commodities, for iliosc of other countries, have never distin- 
 guished themselves as a tradinir people. The Indians in 
 North America, as well as the Negroes in Africa, arc plain 
 instances of the fact. If the Chinese were deprived of their 
 useful artificers, (or, if you please, manufacturers, for, they 
 may as reasonably be called the one as the other, though cus- 
 toni among us lias made a distinction,) they would very pro- 
 bably degenerate into the like savage dispositions with the 
 wildest Africans, or American Indians. And this we pre- 
 sume, also, might be the case with the people of the United 
 States. It is t!ie arts which keep the mass of people in use- 
 ful action, and which keep their minds also on useful inven- 
 tion, beneficial to the whole community ; consequently, this 
 is the graod preservatrve against that barbarism, brutality and 
 a slothlVtlfiess in trade, which ever attend an indolent and in- 
 active stupidity. Tlie due cultivation of practical manual arts 
 in a nation, has a greater tendency to polish, and humanize 
 mankind, than mere speculative science, hov/ever refined and 
 sublime it may be ; and these arts are not only the most na- 
 turally adapted to the bulk of the people, but by giving real 
 existence to their ideas, by their practical inventions, improve 
 their nnnds more sensibly and feelingly, than any ideal con- 
 teni})lation could do, which may have no other being, but in 
 tlio mind of the speculator. Moreover, it is observable, that 
 those who are fruitful in useful inventions and discoveries, in 
 the practical mechanical arts, are men, not onl}' of the great- 
 est utility, but possess an urulerstanding, which should be 
 most highly estimated. Whether this ma}' be attributed to 
 the constant exercise of their intellectual faculties in those 
 things" which they see and /<?(?/, may deserve the consideration 
 of those who contemplate on the most natural way of improv- 
 ing the mind. 
 
 The delicate mechanism of a watch, by those great artists, 
 a Graham, or an EUicot, demonstrate the utility of such arti- 
 sans to a trading country, as their workmanship has been ad- 
 mired throughout the civilized world. It is the same b}' other 
 artificers who excel ia their peculiar branch. This not only 
 brings credit and honour, but treasures into a nation, in pro- 
 portion as they are stocked with such celebrated mechanics 
 or artificers. An Engli<,h writer says, " nothing is more ob- 
 vious than that the commerce and navigation of the nation, 
 principally depends on the daily improvement made hy our 
 
46 THE ARTIST AND 
 
 artificers, in the iiifini'ic and amazing vaiiely in our mechanic 
 and mannfactural arts ; wherefore, artists, who strike out new 
 inventions, or who improve the old mechanics and manufac- 
 tures, arc deserving of some regard and t.'ncourajrement, more 
 than they acquire to themselves, by dint of their own pecu- 
 liar profession only." Experience has manifested the ex- 
 traordinary efieci t)f those small rewards given in Scotland 
 and Ireland, for the improvement of their manufacrures ; 
 though it is not always the case, that piemiums operate so 
 powerfulFy, as the motive of emulation ; for that credit and 
 rejmtation, which attends a man's excelling in his employ- 
 ment, has, somntinies, a far greater influence upon tlie indus- 
 trious and ingenious mind, than pecuniary rewards only. Yet 
 these are not to be neglected in trading countries.^ as it is 
 most commonly the case, that new inventions or improve- 
 ments, made by one for the benefit of trade, are soon enjoy- 
 ed equally by all ; the inventors, very rareh', being able to 
 preserve the benefit to tiiemselves, scarcely long enough, to 
 recompense for the time and expense they have generally 
 been obliged to bestow upon them. 
 
 If it was fashionable for persons of leisure to devote a pro- 
 portion of their rural retirements to practical or experimental 
 philosophy, it raio:ht not only prove a salubrious bodily exer- 
 cise to them, but a great benefit and advantage to our arti- 
 ficers in general, and consequently to the general trade and 
 tarffic of the countrv. 
 
 The mechanic inventions are improved by others, besides 
 the common artificers themselves. This will undeniable ap- 
 pear, if we will be convinced by instances ; for it is evident, 
 that various manufactures have been given us by men, 
 who were not bred up in trades that resembled those which 
 they discovered. The admirable art of composing letters, so. 
 far from being started by a man of learning, was the device 
 c^a soldier ; and powder, to make recompense, was invented 
 by a monk, whose course of life was most averse from hand- 
 ling the materials of war. The ancient Tyrian purple was 
 brought to light by a fisher ; and if ever it can be recovered, 
 it is likely to be done by some such accident. The scarlet 
 of the moderns is a very beautiful colour, and it was the pro- 
 duction of a chemist and not of a dyer. The warmth and 
 vigour which attend new discoveries, is seldom confined to its 
 4)wn sphere ; but is genorally extended to the ornament of its 
 
TRADESMAN S GLIDE. 47 
 
 neighbour. The ordinary method in which this happens, is 
 the introduction of new arts. It is true, indeed, the increase 
 of tradesmen is an injury to others ihat are bred up in parti- 
 cuhir trades, if they are i^.nabled to supply all den)ands in their 
 various branches ; but there can never be too great a surplus 
 of trades. That country is still the richest, and most power- 
 ful, which produces and employs the greatest number of arti- 
 ficers and manufucturers. 
 
 The hands of men employed, are true riches ; the saving 
 of those hands by invention of arts, and applying them to 
 other works, will increase those riches. Where this is done, 
 there will never a sufficient subject for profit be wanting ; 
 for, if there is not vent for the productions at home, a market 
 will be opened abroad. Thus, in those districts where com- 
 merce and manufactures do not flourish to any degree, exchange 
 is against them, and in favour of those places, where they are 
 more extended ; hence we learn the balance of trade is against 
 us, and in favour of Great Britain ; but we need not cross the 
 Ailantic to maintain our position, for the argument is appli- 
 cable to the western and soutiiern in favour of the middle and 
 New-England states; to those who negotiate in bills of ex- 
 change, this subject cannot be new. Where the ways of life 
 are few, the fountains of profit w 11 be possessed by few ^ 
 whence it is manifest that poverty among a people is caused 
 by a small number, not b}'^ having a multitude engaged in a 
 variety of trades. An English writer asserts, that, "by the 
 increase of artificers and manufacturers, all things will bo 
 dearer, because more must be maintained ; for the high rate 
 of things is an argument of the llourishing, and the cheapness, 
 of the scarcity of money, and ill-peopling of all countries. 
 The first is a sign of many inhabitants, whicli is true great- 
 ness, the second is only a fit subject for poets to describe, and 
 to compare to their golden age; for, where all things are 
 without ])rice or value, they will be without arts, or empire, 
 or strength." From the sentiments of this zealous promoter 
 of the useful art«, for the benefit of commerce, it is evident 
 that he makes the prosperity of a trading nation to consist in 
 the multiplying of the number of new trades ; that is to say, 
 in multiplying the different species of meciianics, artificers 
 and manufacture: s ; it is for want of this, that all the old ways 
 of gain become overstocked, and tlicn people complain for 
 want of trade, when the true cause is owing to the want of 
 
48 THE ARTIST AND 
 
 art, or to the want of the Invention o{ a numbor of now trades, 
 and new arts, in j)roportion to the increase of population, and 
 in proportion as other rival states strike into the like trades 
 and arts, with similar advantages. Finally, if our labourers 
 are as diligent as our lawgivers, we shall jirove the most la- 
 bourious, if not the most wealthy nation under heaven. But 
 the true method of increasing industry, and iinprovement, and 
 wealih, and respectability, is that which was recommended 
 by the lloj'al Society ol' London^ *' by worlds and endeavours, 
 and not by the prescriptions of words, or rtapcr com- 
 jnands.^^ 
 
 CHAPTER XV. 
 
 Mineralogy — characters of Minerals — classification of Min- 
 erals — Salt Springs — Platina. — Gold — Silver — Mercury 
 
 Copper — Lead — Iron — Tin — Zinc Manganese — Anti' 
 
 mony — Arsenic. 
 
 MINERALOGY. 
 
 The whole science of mineralogv has been created since 
 the year 1770. yVU the solid materials of which this globe 
 of ours is composed have received the name of minerals. But 
 it is only very lately that the method of ascertaining the com- 
 ponent parts of these substances was discovered, ov that it 
 was possible to describe them so as to be intelligible to oth- 
 ers. Nothing at first appears easier to describe than a min- 
 eral, but in reality it is attended with a great deal of ditiicul- 
 ty. The properties of minerals must be described in terms 
 rigidly accurate, which convey precise ideas of the very pro- 
 perties intended, and of no other. The smallest deviation 
 would lead to confusion and uncertainty. Mineralogy there- 
 fore must have a language of its own, that is to say, it must 
 have a term to denote every mineralogical property, and each 
 of these terms must be accurately defined. The language of 
 mineralogy was invented by the celebrated Werner, ot Fr}^- 
 burg, and first made known to ti)e world by the publication 
 of his treatise on the External Characters of Minerals. The 
 object of this philosopher was to invent a method of descri- 
 bing minerals with such precision, that every species could 
 readily be recognized by those who were unacquainted with 
 the terms employed. For this purpose, it was necessary to 
 make use of those properties only, which presented them- 
 selves to our senses on inspecting the mineral. These were 
 
tradesman's i.LlDL. 49 
 
 called bj' Werner, external ciiaracters, because they may be 
 ascertained without desiroying the mineral examined. These 
 constitute the first division of the characters of minerals. To 
 the second belong tliose which are derived from a chemical 
 composition, or discovered by any chemical change which tlie 
 mineral sufiers ; to the third, are rei'ered those projierties 
 which are afforded by certain physical characters, derived 
 from circumstances frequently oijservod with regard to a min- 
 eral, as to the place where it is found, or the minerals by 
 wliich it is usually accompanied. 
 
 Werner divides tlie external characters of minerals into two 
 kinds, viz. general and particular. Tlie general characters 
 are the following : 1. Colour. 2. Cohesion. 2. Unctuos- 
 ity. 4. Coldness. 5. Weight. G. Smell. 7. Taste. — 
 The particular characters are : 1. Asj)ect of surface. 2. As- 
 pect of the fracture. 3. Aspect of the distinct concretions. 
 4. General asj^ect. 5. Hardness. 6. Tenacit3\ 7. Fran- 
 gibility. 8. Flciib'lity. 9. Adiiesion to the tongue. 10. 
 sound. 
 
 Genera! Characters. 1, The colours of minerals are ex- 
 tremely various. Werner conceives eight fundamental col- 
 ours, and describes nil tiie rest as compounds of various pro- 
 portions of these, The fundamental colours are, 1. Snow- 
 white. 2. Ash Grey. 3. Velv«'t black. 4. Berlin or Pru- 
 sian blue. 5. Emerald green. 6. Lemon yellow. 7. Car- 
 mine red. 8. Chesnut brown. II. With respect to cohe- 
 sion^ minerals are either, solid, friable^ or fiuid. III. With 
 respect to iinctiiosif^, minerals are distinguished into greasy 
 and meagre ; the first have a certain degree of grcai-iness in 
 feeling ; the second not. The other four general characters 
 require no particular xle^•cription. 
 
 Particular Characters. I. In the aspect of the surface of 
 the mineral, three thines claim atteniion. 1. The shape o^ 
 tlie mineral. 2. The kind ot^ surface. 3. The lustre of the 
 surface, which is either splendent, shining, glistening, glim- 
 mering, or dull. II. When a mineral is broken, the new 
 surface exposed is called the fracture. Three things claim 
 attention: 1. The lustre of the fracture. 2. Tiie kind of 
 fracture. 3. The shape of the fragments. III. Distinct 
 concretions are distinct masses, which may bo separated from 
 each other, without breaking through the solid part of the 
 mineral, by natural scams. Three particulars in rcsj)ect to 
 
50 TUE ARTIST AND 
 
 thcni arc, 1 Tlierr 'shape. 2. Their surface. 3. Their 
 lustre. IV- Under the head of general aspect, three parti- 
 culars are comprehended. 1. The transparency. 2. The 
 streak. 3. The soz/z/jo^, or sfaf/i left -.vheii rubbed. V. Min- 
 erals arc either, 1. Hard. 2. Semi-hard, or 3. Snft. \I. 
 With respect to tenacity, minerals are, i. BrittU, when on 
 being cut with a knife the particles fly away with a noise. 2. 
 Sectile, when the particles do not tiy off but remain. 3. 
 Ductile, when the mineral can be cut into slices. VII. By 
 frangibility is meant the resistance which minerals make 
 when we attempt to break them. The degrees are five, 1. 
 Very tough. 2. Tough. 3. Moderately tough. 4. Fra- 
 gile. 5. Very fragile. VIII. With respect \o flexibility, 
 some are, 1. Elastic. Others, 2. Common. Others, 3. In- 
 flexible. IX. Some minerals crrf//ere to the tongue, 1. Very 
 strongly. 2. Others, moderately. 3. Others, slightly. 4. 
 And others, very slightly. X. Some minerals give a ringing 
 sound, others a grating sound, and others a creaking soand^ 
 as tin. With respect to electricity, some minerals become 
 electric when heated, others when rubbed, others cannot be 
 rendered electric. The electricity of some a positive, of oth* 
 crs negative. 
 
 CLASSIFICATION OF MINERALS. 
 
 Minerals are usually arranged under four classes ; earthy, 
 saline, inflammable and metalic. The earthy contain all such 
 as derive tlieir qualities from the earths; and they are divided 
 into genera, according to the particular earth, which pre- 
 dominates in each, or more properly into families, according 
 to their resemblance, in external characters, as the diamond 
 family, the ruby family, tale family, and others. Tiie dia- 
 mond, of which there is only a single species, is the hardest 
 and most beautiful of all the mineral productions. When 
 heated to the tempjerature of melting copj^er, and exposed to 
 a current of air, it is gradually but completely combustible. 
 It is wholly converted into carbonic acid, and therefore con- 
 sists of pure carbon. By means of diamond power, this sub- 
 stance can be cut and polished on a wheel, in the same way as 
 other gems are wrought by emery. It is manufactured by 
 jewellers into brilliants and rose diamonds; employed by 
 glaziers for cutting glass, by lapidaries for cutting and engra- 
 ving on the hardest gems, and in the finer kinds of clock work 
 
tradesman's guide. 51 
 
 The ruby family is composed of seven species. They are 
 all extremely hard, and several of them highly valued on acr 
 count of their beauty. The saline minerals comjirehend all 
 the combinations of alkalies with acids, which exist in the 
 mineral kingdom; such as salt petre or nitrate of potash, 
 common rock salt, or muriate of soda, and sal ammoniac, or 
 the muriate of ammonia. 
 
 The salt springs in some parts of the United States, owe 
 their origin to beds of fossil salt. The rain ^vater which peur 
 etrates to their surface, eflects the solution of a certain porr 
 tion of them, with which it comes in contact, and thus be- 
 comes in some cases, it is said, ten tijnes Salter than the water 
 of the sea. The ivjlammable minerals, comprehend all com-? 
 bustible bodies, except metals and the diamond, and include 
 sulphur, resins, bitumens, and graphite. Among the bitumen 
 are found the several varieties of mineral coal, that are used 
 for fuel, gas lights, S^^c, 
 
 The metalic minerals comprehend all the mineral bodies 
 that are composed either entirely of metals, or of which mer 
 tals constitute the most considerable and important part. It 
 is from the minerals of this class that all metals are extracted. 
 The ores are found in a native state, either simple, consisting 
 of only one substance, or compound, when composed of two 
 or more substances. Of the metals, the first is jjlatinay 
 which is the heaviest. Platina is found among the gold ores 
 of South America^ in the form of small grains or scales. Its 
 colour is between steel grey and silver white, and its ductility 
 and malleability is very great. Gold is never found in a minr 
 eralized state, but it occurs native in many parts of the world 
 general!}' alloyed with a little silver or copper, and common- 
 ly in the form of grains. It is the heaviest metal of all me- 
 tals except platina, and although its tenacity is such that a 
 wire of one tenth of an inch in diameter, will support a 
 weight of five hundred pounds without breaking, yet it pos- 
 sesses less tenacity than iron, copper, platina or silver. It 
 is ductile and malleable beyond any known limits. The 
 gold beaters extend-it by hammering a number of thin rolled 
 l)lates between skins or animal membranes, upon blocks of 
 marble fixed in wooden frames. A grain of gold has been 
 extended to more than forty two square inches of leaf, and an 
 ounce, wliich in the form of a cube, is not half an inch either 
 high, broad, or long, is beaten under the hammer intp a sur» 
 
52 THE ARTIST AND 
 
 face of 14G 1-2 square feet. There are gold leaves, not 
 thicker in some parts, than the three hundred and sixty ihou- 
 sandtli part of an inch ; but on ^vire used by lace makers it is 
 still thinner. An ingot of silver, usually about thirty pounds 
 ';\eif^ht, is rounded into an inch and a half in diameter, and 
 22 inches Ions'. Two ounces of gold leaf are sufficient to 
 cover this cylinder, and frequently effected with a little more 
 than one. The ingot is repeated drawn through the holes of 
 several irons, each smaller tlian tlie other, till it becomes finer 
 than a hair; and yet the gold covers it, and does not leave 
 the minutest part of the silver bare, even to the microscope. 
 It has been calculated that it vronld take 14 millions of filings 
 of gold, such as are on somo gilt wire, to make up the thick- 
 ness of one inch. The ductility of it is such, that one ounce 
 is sulTicient to gild a silver wire more than thirteen hundred 
 miles long. 
 
 Gold may be dissolved in nitro-muriatic acid and it thus 
 becomes muriate of sold, which is*obtained in small crystals, 
 and is very soluble in water. If white s;itin ribbon, or silk, 
 be moistened with a diluted solution of g(dd, and, while moist 
 exposed to hydrogen, or suipluitic acid gas, the metal will 
 be immediately reduced and the silk become gitt with a re- 
 gular coat of gold. Tlje potters dissolve gold to be applied 
 to the common porcelain ; and it is used in a state of solution 
 for staining ivory and ornamental feathers. It gives a beau- 
 tiful purple red ; even marble may be stained with it. 
 
 Silver^ is the most brilliant of metals. You may know 
 when silver i3 pure, by heating it in a common fire, or in the 
 flame of a candle; if it is alloyed it will become tarnished ; 
 but if it be pure silver, it will remain perfectly white. It is 
 exceedingly ductile, of great malleability and tenacity. 
 
 Of the salts of silver, the nitrate is best known, and when 
 melted and run into moulds, it forms the lunar caustic of the 
 ajjotiu'cary. 
 
 Mercury^ in the temperature of our atmosphere, is a white 
 fluid metal, having the appearance of melted silver. When 
 submitted to a sufficient degree of cold it is similar in appear-^, 
 ance to other metals, and may be beaten into plates; at the 
 poles it would {uobably be always solid. 
 
 The quicksilver mine of Guanea Velica, in Peru, is 170 
 fathoms in circumference, fuid 4S0 deep. In this profound 
 abyss are seen streets, squares and a chapel : thousands of 
 
tradesman's guide. 53 
 
 flambeaux are continually burning to enlighten it. Those 
 who work in the mine are generally afllicted with convulsions. 
 Notwithstanding this the unfortunate victims of insatiable 
 avarice are crowded together, and plunged naked into these 
 abysses. Tyranny has invented this refinement in cruelty, 
 to render it imj)ossible for any thing to escape its restless vi- 
 gilance. 
 
 Coppei', is the most ductile of all the metals except gold. 
 The salts of copper are numerous and much used in the arts 
 connected with chemistry. All the salts are poisonous ; there-^ 
 fore, great care should be taken not to taste wantonly the 
 solutions. 
 
 Leacl^ is malleable and ductile, but possesses very litle ten-* 
 acity. It may be mixed with gold and silver in a moderate 
 heat ; but when the heat is much increased, the lead rises to 
 the surface, combined with all heterogeneous matters. The 
 ore of lead is so poisonous, that the steain arising from the 
 furnaces where it is worked, infects the grass, in all the 
 neighboring places, and kills the animals which feed on it. 
 Culinary vessels, lined with a mixture of tin and lead, which 
 is the usual tinning, arc apt to communicate to acid food, per- 
 nicious qualities, and require to be used with great caution. 
 The same may he said of liquors, and other acid substances 
 kept in glazed ware, and of wines adulterated with litharge, 
 and such other preparations of lead as are sometimes used, 
 for the purpose of rendering them sweet. 
 
 Iron. If utility were made the standard of estimation, 
 iron would hold the first place in the class of metals, and 
 would be counted more valuable than gold, as it appears in- 
 dispensably accessary to the carrying on of every manufac- 
 ture. There has never been an instance of a nation, ac- 
 quainted with the art of manufacturing iron, which did not in 
 time aitain to a degree of civilization,, greatly beyond tlie in-r 
 habitants of those countri^'S wherethis metal was wanting, or 
 its use unknown. It is j)lentifully and universally difl'uscd^ 
 throughout nature, pervading almost every thing, and is tho* 
 chief cause of colour in earths and stones.. It may be detect- 
 eb in plants and animal fluids. 
 
 Till., must have been known very early, as it is mentioned' 
 by Homer, and also in the books of Moses. Tin entes into 
 combination with many of the metals, and forms alloys with 
 them, sonie of which arc of great importance. It is not very 
 
 5* 
 
54 THE ARTIiT -AND 
 
 duciile, but so malleablo, that it may be beaten into leaves 
 thiuner than paper. Tin foil, as it is usually termed, is about 
 one ihousacclih part of an inch thick. It is employed to give 
 liri^htness to several articles : used in forrain? reds and scar- 
 lets. Substances which produced to the ancients only faint 
 and fleeting colours, give us such as are brilliant and durable, 
 by the use of a solution of this metal. 
 
 Zinc^ is one of the most abundant metals in nature, except 
 iron. It is used in China for tiie current coin, and for that 
 purpose it is employed in its utmost purity. Until recently 
 it was used in Wales for mending roads. When zinc is heat- 
 ed, it readily attracts oxygen ; and at a wiiite heat the absorb- 
 tion of oxygen is so rapid and violent, that the oxide iiiime- 
 diately sublimes, and for this reason it has acquired the name 
 of flowers of zinc. Combined with copper and tin, the mix- 
 tures constitute some of the most useful compound metals. It 
 is used in medicine, is the basp of white vitriol, and its carbo- 
 nate or oxide may be advautageoush' substituted for while lead 
 in painting. 
 
 Manganese, is a brilliant metal, of a darkish white coluur, 
 inclining to grey, of considerable hardness, and of difiicult 
 fusibility. ^Vhen exposed to the air it absorbs oxygen with 
 rapidity, and falls into powder. Its oxides are used in pre- 
 paring the bleaching liquor, in purifying glass, and in glazing 
 black earthen ware. By the application of a red heat the 
 black oxide produces oxygen iras in great abundance. 
 
 Antimony, is a brilliant, britile metal, of a silvery colour, 
 which has not much tenacity, and entirely destitute of duc- 
 tility. It is wholly volatilized by heat ; is susceptible of vit- 
 rification. Its oxides are employed in medicine, and in col- 
 ouring elass. 
 
 Arsenic, is generally fo«ind in combination with sulphur, 
 oxygen and many of the metals. Its colony is bluish, or 
 greenish w bite, becoming on exposure to the air, dark, almost 
 black ; it is extremely brittle, and the softest of all metals ; 
 and is one of the most active of mineral poisons. Beautiful 
 shades of diflerent colours may be given to different substance.-* 
 by solutions of arsenic ; so that the substances which are most 
 injurious to the i.nimal economy, appear to be endowed with 
 properties for embellishing the works of creation, and by im- 
 jiariing colour to other bodies, is make to minister in various 
 ways to our gratification. Ilow diversified arc the means 
 
tradesman's guide. 55 
 
 which tlie Creator has adopted for the promolion of his hon- 
 evoleiit designs ! 
 
 CHAPTER XVI. 
 
 The art of assat/hig Ores — Fluxes — In the humid iccij — in 
 the soft way — bi/ cupellation — to assay plated metals — par- 
 ting of gold and silver — by aqua fortis — by cementation—' 
 dry parting — to determine the qnality of gold — to obtain 
 silccr i^urc from alloy — weight of metals — specific grav- 
 ity of bodies. 
 
 Before metallic ores are worked in the large way, we 
 should know what sort of metal, and what portion of if, is to 
 be found in a determined ciuaniify of the ore, in order to as- 
 certain whether it will be profitable to extract largely, and in 
 what manner the process is to be performed. 
 
 The assaying may be performed in the dry or moist way; 
 the first is the most ancient, and in many respects the most 
 advantageous, and consequenll}'^ continues to be mostly 
 used. Assays are made either in crucibles wirh the blast 
 of the bellows, or in tests, under a muflle. The assay 
 weights are always imaginary. Sometimes an ounce repre- 
 sents an hundred weight on tlie large scale, and is subdivided 
 in the same number of parts, as that hundred weight is in the 
 great; so that the contents of the ore obtained by the assay, 
 shall accurately determihe by sucii relative proj)ortions, the 
 quantity to be expected Uom any weight of the ore on a larger 
 scale. In the lotting of the ore, care should be taken to have 
 small jiortions, from diflerent specimens, whicii should be 
 pulverized and well mixed in an iron or brass mortar. The 
 ])roper quantity of the ore is now taken, and if it contains ei- 
 ther sulphur or arsenic, it is put into a crucible or test and 
 exposed to a moderate degree of iseat, till no vapour arises 
 from it ; to assist this volatilization, some add a small quan- 
 tity' of j)0\vderpd charcoal. 
 
 Fluxes. To assist the fusion of the ores, and to convert 
 the extraneous matters connected with them into scoria, as- 
 sayers use diflerent kinds of lluxes. The most usual and ef- 
 ficacious materials for tlie composition are borax, tartar, ni- 
 tre, sal ammoniac, common salt, glass, flour-spar, ciiarcoal 
 powder, ])itch, lime, liiharge, t^c. in diflerent proportions. 
 
 Crude of While Flux. This consists of one part of nitre 
 and two of tartar, well mixed. 
 
[,Q THE ARTIST ANI> 
 
 Black Flux. The above crude flux detonates by means 
 of kindled charcoal ; and if it be efieclod in a mortar slightly 
 covered, the smoke that rises unites with the alkalized nitre 
 nnd the tartar, and renders it black. 
 
 Cornish Reducing Flux. Ten ounces of tartar, three oz. 
 and six drachms of nitre, three ounces and one drachm of bo- 
 rax ; well mixed. 
 
 Cornish Refining Flux. Defibgrate, then pulverize, two 
 parts of nitre, and one part of tartar. 
 
 In working at large, such expensive means cannot be ap- 
 plied to effect our purpose, as the inferior metals would be 
 too much e.nhanccd in value ; consequently, where the object 
 is the production of metals in the great way, in smelting 
 works, cheaper additions are used ; such as lime stone, felted- 
 spar, flour-spar, quartz, sand, slate, and slugs, wliich are to 
 be chosen according to the diflerent views of the operator. 
 The iron oies on account of th.e argillaceous earth they con- 
 tain, require calcareous additions, aud the copper ones, ra- 
 ther slugs, or vitrescent stones, than calcareous earth. 
 
 Humid asscnj nf Metallic Ores. The mode of assaying 
 ores for their particular metals by the dr}' way, is deficient, 
 so far as i elates to pointing out the diflerent substances con- 
 nected with them, because they are always destroyed by the 
 process for obtaining the assay metal. The assay by the 
 moist way is more correct, because the difi'erent substances 
 can be accurately ascertained. The late celebrated Bergman 
 first communicated this method. It dejjends upon a knowl- 
 edge of the chemical afliiiities of different bodies for eac'.i 
 other; and must be varied according to the nature of the oie 
 — it is very extensive in its apjilication, and requires great 
 patience and address in its execution. To describe the treat- 
 ment of each variety of metallic ores would take too much of 
 our room ; but to give a general idea, we shall describe the 
 procedure, both in the dry and humid way, on one species of 
 all the different ores. 
 
 To assay Iron ores. No. 1. The ore must be roasted till 
 the vapour ceases to rise. Take two assay quintals of it, and 
 triturate them with one of flour-spar; three-fourths of a 
 quintal of powdered charcoal, and four quintals decrepitated 
 sea-salt ; tiiis mixture is to be ])ut into a crucible, and the 
 crucible itself exposed to a violent fire for an hour, and when 
 Jt is cool, broken. If the operation be well conducted, tiie 
 
thadesman's guide. 57 
 
 iron will be foi-nd at the bottom of tlie crucible, to which 
 must be added those metallic particles, which may adhere to 
 the scoria. The metallic particles so adhering may be sepa- 
 rated by pulverizing it in a paper, and then attracting them 
 with a magnet. 
 
 No. 2. If the ore should be in a calciform state, mixed 
 with earths, the roasting of it previous to assaying, if not det- 
 rimental, is at least superfluous ; if the earths should be of 
 the argillaceous and silicious kind, to lialf a quintal of them, 
 add of dry quicklime and llour-spar, of each one-fourth of a 
 quintal, reduced to powder, and mix them with ono-fourtli of 
 a quintal of powdered charcoal, covering the whole wiih one 
 ounce of dccrejjitated common salt ; and expose the luted 
 crucible to a strong forge- fire for an hour and a quarter, then 
 let it graduall}' cool, and let the regulus be struck olT and 
 weighed. If the ore contain calcareous earth ti'crc will be 
 no occasion to add quicklime; the preparations of the ingre- 
 dients may be as J'oliows : viz. one assay quitrial of ore, one 
 (if decrepidated sea-salt, o.'ie half of powdered charcoal ; and 
 one of flour-spar, and the process conducted as above. 
 
 There is a great difference in the reornh of iron ; wlien the cold reg- 
 ulus is struck with a hammer, and breaks, the iron is called cold short; 
 when struck red hot, it is called red short, but if it resist the hammer, 
 both in its cold and ignited state, it is good iron. 
 
 Humid assay of Iron Ore. To assay the calciform ores, 
 which do not contain much earthy or stony matter, they must 
 be reduced to a fine powder ; dissolved in marine acid, and 
 precipitated with th.e Prussian alkali. A determinate qui-n- 
 tit}' of the alkali must be previously tried, to ascertain tlio 
 portion of iron wliich it will precipitate, and the estimate 
 made accordingly. If the iron contains a considerable ])or- 
 tion of zinc or manganese, the jnecipiiate must be calcined 
 to redness, and the calx of the zinc ; when this is separated, 
 the calx should again be treated either with nitrous acid, with 
 the addition of sugar, or with the acetous acid, which will 
 dissolve the manganese, i-f any ; the reni'iining calx of iron 
 maj' then be dissolved by the marine acid, and precipitated 
 by the mineral alkali, or it may be further calcined, and then 
 weii^hed. 
 
 Zinc Ores. Take the assay, weight of roasted ore, and 
 mix it well with one-eighth part of charcoal dust, put it into 
 a strong luted earthen report, to vvhich must be fitted a rccci- . 
 
58 THE ARTIST AND 
 
 ver ; place the retort in a furnace and raise the fire, and con- 
 tinue it in a violent heat for two hours ; then cool gradually, 
 and the zinc will be found hanging to the neck of the retort 
 in its metallic form. 
 
 In the humid loay. Distil vitriolic acid over calamine to 
 dryness ; the residium must be lixiviated in hot water ; what 
 remains undissolved is silicious earths ; to the solution add 
 caustic volatile alkali, which precipitates the iron and argil, 
 but keeps the zinc in solution. The precipitate must be re- 
 dissolved in vitriolic acid, and the iron and argil separated. 
 
 Tin Ores. Mix a quintal of tin ore, previoush' washed 
 
 and pulverized, roast till no arsenical vapours arise, with half 
 
 a quintal of calcined borax, and the same quantity of pitch, 
 
 pulverized; put the whole into a crucible moistened with 
 
 charcoal dust and water, and the crucible placed in an air 
 
 furnace. After the pitch is burnt, g?ve a violent heat for 
 
 a quarter of an hour; and on withdrawing the crucible, the 
 
 regulus will be found at the bottom. 
 
 If the ore be not well washed from earthy matters, a larger quan- 
 tity of borax will be requisite, with some powdered glass; and if the 
 ore contains iron, some alkaline salts may be added. 
 
 In the humid loay. Let the tin ore be well separatejl from 
 its stony matrix^ by well washing, and reduced to the most 
 subtile powder ; digest in concentrated 'oil of vitriol, in a 
 strong heat for several hours; when cooled, add a small por- 
 tion of concentrated marine acid, and let it stand one or two 
 bours ; then add water; and when the solution is clear, pour 
 it off and precipitate it by fixed alkali. 
 
 One hundred grrains of this precipitate, well wished and dried, arc 
 equivalent to one hundred of tin in its reguline state, if the precipitatf 
 consists of pure tin ; but if it contain copper or iron, it must be calcinet 
 in a red heat for an hour, and then digested in nitrous acid, which wil 
 take up the copper ; and afterwards in marine acid, which will separat; 
 the iron. 
 
 Lead Ores. As most of the leads ores contain either sul- 
 phur or arsenic, they should be well roasted. Take a quintal 
 i2f roasted ore, and the same quantity of calcined borax; half 
 a quintal of five powdered glass ; a quarter of a quintal of 
 pitch, and as much clear iron filiopfs. Line the crucible w^th 
 wet charcoal dust, and put the mixture into the crucible ; 
 place it before the bellows of a forge fire. When it is red 
 hot, raise the fire for twenty minutes, withdraw the crucible; 
 ♦vhon cold, break it. 
 
tradesman's guide. 59 
 
 In the humid way.. Dissolve the ore by boiling it in dilu- 
 ted nitrous acid ; the sulphur, insoluble stony parts, and calx 
 of iron will remain. The iron may be separated by digestion 
 in caustic fixed alkali. The nitrous solution contains the lead 
 and silver, which should be precipitated by the mineral fixed 
 alkali, and the precipitate well washed in cold water, dried, 
 and weighed. Digest it in caustic volatile alkali, which will 
 take up the calx of silver ; the residuum being again dried 
 and weighed, gives the proportion of the calx of lead, 132 
 grains of which, are equal to 100 of XcmX in its metallic state. 
 The difl'crence of weight before and after the application of 
 the volatile alkali, gives the quantity of silver ; 129 grains of 
 which arc equal to 100 of silver in the metallic state. 
 
 Copper Ores. Take an exact ounce troy of the ore pre'* 
 viously pulverized, and calcine it well; stir it all the time with 
 an iron rod, without removing it from the crucible : after the 
 calcination add an equal quantity of borax ; half the quantity 
 of fusible glass, one-fourth the quantity of pitch, and a little^ 
 charcoal dust ; rub the inner surface of the crucible with a 
 paste composed of charcoal dust, a little fine powdered clay 
 ;ind water ; cover the mass with common salt, and put a lid 
 on the crucible, which place in a furnace; raise the {\vg grad- 
 ually, till it burns briskly, and the criiciblc kept in it for half 
 cin hour ; stir the metal often with an iron rod , and when 
 the scoria adhering to the rod ajipears dear, take the crucible 
 out and suffer it to cool, when it must be broken, and the re- 
 gulus separtcd and weighed ; ibis is called black copper, to 
 refine which, equal parts of common salt and nitre are to bo 
 well mixed together. The black copper is brought into fusion, 
 and a teaspoonful of flux is thrown on it, which repeat three 
 or four times ; then ))our the metal into an ingot mould, and 
 the button is found to be fine copper. 
 
 In the humid way. Make a solution of vitreous copper ore, 
 in five times its weight of concentrated vitreous acid, and boil 
 it to dryness ; add as much water as will dissolve the vitriol 
 thus formed ; to this solution add a clean bar of iron, which 
 will precipitate the whole of the copper in its metallic form. 
 If the solution be contaminated with iron, the copper must be 
 redissolved in the same manner, and precipitated ag^in. The 
 sul])hur may be separated by filtration. 
 
 liismuth Ores. If it be mincr;ili7cd by sulphur, or sulphur 
 and iron, a previous roasting will be necessary. The strong 
 
60 THE AIITIST AND t... 
 
 % 
 
 ores require no roasting only to be ref]uc*ed to fine' powder. 
 Take the assny weight and mix it with half the quantity of 
 calciDcd borax, and th.e same of pounded ghiss ; line tlie cru- 
 cible Willi charcoal ; melt it as quickly as j^ossible; when well 
 done, take out the crucible, and let it cool gradually. The 
 regulus will be found at the bottom. 
 
 In the huuiid way. Bismuth is easily soluble in nitrous 
 acid, or aqua-regia. The solution is colourless, and is pre- 
 cipilable by the addition of pure water ; 118 grains oi the 
 precipitate from nitrous acid, well washed and dried, are 
 equal to 100 of bismuth in its metallic form. 
 
 Antimonial Ores. Bore a number of small holes in the 
 bottom of a small crucible, place it in another, a size larger, 
 lute ihem well togelher ; then put the proper quantity of o;e 
 in small lumps in the upper crucible, lute thereon a cover ; 
 place the vessels on a hearth ; surround them with stones six 
 inches distant ; fill with ashes the intermediate space, that 
 the under crucible may be covered with them ; but upon the 
 upper, charcoal must be laid : tiie whole made red hot by 
 the assistance of the hand bellows. The antimony runs thro' 
 the holes of the upj^er vessel, beinj: easy effusion, into the 
 other, wlicre it is collected. 
 
 Humid assay of arseniafcd antimony. Dissolved the ore 
 in aquci-regia, both the regulus and the ajsenic remain in solu- 
 tion ; the sulphur is separated by filtration. If the solution 
 be boiled with twice its Vvcight of strong nitrous acid ; the 
 regulus of antimony v*^ill be precipitated, and the arsenic con- 
 verted into an acid, wliich may be obtained by evaporation to 
 dryness. 
 
 Jllangancse Ore. To obtain tlie regulus, mix the cdx or 
 ore of maniijanese with pitch, made into a ball ; put it into a 
 crucible, lined willi povrdcred cliarcoal, one-tenth of an incli 
 on the sides, and one-fourth at the bottom; then fill the empty 
 space with cliarcoal dust ; cover the crucible with another 
 inverted and luteil on, and expose it to the strongest heat of 
 a forge for an hour or more. 
 
 In the humid way. Roast the ore well to dephlogistigatc 
 the calx of mauijancse and iron, if any, and then treat with 
 nitrous acid to dissolve the earths. Treat the residuum with 
 nitrons acid and sugar, when a colourless solution of manganes<? 
 is procured, and also of the iron, if any. Precipitate with 
 Prussian alkali, digest the precipitate in}mre water; the Prus- 
 
tradesman's guide. 6i 
 
 siale of nnnganese will be dissolved, whilst the Prussiale of 
 iron will remain undissolved. 
 
 Arsenical Ores. Made by sublimation in close vessels. 
 Beat the ore into small pieces ; put them into a matrass, 
 which place in a sand pot, with a proper degree of heat ; the 
 arsenic sublimes, and adheres to the upper part of the vessel; 
 collect it carefully, and ascertain its weight. A single subli- 
 mation will not be sufficient ; sometimes, as in many cases, 
 the arsenic will melt with the ore, and prevent its total vola- 
 tilization ; in M-hich case, perform the first sublimation with 
 a njoderate heal; than bruise the remainder agaii>, and expose 
 it to a stiongr heat. 
 
 lathe humid way. Digest the ore in marine acid, add the 
 nitrous by degrees, to help the solution. .The sulphur will 
 be found on the filter; the arsenic will remain in the solution, 
 and may be precipitated in its metallic form by zinc, adding 
 spirits of wine to the solution. 
 
 Nickel Ore, Roast the ores well, to expel the sulphur and 
 arsenic ; tlie greener the calx proves during this torrefaction, 
 the more it abounds in the nickel ; but the redder it is, the 
 more iron it contains. Fuse in an open crucible, a proper 
 quantity, with twice or thrice its weight of black flux, the 
 xvhole covered with common salt. Expose the crucible to 
 the strongest heat of a forge fire ; make the fusion complete, 
 and it will produce a regulus, though not pure. It contains a 
 portion of arsenic, cobalt, and iron. Deprive the first by 
 fresh calcination, adding powdered charcoal ; tlie second, by 
 scorification but it is difficult to free it entirely from iron. 
 
 Til the humid way. By solution in nitious acid, it is freed 
 from its sulpltur ; and by adding water to the solution, bis- 
 muth, if any, may be precij)itated ; silver, also, if contained 
 in it, by the marine acid ; and copper, when any, by iron. 
 
 To separate cobalt from nickel, when the cobalt is in considerable 
 quantity, drop a saturated solution of the roasted ore in nitrous acid into 
 liquid volatile alkali ; the cobaltic part is instantly rcdissclved, and as«. 
 sumes a g^arnet colonr, when filtered, a f?rey powder remains on tlie fil- 
 ter, which is the nickel. The cobalt may be precipitated from the Volatilo 
 plkaii, by any acid. 
 
 Cobalt Ores. Free them as much as possible from earthy 
 matters, by washing, and from sulpluir and arsenic by roasting. 
 When prepared mix the ore with three parts of black flux, 
 and a little decrepitated sea salt ; put the mixture in a lined 
 
(j<f TlJf. AUl'IST AS 6^ 
 
 crucible, cover ii, ajul place it in a forge fne,or hot furnace; 
 for it is dilTicult of fusion. When well fused, a metallic re- 
 o-iihis will be found at the bottom, cover'id with a scoria, of a 
 deep blue* colour : as almost all cobalt orc*s coiitaiir bismuth, 
 this is reduced by the same operation as the regulns of cobalt; 
 they are incapable of chemically uniting together, and are al- 
 ways found distinct from each other in the crucible. The 
 regulus of bismuth having a greater specific gravity, is always 
 ai the bottom, and may be separated by a blow with a ham- 
 mer. 
 
 In the humid ivay. Make a selution of the ore in nitrous 
 :icid, or aqu i-regia, and evaporate to dryness ; the residuum, 
 
 re ited with f he" acetous acid will yield to it the cobaltic part; 
 
 he arsenic should be first precipitated, by the addition of 
 w i:er. 
 
 Mercurial Ores. The calciform ores of m^ercury are easily 
 '•educed wiihout any addition. Put into the retort a quintal 
 
 f <^ie, and a receiver luted on, coiiraining some water — phice 
 
 he retort io a sand baih, s\\o, a sufficient degree of heat to- 
 ^•>rce over tlie mercury which is condensed in the water of 
 'he receiv{»r. 
 
 Sulphurated Mercurial Ores. They are assayed as above, 
 liV listillation ; only, these ores require an equal weight of 
 
 I'^Mj iron filinirs to be mixed with them ; to disengage the 
 -ulplurr, wh'le the heat volatilizes the meroury, and forces it 
 •ir ,) the receiver. These ores should be tried for cinnabar 
 to know whether it will answer the purpose of extracting it 
 fioai them ; for this, take a determinate quantity finely pow- 
 deied, put it into a glass vessel, expose to a srentle heat at 
 first, gradu:-illy increased till nothing more is sublimed. By 
 the quantity thus obtained, we may know whether the process 
 will answer. 
 
 Sometimes th«* cinnabar is not of so lively a coMar, as that which is 
 n^nd in coMi!ii.;rce ; it may be refiiind by a sncond sublimation, and it 
 ih'-n too dark, it may be briglilened by the addition ol" mercury, and 
 eublimed again. 
 
 Humid assay of Cinnabar. Dissolve the stony matrix in 
 nitrous acid, the cinnabar being disengaged, sliould be boiled 
 in eight or ten times its weight of aqua-regia, composed of 
 three parts nitrous, arid one of marine acid. The mercury 
 mav be precipitated in its running form by zinc. 
 
 Silver Ore. Take the assay quantity finely pulverized; 
 
TRADESMAN'S GUIDE. GS 
 
 toast it well in a proper degree of heat ; stir it often with rii 
 iron rod; then add abo\Jt douhle the quantity of granulated 
 lead, put it in a covered crucible, j>]ac8 it in a furnace, raise 
 the fire gently at lirst, gradually increasing it, till the metal 
 begins to worK.. If it appears too thick, add a little more 
 lead ; if it sliould boil too ra[>id, diminish the fire. By de* 
 grees the surface will Ihj cover*.! with a mass of scoria ; then 
 carefully stir it with an iron hook heated, especially towards 
 the border lest anv of the ore should remain undissolved ; 
 and if what is adlierent to the hook, when raised from the' 
 ci'ucible, nveits quickly again, and tlie extre^nity of the hook, 
 <rfter it is grown cold, is covered with a thin, shining, sm(»oth 
 crust, the sjcoi^ifi cation is perfect ; but, on the contrary^ if 
 while stirring it, any considerable clamminess is perceived irf 
 the scoria, and when it adlierejs to the hook, though red hot, 
 und appears unequally ting»^d, and seems ditsty, or rough, 
 with grains interspersed here and therje, the scorification is 
 incomplete ; in consequence of which, tJie fire should be in- 
 creased a liule, and what adheres to the hook should be gently 
 beaten off, and returned with a small ladle into the crucible. 
 When the scorification is perfect, the metal should be pouretl 
 into a cone, previously rubbed with a little tallow, and when 
 it becomes cold, the scoria may be separated by a few strokes^ 
 of a hammer. 
 
 In the humid icaij. Boil vitreous silver ore in diluted ni- 
 tron > acid, using about twenty-five times its weight, until the 
 sulphur is quite exhausted. Precipitate the silver from tiie 
 solution by marine acid, or common salt ; one hundred grains 
 of this precipitate, contains seventy-five of real silver; if it 
 contains any gold, it will remain undissolved. Fixed alkalies 
 precipitate the earthy matters, and the Prussian alkali will 
 show if any other metal is contained in the solution. 
 
 By >cuptUatiim. Take the assay quantity of ore, roast and 
 grind it with an equal portion of lithartie, divide it in:o two 
 or three parts, and wrap eacli up in a small piece of paper ; 
 put a cupel previously seasoned under a muflle, with about 
 s'X times the quantity of lead upon it. When the lead be- 
 gijis to work, carefully put one of the papers upon it, and af- 
 ter this is absorbed, put on a second, and so on till the wh'.de 
 is introduced ; then raise the fire, and as the scor a is formed 
 it will be taken up by the cupel, and at last the silver will 
 remain alone. This will be the produce of the assay, unless 
 
04 tBt ARTIST AS6 
 
 the lead contains a small quantity of silver wliich maybe dis- 
 covered by putting an equal quantity of the same lead on an- 
 other cupel, and \vor!:inir it off at the same time ; if any silver 
 be produced it must be ileducted from the assay. 
 
 To assa^ the value of Siher. TjC ascertain the purity of 
 silver, mix it wiili a quantity of lead proportionate to the 
 supposed portion of alioy : lest this mixture, and afterwards 
 weie;h the remaining button of silver. This is the same pro- 
 cess as refining silver by cupellation. 
 
 Suppose the mass of silver to be examined, consists of 
 twelve equal parts, called pennyweights ; so that if an ingot 
 weights an ounce, each of the parts will be one-twelfth of an 
 ounce. Thus, if the mass of silver be pure, it is called sil- 
 ver of twelve pennyv/eights; if it contains one-twelfth part 
 of its weight of aHoy, it is called silver of eleven penny- 
 weights ; if two-twelfihs alloy, it is called ten pennyweights; 
 wblch parts of pure silver are called fine prenny weights. As- 
 say ers give the name pennyweights, to a weight equal to 
 twenty real grains, which must not be confounded with the 
 ideal weights. Assayer's grains are called fine. Aninfrot of 
 fine silver, or silver of twelve pennyweights, contaiQs,*thea 
 two hundred and eighty-eight fine grains ; if this ingot con- 
 tains one two hundred eighty-eighth of alloy, it is silver of 
 eleven penny-weigiits, twenty-three grains; if four-two hun- 
 dred eighty-eights of alloy, eleven pennyweights, twenty 
 tirains, Arc A certain real weight must be taken to repre- 
 sent the assay weights : I'or example, thirty-six real grains 
 repiesent twelve fine penny w«>ights, this subdivided into a 
 number of other smaller weights, represent fractions of line- 
 pennyweights and grains. Thus eic^hteeu real grains repre- 
 sent six fine pennyweights, three real grains, one fine penny- 
 weight, or twenty-four grains; a real grain and a half, repre- 
 -sents twelve fine grains : one-thirty second of a real grain, 
 represents a quarter of a fine grain, which is only one-seven 
 hundred and fifty-second part of a mass of twelve penny- 
 weights. 
 
 Double assar/ of Silver. The silver for the assay, should 
 be taken from opposite sides of the inijot^ and tried on a 
 touchstone. Assayers know very nearly the value of silver 
 by the look of the ingot ; mucj} better, by the test of the 
 •touchstone. Tiie quantity of lead to be added is regulated 
 by the portion of alloy, which is in general, copper : heat the 
 cupel red hot for half an hour, before any metal is put upou 
 
tradesman's GLibE. 6^ 
 
 It, which ex{)els all moisture. When it is almost white by 
 •heat, put in,<^e lead, increase the heat till the lead becomes 
 red hot, sraokiug and agitated by a motion of all its parts, 
 called its circulation. Then, put tlio silver on the cupel* 
 and continue the fire, till the silver enters the lead. Wheri 
 the mass circulates well, diminish the heat by closing more 
 or less the door of the assay furnace. Regulate the heat 
 that the metal on its surface may appear convex and ardent, 
 while the cupel is less red, that the smoke shall rise to the 
 roof of the muffle, that undulations shall be made in all di- 
 rectioHs, ajid that the middle of the metal shall appear smooth, 
 with a small circle of litharge, which is continually imbibed 
 by tin; aJpoL When the lead and alloy is entirely absorbed 
 by the cupel, the silver becomes bright and shining, when it 
 is ;jaid to lighten ; when, if tlie operation has been well per- 
 formed, the silver will be covered with rainbow colours, 
 which quickly undaldte and cross each other, and then the 
 button becomes fixed and solid. 
 
 The diminnlicm of v.-ei^ht shows the qnanlity of aliov. As all le-ud 
 -contains a small porlioTi of silver-, an equal weijrht with that aasay. is 
 tested otf, and t!ie {)roduet deducted fjoin the assay weight. This pur- 
 tion is called the witness. 
 
 ITo assay plated mttals. Take a determinate quantity of 
 the plated metal ; put it into an earthen vessel, with a sufti- 
 Cfent quanUty of the iibove menstrtiiim, an-d plice it in a gen- 
 tle heat. W'hen the silver is stripped, it must be collected 
 with common salt; the calx tested with lead, and the esti- 
 mate made according to the pre duct of the silver. 
 
 Orrs ami Earths contahiivg Gold, The general method 
 is by arailgamation. Take a proper quantity, reduce it to 
 powder, add about one-tenth of its weight of pure quicksil- 
 ver, and triturate the whole in an iron mortar. The attrac- 
 tion which subsists between the gold and quicksilver, quickly 
 unites them in the form of an amalgam, which is pressed! 
 throilgh chamois leather ; the gold is easil}' separated fronti 
 this amalgam by exposure to a proper degree of heat^ which 
 evaporates the quicksilv r and leaves the gold. 
 
 This evaporation sliould bo made vvitli luted vessels ; and this is the 
 foundation of all operations by which gold is obtaiued from the rich 
 iiiines of Peru. 
 
 2. Heat red hot, a quantity of gold sand, quench it in wa- 
 ter ; repeat t\>o or three times, and the colour of the sand \^'\\\ 
 
55 THE ARTIST AND 
 
 become a reddish brown. Now mix it with twice its weight 
 ofliiharge, cind revive the litharge into lead, by^ddinga small 
 portion of charcoal dust, exposing it to a proper degree of 
 heat ; when the lead revives, the gold is separated from the 
 sand, and the freeing of the gold from the lead must after- 
 wards be performed by cuppellation. 
 
 Metallic ores containing gold are sometimes assayed as follows : — 
 mix two pans of ibe ore, well pounded and washed, with one and a half 
 of litharge, and three of giass : cover the whole wiih common salt; 
 melt it ma. smitii's torge, in a covered crucible; then open the crucible, 
 put a nail into it, and continue to do so till the iron is no longer at- 
 tacked. The lead is thus jjtecipitatcd which contains the gold, and is 
 then separated by cuppellation. 
 
 Humid assay ^of Gold mixed with martial -pyrites Ore 
 issolved in twelve times its weight of diluted nitrous acid, 
 gradually added : ])lace it in a proper degree of heat ; the 
 soluble parts are taken up, and leaves the gold untouched, 
 with the insoluble matrix, from which it is separated by aqua- 
 resfia. The gold is again separated from the aqua-regia by 
 •pour'ng ether upon it ; the eiher takes up the gold, and by 
 being burnt off, leaves it in its metallic state. The solution 
 may contain iron, copper, manganese, calcareous earlh, or ar- 
 gil; if evaporated to dryiiess, and the residuum heated to redness 
 for half an hour, volatile alkali will extract the copper ; de- 
 plilogisticated nitrous acid, the earths ; acetous acid, the man- 
 ganese ; and marine acid, the calx of iron. The sulphur 
 floats on the first solution^ from which it is separated by fil- 
 tration. 
 
 Parting of Gold and Silver. Gold and silver equnlfy re- 
 sisting the action of fire and lead, must therefore besepaia ■ i 
 by other means, which is efl'ected by difterent menstrua. Ni- 
 trous acid, marine acid, and sulphur, which cannot attack 
 gold, operate upon silver, and these are the principal agents 
 employed in the process oC parting. Parting by nitrous acid 
 is the most convenient ; this is called simple partings and is 
 generally the method preferred by goldsmiths. That made 
 by the marine acid is by cementation, and cnWed concentrated 
 parting; that by sulphur, is made by fusion, and called dry 
 parting. 
 
 Parting hy Aqua-Fojtis. The following directions are 
 to be regarded ; first, must be in a proper proportion, viz. 
 three parts of silver to one of gold, though a mass of silver 
 coDtainJng two parts of silver to one of gold may be parted. 
 
tradesman's guide. 67 
 
 The queility of the metal is determined by assayers, who mnke 
 a comparison upon a touchstone, between it and needles com- 
 posed of gold and silver in graduated proportions, and pro- 
 perly marked, which are caWed proof npcdlcs. li" the silver 
 is not to the gold, as three to one, the n)ass is improper for 
 the operation, unless more silver is added ; besides, the aqua- 
 fortis must be very pure, containing neither vitiiolic or marine 
 acid. Granulate tiio metal previous to parting, by melting it 
 in a crucible ; then pour it into a vessel of water, giving the 
 water a rapid circular motion with a stick. The vessels used 
 are called parting glasses^ free from daws, and well annealed. 
 The glasses are apt to crack on exposure to cold, or when 
 even touched by the hand. The bottoms are secured by some 
 operators, by a coat-ng made of new slacked lime, with beer 
 and wl)ite of egss spread on a cloih, and wrapped round the 
 bottom, over which they apjjly a composition of clay and 
 hair. The glasses are placed in vessels containing water, 
 supported by trivels, with a fire under them: thus, if a glass 
 breaks, the contents are caught in the vessel of water. If the 
 heat comraunicared to the water is loo great, regulate it by 
 pouring cold water carelully down the side of the vessel into 
 a parting glass lifieen inches high, and ten or twelve inches 
 wide at the bottom, placed in a copper pan twelve inches wide 
 at bottom, fifteen inches wide at top, and ten i[iches high ; as- 
 sayers generally operate with about eighty ounces of metal, 
 with twice as mucli aqua-fortis. 
 
 The aque-fortis sliould be so strong as to act sensibly on 
 silver, when cold, but not violently. Apply but little heat at 
 first, as the liq>ior is apt to swell and rise over the vessel : 
 when the acid is nearly saturated, increase the heat. When 
 the solution ceases ('which is known by the effervescence dis- 
 continuing) pour the liquor oft*; if any grains appear entire, 
 add more aqu'.i-fortis, till al) the silver is dissolved. If the 
 operation is performed slowly, the remaining gold will have 
 distinct masses. The gold appears black after parting ; its 
 parts have no adhesion together ; because the silver dissolved 
 from it has left many interstices : to give them more solidity, 
 and improve their colour, thoy are put into a test under 'a 
 mutfle, and made red hot ; after which they contract and be- 
 corne more solid, and the jrold resimies its colour and lustre. 
 It is then called grain gold. If the operation has been has- 
 
<5? THE ARrisr AND 
 
 tily performed, the gold will have the appearRiir.e of black 
 mud or powder, which must be inelied afier well washintr. 
 
 Recover the silver bv precipitating it from aqna-fortis by means of 
 pure -copper. No precipitation will take place, if the soluiion is per- 
 fectly saturated, till a fuw drops of aqua-tortis are added. VVasli ih« 
 precipitate of silver well with boiling water, fuse with nitre and teat off 
 ^itfa lead. 
 
 Parting by Cementation, Bricks powdered and sifted, 
 four pans ; one p^ri green vitriol, calcif.ed till it becomes red, 
 and one part of common salt, made iuto a fine paste with a little 
 water. 
 
 Reduce the gold to be cemented into plates as thin as mo- 
 ney. Put at the bottom of the cementing pot, a stratum of 
 the above paste, hali'an inch thick ; cover with plates of guld, 
 and so the strata are placed alternately : cover tiie whole with 
 a lid, which is luted with a mixture of clay and sand. Place 
 the pot in a furnace or oven, heat gradually, till it becomes 
 led hot; keep it in the oven twenty-four hours; the heat 
 must not melt the gold ; then suffer the crucible to cool ; se- 
 parate carefully the gold from the cement, and boil at differ- 
 ent times in a large quantity of pure water. Then assay upon 
 a toiichstone or otherwise ; if not suflScieuily pure, ceriient a 
 second time. 
 
 In thi:J process the vitriolic acid of the bricks, and rhe calcined vitriol, 
 decomposes the common salt, during the cementation, byuni'ingto its 
 alkaline base, while the marine acid b^comes conceritrated by iho heat ; 
 and dissolves the silver alloyed with tlie orold. This is a very trouble- 
 some procejss. though it succeeds, when the portion of silv»'r is so small, 
 tiiat it would be dpf»3ndrd from the action of aqua-lortis by the su:m i- 
 abundarit gold; but is little us^d. excnpt »o extract silver, or base metals, 
 from the surrace of gold, and thus giving to an alloyed metal the colour 
 and appearance of pure gold. 
 
 Dry Parting. As the dry parting is ever troublesome as 
 well as expensive, it ought not to be undertaken, but on a 
 considerable quaiihty of silver alloyed with gold. Granulate 
 the nietal ; from one-eighth to one-fifth (as it is rich or poor 
 in gold) reserve ; mingle well the rest with an eighth of pow- 
 dered sulphur ; put into a crucible ; keep a gentle fire, that 
 the silver, before melting, may be thoroughly penetrated bv 
 the sulphur; the sulphur will dissipate, if the fire is hastily 
 urged. If to sulphuretted silver in fusion pure silver is added, 
 the latter falls to the bottom, and forms there a distinct lluid, 
 net iniscible with the other. The particles of gold havirg no 
 
tradesman's GlfDE. 69 
 
 adlnity with the sulphuretted silver, arc joined to the pure 
 silver wiienever they come in contact, nnd are tiius transferred 
 from the former into the latter, more or less poifecily, as the 
 pure silver is more or less thoroughly diffused through the mix- 
 ture. For this use a jrart of the granulated silver is reserved. 
 Bring the sulphuretted mass into fjsion, keep melting for 
 nearly an hour in a covered crucible, throw in one-third of 
 the reserved grains, which, when melted, slir the whole well, 
 that the fresh silver may be distributed through the mixed, to 
 collect the gold from it, which is performed by a wooden rod ; 
 which repeat, till the whole reserved nuital is introduced. 
 The sulphuretted silver appears in fusion of a dark brown co- 
 lour; after it has been in fusion for some time, a part of the 
 sulphur having escaped from the top, the surface becomes 
 white, and some bright drops of silver, about the size of a pea, 
 are perceived on it. When this takes place, the fire must be 
 immediately discontinued, or more and more ot the silver, 
 thus losing its sulj)hur, would subside and mingle with the 
 part at the bottom, (perhaps as much as was unsulj^huretted 
 from the mass,) by a chisel or hanimer, or more perfectly by 
 placing the whole mass v/ith its bottom upwards in a crucible, 
 the sulphuretted part quicMy melts, leaving un melted that 
 which contains the gold. The sulphuretted silver is assayed 
 b\' keeping a portion of it in fusion, till the sulphur is dissi- 
 pated, and then by dissolving it in aqua-fortis. 
 
 If it should still be found to contain gold, it must be subjected to the 
 same treatment as before. The g-old tiius collected may be concentra- 
 ted into a smaller part, by repeating the whole process, when it may be 
 parted by aqua-fortis without too much expense. 
 
 To determine the quantity of Gold. If its specific gravity 
 is 17,157, it is lawful coin. The specific quality of pure eold 
 is 19,3. Copper, silver, and most other metals which are al- 
 loyed with gold, may be easily separated from gold by nitric 
 acid : for if the alloy be in fine filings, the nitric acid will dis- 
 solve the other metals, and leave the gold in a blacU powder. 
 This powder may be separated and melted down in a pure 
 mass ; but the common nicthod adopted by artists is, to melt 
 the alloy with sulphuri::t of antimony. The other metals be- 
 come suiphurets, and the gold will unite with the antimony, 
 and all fall to the bottom of the crucible. After cooling it 
 may be separated. Now melt the alloy of gold and antimony, 
 boil it at a white heat, and the antimony will become vo'.u- 
 tilized and flv olV, 
 
70 THE ARTIST AND 
 
 To obtain Silver pure frnm AIloi/. Put some siitric aci'd 
 in a wine glass diluted wiih ;in equal bulk of water ; drop into 
 it a six cent piece, and let it rein lin till action ceases. Naw 
 take out the undissolved silver, and put in a plate, or a coat 
 of perfectly clean briglit copper. The silver will be precipi- 
 tated after a short time. Wash the powder several times ; 
 and put a little liquid ammonia into the water for the first 
 washings. Now nick down the powder into a solid mass, 
 which will be pure silver. 
 
 Silver coin is alloyed with copperas 12 1 3 to 1. 
 
 Weight of metals, Platina is twenty-three times heavier 
 than water. Gold, nineteen : silver, eleven ; quicksilver, 
 fourteen; copper, nine; iron, eigiit; tin, seven ; lead, eleven; 
 nickel, nine ; zinc, seven. 
 
 Method of ascertaining the specific gravity of bodies. — 
 The instrument generally used for obtaininfr the specific gra- 
 vities, is called the hydrostatical balance; it does not ditler 
 rauch from the common balance. The way to find the speci- 
 fic gravity of a solid heavier than water, as a piece of meral is 
 this: weigh the bod\' first in air, in the usual way, then weigh 
 it when it is plunged in water, anH observe how much it los(rs 
 of its weight in this fluid, and dividing the former weight by 
 the loss sustained, the quotient is the specific gravity of the 
 body, compared with that of water. A piece of gold may be 
 tried by weighing it first in air, and then in water, and, if up- 
 on dividing the weight in air, by the loss in water, the quu^ 
 tient comes to be about seventeen, the sfold is good ; if eisrh- 
 teen, or nearly nineteen^ the gold is very fine ; if less than 
 seventeen it is too much alloyed with other metal. The 
 same principle is universal. Hence we see the reason wliy 
 boats or other vessels float on water; they sink just so low, 
 that the weight of the vessel, with its contents, is equal to the 
 quantity of water which it displaces. 
 
 The mpthod of ascertaining the specific crravity of bodio?, was disco- 
 vered by Archimedes. Hiero, king of Sicily, havinc^ given a workman 
 a quantity of pure gold, to make a crown, suspected tliat the artist had 
 kept part of the gold, and adulterated the crown with a base nu-lal. 
 The king applies to Arcliimedos, to discover_t!ie fraud. Tlie philoso- 
 pher long studied in vain, but at length he accidentally hit upon a 
 mctiiod of verifying tiic king's suspicion. Going one dav into a bath, 
 he look notice that tiie water rose in the bath, and immediately reflec- 
 ted tliat any body ot equal bulk with himselt". would have rai.«;ed tl;«» 
 ivatcr just as nnich ; though a body of eq^ual weight, bat not of cqu^.l 
 
tradesman's guide* 71 
 
 bulk, would not raise it so much. From this idea he conceived a mode 
 »>r finding out what lie so much wished, and was so transported witli 
 joy, that he ran out of the bath crying out in the Greek tongue, "1 
 Jiave found it, I have found it." As gold was the heaviest of all rnetals 
 then known, he therefore desired a mass of pure gold, equally heavy 
 with the crown when weighed in air, should be weighed against it in 
 water, conjecturing that if the crown was not alloyed it would counter- 
 poise the mass of gold when they were both immersed in water, as well 
 as it did when they were weighed in air. On making trial, the mass of 
 gold weighed much heavier in water than the crown did, nor was this 
 all; whe:i the mass and crown were immersed separately in ihe same 
 vessel uf water, the crown raised the water much higher than the mass 
 did, which showed it was alloyed with aome other lighter metal which 
 increased its bu Ik. 
 
 On this principle is founded the doctrine of the specific gravities of 
 bodies. 
 
 Hali'of the civilized employments of man, consists in work- 
 ing the metals, and minerals ; civilization depends so much 
 on the discovery of the useful metals, that little progress can 
 be made from a savage stale, without the useful trade of a 
 blacksmith. 
 
 To avoid the inconveniences of exchanging or bartering, 
 men, in earlier ages fixed on metals ; as on gold, silver, cop- 
 ])er or iron, for a medium of value, so that if one man had 
 too much corn and wanted wine, he was obliged to give corn 
 for w'-iio, hut he might sell his corn for metal, and buy the 
 wine with the metal, at his convenience. Hence the ori gi 
 of money ; as it was found inconvenient to weigh metal in 
 every transaction, (as Abraham did when he bought the bu- 
 rying place for Sarah,) stamps were put on pieces of metal to 
 indicate that they might be safely received for a settled weight 
 or value. 
 
 Viewing the metals In ordinary use, we consider them com- 
 mon productions; but no art is so curious as that of extract- 
 ing metals from the earth, or ore, in which they are buried or 
 concealed ; and no discovery or irivention was ever more 
 wonderful. Workers of metal imitate nature, when they beat 
 and wash their ores. No one on looking at most of the me- 
 talic ores, would suspect them to contain metals, as they are 
 apparently tho roughest, coaisest, and least desirable stones 
 on earth. Research is on the wing of activity, and discove- 
 ries of minerals of the greatest utility are daily making. We 
 arc willing to believe there are stil' in reserve^ beneath the 
 surface f)f the eartli, in our own country, golden treasures 
 for the enterprising ; if not near our most frequent walks, yet 
 
IZ THE ARTIST AND 
 
 in very many places ttijich have never experienced the 
 probinj elfects of a crowbar, or the pressure of ihe foot of 
 man. 
 
 CHAPTER XVir. 
 The art of JVorling Jfefals — Compounds of Metals — Use- 
 ful Alloys — Conccrsion of Iron into Steel — ;o colour Me- 
 fal^ — to burn Metals — to refine pttcier — Sn'ders — bronze 
 of temporan/ edge tools — test for metals — to tin iron and 
 copper vessels. 
 
 Method of reducing Iron Ore into malleable Iron. We 
 proceed by stamping, washing, <fcc. tlie calcine and materials, 
 to separate the ore from «'Xiraneoi3s matter; ihen fiising the 
 prepared ore in an open furnace, and instead of casting it, to 
 suffer it to remain at the bottom of the furnace till it becomes 
 cold. 
 
 JVcir method of shingling and manvfatturing Iron. The 
 ore being fused in a reverberating furnace, is conveyed, 
 wliilst fluid, into an air furnace, where it is exposed to a 
 strong heat, tiil a bluish flame is observed on the surface; it 
 is then agitated on the surface, till it looses its fusibility, and 
 is collected into Jumps called loops. These loops are then 
 put into another air furnace, brought to a white or welding 
 Iieat, and then shingUd into half-blooms or slabs. They are 
 agaiii exposed to the air furnace, and the half-blooms taken 
 out and forged into anconies, bars^ half-Jlats^ and rods for 
 wlTe; Wnile the slabs are passed, when of a welding heat, 
 through the grooved rollers. In this way of proceeding, it 
 matters not, whether the iron is prepared from cold or hot 
 short metal, nor is there an;v occasion for the use of finery, 
 charcoal, coke, chafery, or hollow fire, or any blast by be'- 
 lows, or otherwise : or the use of fluxes in any part of the 
 process. 
 
 To ircld Iron; ait improved method. This consists in the 
 skilful bundling of- the iron to be welded ; in the use of an ex- 
 traordinary large forge hammer ; in employin2: a balling fur- 
 nace^ instead of a hollow-fire or chafe ry \ and in pa«ising the 
 iion, reduced to a melting heat, through grooved mill-rollers 
 of di.Terent shapes and sizes, as required. 
 
 Common ha' dening. Iron b^- being heated red hot, and 
 plunged into cold water, acquires a great degree of hardness. 
 This proceeds from the coldness of the water which con'rafts 
 the particles of the iron into less space. 
 
TRADESMAN .S Cl'IDE. 7S 
 
 Case hardening. Is a supeilkial coiiYcrsion of iron into 
 steel, by cementation. It is performed on smair pieces of 
 iron, by enclosing them in an iron box, containing burnt lea- 
 ther, bone dust, or any other carbonic material, and exposin*'- 
 them for some time to a red heat. The surHice of the Iron 
 thus becomes perfectly metalized. Iron thus treated is sus- 
 ceptible of the finest polish. 
 
 To convert Iron into Steel by Cementation, The Iron is 
 formed into bars of convenient size, and then placed in a ce- 
 menting furnace, with a sufficient quantity of cement which 
 is composed of coals of animal or vegetable substances, mixed 
 \f\\\\ calcined bones, «Scc. The following are very excellent 
 cements; 1. One part of powdered charcoal, one half a part 
 of wood ashes, well mixed together. 2. Two parts charcoal 
 moderately powdered, one part of bones, horn, hair or skins 
 of animals, burnt in close vessels to blackness and powdered; 
 and half a part of wood ashes; mix tiiem well together. — 
 The bars of iron to be converted into steel, are placed upon 
 a stratum of cement, and covered all over witli the same; 
 and the vessel which contains them, closely luted, must be 
 exposed to a red heat for eight or ten hours, when the iron 
 will be converted into steel. 
 
 Steel is prepared from bar iron by fasion ; which consists in plung- 
 inor a bar into melted iron, and keeping it there, for some time, by 
 which process it is converted into good steel. All iron which become* 
 harxier by suddenly quenching in cold water, is called steel ; and that 
 steel which in quenching acquires the gr 'atest degree of hardness in 
 the lowest degree of heat, and retains the greatest strength in and alter 
 induration, ought to be considered as the best. 
 
 Inproved process of hardening Steel. Articles manufac- 
 tured of steel, for the purpose of cutting, are, almost without 
 an exception hardened from the anvil ; in other words, they 
 are taken from the forger to the hardener, withot undurgoing 
 any intermediate i)rocess; and such is the accustomed routine, 
 that the mischief arising has escaped observation. The act 
 of forging produces a strong scale or coating, which is spread 
 over the whole of the blade ; and to make the evil still more 
 formidable this scale or coating is unequal in substance, vary- 
 ing in proportion to the degree of heat communicated to the 
 steel in forging ; it is, partially, almost impenetrable to the 
 action of water when immersed for the purpose of hardening. 
 Hence it is that different degrees of hardness prevail in every 
 razor manufactured ; this is evidentlv a postivc defect ; and 
 
 7 
 
^4 I'llK ARTIST AND 
 
 90 loric as it continue* to exist, great difference of tempera^ 
 ture must exist likewise. Rasor blades not unfrequcutly ex- 
 hibit the fact here stated in a very striking manner ; what 
 are termed clouds, or parts of unequal polish, derive their 
 orisin from this cause ; and clearly and distinctly, or rather 
 dist'tncilif, though not dearhj show how f\ir this partial coat- 
 iuii his extended, and when the oetVon of water has been 
 yiSlded to, and when resisted^ It cannot be nratter of aston- 
 ishment, that so few improvenrrents hdve been made in the 
 hardeninf: i>f steel, when the evil here complained of, so un- 
 iversallv obtains, as almost to warrant the supposition that na 
 attempt has ever been made to remove it. The remedy, 
 however, is easy and simple in the extreme, and s-o evidently 
 efficient in its applicatiouj that it cannot but excite surprise, 
 that in the present highly improved state of our manufactures, 
 such a communication should be made as a discovery entirely, 
 new. Instead, therefore, of the customary mode of harden- 
 m^ the blade from the anvil, let it be passed immediately 
 from the hands of the forger to the grinder ; a slight appiica- 
 tion of the stone will remove the whole of the scale or coat- 
 inir and the razor will then be properly prepared to undergo 
 the operation of hardening with advantage. It will be easily 
 ascertained, that steel in this state^ heats in the fire with 
 greater regularity, and that when immersed, the obstacles be-» 
 iuir removed to the immediate action of the water on the body 
 of the steel, the latter becomes equally hard, from one ex- 
 tremity to the other. To this may be added, thai astke low- 
 est possible heat at which steel becomes hard^ is indubitabhj 
 the best^ the nK>;'.e here recommended will be found the only 
 one by which the process of hardening can he effected with 
 a less portion of fire than is or can be required in any other 
 way. These observations are decisive, and will in all pro- 
 bability, tend to establish in general use, what cannot but be 
 regarded as a very important improvenieul in the manufac- 
 turing rf edced steel instruments. 
 
 English Cost Steel. The finest kind of steel, called Eng- 
 lish cost strcl, is prepared by brcakincr to pieces blistred steel, 
 and then melting it in a crucible with a flux composed of car- 
 Imnaceous and vitrifiable ingredients. The vitrifiable ingfre- 
 dienr is used only inasmuch as a fusible body, which flows 
 over tie surface of the metal in the crucible, and prevents the 
 access of the oxygen of the atmostphere. Broken glass is 
 sometimes used for this purpose. 
 
'rllAi>ESMA.V» GUlDiS. 75 
 
 When thoroughly fuse/1 it is cast into ingots, which Lj gen 
 tic henting and carefisl hammering, are tilled into bars. B^ 
 this process the steel becomes more highly carboni-zed irj jwo- 
 portion to the quantity fo tiux, and in consequence is more 
 brittle and fusible than before. Hence, it surpasses all other 
 steel 1!! uniformity of texture, hardness, and closeness of grain, 
 and is the material employed in all the finest articles of English 
 cutJery, 
 
 To male edge tools from Cast Steel and Iron. This me- 
 tliod consists in fixing a €ilea« piece of wrought iron, brought 
 to a welding heat-, in liie centre of a mould, aiid then pouring 
 j« nieltetl steel, so as entirely to envelop the iron j and then 
 forging the mass into the sJiape required. 
 
 To colour Steel Blue, The steel must he finely polished 
 on its sui face, and then exposed to an uniform degree of heat. 
 There are three ways of colouring : first, by ft flame produc- 
 ing no soot, as spirit of wine ; secondb'^, by a hot plate of 
 iron ; and thirdly, by wood ashes. 
 
 As a very regular (degree of heat Is necessary, wood aslies 
 for fire work bears the preference. The work must be 
 ^covered over with them, and carefully watched ; when the 
 colour is sufficient})' heightened, the work is perfect. Tliis 
 colour is occasionally taken olT with a very diltited marine 
 acid. 
 
 Useful alloy of Gold and Platinum. Seven and a half dr. 
 ]n]re gold, and half dr. iilatinum. Tiie platinum must he added 
 whea the gold is prefectly melted. The two metals will com- 
 bine intimatcl\', forming an alloy rather whiter than pure 
 ?rold, but remarkably ductile and elastic , it is also less ]ver- 
 ifiliable (ban pure gohl, or jewcller"*s gold, but more readily 
 fusible tltian that metal. 
 
 These qualities must render this alloy an object of great 
 interest lo workers in metals. For springs when steel cannot 
 be used, it will prove exceedingly advantageous. 
 
 It is a curious circumstance, that the alloy of gold and pla- 
 tina is soluble in nitric a-cid., which does iun act o-n eithej of 
 the metals in a separate state. It is remarkable, too, that the 
 alloy has very neari}'^ the color of platinum, even when com- 
 posed of eleven parts of gold to one of the former njctal. 
 
 Ring Gold. Six dwts. twelve grs. Spanish copper, three 
 dwls. sixteen grs. fine silver, and one ov^nces five dwts. gold 
 cow. 
 
7(5 THE ARTIST AStf 
 
 Tomhach. Sixteen lbs. copper, oae lb. tin, and one pouniJ 
 
 zinc. 
 
 Red Tomhack. Five and a half pounds copper, and half 
 a pound zinc. The copper must be fused in a crucible be- 
 fore the zinc is added. This alloy is of a reddish colour and 
 possesses more lustre and is of greater durability than cop- 
 per. 
 
 White Tomhack, Copper and arsenic put together in a 
 crucible, and melted, covering the surface with muriate of 
 soda, to prevent oxydation, will form a white bright alloy. 
 
 Gun Metal. 1. One hundred twelve pounds Bristol brass, 
 fourteen pounds blocktin. 2. iNine parts copper, and one 
 part tin. The above compounds are those used in the man- 
 ufacture of small and great brass guns, swivels, «fec. 
 
 Specula of Telescopes. Seven pounds copper* and when 
 fused, add three pounds of zinc, and four lbs. of tin. Theso 
 metals will combine and form a beautiful alloy of great lus- 
 tre, and of a light yellow colour, fitted to be made into spe- 
 cula for telescopes. Some use only copper and grain tin in 
 the proportion of two lbs. to 14 2-2 oz. 
 
 To distinguish Steel from Iron. Let fall one drop of ni- 
 tric acid upon a piece of polished iron, and another upon a 
 piece of polished steel. The acid on the iron will be limpid 
 or whitish, that on the steel will become dark brown or 
 black. 
 
 It is not necessary to polish the iron or steel to try its hard- 
 ening qualities — if a spot on a coarse bar of iron or steel be 
 filed bright it will be sufficient. 
 
 Compounds of Metals. >'our ounces of bismuth ; two oz. 
 and a half lead ; and one ounce and a half tin. Put the bis- 
 muth into a crucible, and v.'hen it is melted, add the lead and 
 tin. This will form an alloy fusible at the temperature of 
 boiling water. 
 
 2. Zinc, bismuth, lead ; of each one ounce. 
 
 This alloy is so very fusible, that it will remain in a state 
 of fusion if put on a sheet of paper and held over the flame 
 of a candle or lamp. 
 
 3. Lead, three parts ; tin, two parts; bismuth, five parts; 
 will form an alloy fusible at 197 deg. Fahrenheit, peculiarly 
 applicable to casting, or the taking of impressions from gems, 
 seals, &c. In making casts with this and similar alloys, it is 
 necessary to use the metal at as low a temperature as possi- 
 
TRADESMAX^S GUlDfi. ^7 
 
 5j1c : otherwise ihe water adhering to tlio tilings from which 
 the casts are to be tal<:en, forms vapour, and produces bui3?- 
 bles. The fused motnl shoukl he poured into a teacup, and 
 alloxred to cooi, till just ready to set at the edges, when it 
 *nust be poured into the mould. In taking impressions from 
 irems, seals, &-r, the fused alloy should be placed on paper or 
 pasteboard, and stirred about till it has, by cooling, attained 
 tiic consistence of paste, at which moment the die, gem, or 
 ■fieal should be stamped on it, and a very sharp impression 
 will be obtained, 
 
 J2ath Metal, is a mixture of four ounces and a half of zinc^ 
 unt] one pound of brass, 
 
 Brass^ is composed of 4 1-2 pounds copper: 1 1-2 pounds 
 of zinc. 
 
 Brass that is to be cast into plates from which pans and 
 k<ett^es are to bo made and wire is to be drawn, must, instead 
 of using the zinc in a pure state, be composed of fiftv^six 
 pounds of the finest calamine, or ore of zinc ; and thirty-four 
 pounds of copper. Old brass which has been frequently ex- 
 ])ose:l to the action of fire, when mixed with c()|:)pcr and cal- 
 amine, renders the brass far more ductile, and filter for ma- 
 king tine wire, than it would be witiiout it ; but the German 
 !irass, pariicnlarly that of Nurerabtirgli, is, when drawn into 
 wire, said to be far preferable to any made in England, for 
 ihe strings of nUisical instruments. 
 
 Pinchbeck. Three ounces of pure copper, and one ounce 
 of zinc. Tiie zinc must not be added till the copper is in a 
 state of fusion. Some use only half this quantity of zinc, in 
 which proportion the alloy is more easily worked, especially 
 in the making of jewelry. 
 
 2. One ounce of brass : and two ounces of copper, fused 
 togeth'^r under a coat of charcoal dust. 
 
 Princess Jfcial. 1. l^hree ounces of copper, and one oz. 
 of zinc; or 8 oz. of brass, and 1 of zinc. 
 
 2.. Four oz. of copper, and 2 oz. of zinc. In this last the 
 copper must bo fused before the zinc is added ; when they 
 have coml.'ined, a very beautiful and useful alloy is formed 
 called Prince Rupert's Metal. 
 
 Bell Mcfal. Six par!s of copper and two parts of tin. 
 
 These preparations are the most approved for bells, thro'- 
 ou:rht Europe and in China. In the union of the two metals 
 the combination is so complete, that the specific gravity of the 
 
 7* 
 
yg THE ARTIST AVT> 
 
 alloy \6 greater thaii that of thctwo metals in an uncombined 
 
 state. r ' r 
 
 2. Ten parts of copper, and two parts of tin. It may in 
 general bo observed, lliat a less proportion of tin is used for 
 making churchbells, than clockbells-, and that a little zinc is 
 added for the bells of repeating watches, and other small 
 
 bells. 
 
 Tutania, or Britannia Metal, Four oz. of plate brass, 
 and four oz. of tin ; when in fusion, add four ounces bismuth 
 and four ounces regulus of antimon3\ This is the composi- 
 tion, or hardening that is to bo added at discretion, to melted 
 tin, until it has acquired the requisite degree of colour and 
 hardness. 
 
 2. Melt together, two pounds of plate brass; two pounds 
 T)f tin; two pounds of bismuth ; two pounds of regulus of an- 
 timony ; two pounds of a mixture of copper and arsenic, ei- 
 ther by cementation or melting. This composition is to be 
 added to melted tin. 
 
 3. One pound copper, I do. tin, and 2 do. regulus of an- 
 timony witli or without a little bismuth. 
 
 4. Eight oz. of shruff brass ; 2 lbs. regulus of antimony ; 
 and 12 oz. of tifi. 
 
 German Tutania. Two drachms of copper ; one oz. re- 
 gulus of antimony ; and twelve oz. of tin. 
 
 Spanish Tutania. Eight ounces scrap iron, or steel ; one 
 pound anfimuny ; and three ounces nitre. The iron or steel 
 must b^ heated to a white heat, and tiie antimony and nitre 
 must be added in sm;ill portions. Melt and harden 1 pound 
 tin with 2 oz. of this compound. 
 
 2. JNIelt together 4 ^7.. antimony, 1 oz. of arsenic and 2 lbs. 
 tin. The first of these Spanish alloys would be a beautiful 
 metal, if arsenic were added, 
 
 Engestrodin Tutania. Four parts copper, eight parts regu- 
 lus of antimony, and one part bismuth : when added to one 
 hundred p-irts fo in, this compound will be ready for use. 
 
 Qnren^s Metal. Four a d a half pounds tin, half a pound 
 
 bi.sniMli, ]).]i a pomid antimony, half a pound lead. This al- 
 
 ' ' ni kinir tea-pots and other vessels which are 
 
 (• ^ Iver. It retains its lustre to the last. 
 
 »'ii)ds tin, S pounds regulus of antimon}^, 
 
 4 do. copper. 
 
 U hiic .ucL.L Tea oz, lead, 6 oz. bismuth, and 4 drachms 
 reipikTs of antimony. 
 
trai>bsman'b guide. 79 
 
 3. Two pounds roguliis of antimony ; 8 oz. of brass ; and 
 10 oz. tin. 
 
 Common Hard White Metal. One pound brass, 1 1-2 
 oz. zinc, and half an ounce of tin. 
 
 Metal for Tinning. To one pound malleable iron, at 
 white heat, add five ounces regulus of antimony ; and twen- 
 ty-four pounds of tiie purest Molucca tin. This alloy pol- 
 ishes wiJiout the blue tint, and is free from lead or arsenic. 
 
 Metal for Flute Key Valves. Four om:ces lead, and two 
 ounces antimony, fused in a crucible and cast into a bar. It 
 is used by flute manufacturers ('.vhen turned into small but- 
 tons in a lathe) for making valves to stop the key holes of 
 flu-tes. 
 
 To Burn Metals. Procure a glass jar, such as is generally 
 used for dcfllagrating the gases, and fill it with oxymuriaiic 
 acid gns. If nickel, arsenic, or bismuth in powder, be thrown 
 into this gas, and the temperature of the atmosphere be not 
 lower than 70 deg. the metal will intlame, and continue to 
 burn with the most brilliant combustion. 
 
 Piepaie a jar of chlorine, (ox3'muriatic gas) and suspend 
 in it a piece of copper foil ; it will immedialely inflaiiie, and 
 afford a very striKing spectacle. When subsided, it will form 
 a substance exactly similar to the native muriate of copper, 
 brought from Peru. 
 
 2. Make a hole in the side of a large piece of charcoal ; 
 put into it some iron filings, iron wire, zinc shavings, lead sha- 
 vings, &.C,; fill a glass-holder with oxygen, provided with a 
 tin or lead tube, terminating in a pipe stem ; hold the char- 
 coal in a suitable position to receive the current of oxygen 
 upon the metals. Let an assistant hold the flame of a candle 
 between the metals and the |)ipe, till the current of oxygen 
 drives thf* flame into the coal ; then remove the candle and 
 continue the current of oxygen, enlarging or contracting it at 
 pleasure, by turninix the stop. . The n etals will burn very 
 brillinntly; each exhibiting its own peculiar flame. 
 
 3. Coil up a piece of fine iron wire about the size of sow- 
 ing thread ; wind it spirally and closely around a pipe stem ; 
 let the coil be three or four inches long ; the upper end fitted 
 into a cork, which suits the mouth of an eight ounce phial. 
 Fill the phial nearly with oxygen, leaving water in it to cover 
 the bottom an inch thick, in order to defend it from being 
 broken with the globules of hot oxide of iron wliich fall upon 
 
so THE Ai;llrM ANU 
 
 it : set the pliial on the tal)lc, well stopped with another 
 coi k : now tie a small knot of silk tliieatl on the lower end 
 of the coil ; hold a j)iece of brimstone in a candle till it melts 
 a small spot ; blow out the blaze of brirrxStoiie, and dip in the 
 knot of thread. Be certain that the thread and melted brim- 
 stone which adheres to it, do not exceed in size a large pin 
 head. Now pull out the cork; hold the thumb over the 
 mouth, and let an assistant steady the phial ; ligljt the brim- 
 stone match ; put the coil of wire quickly into the phial, fil- 
 tins: in the cork to which it is attached : the metal will eoon 
 send off brilliant sparks, and make a beaaiiful exiiibition. 
 
 4. If a piece of wire, about twice as large as the wire of 
 the coil, be llittened with a hanmier, and fitted into the cor1<, 
 so as to extend down through the centre of the coil, and set 
 on fire at the same time, in the s^me manner with the coil, 
 it will present a vcr}'^ curious appearance : the central wire 
 will burn with a large globular ti.ime, while a smaller globu- 
 lar flame will perform evolutions around it, resembling the 
 motion of a planet while revolving around the sun. 
 
 We are taught by the forejn^oing' expfiriment, if iIih oxygen of the air 
 was not reduced in power by hydroTen, ircn itself would not resist 
 combustion. 
 
 To Refine Peicter. Take fine pewter, molt it in a cruci- 
 ble. When done, project over it at several times some nitre, 
 till you see iti|calcine(l. Then pound it into powder, and 
 mix it with an equal quantity of charcoal puiverized very fine. 
 l{ in this condition you melt it again» it will resume its form 
 of pewter, onl}' refined in a nmch superior tU^grco. 
 
 Common Pewter. Seven poinds tin, otic pound lead, six 
 oz. copper, and two oz. zinc. The copper must be fused be* 
 fore the other injrredic-nts are added. 
 
 Best Pcirter. One hundred parts tin, and 17 parts regu- 
 lus of antimony. 
 
 Hard Pcicter. Twelve pounds tin, 1 do. regulus uf anti- 
 mony, and four ounces copper. 
 
 Common Solder. Two pounds lead, and one pound tin: 
 The lead must be melted before the tin is added. 
 
 This alloy, when heated by a hot iron, and applied to tinned iron 
 •v'nh powdered rosin, acts as a cement or solder ; it is also used to jo;a 
 leaden pipes. 
 
 Soft Solder. Two pounds tin, and one pound lead. 
 Solder far Steel Joints. Nineteen penny weights fine 
 
tradesman's ouidc. si 
 
 silver, OMO pennyweight copper, and two pennyweights brass, 
 melted together under a coat of clinrcocl dust. 
 
 This solder has snvpral advantages over tho usual zinc soldor, or 
 brass, when employed in soldering cast sloel, &c. as it fuses Avilh less 
 heat, and its whiteness has a better appearance than brass. 
 
 Silcer Solder for Jf.weUcrs. Nineteen pennyweights of 
 fine silver, one pennyweight copper, and ten pennyweights 
 brass. 
 
 Siluer Solder for Plating. Ten pennyweights brass, 
 and one ounce pure Silver. 
 
 Gold Solder. Twelve pennyweights pure goM, two dwts. 
 pure silver, nnd four dwts. copper. 
 
 Brass Solder for Iron. Thin plates of brass are to be 
 melted between the pieces that are to be joined. It the work 
 be very fine, as when leaves of a broken saw are to be bra- 
 zed tcgetiier, cover it with pulverized borax, melted with wa- 
 ter, that it may incorporate with the brass powder, which is 
 added to it ; the piece must then be exposed to the fire, 
 witliout touching tlic coals, and heat it till the brass is seeor 
 to run. 
 
 Bronze. Seven pounds pure copper, three pounds zinc, 
 and two pounds tin. Tlie co[)per must be fused befure the 
 other ingredients are added. These metiils,whcn combined, 
 form the bronze so much used, both in ancient and modern 
 times. 
 
 Mod- Platina. Melt togcti er,eight ounces brass, and five 
 ounces zinc. 
 
 Poicder Gold. Verdigris, eight ounces, tutty, four ounces, 
 borax, nitre, of each two ounces, corrosive sublimate, two 
 drachms, mide into a paste with oil, and melted together : 
 used in japan work, as a gold colour. 
 
 True Gold Powder. Grain gold, one ounce, quicksilver 
 nearly boiliug, six ounces ; rub together ; then either distil ofi' 
 the quicksilver, or corrode it away with spirits of nitre, and 
 heat the black powder that is left red hot. 
 
 2. Grain gold, one ounces, dissolve in a mixture of spirit of 
 nitre, sixteen ounces, with common salt, four ounces ; add to 
 the clear solution, green vitriol, four ounces ; dissolve in 
 wator^' wash the precipitate, and heat it red hot. 
 
 3vl3Slssolve gold in aqua-regia, and draw ofl' the acid by 
 distillation ; used Ln painting, gilding, Sfc. 
 
S2 THE ARTIST AND 
 
 Tutcnag. Bismuth, one pound, tin, two pounds ; raeit to- 
 gRther : used for buttons and vessels. 
 
 Tin and Cnpptr, Scrape a piece of copper well with a 
 knife, and r«b it over witii sal ammoniac; then lieat the cop- 
 per over clean coals, ^vhich will not emit any smoke ; at the 
 same time rubbing it ever with rosin. While hot and thus 
 cleansed TS-ith the sal ammoniac and rosin, rub tin upon it iu 
 its solid state, which being melted to the heat of the copper, 
 will adhere to it, giving it a silvery white surface. 
 
 Copper vessel are llaned inside by !i similar process; and any in^'fn- 
 joos person miy repair Ihem in this way when the lia has rubbed oil. 
 
 Method of tempering edge tocls that art of too brittle a 
 quality. Plunge them into boiling fat for two hours, then 
 take them ant, aod let thein cool gradually. They will retain 
 iheir hardness without beinjr brittle. 
 
 Transmutation of Iron into tJtt finest German Steel. Take 
 clean soot, one pound, oak wood ashejf, twelve ounces, and 
 four oimces of pcrunded garlics- Boil all together in twelve 
 pounds common water, till reduced to four pounds. Strain 
 this, and dip in it the iron pigs, which you will afterwards 
 stratify with the following cement, viz : Take burnt wood 
 coals, othervvisc called cokes, nud quick lime of each three 
 pounds, soot dried and calcinated in an iron pan, one pound, 
 decripitate salt, four ounces, ^lakeofihis and j'our irou 
 several beds alternaiely, one over another ; and having well 
 luted the vessel in which \'ou shall have made those beds of 
 iron and cement, give them a reverberating fire, for three 
 times twentj-four hours, and the operation is done. 
 
 Of Zinc or Spelter^ and its various uses. Zinc combined 
 with gold in equal proportions, forms a hard white compound 
 metal, that admits of a fine polish, and may be advaniaiieously 
 manufictured into s'lecula for optical instruments. 
 Zinc and tin melted together fuim a kind of pewter- 
 Spelter and copper readih* unite in the fire, provided the 
 combustion of the former be carefully prevented during the 
 process. la this state it forms a metal distinquished by the 
 name of yellow copper ; but which is divided into several 
 >orts according to the respective proportions contained in the 
 alloy. Thus three parts of copper aud one of zinc, constitu'.e 
 brass, five or six of copper and one of zinc, forni'-pinclj- 
 b:ack. Tombac is composed of a still larger proportion of 
 copper th.in pinchbadv: is of a deep red, and bears the najue 
 
tradesman's guide, 85 
 
 cf ^it iftvcfttor. Prince's metal requires a still larger propor- 
 tion of zinc than either of the procediiig compositions. 
 
 Test for 3tetah. Let a stream of sulphuretted hydrogen 
 gas pass into a phial of liquid ammonia ; tiie best method i» 
 fo put the ammonia into a broad mouthed phial, filling it about 
 half full; turn the phial in an oblique position, and extend 
 tiie beak of the retort to the bottom of it. Wet tow may be 
 wound about the neck of the retort when it enters the mouth 
 of the phial to prevent the escape of the gas ; or if a little 
 does escape it is immaterial, for we should become sufficien- 
 tly acquainted with this gas to detect it by its smell ; now 
 pour some of the liquid into a solution of copperas and ano- 
 ther of blue vitriol. 
 
 For many metals this is a perfect test; precipitates all me- 
 tallic solutions wiih such diflerent colours, when applied as a 
 test, that, with collateral tests, almost any metal may be de- 
 tected. 
 
 To give tools such a temper as icill enable them to saic mar' 
 hie. Make the tool hot in the fire, and when red cherry col-,» 
 our, take it off from the fire, rub it with a piece of candle, 
 and steep it immediately in good strong vinegar, in which 
 some soot must be diluted. 
 
 The transmutation of Iron into Damask Steel. You must 
 at first purge it of its usual briltleness ; and after having re- 
 duced it into filings, make it red hot in to crucible ; steep it 
 several times in oil of olives, in which you shall have before 
 thrown melted lead. Take care to cover llie vessel in which 
 the oil is conta'ned, every time you throw the steel into it, fir 
 fear the oil should catch fire. 
 
 To wliifen Brass. Barss, copper, iron, or steel may bo 
 easily whitened, by means ol the Cornwall tin, or pewter, 
 prejiired with sublimate, proceeding as follows : Take Corn- 
 wall pewter, about one pound, add to it half th^t quantity of 
 sublimate. Set it on a strong fire and sublime. Throw away 
 the first water ; the second is good, which you know by its 
 white colour. Now if yon make a piece of copper, brass, 
 steel or iron, it is not material which, red hot and steep it in 
 that water it will become as white as silver. 
 
 To calcine. Pewter, andrender it as white and as hard as 
 silver. JNIelt well your pewter in a crucible, so that it may 
 be very fine and clear ; pour it afterwards into a very sirong 
 vinegar, then into mercurial water ; repeat that operation as 
 
84 Tnr ap.ti^t and 
 
 many limes as you pleas*?, you will eacli lime give it an ad- 
 ditional degree of harduess and whiteness drawing near to 
 silver, so much that it will at last be very dilTicult to distinguish 
 from silver. 
 
 To render Iron as ichite and as heaut'ijul as Silccr. Take 
 ammoniac salt in powder, and mix it wiih an equal quantity 
 of quicklime. Put them all together in cold water and mix 
 well ; when done, any iron piece which you shall have made 
 hot, will if you steep it in that prepared water, become as 
 white as silver. 
 
 To prevent Iron from rustlng^. Warm your iron till you 
 caDDOt touch it v. ilhout burning yourself. Then rub it with 
 new and clean white wax. Put it again to the fire till it has 
 soaked ia the wax. \\ hen done, rub it over wiih a j^iece of 
 serge, and the iron will never rust. 
 
 To Soften Iron and harden it more than it teas before. 
 ]Make a litile chink lengthways in an iron bar, in which pour 
 melted lead. Then make it evaporate by a strong lire, as 
 that of copelling ; renew this operaiion four or five times, 
 and the bar will become very soft. You harden it afterwards 
 by sleeping it, when red hot, in mere forge fiaier, and it will 
 be of so good a temper as to be ^l for lancets, razors and 
 knives, with which you will he able to cut other iron without 
 its splitting or denting. 
 
 It has been found by experience that an armour can ne?er 
 be good proof against fire arms, if it has not first been soften- 
 ed with oils, gums, wax, and other increative things, and af- 
 terwards hardened by steeping them several times over in 
 binding waters. 
 
 To preserve the brightness of Arms. Rub them with harts 
 marrow, or else dissolve some alum powder, with the strong- 
 est vinegar you can find, and rub 3'our arms with it. By this 
 means ihey keep for ever bright. 
 
 Tin alloyed with Copper. Scour a very thin slip of iron 
 bright, which while doing, dip it several times in very dilute 
 sulphuric acid ; bend one end of it so that it will fit the bot- 
 tom of a crucible. Melt some tin in the crucible and dip the 
 bent end of the slip of iron into it ; the tin will combine with 
 the surface of the iron, and if very thin will penetrate entire- 
 ly through it. 
 
 On this principle sheet tin is manufactured. 
 
 Chinese Sheet Lead. The operation is carried on by 
 
TRAnEfeMAN^S GUIDE. 85 
 
 two men ; tlic one is seated on the floor, with a large flat 
 stone hcfore him, and with a moveable flat stone standing at 
 liis side. His fellow workman stands by his side with a crucible 
 filled with molted lead ; and having poured a certain quantity 
 upoti the stone the other lifts the moveable stone, and dash- 
 ing it on the fluid lead, presses it out into a flat and thin j^iate 
 which he instanlly removes from the stone. A second quan- 
 tity of lead is poured in a similar manner, and a similar plate 
 formed, the process being carried on with singular rapidit}'^ 
 The rough edges of the plates are then cut ofi', and afe sol- 
 dered togethter for use. 
 
 This mehod has bceii applied with great success to the 
 formation of thin plates of zinc, for galvanic pui poses. 
 
 To cover bars of Copj^er, ^"c. with Gold, so as to be rol' 
 led out into she p-is. Prepare ingots or pieces of copper or 
 brass in convenient lengths and sizes — clean them from im- 
 ])urity, making their surfaces level i now prepare plates.of 
 ]}ure gold, or gold mixed wi'.h a portion of alloy, of the same 
 size of the ingots of metal, and of suitable thickness. Having 
 ])laced a piece of gold upon an ingot intended to be plated, 
 hammer and compress them together, so that they may have 
 their surfaces as nearly equal to each other ns possible : novv 
 bind them together with wire, in order to keep them in the 
 same position during the process required to attach them ; 
 now take silver fdings, and mix with borax,' to' assist the fu- 
 sion of silver; lay the mixture upon tlie edge of the plate of 
 gold, and next to the ingot of metal. Having thus prepared 
 the two bodies, place them on a fire in a stove or furnace," 
 and let them remain until the silver and borax placed along the 
 edges of the metals melt, and until the adhesion of the gold 
 with tlw? metal is perfect ; then take the ingot carefully out 
 of tht! stove, and b}- this process it is plated with gold, and 
 prepared read}' for rolling into sheets. 
 
 To -plate Iron. 1. Polish the surface very clean and level 
 with a burnisher; and afterwards by exposing it to a blueing 
 heat, a silver k^af is properly placed, and carefully burnished 
 down. This is repeated till a sufficient number of leaves are 
 applied to give the silver a proper body. 
 
 2. By the use of solder : slij)s of thin solder are placed be- 
 tween the iron and silver, with a little flux, and secured to- 
 gether by binding wire. It is then placed in a clean vessel, 
 and continued in it till the solder nielts ; when it is taken out 
 and on cooling is found to adhere firmly: 8 
 
S6 THE ARTIST A5fW 
 
 3. By tinniiig the iron first, and uniting the silver by the 
 interniediaie slips of rolled tin, brought into fusion in a gen- 
 tle heat. 
 
 To Tin Copper and Brass. Boil six pounds cream tartar 
 four gallons water, and eight pounds grain tin, or tin sha- 
 vings. After thev have boiled a sufficient time, the substance 
 to be tinned is put therein, and the boiling xoniiuued, when 
 the tin is precipitated in its mctalic form; 
 
 To Tin Iron and Copper Vessels. The iron to be tinned 
 must be previously steeped in acid materials, such as sour 
 whey, distiller's wash, t^'c. then scoured and dipped in melt- 
 ed tin, having been first rubbed over with a solution of sal 
 ammoniac. The surface of the tin is prevented from calcin- 
 ing, by covering it with a coat of far. Ccpper vessels must 
 be well cleansed ; and then a sufficient quantity of tin, with 
 sal ammoniac, is put therein, and brought into fusion, and the 
 copper vessel moved about. A little resin is sometimes ad- 
 ded. The sal ammoniac ])rcven'iS the ccpper from scalding, 
 and causes the tin to be fixed wherever it touches. Lately, 
 zinc has been proposed for lining vessels, instead of tin, to 
 avoid the conscqut nces wh":ch are unjustly apprehended. 
 
 IVhite Metal. Ten oz. lead, six oz. bismuth, and four oz. 
 rciiultis of antimony. 
 
 2. Two lbs. reguliis of antimony, eight oz. brass, and ten 
 oz. tin. 
 
 Common hard "White Metal. Eight oz. copper, awd half 
 an oz. neutral arsenical salt, fused together, under a llux com- 
 posed of calcined borax, charcoal dust, and fine powdered 
 glass. 
 
 Manheim Gold. Three and a half oz. ccpper, cnc and a 
 half oz. brass, and fifteen grs. pure tin. 
 
 Imitation of Silver. Three fourths oz. tin, and one lb 
 copper, will make a pale b 11 metal which will roll and ring 
 very ne<ir to Stirling silver. 
 
 Yellow dipping Metal. Two parts Cheadle brass, one 
 part copper, with a little Bristol old brass, and one-fimrth of 
 an ox. of tin to every pound of copper. This alloy is almost 
 of the colour of gold coin. Cheadle brass is the darkest, and 
 gives the metal a greenish hue. Old Bristol brass, is pale 
 and yellow. 
 
 Common Jeicelry. Three parts copper, one part Bristol 
 old brass, and four oz. of tin to every pound of copper. 
 
TRADESMAN'S GUIDE. 87 
 
 If ihls alloy is for fine polishing, the tin may be omitted 
 and a mixture of lead and antimony substituted. Paler pol- 
 ishing metal, by reducing the copper to two, or to one part. 
 
 CHAPTER XVIII. 
 
 Glass — Discover!/ — Process of Manufacture — Gilding — 
 Silvering — To separate Gold Jrom gilt Copper or Silver 
 — Oil-gilding on Wood — To gild by burnishing — By 
 Amalgamation — To siver by heat — In the cold way — To 
 plate Looking- Glasses — Gold and Silver Inks — To pre- 
 pare metallic Trees — To whiten Foils — To colour I^oils — 
 2^0 give Foils a lustre like Diamonds — Laquers, 
 
 It is controverted among naturalists, to what class of bo- 
 dies glass should be referred ; some make it a concrete juice, 
 others a stone, and others again rank it among semi-metals ; 
 but Dr. Merret observes, that these are all natural produc- 
 tions ; whereas glass is a factitious compound, produced by 
 fire, and never found in the earth, but only the sand and 
 stones that form it ; but metals are perfectly formed by na- 
 ture into certain species, and fire only produces them by its 
 faculty of separating heterogeneous, and uniting homogene- 
 ous bodies ; whereas it produces glass by uniting heterogene- 
 ous matters, viz. salt and sand, of which it evidently con- 
 sists. The chief characters or properties of glass are, that it 
 fu-es in a vehement fire ; when fused, adheres to iron ; does 
 not waste in the fire, is ductile, but not malleable ; and while 
 red hot can be cast into any shape. It is friable when cold ; 
 diaphanous, either hot or cold ; flexible and elastic ; disun- 
 ited and broke by cold and moisture, and especially by 
 saline liquors ; is only cut by the diamond or emery ; acid 
 or other juices extract no quality from it ; it does not wear 
 by the longest use, nor will any liquor make it musty, change 
 its colour, or rust ; it softens metals and makes them fusible ; 
 receives all metallic colours externally and internally ; will 
 not calcine, and may be cemented like stones and metals. It 
 is said 100 weight of sand in the composition yields 150 of 
 glass. The salt is procured from the ashes of a water plant 
 called kali. 
 
 There are many other plants besides kali, which produces 
 a salt fit for glass. The sand or stones is the second ingre- 
 dient, and what gives it the body ; they must be such as will 
 fuse ; the whiteg^ are the best , consequently, crystals ?irQ 
 
88 TUE ARTIST AND 
 
 prcforreJ to all oiliors. Sometinios manufacturers use a sort 
 of pebble resembling white marble. Flints make a pure crys- 
 taline metal. When stones cannot be had conveniently, sand 
 is used. The gliiss houses in Enghmd are furnished with a 
 fine white sand, as is frequeutlr used for sand boxes, with a 
 coarser kind for green glass. For crystal glass, 200 pounds 
 sand or stone are mixed, finely pulverized, with 130 of salt ; 
 they are then calcined in a reverberatory furnace for several 
 hours. When the process is completed, it is called frit or 
 ballito. This frit is set off in melting pots in the working 
 furnace, with some manganese added, which destroys the 
 greenish cast natural to all glass. While it is in fusion the 
 workman mixes the metal well together ; skimming ofl' the 
 sand, over which is a white salt, called sandiver, which, if 
 SJifered to remain, would reader the glass brittle and unfit to 
 work. When the vitrification is completed, and the metal 
 sutficiently clear, it is formed into the articles required, by 
 dipping a hollow iron into the melting pot, with which a suf- 
 ficient quantity is taken out for the intended work : wiiile red 
 hot, it is rolled on a marble to unite its parts more firmly, 
 then blowing moderately, swells it, repeating it until of suf- 
 ficient size, then the artist, by whirling it about, lengthens and 
 cools the glass; moidds it in the stamp irons, and flats the 
 bottom, by pressing it on the marble ; at'ter which it is fash- 
 ioned as occasion requires, at'ter being broken from the blow- 
 ing iron. As the workman finishes them, another takes theui 
 up with an iron fork, and places them in a tower over the 
 melting furnace to anneal, w'lere, after remaining some time, 
 they are put into pans, which are gradually withdrawn to 
 cool. There is scarcely a branch of manufacture, wiiich de- 
 serves more attention than that of glass ; and although the 
 an has excited the astonishment of the world, still it is highly 
 probable, that in order to bring it to the highest state of per- 
 fection, there is abundant room for much improvement. 
 
 Pliny relates that " glass was first discovered by accident 
 in Syria, at the mouth of the river Belus, by certain merchants 
 driven thither by the fortune of the sea, and obliged to conti- 
 nue there, and dress their victuals by making a fire on the 
 groun'i, where there was an abundance of the herb kali : the 
 plant burnine to ashes, its salt incorporating v/ith the sand and 
 stones, became vitrified." 
 
 Soii>o writers assert that the discovery of glass is as ancient 
 
tradesman's guide. 89 
 
 as the art of pottery or making brick ; for that a kiln of brick 
 cannot be'burnt, or a batcli of pottery made, but soiiio of the 
 brick or ware will be at least siiperficially turned to glass ; so 
 that it must have been known at the building of Babel, and 
 likewise by the Egyptians, among- wjicm the Israelites were 
 many years employed in making bricks. Of this kind, no 
 doubt, was that fossil glass, mentioned by Ferrant, -Imperat. 
 to be found under ground in mai^y places, where there great 
 fires had been. 
 
 A writer of eminence, makrs a distinction between glass 
 contained in its own mine or stone, and true glass that is ex- 
 tracted from the same ; that the latter is more artificial than 
 a metal is, when extracted from the ore ; and as to the for- 
 mer, he urges, that as metal, by having its existence in the 
 ore, so glass, by having it in the stone out of which it is pro- 
 duced, is a natural production. After what has been advan- 
 ced, the supposition arises, if glass is procured from stone 
 alone, the weight of the metal must be less than the substance 
 from which it is extracted, wheieas it far exceeds, as 100 
 pounds of sand yiehl 150 pounds of glass. Considering also, 
 that the salts made use of are of iho most fixed kind, there- 
 fore we- cannot suppose them to be carried off by tiie fire ; 
 besides, as a proof, in the coarser f^lasses one may discern, or 
 even i)ick out pieces of salt, furnishing a test by the taste. 
 Flint, sand and stone afiord different species of glass, and the 
 ashes, as tliey are variable in quality, will proportionately al- 
 ter the glass. A fixed alkaline salt, sharp and well purified, 
 mixed with a pure calx of flint, yields a glass clearer than 
 amber itself. Our rej)rcsentation of the manufacture of glass, 
 no doubt, is imperfect, though we are flattered it may not be 
 wholly 'jninteresting. 
 
 Grecian Gilding. Equal parts of sal ammoniac and cor- 
 rosive sublimate are dissolved in spirit ofnitre, and a solution 
 of gold made with this menstruum. The silver is brushed 
 over with it, which is turned black, but on exposure to a red 
 heat, it assumes the colour of jrold. 
 
 Gilding Metal. Four parts copper, one part Bristol old 
 brass, and four oz. of tin, to every pound of coi)per. 
 
 To dissolve Gold in Aqva-Rcgia. Take an aqna-regia, 
 composed of two parts of nitrous acid, and one of marine acid, 
 or of one pvirt of sal ammoniac and four parts of aqua-fortis ; 
 Jet the gold be granulated, ])ut into a sufllcient quantity of 
 
 *8 
 
90 THE ARTIST A.N'D 
 
 this menstraura, and expose lo a moderate degree of beat. 
 During llie scliitioD an effervescence takes place, and it ac- 
 quires a beatifnl yellow colour, which becomes more and 
 more intense, till it has a golden or even orange colour. 
 When the menstruum is saturated, it is very clear and trans- 
 parent. 
 
 To gild Iron or Steel icitJi a solution of Gold. Make a 
 solution of eiffht ounces of nitre and common salt, with five 
 ounces crude alum, in a sufficient quantity of water ; dissolve 
 half an ounce of gold, ihiuly plated and cut; and afterwards 
 evaporate the dryness, digest the residuum in reciilied spirit 
 of wine or ether, which will perfectly abstract the guld. The 
 iron is brushed over with this solution, and becomes immedi- 
 ately gilt. 
 
 2. Pour into a saturated solution of muriate of gold (that 
 is, when there is no excess of acid) about twice as much sul- 
 phuric ether : now brush upon a clear polished surface of iron 
 or steel some of this liquid. The ether will soon evaporate, 
 and leave the gold covering the surface. To gild silver oc 
 copper, heat gold and mercury together in a crucible, one 
 p^rt of gold to about eight of mercury, until they are com-, 
 pletelv alloyed : then throw the hot alloy into cold water. Rav- 
 ine wet the silver or copper with diluted nitric acid, brush oq 
 the alloy with a line brush (a wire brush is best) as uuitbrmly 
 as possible. Then drive otf the mercury with heat, placing^ 
 the eiided metal over the hot coals : at'terwards the surface 
 must be polished with a burnisher. The only objection made 
 to this method by artists is, that it is very difficult to lay oa 
 the alloy evenly. But old artists learn to brush over the bare 
 spots while it is heating, being careful to avoid inhaling iho 
 mercurial fumes. 
 
 This method of gilding iron is undoubtedly very perfect ; 
 but it is desirable some better method should be discovered 
 for silding the other metals. 
 
 To coat Copper iclth Silver. Take a ie^ grains of silver 
 in powder as precipitated by copper in a preceding experi- 
 ment, after it is washed and before melting; about an equal 
 weight of alum or a little more ; six times as much table salt ; 
 also six limes as much tartrile of potasii ; pulverize all these 
 articles and rub them well together ; rub the clean bright 
 surface of a piece of copper with this powder, and it will be 
 silvered. 
 
tuadesman's r.LlDE. 91 
 
 This silvering is not very durable, though it may be easily 
 renewed. Plating copper is much preferable. This is done 
 by brazing on a thin bar of silver upon a thick bar of copper. 
 Then both are rolled out into the proper thickness for use. 
 
 To gild by dissolving Gold in Aqua-Regia. Fine linen 
 rags arc soaked in a saturated solution of gold in aqua-regia, 
 gently dried, and afterwards burnt to tinder. The substance 
 to be gilt must be well polished ; a piece of cork is first dip- 
 ped into a solution of common salt in water, and afterwards 
 into the tinder, which is well rubbed on the surface of the 
 metal to be gilt, and the gold appears in all its metallic lustre . 
 
 To gild Ivory, Silk, S^c with Hydrogen Gas. Immerse 
 a piece of white silk or ivory into a solution of nitro-munate 
 of jrold, in the proportion of one part of the acid, three of dis- 
 tilled water ; whilst the substance to be gilded is still wet, 
 Immerse it in ajar of hydrogen gas ; it will soon be covered 
 by a complete coat of gold. The foregoing experiment may 
 be advantageously varied as follows: Paint flowers or other 
 ornaments with a very fine camel's hair pencil, dipped m the 
 above mentioned solution, on pieces of silk, satin, &c. hold 
 them over a Florence flask, from which hydrogen gas is evol- 
 ved, during the composition of the water by sulphuric acid 
 and iron filings. The painted flowers, in a few minutes, will 
 shine in all the splendour of the purest gold, which will not 
 tarnish on exposure to the air or in washing. 
 
 Oil gilding on Wood. Cover and prime the wood with^ 
 two or three coatings of boiled linseed oil and carbonate ot 
 lead, in order to fill up the pores, and conceal the irregulari- 
 ties of the surface occasioued by the veins in the wood. Whc n 
 dry, lay on a thin coat of gold size, which is prepared by 
 grinding some of the red oxide of lead with the thickest dry- 
 ing oil procurable, and mixed previously to using with a little 
 oil of turpentine, till brought to a proper consistence. If the 
 gold size is good, it will dry in twelve hours, more or less. 
 Then spread a leaf of gold on a cushion, formed by a few 
 folds of flannel, secured on a piece of wood, eight inches 
 square, by a tight coverinjr of leather, and cut into strips of 
 a proper size by a blunt pallet knife ; then take each strip 
 upon the point of a fine brush, and apply it to the part inten- 
 ded to be gilded, which gently press down with a ball of soft 
 cotton ; in a few minutes sweep away the loose particles with 
 
92 THK ARTIST AND 
 
 a large earners hair brush. In a day or two the size will be 
 completely drieJ, and tlie operation finished. 
 
 To gild hy Burnishing. Tliis operation is chietly perfor- 
 med on picture frames, mouldings, <fcc. Cover the surface 
 to be gilt corefully with a strong size, made by boilintr down 
 pieces of white leather, or clippings of parchment, till they 
 become a stitf jelly ; this coating being dr\', eight or ten more 
 must be applied, consisting of the same size, mixed with fine 
 plaster of Paris, or washed chalk. When a sufficient num- 
 ber of layers are put on, as tliC nature of the work, requires, 
 and become quite dry, apply a moderately thich layer, com- 
 posed of size and armeniabole or yellow oxide of lend. While 
 this last is yet m(»ist, put on the gold leaf in the usual man- 
 ner ; pressing it with ihe cotton ball ; and before tiie size is 
 become perfectl}' dry, the parts intended to be most brilliant, 
 should be carefully burnished by an agate or dog's tooth fixed 
 in a handle. 
 
 It is sometimes common, in order to save labour, but a bad practice, 
 slightly to burnish the bailliant parts, and to deaden the rest, by draw- 
 ing a brush over ihem dipped in size. This kind of ijilding can only bo 
 applied on in-door\vork, as rain, or even a considerable degn.'e of damp- 
 ness will occasion the gold to peel oft. When dirty, it may be cleansed 
 hy a soft brush, with hot spirit of wine, or oil of turpentine. 
 
 To Dye in Gold, Silver Medals through. Take some salt 
 petre, pour over it a sufficient quantit\- of oil of vitriol, to 
 swim over. When the ebulitions arising from that mixture 
 shall be ended, distil to dryness — there remains a white salt. 
 Dissolve in what quantity of warm water yo\i think proper, 
 or may be in need of, which you know when you see the wa- 
 ter can dissolve no more of it — put into this a drachm of calx 
 or magister of gold. Then put in digestion, in it, laminas cut 
 small and thin, for twenty-four hours, over a very gentle fire. 
 At the end of that time, you will find them thoroughly dyed 
 gold colour, inside and out. 
 
 Silvering Powder. Silver dust from fifteen to twenty 
 grains, cream tartar, common salt, each two drachms, alum 
 half a drachm. 
 
 2. Silver dust, half an ounce, common salt, sal ammoniac, 
 of each two ounces, corrosive sublimate, one drachrn; make 
 into a paste with water, used to silver copper, which is to be 
 cleaned by boiling with argol and alum, then rub it with either 
 of these powders, and polish with soft leather. 
 
tradesmen's guide. 93 
 
 To gild Copper, <§*c. by Amalgamation. Immerse a very 
 clean bright piece of copper in a diluted solution of nitrate of 
 mercury, ^y the affinity of copper for the nitric acid, the 
 mercury will be precipitated ; now spread the anirlgam of 
 gold rather thinly over the coat of copper just given to the 
 mercury. This coevt unites w ith the amalgam, but will re- 
 main ou the copper. Now place the piece thus operated 
 upon, in a clean oven or furnace, where there is no smoke. 
 If the heat is a littfe greater than GOO deg. the mercury of the 
 amalgam will be volatilized, and the coi)pcr will be beauti- 
 fully gilt. 
 
 In ihe large way of gildintr, the furnaces are so constructed, tliat the 
 volatilized mercury is again condensed, and preserved for further use, 
 so that tiiere is no loss in the operation. There is also a contrivance 
 by which the volatile particles of mercury are prevented from injuring 
 the gilders. 
 
 To Gild Steel. Pour some of the etherial solution of gold 
 into a wine glass, and slip therein t'^-e blade of a new pen- 
 knife, lancet or razor ; withdraw tlie insti ument and allow the 
 etlier to evaporate. The blace will he found to be covered 
 with a very thin coat of gold. A clean rag, or a small piece 
 of very dry sponge ma}^ be dipped in the ether, and used to 
 moisten the blade, and used with the same result. In this 
 case there is no occasion to pour the liquid into a glass, which 
 would lose by evaporation; but ihe rag or sponge may moist- 
 ened with it by a|?plying either to the mouth of ihe phial. 
 This coating of gold will remain in the steel for a great length 
 of time, and will preserve it from rusting. This is the way 
 ill which swords and other cutlery are ornamented. Lancets 
 too are in this way gilded with great advantage, to secure 
 them from rust. 
 
 To heighten the color of Ytlloio Gold. Six ounces salt- 
 petre, two ounces copperas, one ounce white vitriol and one 
 ounce alum. If it be wanted redder, a small portion of blue 
 vitriol must be added. These are to be well mixed and dis- 
 solved in water as the colour is wanted. 
 
 To heighieen the colour of Green Gold. One ounce ten 
 pennyweights saltpetre, one oz. four pennyweights sal ammo- 
 niac, one oz. four pennyweights Roman vitriol, and eighteen 
 pennyweights verdigris. Mix them well together, and dis- 
 solve a portion in watci, as occasion requires. The work 
 must then be dipped in these compositions, applied to a pro- 
 
94 THE ART»#T AND 
 
 per heat to burn them off, and th«n quenched in water or 
 vinegar. 
 
 To heighten the colour of Red Gold. Four oz. yellow 
 melted v.'ax ; add 1 1-2 oz. red ochre, in fine powder, 1 1-2 
 oz. verdigris, calcined till it yields no fumes, and half an oz. 
 calcined borax. It is necessary to calcine the verdigris, or 
 else, by the heat applied in burning the wax, the vinegar be- 
 comes so concentrated as to corrode the surfaces and make it 
 appear speckled. 
 
 To separate Gold from gilt Copper or Silver. Apply a 
 solution ofboiax, in water, to the gilt surface with a fine 
 bi ush, and sprii.kle over it some fine powdered sulphur. Make 
 the piece "rod hot, and quench it in water. The gold may 
 be easily wiped off with a scratch brush, and recovered by 
 testing it with lead. Gold is taken from the surface of the 
 silyerj by spreading it over a paste, made of powdered sal 
 ammoniaCj wiih aqua-tortis, and heating it till the matter 
 smokes, and is nearly dry, when tlie gold may be separated 
 by rubbing it with a scratch bruih. 
 
 To Silver with Heat. Dissolve an ounce of pure silver 
 in aqua-fortis, and prec'pitate it with common salt ; to which 
 add one pound of sal ammoniac, sandiver, and white vitriol, 
 and one ounce of sublimate. 2. Dissolve an ounce of pure 
 silver in aqua-fortis, precipitate it with common salt, and add 
 after washinir, six oz. common salt, three oz. each of sandiver 
 and white vitriol, and one fourth of an ounce of sublimate. 
 These are to be ground into a paste upon a fine stone with a 
 muller ; the substance to be silvered must be rubbed over 
 with a sufl&cient quantity of the paste, and exposed to a pro- 
 per degree of heat. When the silver, runs, it is taken from 
 the fire, and dipped into a weak spirit of salt to clean it. 
 
 Silvering on Gilt work ly Amalgamation. Siher will not 
 attach itself to any metal by amalgamation, unless it be first 
 gilt ; ihe process is the same as gilding in colours, only no 
 acid should be used. 
 
 To Silver in the Cold ^Vay. Two drachms tartar, two 
 drachms ccmmcn salt, one-half drachm alum and 20 grains 
 silver, precipitated from tlie nitrous acid by ccpper. Make 
 them into a paste with a little water. This is to be rubbed 
 on tbe surface to be silvered with a cork, «S:c. 2. Dissolve 
 pure silver in aqua-fortis, and precipitate the silver with com- 
 mon salt ; make this precipitate into a paste, by adding a \\\^ 
 jet more salt and cream of tartar, 
 
TPADESMAiN^S GUIDE. 95 
 
 To Silver Copper Ingots. The surface of llic copper on 
 wliich the sih'cr is to be fixed must be made flat by foiling, 
 and shonhl be left rough. The silver is first an-.iealed, and 
 aftei wards ])ickled in weak spirit of salt ; it is planished, and 
 theti scraped on tlie surface to be fitted on the copper. Tliese 
 prepared surfaces are anointed with a solution of borax, or 
 strewed with fine powdered boiax itself, and then confined in 
 tontatt with each other, b>' binding wire. When tiiey are 
 Exposed to a sufiicient degree of l^eat, the flux causes the sur- 
 faces to fuse at the same time, and after they become cold, 
 they are found finely united. Coppear may likewise be pla- 
 tfed by heating it, and burnishing leaf silver upon it j so itiay 
 jfou and brass. 
 
 The principal difficulties in plating copper are to bring the surfaces 
 of the copper and silver into fasion at the same time, and to prevent 
 the copper from scaling ; for whicli purpose fluxes are used. 
 
 To separate Silver fi bin Plated Copper:^ Tliis process is 
 applied to recover the silver from the plated metal, which lias 
 been rolled down for buttons, toys, ^"c. without destroying 
 any large proportion of the copper. For this purpose a men- 
 struum Is composed of three pounds oil vitriol, one and a 
 half ounces nitre, and a pound of water. The plated metal 
 is boiled in it, till the silver is dissolved, and then the silver 
 18 dissolved, and then the silver is recovered by throwing 
 common salt inlo the solution. 
 
 Amalgam of Gold in the large icaij. A quantity of quick- 
 silver is put into a crucible or iron ladle which is lined with 
 clay, and exposed to heat till it begins to smoke. The gohJ" 
 to be mixed should be previously granulated, and heated red 
 hot , when it should be added to the quicksilver, and stirred 
 about with an iron rod, till it is perfectly dissolved. J f there 
 should be any supeifluous mercury, it may be separated by 
 passing it through clean soft leather, and the remaining amal- 
 gam will have the consistence of butter, and contain about 
 three parts of mercury to one of sold. 
 
 To gild hy Amalgamation. The metal to be gilt is to be 
 previously cleansed on its surface,by boiling in a weak pickle, 
 which is a very dilute nitrous acid. A quantity of aqua-fortis 
 is poured into an earthen vessel, and quicksilver put therein, 
 when a sufficient quantity of mercury is dissolved, the articles 
 Id be gilt are put into the solution, and stirred about with a 
 brush till ihey become white. This is called quicking ; but 
 
96 TUE AUTIST AND 
 
 as during quicken b\- this mode, a noxious va])onr continually 
 arises, wliicli proves very injurious to ll;e health of the work- 
 men, they have adopted another method, by which riiey in a 
 great measure, avoid that danger. They now dissolve the 
 quicksilver in a boitlc containing aqua-fortis, and leave it in 
 tlie open air during the solution, so that the noxious vapours 
 escape into the air. Then a little of ihis solution is poured 
 into a basin, and with a brush dipped thcriMn, they stroke 
 over the surface of the metal to be gilt, which immediately 
 becomes quickened. The amalgam is now applied by one vf 
 the following methods : 
 
 1. B}"- proportioning it to the quantity of articles to be gilt, 
 and putting them into a white heat together, working them 
 about with a soft bruih, till the amulgam is uniformly spread. 
 Or, 2. Bv applying a portion of the amalgam upon one part, 
 and spreading it on the surface, if Hat, by v>-orking it 
 about with a harder brush. Tiie work thus managed is put 
 into a pan, and exposed to a gentle degree of heat ; when it 
 becomes hot, it is frequently put into a heat and worked about 
 with a painter's large brush, to prevent an irregular dissipation 
 of the n)ercury, till, at last, the quicksilver is entirely dissi- 
 pated, by a repetition of heat, and the gold is attached to the 
 surface of the metal. This gilt surface is well cleansed by a 
 wire drush, and the artists heigliten the colour of the gold by 
 the npiilicntion o\ various compositions ; this part of the pro- 
 cess is called colouring. 
 
 To Gild Glass a:ii Procdahi. Drinking and other glas- 
 ses are sometimes gilt oi» their edges._ This is done, either 
 by an adhesive varnish, or by heat. The varnish is prepared 
 by dissolvini: in boiled linseed oil an equal weight, either of 
 copal or amber. This is to be diluted by a proper quantity 
 of oil of turpentine, so as to be applied as thii; as possible to 
 the part of the glass, intended to be gilt. When this is done 
 which uill be in about twenty-four hours, the glass must be 
 ])lacod in a stove, till so v. arm as almost to burn the fingeis 
 when handled. At this temperature the varnish will become 
 adhesive, and a piece of leaf gold applied in the ^usual way, 
 will immediately stick. Sweep otV the superfluous portions 
 of the loaf, and when quite cold it miiy be burnished, taking 
 care to interpose a piece of very thin paper, between the gold 
 and buriiisher. If tlie varnish is very good, this is the bcbt 
 method of gilding glass, as the gold is thus fi.\ed on mure 
 oven I v. 
 
tradesman's GtriDE. f^ 
 
 .,. It often happens that die varnish is but intlifleiciit, and 
 •that by repeated \vas!)ii)g the gold wears oiY : on this tiecouiit 
 the practice of burning it^ is sometimes had recourse to. 
 For this purpose, so«io gold powder is ground with borax, 
 .find applied to clcau ghiss, by a camel's hair pencil ; when 
 quite dry, the glass is pot into a stove heated to about t-he 
 temperature of an annealing ov<;n : the gum burns ofT, and 
 rthe borax, by vitrifying, cenjents the gold with gr«at firmness 
 to the ,glass ; when it niay be burnished. Porcelai-n and 
 other wares njay be platinized., silvered, tinned, and bronzed, 
 in a similar manner. 
 
 To Gild Leather, Dust the leather over with very fine 
 f)ovvd^red yellow resin or mastic gun). The iron tools 
 should be arraRgod {if letters alphabetically) on a rack be» 
 fore a clear fire ; to b<3 w^U heated without beco4Tiing red. 
 ]iot. Each letter or stamp must be tri(^d as to its heat, on. 
 ihe raw side of a piece of waste leather. Now, press the 
 tool downward on the leaf, if it has acquired a proper heat; 
 which will become indented and show the figure imprinted 
 <)u it — the next letter is taken and stamped in like manner ; 
 <ind so on with tiie others : the superiluous gold may be rub- 
 i)ed off by a cloth. The cloth should be slightly greased, to 
 retain the gold wiped o(L The cloth will soon become satu- 
 rated with gold, and is generally sold to refiners to recover 
 the gold. Some afford as much gold by burning as to btj 
 worth, a guinea and a half. 
 
 O'old poivdvr for Gilding. Gold powder may be prepared 
 in three dilferent ways : 1. Put into an earthen mortar some 
 tzold leaf, with a little honey, or thick gum water, and grind 
 the mixture till the gold is reduced to extremely n)inute par- 
 -^icles. \Vhen this is done, a little warm water will wash out 
 the honey or gum leaving the gold behind in a pulverulent 
 state^ 
 
 2, Dissolve pure gold, (or the leafy) in nitro-muriatic acid* 
 nnd then pre<:ipitate it by a piece of copper, or by a solution 
 of sulphate of iroK. The precipitate, (if by copper,) must 
 be digested in distilled vinegar, and ihon washed, (by pour- 
 ing water over it repeatedly,) and dried. Tiiis precipitate 
 
 ■ will bo in the form of a very fine powder; it works better, 
 and is more easily burnished than gold leaf ground with honey 
 «s above. 
 
 3. Or the best method is, by heating a prepared amalgam 
 
98 THE ARTIST ASO 
 
 of gold, in an open clean crucible, and continuing the strong 
 heat until ihe whole of the mercury is evaporated; at the same 
 time constantly stirring tho amalgam with a glass rod. When 
 the mercury has completely left the gold, the remaining pow- 
 der is to be ground in a wedgewood mortar, with a little 
 water, and afterwards dried. It is then fit for use. Although 
 thB last mode of operating has been here given, ihe operator 
 cannot be too much reminded of the danger attending the 
 sublimation of jnercury. In the small way here described it 
 is impossible to operate without danger; it is therefore better 
 10 prepare it according to the former directions, than to risk 
 the health by the latter. 
 
 To Gild Wrifi7igs, Drawings^ SfC. Letters \VTitteD oil 
 vellum or paper are gilded in three ways; for the first, mix 
 size with the ink, and the letters are written as tjsual; when 
 drv a slight degree of stickiness is produced, b}- breathing on 
 them; then apply the gold leaf, making a little pressure, that 
 it mav adhere with firmness. The second method is, some 
 white lead or chalk is ground up with strong size, and the let- 
 ters are made by this means vith a brush; when dry, the gold 
 jejil may be laid on, and afterwards burnished. Tlie last pro- 
 cess is to mix up some gold powder with size, and to form the 
 letters by means of a brush. It is supposed this last method 
 was used by the monks in illuminating their missals, psalters^ 
 and rubrics. 
 
 To Gild on the Edges of Paper. Leaves of books and 
 lefer paper should be gilded while in a horizontal position in 
 the bock binder's press. Appl3''a composition formed of 
 four parts of Armenian bole, aud one of candied sugar, ground 
 to a proper consistence in water, and laid on by a brush with 
 the white of an egg. U hen nearly dry, smooth the coating 
 by a burnisher; which is generally a crooked piece of agate^ 
 very smooth, and fixed in a handle. Then slidith* moisten 
 it by a sponge dipped in clean water, and squeezed in the 
 hand. Take up the leaf on a piece of cotton, from the l^ea* 
 thcr cushion, and apply it to the moistened surface. When 
 dry, burnish h hy rubbing over it the agate repeatedly from 
 end to er.d, taking care not to wound the surface by the point 
 of tVip l,ii;n <) ^r. A piece of silk or India paper is usually 
 ♦he !j' Id s?nd hrrnisher. 
 
 I'd Uiidiu Ciilours. ihe pnncijiai colour^ of gold for 
 gilding are red, green, and yellow. These should be k?pt in 
 
tradesman's guide. 99 
 
 diflferent amalgams. The part which is to remain of the first 
 colour is to be stopped off with a composition of chalk and 
 glue; the variety required is produced by gilding the unstop- 
 ped parts with the proper amalgam, according to the asual 
 mode of gilding. Sometimes the amalgam is applied to the 
 surface to be gilt without any quicking, by spreading it with 
 aqua-fortis ; but this depends on the same principle as a pre- 
 vious quicking. 
 
 To Plate Looking-glasses, On tin foil fitly disposed on 
 a flat table, mercury is to be rubbed with a hare's foot; it 
 soon unites itself with the tin. A plate of glass is then cau- 
 tiously to be slid upon the tin leaf, in such a manner as to 
 sweep off the redundant mercury, not incorporated with the 
 tin. Lead weights are then placed on the glass, and in a lit- 
 tle time, the quicksilver tin foil, adheres so firmly to the glass, 
 that the weights may be removed without danger of its falling 
 off. About two ounces of mercury is sufficient for covering 
 three square feet of glass. The glass should be perfectly 
 clean: the least dirt or dust on the surface will prevent th© 
 adhesion of the amalgam. 
 
 Put a drop of mercury into a wine glass, and drop into it 
 small pieces of tin foil, which will become liquified and unite 
 with the mercury. Continue these additions until the amal- 
 gam contains about half as much tin as mercury. Next spread 
 a small piece of tin foil very evenly on the face of a smooth- 
 ing iron or a piece of polished marble; pour the amalgam upon 
 it and rub it over the tin foil with the finger for about two 
 minutes. Now press upon it a piece of dry clean glass; press 
 it down with such force as to press out all the uncombined 
 mercury; lay a weight upon the glass and leave it half an 
 hour, when it may be taken up, and it will be found to be a 
 mirror. 
 
 All looking glasses are made in this way, upon a large scale; 
 the slab is placed in an inclined position, so that the excess of 
 mercury runs, and is saved for the next, &.c. 
 
 To silver Glass Globes. One ounce clean lead, one ounce 
 fine tin, one ounce bismuth, and ten oances of quicksilver. 
 Put the tin and lead into the ladle first; when melted, add the 
 bismuth. Skim off the dross, remove the ladle from the fire, 
 and before it sets, add the quicksilver; stir the whole care- 
 fully together, taking care not to breathe over it as the fumes 
 of the mercury are very pernicions. Pour this through aq 
 
1QQ JUL ARTIST AM» 
 
 Q 
 
 TO 
 
 arihea pipe. Into the ghss globe, winch turn rcpoatedfy 
 .ound. 2. Two parts mercury, one pirt tin, one part lead, 
 and one part bismurh; or four ounces of q^uic^sliver and tin' 
 foil. The quantity fo tin foil to be arlded, is so mucfi a? wilT 
 become barely fluid when mixed". Let the glob*} be clean 
 and \yarm, and inject the quicksilver by nieans of a pipe at 
 the aperture, turning it about till it is silvered all ever. Let 
 the remainder run out. and Iwn^ the globe up. 
 
 A Gold coloured Ink. Pulverize \ery fine one ounce of 
 orpine, and as much crystal; put this powder in five or six 
 whites of ejicis, well beaten, then turned into water. Mix all 
 well,, and it will be prepared to write or paint, producing a 
 gold colour. 
 
 A Silver coloured Ink. Finest of pewtei, one ouace^ 
 quicksilver, two ounces. They should be mixed until quit& 
 fluid. Then grind it on porphyry with some gum water, whsft 
 it is fit to use. The writing will appear as if it had been 
 done with silver. 
 
 To prepare the Sih'cr Tree. Pour into a glass globe or 
 decanter, four drachms nitrate of silver, dissolved in a pounrl 
 or more of distilled water, and lay the vessel on the chimney 
 piece ; or whore it may not be disturbed Now pour in four 
 drachms of mercury. The silver will become precipitated iii 
 the most beautiful arborescent form; resemblmg real vegeta- 
 tion . 
 
 Xo prepare the Tin Trce^ Into a vessel simHa-r to tlrat 
 used in the last expcrin7ent,. with the same qu-intity of x^'ater 
 put inthree dracinns of muriate of tin, adding ten drops nitric 
 Hcid. ShaLe the vessel until the salt be completely dissolved. 
 Replace the zinc (which must be cleared of the effects of the 
 former experiment,) as before, and set the whole a'-irje to pro- 
 cipitate without disturbance. In a fewliours the eflects xviM 
 be similar to the last, only that the tree will have more lustre. 
 In these experiments it is surprising to observe the lamina? 
 shootout as it were from nothing; byt tliis phenomenon 
 seems to proceed from a galvanic action of the metals and the 
 water. 
 
 To prepare fhe Lead Tree. Put one half an ounce of the 
 superacetato of lead in powder,i.ito a clear glass elobe or de- 
 canter, filled to the bottom of the neck, with distilled \vater> 
 an J ten drop? nitric acid, and shake the mixture well. Pre- 
 pare a rod of zinc witli a hamm?r an^l file, a quarter of ar\ 
 
TRADESMAN'S GUIDE. 10 1 
 
 Inch thick and ciio inch long. Form notches in each side 
 for a lliread, hy which it is to be suspended; tie the tliread 
 so that the knot nnv be uppermost, when the metal hangs 
 quite perpendicular. When tied, pass the two ends of the 
 thread through a perforation in the cork and let them be again 
 tied ovcj a small splinter of wood, which may pass between 
 them and the cork. When the string is tied, let the length 
 between the cork and zinc be such that the zinc may 
 be at equal distances from the side, bottom and top of the ves- 
 sel when immersed in it. Now put the vessel in a place 
 where it may be undisturbed ; introduce the zinc, at the same 
 time fitting in the cork. The zinc will assume the form of a 
 tree or bush, wiiose leaves and branches are laminal, or plates 
 of a metallic lustre. 
 
 Glazing the Clay Cake. Lay a sun dried plastic or re- 
 fractory clay cake obliquely across a crucible of such a length 
 as to go entirely into the crucible, but not let it reach the 
 bottom. Heat the crucible until the clay cake is at a white 
 heat, then throw a little common salt, (muriate of soda) into 
 tlie crucible and continue to raise the heat. On taking out 
 the clay cake, its surface will be found covered with a glaz- 
 ing, made of the soda and alumine fused together. Dip a 
 dried cake into mortar, sufficiently diluted with water to be- 
 come a free liquid, which is made of marled clay. Then heat 
 it as before, and it will become glazed. Upon this j)rincipl0 
 pQtter bakers glaze their wares. 
 
 To prepare Copper Foils. When coloured foils are wan- 
 ted, copper may therefore be best used, and may be prepared 
 for the purpose as follows. Take copper plates, beaten to a 
 proper thickness, -und pass them between a pair of fine steel 
 rollers, very close set, and draw them as thin as is possible 
 lo retain a proper tenacity. Polish them with very fine whi- 
 ting or rotten stone, till they shiuo, and have as much briglii- 
 iiess as can be givun them, and tbey will then be fit to re- 
 ceive the colour. 
 
 To whiten Foils. When the yellow, or rather orange col- 
 our of the ground would be injurious to the eflTect, as in the 
 case of purple or crimson red, the foils should be whitened, 
 which may be done in the following manner. 
 
 Take a small quantity of silver and dissolve m aqua-fortis; 
 then put bits of copper into the solution, and precipitate the 
 silver ; which being done, the fluid must be poured off, and 
 
, )2 THE ARTIST \STt 
 
 frcnh wntrr added to it, to wash awny all the remainder of the 
 first fluid ; after which the silver must be dried, and equal 
 weif'lit of cream of taitar and common salt mast then be 
 ground with it, till the Tvhi)Ie is reduced to a fine powder ; 
 and with this mixture the foils, being first slightly moistened^ 
 must be rubbed by the finger or a bit of linen rag, till they be 
 of the dec^ree of whiteness desired ; after which, if it appear 
 to be wanlinjr, the polish must be refreshed. Tin foils are 
 onlv used in the case of colourFess stones, when quicksilver is 
 fmnloyed ; and they may be drawn out by the same r«>llers, 
 but need not bo further polished, so that the eOuct is produced 
 by other means in this ca30. 
 
 Foils for Crystals^ Pebbles, or Paste^ to give the lustre 
 of Diamonch. The manner of preparing foils to give colour- 
 less stones the gix-atcst flegroo of play and lustre, is by rais- 
 ino^ so high a polish or smoothness on tlie surfoce,. as to give 
 thcni the effect of a inirror, which can only be done, in a per- 
 fect manner, by the nse of quicksilver, applied in the same- 
 general way as in the case of looking-glass'??. The method 
 is as follows : Take leaves of tin,^ prepared in the same man- 
 ner as for silvering looking-glasses, and cut them into small 
 pieces of such size as to cover the surface of the sockets of 
 the stones that are to bo set. Lay three of these, then, one 
 upon another, and fiaving moistened the inside of the socket 
 with this gum water, and suffered it to become again so dry, 
 ihat only a slight stickiness remains, put the three pierces oT 
 le,ive=:, lying on each other, into it, and ad^ipt them to the 
 surface in as even a manner as possible. When this is done, 
 heat the socket, and fill it with warm quicksilver, which must 
 be suffered to continue in it three or four minutes and then 
 gently poured out. Then thrust the stone into the socket^ 
 which must be closed with it, care havingbccn taken to give 
 such room for it, that it may enter without stripping off the 
 tin and quicksilver from any part of the surface. The work, 
 should be well closed round the stone to prevent the tin and 
 quicksilver contained in the socket from jjeing shaken out by 
 any violence. 
 
 Tho Instre of stones, eel in this way, u-iJi continue longer, than when 
 they arf set in the common way, as the cavity, round them being tilled, 
 tiiere will be no passa.qre found for moisture, which is so injurious to the 
 wear of atones treated in any other tvay. This kind of fbil gives some 
 luslro 
 
CHAPTEU XIX. 
 
 A/tr of engraving — etching — directions — to make blue letters 
 on Sicorcl Blades — to dtttci faUc gems. 
 
 Engraving Is the art of culling metals and precious stones* 
 ami reprpsentiug on thera whatever device tho artist pleases* 
 and iliat great numbers of an impression from the same 
 engraving may be taken, in a short time, and at a small 
 price. 
 
 The French divide the art into several branches, accor- 
 ding to ii)e dirt'erent materials wrought u])on, and the manner 
 of execution. 
 
 Among us, iho first method is distinguished, as cutting in 
 wood ; that on molals, wiih aqu:;-fortis, is named etching ; 
 that by the Unifo, burnisher, or scraper, mezzotinto ; that on 
 stones, carving, or stone cutting ; and that perforjncd with a 
 graver on metals or precious stoires, which we shall now at- 
 tempt more immediately to illustrate. The principle on 
 which this art is gounded, are the same wiih those of paint- 
 ing, viz. design, which an engraver ought to miike his pecu- 
 liar study, for without that he will neither be able to imitate 
 the performances of the greatest masters in painting, or de- 
 sign any thing beautiful of his o^n. In imitating the paint- 
 ings of cmincMit masters, the engraver should studiously con- 
 form himself to the taste and beauty of the copy, in order to 
 preserve that elegance cf character which distinguishes the 
 style of one master from another; and in doing which to any 
 tolerable degree of perfection, it is necessary that an enirra- 
 ver siiould understand perspective, and architecture. The 
 former enables him with ease to throw backwards, by the 
 natural degradations of strong and faint, the figures and other 
 objects of ihe picture, or design he would execute ; the lat- 
 ter will capacitate him to preserve the due proportion of its 
 order. To execute in this art, as well as every other, the 
 materials which are used should be duly regarded. The best 
 workmen prefer the red copper, which is the toughest. Ilis 
 plates should be well polished when he conmiences to trace 
 any thing on them ; his graver should be of the purest stebl, 
 well tempered and never blunt. 
 
 In conducting ihc strokes of ihe graver, care ought alwa3's 
 to be taken that liicy flow freely and naturally. The graver 
 should be conducted according to the various risings and cavi- 
 
104 Tin: ARTIST and 
 
 tics of the muscles, which in some measure depends upon a 
 knowledge in anatomy, as well as design. In sculpture the 
 work should never be made dark ; as statues, &;c. are com- 
 monly mad? orwhite marble, or stone, the colour reflecting 
 on all sides, does not produce dark shades. In regard to 
 drapery of every kind, if the diversity of stufls can be repre- 
 sented, it generally adds to the beauty of the piece ; when 
 there is a necessity of crossing the strokes, it must be obser- 
 ved that the first should be finer than the second and the 
 third than the second which makes the work a|)pear more 
 soft and mellow. Stuffs that have a lustre should be imitated 
 by striking with stronger and straighter strokes than others; 
 being generally silk, producing flat and broken folds, should 
 be expressed by one or two strokes, as their colours vary, 
 with finer ones betvrcen then). Velvet and plush are repre- 
 sented in the same manner, by fine strokes between others, 
 with this difference ; the first strokes should be much stron- 
 ger than for stufts, and the finer ones proj)ortionate. Metals 
 or vessels of gold and copper, or armour of polished steel, 
 are to be enefraved with fine strokes, between the stronsr 
 ones, it being the opposition of light and shade, that occa- 
 sions the lustre. With respect to architecture, perspective 
 shows us the strokes which form receding objects tend to the 
 point of view; when the piece is to contain entire columns, 
 they are to be represented by perpendicular lines; for in 
 crossing them according: to their roundness, those strokes 
 which are near their capitals, being opposed to those near 
 their base, produce a disagreeable eflect ; unless supposed 
 to be at a great distance, which renders the object near 
 parallel. 
 
 For landscapes, the practicers of etching may form the out- 
 lines by it, particularly of the leaves of trees, which is more 
 expeditious than engraving, and does as well. In this case, 
 care should bo taken in finishing it well with the graver, that 
 the etching be imperceptihle, because it has not the softness 
 of engraving. In representing steep objects, the first strokes 
 should be frequentl}' interrupted and broken ofl", the second 
 straight, cutting the others with acute angles, accompanied 
 with long points. To represent rocks, the second strokes 
 should not form the angles so acute as in lepresenting other 
 objects. Objects receding towards the horizon should be 
 touched very lightly, and charged with little shade, though 
 
tradesman's guide. IOj 
 
 tho mn«i should appear dark, a» from «onic shad© supposod 
 to proceed from the clouds intercepting tho rays of the sun. 
 Calms are represented by straight strokes, running parallel 
 Avitli the horizon, with finer ones between tliem, and are to be 
 omitted in some places, to make their shiningreflectron which 
 proceeds from the water. By the second strokes also, made 
 more or less strong, and soniotimcs by perpendicular ones, 
 the forms of objects, cither rejected on the surface of the 
 water, or advaned at a distance on its banks, are repre- 
 sented. 
 
 The waves of the sea, arc represented by strokes, bending 
 according to the agitation of the water, with finer ones l?e- 
 iwcen them, cutting them with very acute angles. To repre- 
 sent water filling with rapidity from rocks or precipices, 
 must be expressed by first strokes according to the nature of 
 their ftll, with finer ones between them, leaving the lights 
 formed by the beams of the sun, falling directh' on them very 
 brioflit, and the more so as they approach the fore part of the 
 piece. When the clouds appear thick and pgitated, the gra- 
 ver should be turned about according to their form and agita- 
 tjon; and if they produce dark shades, which require double 
 strokes, the second should cut the first in more acute angles 
 than in figures. Flat clouds, losing themselves insensibly 
 with the sky, must be formed by strokes j)arallel with the 
 horizon, waved a little, as they appear more or less thick. A 
 calm serene sky should be expressed by parallel strokes very 
 straight without any winding. Though all the parts of a 
 piece of engraving may be executed according to the rules of 
 art, yet, unless there be a general proportion and harmon}' 
 difi'used throughout it will not appear beautiful. The princi- 
 pal objects of a piece should be wholly sketched out before 
 any part of them are fi"nished. Engraving seems to be in 
 one respect, the same in relation to printing, as painting is to 
 Innd writing; this art being capable of multiplying copies 
 ad infinitum. 
 
 Nt» art, perhaps, can have a happier or more influential 
 tendency to the advancement of virtue, religion and industry; 
 notiiing has a more familiar efficacy to firman universal good 
 taste than prints, though it mny bo prostituted to the vilest, 
 most debauched and detestable purposes. When this admi- 
 rable art is thus abused, wc see no reason why the authors 
 should not he as liable to punishment by the laws^ as others^ 
 
10^ THE ARTIST AND 
 
 who are the promoters and perpetrators of vice aod immo- 
 rality. 
 
 As this art is applicable to most others, so, to arrive at any 
 excellence in it, requires a knowledge in various other arts, 
 as geometry, perspective, anatomy, drawing, painting, sculp- 
 ture, and above all things, designing. What is ordinarily cal- 
 led genius, is certainly an innate discernment, and a strong 
 impulse and propensity to excel in any peculiar art; without 
 which, nature soems to be unnaturally constrained ; and when 
 that is the case, the performances of such persons will also 
 appear forced, uncouth, and unnatural also, like the disposi- 
 tion of the performer; for as some poet says, — 
 No art \vithout a genius can prevail, 
 And parts without the help of an will fail. 
 When Marius, being driven from Rome by Sylla, and was 
 a prisoner at Minturnfe, a soldier was sent to murder him. 
 Upon his coming into the room wiih his sword drawn for the 
 purpose, Marius said aloud, "durst thou, man, kill Caiu« Ma-^ 
 rius?" which so terrifisd the ruffian that he retired without 
 effecting his purpose. " This story, or one glance of the eye 
 upon his statue that I have seen," says an English writer, 
 " gives me a greater idea of him than all Plutarch has wrote." 
 And further remarks, " the Odyssey cannot give a greater 
 idea of Ulysses, than a drawing I have of Polydore, when 
 he is discovering iiiroself to Penelope and Telemachus, by 
 bending the bow. And I conceive as Iiighly of St. Paul, by 
 once walking through the gallery of Raphael at Hampton 
 Court, as by reading the whole book of the Acts of the Apos- 
 tles, though written by divine inspiration. Finally, in regard 
 to history, nothing can be more useful than an attempt to ex- 
 cel in this art, in order to fix in remembrance memorable 
 events. And as it is considered to be but in its infancy, it 
 is to be greatly desired, that every meritorious performance, 
 made in this country, will meet with public encouragement, 
 not only for the honour of the nation, and rising artists, but 
 for the benefit of traffic; so thai, instead of importing im- 
 mense quantities of foreign prints, we may not only supply 
 ourselves, but become exporters of a commodity that is uni- 
 versally vendible. 
 
 Floric Acid J with which etchings of any device^ name or 
 stanza^ i^'c. on glass, common flinty cornslian^ iSfc. can be 
 performed. Put into the etching box a tea spoonful of 
 
TRADESMAN*S GUIDE. 1^07 
 
 coarsely pnlverized flour-spar, and set the box into a pan of 
 coals, placed on bricks upon a table ; pour in strong sulphu- 
 ric acid, sufficiently to moisten or moderately wet it ; the 
 acrd will immediately rise up out of the cup, which may be 
 known by its attracting zo much vapour from the air as to ex- 
 hibit the appearance of common steam. As soon as it be- 
 gins to appear, which will be in a few seconds, lay over the 
 cup a piece of common window glass, large enough to cover 
 its mouth, which had been previously waxed and written up- 
 on ; let an assistant immediately apply snow, ice, or cold wa^ 
 ter to the upper side of the glass, in order to keep it so cool 
 as to prevent the wax which is on the under side from melt- 
 tng ; take ofl'the glass in ten seconds, and apply another and 
 so on ; two or three may be applied before the flour-spar and 
 sulphuric acid are renewed. The writing mac^e in wax will 
 appear beautifully etched upon the glass, on scraping oft' the 
 wax. The best method of preparing the glass is to warm, or 
 rather heat moderately, thu face of a smoothing iron or piece 
 of polished marble; so that white wax or very line beeswax 
 will melt on being apj)lied to it. Lay the glass flint upon the 
 melted wax, and on sliding it oft' it will be ver}' evenly waxed; 
 a dozen pieces may be prepared in succession; the writing 
 may be made with rhe end of a hard stick, &.c. Care must be 
 taken to lay the glass perfect!}' bare through all the strokes, 
 or there will be interruptions in the etching. 
 
 A Wax to lay on Iron and Steel. Take the bulk of a nut 
 of white wax, melt it, and add the size of a musket ball of 
 ceruse of Venice. When both are incorporated, form this 
 composition into small sticks. With them rub your piece of 
 iron or steel, after having previously warmed it sufficiently to 
 melt the wax, which spread well over it with a feather. When 
 the wax is cold, trace whatever you will on it, and pass after^ 
 wards on the lines you have drawn, the following water. 
 
 A Mordant Water to engrave on Steel. Take the strong* 
 est verjuice you can find; alum in powder, and a little dried 
 salt, pulverized: mix until perfectly dissolved; then pass some 
 of that water on the lines of your drawing, repeating the same 
 till it is engraved. Or else take verdigris, strong vinegar, 
 ammoniac and common salts, and copperas, equal parts. Set 
 the compound a boiling for a quarter of an iiour; then strain 
 it through a rag, and run some of that water on your plate. 
 In about half an hour afterwards it will he perfectly engra- 
 ved. 
 
108 THE ARTIST AND 
 
 See Collect's varnish, which is an admirable ccmpositioh to 
 lay on the plate you propose to cugravc. 
 
 To engrave tcitk aqua-fortis^ so that the tcork may appear 
 tike bassv relievo. Take equal parts of vermilion aoil black 
 lead, two or three grains of mastic in drops, mix and grind 
 them oa marble, with linseed oil: then put the composition 
 fiito a shell : then cut some soft quills, and let your steel or 
 iron be well polished ; try first whether your colour runs suf- 
 ficiently with your pens ; and if it should not, you must add 
 i\ little more oil to it, so as to have your pen mark freely, as 
 if you intended writing with ink on paper : then rub well 
 your plate of steel wiih wood ashes, to clean it ; after which 
 wipe it v/ith a cl»^aQ rag, and draw your design upon it wiih 
 your pen, prepared as before. If you wish to draw birds or 
 other animals, you must ofjly draw the oiiiliues of them with 
 your pen, then fill up the inside of those lines with a hair pen- 
 cil; that is, you niust cover all the space contained between 
 the first outlines drawn with the pen, the same colour, which 
 you must lay with a brush to preserve .all that part against 
 the -fnordacity of the aqiia-fortis. When that is done, let 
 your work dr^" for a day or two; and when dried, tcko some 
 fire made with charcoal into a chafing dish, and bakn over it 
 your colour by degrees, till it becomes quite brown. Take 
 care notwithstanding, not to burn it, for fear you should scale 
 it, when you come to scratch, with the point of a r;cedle, 
 those etchings or places which you wish to engrave w^ith the 
 aqua-fortis. 
 
 Aqua-Fortis for Engraving. Take verdigris, alum, rom. 
 
 vitriol, and common salt, each, three ounces, pounded finely; 
 
 put little more than a quart of water into a new pipkin, and 
 
 the articles mentioned; infuse two hours, then place them 
 
 ovei a charcoal fire, and when the water has in some degree 
 
 evaporated, take tlie pipkin from the fire, let it cool so as to 
 
 bear your hand without scalding. Then take an earthen cup, 
 
 and pour over the work intended to be engraven, the liquid; 
 
 and continue to do so for nearly three quarters of an hour 
 
 Then pour on it clean water, to wash oQ' every impurity. 
 
 Tr> the debth of the lines of your engraving with a needle, 
 
 iind if not sufficiently prepared, the process of wetting it with 
 
 the mixture, must be again repeated; care should be taken," 
 
 that the liquid is not too warm, as it will spoil the work. 
 
 To engrave on Brass or Copper with A'-itia-Fortis. Add 
 
tradesman's cuide. I 109 
 
 more maslic in drops to your colour, and bake the plate until 
 it becomes nearly black; if a flat work, raise round it a bor- 
 der of wax, to prevent the aqua-fortis from running ofi', which 
 is to be a separating aqua-fortis, with wiiich, cover the plaie 
 to the thickness or a crown; after it has been thus covered 
 for a little while, it^ becomes green; then tlucw it away, and 
 pour in its place some clear water, now examine the lines" 
 if not of suflicient depth, put on some more aqua-fortis. 
 
 To engrave 2)rints by Aqua-Fortis. Grind some ceruse 
 with clear water; size with isinglass. Lay this on the plate 
 with a coarse brush, or pencil. When dry, draw on it your 
 design. Or, if you wish to counterproof a copperplate print, 
 blacken the back of the print, and place that part on the plate, 
 prepared as before; go over all the strokes of the print, with 
 a smooth ivory or wooden point, which stamps the back of 
 the print, in all those places, on the plate; then go over the 
 black strokes on the plate, with a pen and ink; afterwards 
 take a steel point, very fine and svell tempered, etch the plate 
 with it, in foUoviing all the strokes marked on it, and pour 
 aqua-fortis as heretofore directed. 
 
 Directions to be observed in engraving with Aqua-Fortis. 
 The plate must be well polished and perfectly clean; warm it 
 over a chafing dish, in which there is a charcoal fire. While 
 over the fire, cover it with varnish? then blacken it with the 
 smoke of a candle: then chalk vour desiiru. The artists jren- 
 erally prefer drawing the outlines of their work, that the spirit 
 and beauty of the design may be preserved. And for this 
 purpose aqua-fortis is often employed to sketch lightly the 
 outlines of the figuers, and to have them more correct. It 
 is necessary to touch a little occasionally with the graver, 
 certain parts where the aqua-fortis has not eaten in sufiliciently. 
 In putting the aqua-fortis on the pl^te, care should be taken, 
 that it does not eat too niuchr (o prevent which, oil and tal- 
 low mixed, must be dropped on the work from the blaze of a 
 candle. The artist should have a framed wooden board, 
 overlaid with wax, on which the plate should be fixed a little 
 slanting, that the aqua-fortis may pass over, and run into 
 pan- placed there to receive it. 
 
 Thus covering at several times, and as mucli as is neces- 
 sary, such places of the plate, as should not be kept so strong 
 as others^ rendering the figures whrch are forward in the pic- 
 
 10 
 
llO THE ARTIST ANT' 
 
 ture, ronstantly everv time, washed with the aqua-fortis which 
 eats ill theiii; till they are sufficiently engraved, and acQord- 
 ine to the strength which is necessary to give them. 
 
 To engrave on wood, prepare a board, of the size and 
 thickness wanted, and polish it on the side to be engraved. 
 Pear tree or box-wood is generally preferred. Draw first 
 your design, as you wish to have it appear after printing. Care 
 should be taken, that all the strokes of the drawing should 
 touch well, and slick on the wood ; and when the paper is 
 vervdry, (which is pasted on the board, by its right side, with 
 a paste made of good flour, water, and a little vinegar, in 
 case there is wanting a talent of drawing extemporaneously,) 
 wet it gently, and with the top of your finger, rub it off by 
 degrees, leaving only the strokes of the drawing on the board, 
 as if it had been drawn with pen and ink; These strokes or 
 lines show all that are to be spared or preserved ; the rest 
 should be cut off, and sunk down with delicacy, by means of 
 a sharp and well pointed penknife, small chisel, &c. accord- 
 ing to the size and delicacy of the work. 
 
 To engrave on Copper tc it h the graver. The plate should 
 be red copper, well polished ; then draw your design on it 
 with either the black lead stone, or a steel point. When that 
 is done, you must be furnished with a sharp and well temper- 
 ed graver to cut, in order to give more or less strength to 
 certain parts, (as has heretofore been observed.) according to 
 the subject; a tool of six inches in length is necessary, one 
 end of which, is called a scraper, is made in the form of a 
 triangle, sharp on each edge, for the purpose of scraping on 
 the copper, when necessary ; the other end is called a bur- 
 nisher, nearly the sriape of a fowl's heart, a little prolonged' 
 by the point, round and slender. This serves to polish the 
 copper, to mend the fau^, and soften the strokes. In order 
 to form a better judgment of your work, you must occasion- 
 ally, make use of a stump, made with the piece of an old hat 
 rolled up and blackened, to rub the plate, which fills the 
 strokes with black, and which enables you to discover imper- 
 fections. A leather cushion is also necessary to be provided 
 with, to lay the plate ou wiiile engraving. 
 
 Etching may be performed by dipping a clean copper cent into mel- 
 ted wbite wax. On taking it out, the wax will immediately harden 
 upon it. Mark out the form of a letter or %nre upon it. Then im- 
 merse the cent in nitiic atid, and let it remala fifteen minutes. No— 
 
 >^ 
 
 ( 
 
tradesman's gpide. Ill 
 
 lake it out, scrape off the wax, and wash the whole clean, and the Iet« 
 ter will be etched upon the cent. 
 
 On this principle the etching upon razors, sword blades, &c. is per- 
 formed. Arsisfs have various mulliods lur propariiicr compositions lor 
 applying to the metals before the acid is applied . tin y generally ni^tke 
 use of somrthing tor writing the letters, winch will flow fr«Hn the pen 
 like ink. Then they surround tlie wholf space to be acted upon, by an 
 edging to confine the acid, and pour on the acid, instead of immersing 
 the metal in it, as is more particularly described in this chapter. This 
 is called etching in basso-relievo. 
 
 To make Blue Letters on Stoord Blades. Take a well 
 polished sword blade and hold it over a charcoal lirCj till it 
 is blue, then with oil colour^ write such letters, (or make such 
 figures) as you wish should appear and remain, and let them 
 dryj then warm some strong vines^ar, and pour all over the 
 blade, which will infallibly take off the blue colour. After 
 this process, a little common warm water will take ofT the 
 oil colour, and the letters or figures will appear and remain 
 of a curious and indelible blue; the same inay be done on 
 any polished steel. 
 
 CHAPTER XX. 
 
 Sculpture — the process of casting in Plaster — Composition 
 of Ancient Statutes — Printing — Printers types. 
 
 To ascertain when the art of sculpture was first practised 
 and by what nation, is beyond human research ; we may 
 safely conjecture, however that it was one of the original 
 propensities of man. This will still appear in the ardent and 
 irresistible impulse of youth to make representations of ob- 
 jects in wood ; and the attempts of savaees to embody their 
 conceptions of their idols ; a command from the Author of 
 our bein?, was necessary to prevent the ancient Israelites 
 from making graven images: and the inhabitants of the rest 
 of the earth possessed similar propensities. The descriptions 
 in the Scriptures demonstrate that the art had been brought 
 to great perfection at the period of which they treat. It is 
 necessary to make a distinction between carving and sculp- 
 ture; the former belonnjs exrlusivoly to wood, and the latter 
 to stone or marbel. The acknowledged masters of this sub- 
 lime art were the ancient Greeks. Such have been the excoU 
 lence and correctness of their imitations of nature, and the 
 refined elegance of their taste, that many of their works are 
 mentioned, as efforts never to be e.Kceedcd or perhaps imita- 
 
lii THE ARTIST -V.\D 
 
 ted. Statuary is a braDch of sculpture, employed in the iha- 
 king of statues. The term is also used for the artificer bim- 
 self. Phidias was the greatest- statuary amoDsr the ancients, 
 and ^lichael Aiieelo, among the moderns. Statutes are not 
 only formed with ihe chisel from marble, and carved in wood 
 but they are cast in plaster of Paris, or other matters of the 
 same nature, and in several metals, as lead, brass, silver, and 
 gold. 
 
 Tilt process of Casting in Plaster of Paris. Mix the 
 plaster with water, and stir it until it attains a proper con- 
 sistence; then pour on any figure, for instance, a human 
 hand or foot, previously oiled in the slightest manner possible 
 which prevents the adhesion of the plaster; in a few minutes 
 ihe plaster will be dry to the hardness of soft stone, taking 
 the exact impression of every part, even the minutest pores of 
 the skin. This impression is called the mould. When ta- 
 ken from the figure that produced it, and slightly oiled, pias- 
 ter mixed with water as before, may be poured into it, where 
 it must remain until hardened ; if it be then taken from the 
 mould, it will be an exact image of the original figure. When 
 the figure b flat, having no hollows, or high projections, it 
 may be moulded in odc piece, but when its surface is varied, 
 it must be ir.oulded in many pieces fitted together, and held 
 in one or more outside or containing piece. 
 
 This useful art supplies ibe painter and sculptor with exact repre- 
 eentatioDs from nature, and moltiplies models of aJl kinds. It is prac- 
 ticed in snch perfection, that casts of the antique statutes are made so 
 precisely like the originals in proportion, outline, and surface, that no 
 cifference is discoverable, excepting in colour, and materials. 
 
 Ccrnposition of Ancient Statues. According to Pliny, the 
 metal used by the Romans, for their statues, and for the 
 plates on which the>- engraved inscriptions, was composed in 
 the follovFing manner. They first melted a quantity of cop- 
 per, into which they put one-third of its weight of old copper 
 which had been long in use — to every hundred lbs. weight 
 of.this mixture, they added twelve and a half lbs. of alloy 
 composed of equal parts of lead and tin. 
 
 Metallic Casts from Ettgravings'on Copper. A most im- 
 portant discovery has lately been made, which promises to 
 be of considerable utility in the fine arts ; some beautiful 
 specimens ofmetalic plates of a peculiar composition, have 
 latelv nppearcd— under the name of " cast engravings." This 
 
TRADESMAN S GUIDE. 113 
 
 invention consists in taking moulds from every kind of en- 
 gravings, with lime, mezzotinto, or aqua-linla, and pouring 
 on this mould an alloy, in a stale of fusion, capable of taking 
 the finest impression. The obvious utility of this invention, 
 as applicable to engravings, which muct with a ready s.ile, 
 and of which great numbers are required, will be incalcula- 
 ble, as it will v/lioUy prevent the expense of retracing, which 
 forms so prominent a ciiarge in all works of an extended sale. 
 No sooner is one cast worn out than another may be imme- 
 ciiatcly procured from the original plate, so that every im- 
 pression will be a proof. Tims the works of "our most cele- 
 brated artists, may be handed down,ar/ infinitum, for the 
 improvement and delight of future ages and will aflbrd at the 
 same time, the greatest satisfaction to every lover of the fine 
 arts-. 
 
 The art of Printing, deserves to be considered with atten- 
 tion and respect. From the ingenuity of its contrivance, it 
 has ever excited mechanical curiosity ; from its intimate con- 
 nexion with learning, it has justly claimed historical notice; 
 and from its extensive influence on morality, politics, and re- 
 ligion, is now become a very important speculation. Coin- 
 ing and taking impressions in wax, are of great antiquity, and 
 the principle is precisely that of printing. The application 
 of this principle to the multiplication of books, constituted 
 the discovery of the art of printing. The Chinese have for 
 many ages, printed with blocks, or who'le pages engraved on 
 wood. But the application of single letters or moveable 
 types forms the merit of the European art. The honor of 
 giving rise to this method has been claimed by the cities of 
 Harlaem, Mentz, and Strasburg; and to each of these it may 
 be ascribed in soiile degree, as printers resident in each, made 
 successive improvemen.s in the art. It is recorded b}' a re- 
 putable author, that Laurens Faustus, of Harleem, walking in 
 a wood near that city, cut some letters upon the rind of a 
 beech tree, which for fancy's sake, being impressed upon pa- 
 per he printed one or two lines for iiis grandchildren ; and 
 having thus succeeded, he invented a more glutinous ink be- 
 cause he found that the common ijjk sunk and spread ; and 
 then formed whole pages of wood, with letters cut upon them 
 and, (as nothing is complete, in its first invention,) the back- 
 sides of the pages were pasted together, that they might have 
 the appearance of manuscripts, written on both sides of th^ 
 
 , *10 
 
114 lUE ARTIST AND 
 
 paper. These beecheu letters, he afterwards exchanged foi' 
 leaden ones, and these again for tin and lead, as a flexible, 
 and more solid and durable substance. He died in 1440, and 
 by some, his first attempt is supposed to have been made 
 about 1430, but by others, as early as 1423. 
 
 From this period, printing has made a rapid progress in 
 most of ihe principal towns of Europe, superceded the trade 
 of copying, which, till that time, was very considerable, and 
 was ia many places considered as a species of magic. In 
 -1490, it reached Constantinople, and was extended by the 
 middle of the following century to Africa and America. 
 
 During the period since its invention, what has not the art 
 of printing eflected ? It has blunted the edge of persecution's 
 sword, laid open to man his own heart, struck the sceptre 
 from the hand of tyranny, and awakened from its slumbers, 
 a spirit of knowledge, cultivation and liberty. It has gone 
 forth like an angel, scattering blessings in its path, solacing 
 the wounded- mind, and silently pointing out the triumphs of 
 morality and the truths of revelation to the gaze of those, 
 whom the want of precept or good example had debased, and 
 whom ignorance had made sceptical. 
 
 Tllf fourth centennial anniversary of the inventioa of printing, was 
 observed at Harlaem in Holland, on the 10th and 11th July, 1623, with 
 great rejoicing and a splendid festival. 
 
 Prijiter''s Types. Ten pounds of lead, and two pounds of 
 antimony. The antimony must be thrown into the crucible^ 
 when the lead is in a state of fusion. The antimony gives a 
 hardness to the lead, wiihout w hich, the type would speedily 
 be rendered useless, in a printing press. Diflerent propor- 
 tions of lead; copper, brass and antimony, frequently consti- 
 tute this metal. Every artist has his own proportions, so 
 that the same composition cannot be obtained from diflerent 
 foundries ; each boasts of" the superiority of his own mix- 
 ture. 
 
 Small Tifpts and Stereotype Plates. Nine pounds of 
 lead, and when mehed, add two pounds of antimony, and one 
 pound of bismuth. 
 
 Tins alloy expands as it cools, and Is therefore, well suited 
 for the formation of small printing types (particularly, when 
 many are cast together, to form stereotvpe plates,) as the 
 whole of the mould is accurately filled" with alloy ; conse- 
 quently, there can be no' blemish in the letters. 2. Eic^ht 
 
THADESMAN S GUIDE. 
 
 iii 
 
 parts of lead, two parts of antimony, and onc-lliird part of 
 tin. For tiie manufacture of stereotype plates, plaster of 
 Par*«s, of the consistence of a batter pudding before baking, is 
 poured over t!ie letter-press page and worked into the inter- 
 stices of the types, with a brush. It is then collected from 
 the sides, by a slip of iron or wood, so as to lie smooth and 
 compact. In about two minutes, the whole mass, is harden- 
 ed into a solid cake. This cake, which is to serve as the ma- 
 trix of the stereotype plate, is now put upon a rack in an 
 oven, where it undergoes great heat, so as to drive oft' the su- 
 perfluous moisture. When ready for use, these moulds, ac- 
 cording to their size, are placed in flat cast iron pots, atid are 
 covered over with another piece of cast iron, perforated at 
 each end, to admit the metalic composition intended for lh'6 
 preparation of stereotype plates. The flat cast iron pots 
 are now fastened in a cran*', which carries iHem steadily to 
 the metalic bath, or melting pot, where they are immersed, 
 and kept for a considerable time, until all the pores and cre- 
 vices of the mould are completely and accurately filled. 
 When this has taken place, the pots are elevated from the 
 bath, by working the crane, and are placed over a wat4?r 
 trough, to cool gradually. When cold, the whole is turned 
 out of the pots, and the plaster being separated, by hammer- 
 ing, and washing, the plates are ready for use, having recei- 
 ved the most exact and perfect impression. 
 
 CHAPTER XXI. 
 
 Pumting — liistorical — landscape or portrait — cartoon of Ra- 
 phael — of Fai/l preaching at Athens — as applied to pur- 
 poses of building — practical operations — distemper, or 
 painting in water colours — in oil — colouring prints — mfx- 
 ing colours. 
 
 The art of painting gives the most direct and expressive 
 representation of objects; and it was doubtless, for this rea- 
 son employed by many nations, before the art of writing was 
 invented,* to communicate their thoughts, and to convey in- 
 telligence to distant places. The pencil may be said to write 
 a universal language; for every one can instantly understand 
 the meaning of a painter, provided he be fa'thfuj to the rules 
 of his art. His skill enables him to display the Various scenes 
 of nature at one view; and by his delineation of the striking 
 effects of passion, he instantaneously effects the soul of 
 
 1 
 
116 THE AUTiST AND 
 
 spectator. Silent and uniform as is the adddress wliicii a 
 good picture makes to' us, yet it penetrates so deeply into our 
 affections, as to appear to exceed the power of eloquence. 
 Painting is the most imitative of all the arts. It gives to us 
 the very forms of those, whose works of genius and virtue, 
 have commanded or won our admiration, and transmits them 
 from age to age, as if not life merely, but immortality flowed 
 in the colours of the artist's pencil; or to speak of its still hap- 
 pier use, it preserves to us the lineaments of those whom we 
 love, when separated from us either by distance or the tomb. 
 How many of the feelings, which v/e should most regret to 
 lose, would be lost, but for this delightful art, — feelings that 
 ennoble, by giving us the wish to imitate what was noble in 
 the moral hero or sage, on w^hom we gaze, or that comfort us 
 by the imaginary presence of those whose affection is the only 
 thing dearer to us, than even our admiration of heroism or 
 wisdom. The value of painting will, indeed, be best fell by 
 those who have lost by death a parent or much loved friend, 
 and who feel that they should not have lost every thing, if 
 some pictured memorial had still remained. 
 
 Paintings, in regard to their subjects, are called historical, 
 landscape or portrait; and in regard to the painters, they are 
 divided into schools or countries; as the Italian, German, 
 French, Fnglish, and other schools. Each of the schools has 
 treated the practice of painting in its peculiar manner, and 
 ieach with exquisite beaut}' and admirable effect. The great 
 component parts of painting are, invention, or the power of 
 'conceiving the materials proper to be introduced into a picture; 
 'composition, or the power of arranging them; design, or the 
 power of delineating them; the management of lights and 
 shades; and the colouring. Invention consists principally iii 
 three things, the choice of a subject properly within the scope 
 of the art; the seizure of the most striking and energetic mo- 
 ment of time for representation, and the discovery and selec- 
 tion of such objects, and suchprobable incidental circumstances, 
 as, combined together, may best tend to devolope the story, 
 or augment the interest of the piece. In this part of the art, 
 there is a cartoon of Raphadl, which furnishes an example of 
 genius and sagacity. It represents the inhabitants of Lrstra 
 about to ot!er sacrifice to Paul and Barnabas. It was neces- 
 sary to let us into all the cause and hurry before us; accor- 
 dingly, the cripple, whom they had miraculously healed, ap- 
 
tradesman's guide. 117 
 
 peai-s in tlic croud: observes the means which the painter has 
 used to distinguish this x)bject, and of course to open the sub- 
 ject of his piece. His crutches, now useless, are thrown to 
 tlie ground; his attitude is that of one accustomed to such 
 support and still doubtful of his limbs: the eagerness, the im- 
 petuosity, with which he solicits his benefactors to accept the 
 lionours destined for them, points out his gratitude and the 
 occasion of it. During the time he is thus busied, an elderly 
 citizen of some consequence, by his appearance, draws near, 
 and lifting up the corner of his vest, surveys with astonish- 
 ment, the limb newly restored; whilst a man of middle age, 
 and a youth, looking over the shoulder of the cripple, are in- 
 tent on the same object. The wit of man coald not devise 
 means more certain of the end proposed. In the cartoon of 
 Paul preaching at Athei.s, the elevated situation, and energe- 
 tic action of the apostle, instantly denote him the hero of the 
 piece, whilst the attentive but astonished circle gathered 
 around him, receive es it were, light from him, their centre, 
 and unequivocally declare him the resistless organ of divine 
 truth. 
 
 Painting, as applied to purpose of building, is the applica- 
 tion of artificial colours, compounded either with oil or water, 
 in ombcllisiiing and preserving wood, Sec. This branch of 
 painting is termed economical, and applies more immediately 
 to the power which oil and varnishes possess of preventing 
 the action of tlie atmosphere upon wood, iron and stucco, by 
 interposing an artificial surface. But it is here intended to 
 use the term more generally, in allusion to the decorative 
 part, and as is employed by the architect, throughout every 
 part of his work. In every branch of painting in oil, the 
 general processes are very similar, and with such variation 
 only, as readily occur to the workman. 
 
 The first coatings, or layers, if on wood or iron, ought al- 
 ways to be of white lead of the best quality, previously ground 
 very fine in nut or linseed oil, either over a stone, with a 
 mflller, or passed througli a mill. If usc-d on shutters, doors, 
 or wainscoting, made of fir or deal, it is very requisite to des- 
 troy the eflfects of the knots; which generally, are so com- 
 pletely saturated with turpentine, as to render it perhaps, one 
 of the most difficult, processes in this business. The best mode, 
 in common cases, is, to pass a brush over the knots, with 
 lead ground in water, bound by a size made of parchment or 
 
118 THE ARTIST AND 
 
 glue; when that is dry, paint the knots with white lead ground 
 in oil, to which add 'some powerful drier, as red lead, or 
 litharge of lead; about one fourth part of the latter. These 
 must be laid very smoothly in the direction of the grain of 
 the wood. When the last coat is dry, smooth it with pumice 
 stone, or give it the first coat of paint, prepared with -nut or 
 linseed oil; when dry, all nail holes or other irregularities 
 must be stopped with a composition of oil and Spanish White. 
 The work must then be again painted with white lead and 
 oil, somewhat dfluted with the essence of turpentine, which 
 process should be repeated not less than three or four times, 
 if a plain white or stone colour is intended; and if the latter 
 colour, a small quantity of ivory or lamp black should he ad- 
 ded. But if the work is to be finished of any other colour, 
 either grey, green, &c. it will be requisite to provide for such 
 color, after the third operation, particularly if it is to be 
 finished fiat, or as the painters style it, dead white, fawn, 
 gre}-, (fcc. To liuish a work flatted or dead, which is prefer- 
 able mode for all superior works, one coat of the flatted 
 colour, or colour mixed with a considerable quantity cf tur- 
 pentine will be found sufficient, although it will be frequently 
 requisite to give large surfaces two coats of the flatting colour. 
 For stucco it will be almost a general rule. In all these 
 operations, some sort of drier is necessary"; a very general 
 and useful one is made, by grinding in linseed, (or, perheps, 
 preparde oils boiled, are better,) about two parts of the best 
 white copperas, well dried with one part of litharge. 
 
 The best drier for all fine whites, and otlier delicate tints, 
 is sugar of lead, ground in nut oil : about the size of a walnut 
 will be sufficient for 20 lbs. of colour, when the basis is white 
 lead. Painter's utensils should be always kept very clean. 
 If the colour should become foul, it must be passed through 
 a fine sieve or canvass, and the surface of the work carefully 
 rubbed down with sand paper or pumice stone. The lalter 
 should be ground in water, if the paint is tender. In general 
 cases, perhaps two or three j'ears are not too long to suflier 
 stucco to remain unpainted. When it is on battened work it 
 may be painted much sooner than when prepared on b;ick. 
 For priming and laying on the first coat on stucco, take lin- 
 seed or nut oil, boiled with driers as before mentioned ; ta- 
 king care in all cases not to lay on so much, as to render the 
 surface rough, and no more than the stucco will absorb. It 
 
tradesmen's guide, 119 
 
 should be covered with three or four coats of white lead, pre- 
 pai-cd as described for painting on wainscoting,| letting each 
 coat dry hard. If it is wished to give the work a grey tint, 
 light green, &c. about the third coat prepare the ground for 
 such tint, by a slight advance towards it. Grey is made with 
 white lead, Prussian blue, ivory black, and lake ; sage green, 
 pea and sea greens, wiih wJiite, Prussian blue, and fine yel- 
 low ; apricot and peach, with lake, white, and Chinese ver- 
 milion : fine yellow fawn colour, with burnt terra sienna, or 
 umber and wiiite ; and olive greens wiih fine Prussian blues 
 and Oxfordshire ochre. 
 
 Distemper,, or painting in water colour, mixed with size, 
 stucco or plaster, if not sufficiently dry to receive oil, may 
 have a coating iu water colours, of any given tint required. 
 Straw colours may be made with French white and ceruse, 
 or while lead and massicot, or Dutch pink. Greys full, with 
 some whites and refiner's verditure. An inferior grey may 
 be made with blue black, or bone black and indigo; pea 
 greens, with Frencli green, Olympian green, Sfc. Fawn 
 colour with burnt terra de sienna, or burnt umber and white, 
 and so of any intermediate tint. Grind all the colours very 
 fine, and mix with whiting and a size made with parchment, 
 or some similar substance. Less than two coats will not be 
 suflicient to cover the plaster, and present a uniform appear- 
 ance. If it should be desirable to have the stucco painted in 
 oil, the whole of the water colour should be removed, which 
 which can be easily done by washing, and when quite dry, 
 proceed with it after the directions given in paining on stucco. 
 If old plastering has become disfigured by stains, or other 
 blemishes, and if it is desirable to paint in 'distemper, in this 
 case, it is advisable to give the old plastering, when properly 
 cleaned and prepared, one coat at least, of white lead eround 
 in od, and used with spirits of turpentine, which will gen- 
 erally fix old staius, and when quite dry, will take water 
 colours very kindlv. 
 
 Directions for 'Painting in oil on Canvass. After your 
 cloth is nailed on the frame, pass over it a coat of size; when 
 dry, rub it over with a pounce stone, to eat off all the knobs: 
 the first size is intended to lay down all the threads, and fill 
 up all the small holes, to prevent the colour from passing 
 through. When the cloth is dry lay on a coat of simple 
 colour, which may not destroy the others; for example, brown 
 
120 THE ARTIST AND 
 
 red, which is a natural earth, lull of substance and lasting. If 
 mixed with a little white lead it will dry sooner. In griudini' 
 this colour, use nut or linseed oil, and it should be prepared 
 to lay on as thin as possible. V/lien this colour is dry, rub it 
 again with the pounce stone, which renders it smoother: lay 
 another coat of white- lead and charcoal black, to render the 
 ground greyish, having care in putting on as little colour as 
 possible, to prevent the cloth from cracking, and for the bet- 
 ter preservation of the colours to be laid atterwards. We 
 will observe, that if there was no ground laid on the canvass 
 of a picture, previous to painting it, and if painted directly 
 on the bare cloth without any preparation, the colours would 
 appear much more to their advantage, and preserve their 
 brightness much longer. Some of the tirst mastess impreg- 
 nate their canvass with water colours only, and paint after- 
 wards in oil over the ground. This method renders pieces 
 more lively and bright, because the ground in water colours 
 draws and soaks the oil from the colours, rendering them finer; 
 wheieas, on the contrary, oil is the cause of this dulness, by 
 its detention in their colours. It is desirable therefoje, to 
 use as little oil as possible; and in order to keep the colours 
 siitr, mix with them a little of the oil of spike, which will 
 evaporate very soon, but renders them more fluid and trac- 
 table in working. We cannot recommend too much care in 
 keeping the colours (for the least tint might destroy the best 
 design) unmixed^ either with brush or pencil. AVhen there 
 is occasion to give more streng h to some parts of the pic- 
 ture, let it be well dried before it is interrutped again. The 
 custom prevails of grounding the canvass with oil colours; 
 but when the canvass is good and very fire, the less colour 
 which can be laid on for that purpose is preferable. Care is 
 also requisite, that the colours and oils are good. The lead 
 which some painters use to dry the sooner, soon destroys 
 their brightness and beauty. In short, he shows his judg- 
 ment in painting, who is not hasty in laying his colours, but 
 lays them thick enough, and covers, at several times his car- 
 nations, which, in terms of art is called ejnjmter. 
 
 Directions for Colouring Prints. All the colours used for 
 this purpose are ground with gum water, excepting calcined 
 green. For complexions, a mixture of white and vermilion. ' 
 
 For the lips, lake and vermilion. 
 
 For the shades, white and vermilion, and considerable um- 
 ber. 
 
tradksman's guide. 121 
 
 For the hair, whit^ with very little umber; if a carroty co- 
 lour, yellow ochre and brown red ; the shade \>ith bistre and 
 lake, mixed together; if lii^ht, mix black, white, and umber 
 togeilier. 
 
 For the clothes, if linen, while lead and a littie blue ; if 
 stulTs, white lead alone, and the shades w'ith a grey colour, 
 made by means of a mixture of black and white lead togeth- 
 er. If a white cloth, a mixture of white and umber together, 
 and shade with a compound of umber and black. If a red 
 cloth, use vermilion in the lighter parts of the folds ; lake 
 and vermilion, for the clear shades ; lake alone laid on the 
 vermilion, will form the dark shades. 
 
 Directions for mixing of Colours. Pale yellow for lights 
 — white massicot. The chiaro ascuro, with the massicot and 
 umber. The dark shade, with umber alone. ,^ 
 
 Orange. Black lead, for the lights; shade with the lake. 
 The lake is used very clear for tlie lights, in drapery, and 
 thicker for the shades. 
 
 Purple. Blue, white, and lake, for lights; blue, and lake, 
 onli^ for the clear shades; and indigo and blue for the darker 
 ones. The pale blue is used for the lights ; and l"or the clear 
 shades, a little thicker; but for the darker shades, mix the in- 
 digo and blue together. 
 
 The gold like yellow is made with yellow massicot lor the 
 lights — clear shades, a mixture of black lead and massicot — 
 dark shade, lake, yellow ochre, and a very little black lead: 
 and darkest of all, cologne earth and lake. 
 
 The greeu is of two sorts. The first — massicot and blue, 
 or blue and white; for the shade, ^mnke the blue jiredominaie 
 in tlie mixture. The other is made with calcined green, and 
 their shades may he formed by the addition of indigo. 
 
 For trees, mix green and umber together. Tlie grounds 
 
 arc made in the sam.e wny. For the distance, mix blue and 
 
 green together. Mountains are always made with blue. The 
 
 ^kies are^ made with blue, but add a little yellow when you 
 
 ome near the mountains, and 1o make the transition between 
 
 lat and the blue, mix a little lake and Idue together to scft- 
 
 n it. • ^ 
 
 Clouds are made witli purjde ; if they be obscure, mix 
 d^e and indigo together. Stones arc made with white and 
 :llow mixed together; and their shades with black. 
 
 11 
 
122 THE ARTIST AND 
 
 CHAPTER XXII. 
 
 Paints — Cosmetics — to imitate Marble — to dye Bones — Co- 
 lours for slioio Bottles — -for- Maps — to imitate Ebony — to 
 imitate GoLl, Silver, or Copper — to ichitm Bones — Co- 
 louring principles of Blood — Metalic Watering. 
 
 Patent Yellow. Pulverise common table salt very finely; 
 put it into Wedgwood's mortar; add to it twice as much red 
 lead, pulverised : rub them well together first ; then add wa- 
 ter a very little at a time, and continue rubbing until a paste 
 is formed. The muriate of lead will now be formed, and 
 the soda disengaged ; pour in a large quantity of water and 
 wash it several times ; the soda will v ash out and leave a 
 white mass ; dry this mass and then melt It in a crucible, and 
 a beautiful substance will be formed, called patent yellow, 
 which is one of the most durable pigments. 
 
 2. Common salt 100 lbs. litharge 400 lbs. ground together 
 with water; keep for some time in a gentle heat, water being 
 added to s.upply the loss by evaporation, the natron then wash- 
 ed out will) more water, and the white residuum heated till it 
 acquires a fine yellow colour. 
 
 Flake 'White. INIade by suspending rolls of thin sheet 
 lead over vinegar in close vessels ; the evaporation from the 
 vinegar being kept up by the vessels being placed in a heap 
 of manure, or a steam bath. 
 
 2. By dissolving liiharge in diluted nitrous acid, and adding^ 
 prepared chalk, to the solution; astringent, cooling; used 
 externally : also employed as paint, mixed with nut oil. 
 
 Protoxid of Lead. Melt some lead in a ladle, and scrape 
 oft' the pellicle which forms on its surface several times, or 
 until a sufficient quantity is obtained ; part of this is oxidated 
 and part Is not ; now put this into a ladle by itself : and expose 
 it to a low red heat, continually stirring it with a rod gntil it 
 becomes of a yellow colour. 
 
 This is the massicot used in the arts; also for setting a &oe 
 edge to razors, for polishing burnishers, &c. 
 
 Jied Lead. Put some 7Jiassicot Into a ladle ; cover it over 
 loosely with an earthen or iron plate, and raise the heat ; 
 raise up one side ^ tbe plate, and stir it often, until it be- 
 comes of a bright red ; care must be taken not to raise the 
 heat so high iis to drive off the oxygen, previously acquired ; 
 
tradesman's guide. 123 
 
 thereby bringing it again to a state of pure melted lead ; it 
 is very difficult to succeed in this operation with small quan- 
 tities. 
 
 This IS the red lead used by painters; and it is on this 
 principle, but with a different apparatus, the lead of the shops 
 is manufactured ; but it is generally very impure. 
 
 Florence Lake. Pearl ashes one ounce four drachms, wa- 
 ter a sufficient quantity, dissolve; alum two ounces four 
 drachms, water, q. p. dissolve; filter both solutions and add the 
 first to the alum solution while warm ; strain : mix the sedi- 
 ment upon the strained with the first coarse residuum obtain- 
 ed in boiling cochineal with alum, for making carmine, and 
 dry it. 
 
 Common Lake. Make a magestery of alum, as in making 
 Florence lake ; boil one ounce four drachms Brazil dust in 
 three pints of water, strain ; add the magestery, or sediment 
 of alum, to the strained liquor; stir it well ; let it settle, and 
 dry the sediment in small lumps. 
 
 JFitie Madder Lake. Dutch grappe madder (that is, mad- 
 der root ground between two mill stones, a small distance 
 apart as in grinding pearl or French barley, so that only the 
 bark, which contains the moist colour is reduced to powder, 
 and the central woody part of the wood left) two ounces, tie 
 it up in a cloth, beat it up in a pint of water in a stone 
 mortar, repeat it with fresh water : in general five points will 
 take out all the colour; boil, add one ounce of alum, dissol- 
 ved in a pint of watei , then add one ounce and a half of 
 oil of tartar ; wash the sediment, and dry; — produces half an 
 ounce. 
 
 Rose Pink. Whiting coloured with a decoction of brazil 
 wood and alum. 
 
 Dutch Pink. Whiting coloured with a decoction of birch 
 leaves, dyer's weed, or French berries, with alum. 
 Stone Blue. Starch coloured with indigo. 
 Litharge. Put some red lead into a ladle and heat it un- 
 til it is partly melted, so that it begins to be agglutinated in a 
 kind of scales. Jf not so bright a red it is a more durable 
 colour. 
 
 White Lead. Make nitrate of lead as before directed, and 
 dissolve it in water in a wine glass; pour into it a solution of 
 pearlash and a white insoluble precipitate will fall down. Let 
 the liquid be poured off, and the powder washed several 
 
121 THE ARTIST AND 
 
 times. This is the white lead of painters in its purest state. 
 
 If is generally made by applying the vapour of vinegar to 
 sheot lead, and contcJ'ins sunic acetate of lead and othet im- 
 purities. 
 
 Sugar of Lead. Put some white lead into a Florence 
 flask; put in about ten times as much good sharp vinegar(dis- 
 -tilled vinegar is best;) shake up several times and let it stand 
 until the vinegar tastes sweet. Add more vinegar, and con- 
 tinue adding by littles, until it will remain sour; evaporate 
 and cr^'Stallize in the usual way. This is the acetate or sugar 
 of lead used in medicire. 
 
 White Vitriol. Pour diluted sulphuric acid upon zinc; 
 leaving the zinc in escess: after the action ceases, pour ofl'the 
 clear liquids, wiiich is the white vitriol in solution. If this 
 be evaporated slowly, crystal will be formed. 
 
 By a similar process the vitriol of the shops is manufac- 
 tured. 
 
 Chrome. Chrome is found in the state of an acid, coju- 
 Lined with iron, called chromate of iron, it is sometimes 
 found in granular lime rocks. When chromate of iron is 
 pulverized and mixed with nitrate ot potish and heated to 
 redness, a double decomposition takes place, and the chrom- 
 ate of potash is produced. 
 
 Dissolve chromate of potash in pure water, pour some of 
 it in a solution of sugar of lead, and the beautiful yellow pig- 
 ment, chromate of lead, will be, precipitated; pour it into nil- 
 rate of mercury, cinnabar red is produced; into nitrate of 
 silver, and comnion red is produced. 
 
 The chromate of lead is now in general use as a yellow 
 paint; a very small quantity mixed with white lead, gives the 
 whole a beautiful yellow colour. 
 
 Almond Bloom. Brazil du3t one ounce, water three pints, 
 boil, strain; add of isinglass, six drachms; (or cocliineal, two 
 drachm.';) alum one ounce; borax three drachms; boil again, 
 and "Strain through a fine cloth; used as a liquid cosmetic. 
 
 -Blue Vitriol. Boil copper filings in sulphuric acid, and 
 the salt will be formed in the liquid state: this may be evap- 
 orated in the usual v/ay. 
 
 On this principle the blue vitriol of tlie shops is made, 
 though the operation is not similar; the native sulphuret is 
 heated and exposed to air and moisture, and thereby the 
 peroxyde is obtained; then the salt is readily formed by 
 pouring sulphuric acid upon it. 
 
,»^ 
 
 TRADESMAN S (SLIDE. 125 
 
 ^ Verdigris. Cover a gallipot of boiling vinegar with a 
 piece of polished sheet copper; after a short time it will be 
 covered vvirh a ihin crust of verdigris. Upon this principle, 
 though with a very different apparatus, the verdigris of tho 
 shops is made. 
 
 Colours for Shoio Bottles. Yellow. Dissolve iron in spt. 
 of salt, and dilute. 
 
 Red. Spts. of hartshorn q. p. dilute with water and tinge 
 with cochineal. '^ 
 
 2. Dissolve sal. itmmoniac in water and tin^e with cochin- 
 eal. 
 
 Blue, Blue Vitriol and alum, of each 2 oz. water 24 oz. 
 •spts. of vitriol q. p, 
 
 2. Blue vitriol, 4 cz. water 36 oz. 
 
 Green. Rojj^h verdigris 3 oz. dissolve in spts. vitrior,- and 
 add 48 02. water. 
 
 Add distilled vei-di^^rls and blue vitriol to a strong decoc- 
 Jion of turmeric. 
 
 Purple. Verdigris two drachms; sots, hartshorn 4 oz. watec 
 18 oz. 
 
 2. Sugar of lead one ounce; cochineal one scruple; \Valei' 
 
 <]• P- 
 
 3. Add a little spirits hartshorn to an infussion of log- 
 wood. 
 
 Wash Colours for Ma j)s or Writing. Yellow. Gam- 
 boge dissolved in water q. p. French berries steeped in wa- 
 •tcr, the liquid strained, and gum Arabic added. 
 
 2. Red. Brazil dust steeped in vinegar and alum added.- 
 L-itmus dissolved in water, and spirits of wine added. 
 
 3. Cochineal sleeped in water, strained, and gum added. 
 
 4. Blue. Saxon blue dilluted with water q. p. 
 
 Litmus rendered blue by adding distilled vinegar to its so- 
 lution. 
 
 5. Green. Distilled verdigris dissolved In water, and guni 
 added. 
 
 6. Sap green dissolved in water, and alum added. 
 Litaiius rendered green by addiug kali ppm. to its solu- 
 
 lioii. 
 
 English Verdigris. Blue vitriol 24 lbs, white vitriol 1(> 
 lbs. sugar of lead 12 lbs, alum Z lbs. all coarsely powdered, 
 put in a "pot over the 6re and stirred till they ajre united into 
 
 *11 
 
126 THE AIITI3T \SV 
 
 Venetian Ccruss. Flake white, cawk equal parts. 
 
 Ham'jurg White Lead. Flake white 100 lbs. cawk 
 200 lbs. 
 
 Best Dutch White Lead, Flake White 100 lbs. cawk 
 700 lbs. 
 
 English White Lead. Flake White reduced in price by 
 chalk, inferior to the prccediug. 
 
 Rou^c. Frcncli chalk pod. 4 oz. ol. am^gd. 2 drachms, 
 carmine one drachm. 
 
 2. Sattlower, previously waslied in water, until it no lon- 
 ger gives out any colour, and dried, 4 drachms, kali pp. one 
 drachm, water one pint; iofnse, strain ; add French chalk, 
 scraped fine with Dutch rushes four ounces, and precipitate* 
 the colour upon it with lemon juice a sufficient quantity. 
 
 Cologne Earthy Umber. Black or blackish brown, mixed 
 with brownish red, fine grained, earthy, smooth to the touch, 
 becomes polished b\^ scraping, very light, burns with a disa- 
 greeable smell found near Cologne; used in painting both in 
 water colours or in oil, used also in Holland, to render snuff" 
 fine and smooth : very different from the brown ochre — w hich 
 is also called umber, and is not combustible. 
 
 Carmine. Boil one ounce of cochineal, finely powdered, 
 in twelve or fourteen pounds of rain or distilled water, in a 
 tinned copper vessel, for three minutes, then add twenty-five 
 grains of alum and continue the boiling for two- minutes, 
 then add iwenty-tive grains of alum and continue the boiling 
 for two minutes longer, and let it cool ; draw ort" the clear 
 liquor as soon as it is only blood warm, very carefully, into 
 shallow vessels, and put them by, laying a sheet of paper over 
 them to keep out the dust for a couple of da^s, by which time 
 the carmine will have settled. In case the carmine does not 
 settle properly, a few drops of a solution of tin, i. e. dyer's 
 spirit, or a solution of green vitriol will throw it down imme- 
 diately : the water being then drawn off, the carmine is dried 
 in a warm stove. The first coarse sediment serves to make 
 Florence lake ; the water drawn ofi'is liquid rouge. 
 
 2. Boil 12 oz. of Cochineal powdered, six drachms of alum 
 in 30 lbs. of water, strain the decoction, add half an ounce of 
 dyer's spirit, and after the carmine has settled, decant the 
 liquid and dry the carmine — yields about one and a half 
 ounces, used as a paint by the ladies and by miniature pain- 
 ters. 
 
ihADESMAN's GUIDE. 127 
 
 Whiting. Prepared from the soft variety of chalk, by 
 diffusion in water, letting the water settle for two hours, that 
 the impurities and coarser particles may subside ; then draw- 
 ing off the still milky water, letting it dcposite the liner sed- 
 iment; is much finer than the prepared chalk of the apothe- 
 caries; but is principally used as a cheap paint. 
 
 UJtramarine Blue. Lapis lazuli — one pound is heated to 
 redness, quenched in water, and ground to fine powder : to 
 this is added yellow rosin six ounces ; turpentine, beeswax, 
 linseed oil, of each two ounces, previously melted together, 
 and the whole made into a mass : this is kneaded in success- 
 ive portions of warm water, which it colours blue, and from 
 whence it is deposited by standing, and sorted according to 
 its qualities. It is a fine blue colour in oiL 
 
 Naples Yellow. Lead, one pound and a half; crude anti- 
 mony, one pound ; alum aud common salt, of each one ounce^ 
 calcined together. 
 
 2. Flake white, twelve ounces ; diaphoretic antimony, two 
 ounces; calcined alum, half an oz. sal ammoniac, one ounce; 
 calcine in a covered crucible with a moderate heat tor three 
 hours, so that at the end of that time it may be barely red 
 hot: with a large portion of diaphoretic antimony and sal am- 
 moniac, it verg:es to a gold eolour. 
 
 SchceWs Green. Precipitate a solution of two pounds of 
 blue vitriol in a sufficient quantity of cold water, by a solu- 
 tion of eleven ounces of white arsenic, and two ounces of kali 
 ppm. in two gallons of boiling wateh, and wash the precipi- 
 tate — used as a paint. 
 
 Verditer Blue. I\Iade by the refiners from the solution of 
 copper obtained in precipitating silver from nitric acid, by 
 heating it in copper pans ; this solution they heat and pour 
 upon whiting moistened with water, stirring the mixture 
 every day, till the liquor loses its colour, when it is poured 
 off, and a fresh portion of the solution poured on until the 
 proper colour is obtained : — an uncertain process ; the col- 
 our sometimes turning out a dirty green, instead of a fine 
 blue. 
 
 French Verdigris. Blue vitriol, twenty-four ounces, dis- 
 solved in a sufficient quantity of water; sugar of lead, thirty 
 ounces and a half, also dissolved in water ; mix the solution ; 
 filter, and crystallize by evaporation. It yields about ten 
 ounces of crystals; — a superior paint to common verdigris, 
 
iji The artist and 
 
 * 
 
 and ccitainly ought to be used in medicine, instead of the 
 common. 
 
 Pearl powder. Mngestry of bismuth ; French chalk, scra- 
 ped fine by Dutch rushes ; of each a sufficient quantity — 
 cosmetic. 
 
 Smalt — powder Blue. Is made from roasted cobalt, mel- 
 ted with twice or thrice its weight of sand, and an equal 
 weight of potash : the gbss is poured out into cold water, 
 ground to powder, washed over, and sorted by its fineness 
 and the richness of its colour. It is used in painting and 
 getting up linen. 
 
 Blaf-kmari' s oil colour Calces. Grind the colours first wuh 
 oil of turpentine and a varnish made of gum mastic in pow- 
 der, four ounces, dissolved without heat in a pint of oil of 
 turpentine : let them dry ; then heat a grinding stone by put- 
 ting a charcoal fire under it; grind the colours upou it, and 
 add an ointment, made by adding melted spermaceti, 3 lbs. 
 to a'pint of poppy oil ; take a piece of the proper size, make 
 it into a ball; put this into a mould and press it. When 
 these cakes are used, rub them down wiiii poppy oil, or oil 
 of turpentine. 
 
 JBroim Red. Cy recalcining green vitriol, previously cal- 
 x:ined to whiteness, b\ an intense heat until tt becomes very 
 red, and washing the residuum. 
 
 Blachman's Cclours in Bladders. Are prepared with the 
 spermaceti mixture, like his uil colour cakes, but the propor- 
 tion of oil is larger. 
 
 Kemj/s White, for Wafer Colours. C( ckscomb spar, q. 
 p. spirits of salt, a sufficient quantity ; dissolve — adil carbo- 
 nate of ammonia to precipitate the while ; and dry ia cakes 
 for use. 
 
 Crai/mis. Spermaceti, three ounces, boiling water, one 
 pint ; add bone ashes finely ground, one pound, colouring 
 matter, as ochre, &c. q. p. roll out the paste, and when half 
 dry, cut it in pipes. 
 
 2. Pipe clay, coloured wi;h ochre, &:c. q. p. — make it a 
 paste with alewort. 
 
 English Verdigris. Blue vitriol, £4 pounds, white vitriol, 
 
 16 pounds, sugar of lead, 12 pounds, alum, 2 lbs., all coarsely 
 
 powdered, put into a pot over the fire and stirred till they are 
 
 united into a mass. 
 
 Vcnhcrman's Fish Oil Paints. The oil for CTindinjr whrte 
 
tradesman's guide. 120 
 
 IS made by puttilig litharge, and white vitriol, of each twelve 
 poiiiKis, into 32 gallons vinegar, adding after some time, a ton 
 of wiiale, seal or cod oil ; the next day the clear part is poured 
 off, and 32 gallons of linseed oil, and iwo callons of oil of 
 turpentine, are added. 
 
 2. The sediment, left when the clear oil is poured off, mixed 
 with half its quanlit}'' cf lime water, is also used under the 
 name of prepared residue oil, for common colours. 
 
 3. Pale Green. Six gallons of lime water, whiting, and 
 road dast, of each one hundred weigiit, thirty pounds of blue 
 black, 24 pounds of yellow ochre, wet blue (pjeviously ground 
 in prepared residue oil) twenty pounds — thbi wiih a qurt ppd. 
 residue oil to each 8 pounds, and the same quantity linseed 
 oil. 
 
 4. Bright Green, 'l 00 lbs. yellow ochre, 150 lbs. of road 
 dust, lOO^lbs. of wet blue, 10 lbs. blue black, 6 galls, lime 
 water, 4 galls, ppd. residue and linseed oil, seven and a half 
 galls, of each. 
 
 '-• 5. Lead Cotonr. 100 lbs. whiting, 5 lbs. blue black, 28 
 lbs. white lead, ground in oil, 56 lbs. road dust, 5 galls, lime 
 water, 2 1-2 galls, ppd. residue oil; 
 
 6. Brcicn Red. ' 8 galls, lime water, 100 lbs. Spanish 
 brown, 200 lbs. dust, 4 galls, ppd. fish oil, ppd. residue and 
 linseed oil, of each four gallons, 
 
 7. Vellow. Put in yellow ochre, instead of Spanish 
 brown, as in the last. 
 
 8. Black. Put in lamp black or blue black. 
 
 9. Stone Colour. 4 galls, lime water. 100 lbs. whitinjr, 
 28 lbs. white lead, ground in oil, 56 lbs. road dust, 2 galls, 
 ppd. fish oi), ppe. residue, and linseed oil, of each, 3 1-2 gal- 
 Ions. 
 
 The cheapness of these paints, and tJie hardness and durability given 
 to thera by the road dust, or ground gravel, has bronght Ihem into 
 great use, for common out door painting, 
 
 Prussian Blue. Red argol and salt pctre of each two lbs. 
 throw the powder by degrees into a red hot crucible ; dry 
 bullock's blood over the fire, and mix tiiree pounds of this 
 dry blood with the prepared s^jlt, aed calcine it in a crucible, 
 till it no longer emits a flame; then dissolve 6 lbs. of common 
 alum in 26 lbs. of water, and strain the solution ^dissolve 
 also 2 12 oz. of dried green vitriol in 2 lbs. water, and strain 
 while hot j mix the two solutions together, while boiling hot; 
 
130 THE ARTIST AND 
 
 dissolve the alkaline salt, calcined with blood, in 27 lbs. of 
 water, and filler through paper, supported upon linen ; mix 
 this with the o:her solution, and strain tiirougii linen ; put the 
 sediment left upon litien, while moist, into an earthen pan, 
 and add one pound and a half of spirit of salt, — stir the mass 
 and when the effervescence is over, dilute with plenty of wa- 
 ter, and straiu again — lastly, dry the sediment. 
 
 2. Mix one ponnd of kali ppd. with two pounds dried blood 
 put it into a crucible, or lon^ pot, and keep it in a red heat 
 till it no longer flames or smokes, then take out a small por- 
 tion, dissolve it in water, and observe its colour and effects 
 upon a solution of silver in aqua-fortis, for when sufficiently 
 calcined, it will neither look yellowish, nor precipitate silver 
 of a brownish or blackish colour. It is then to be taken out 
 of th3 fire ; and when cool, dissolved in a pint and a half of 
 water. Take sreen vitriol, one part, common alum, one to 
 three parts ; mix, and dissolve them in a good quantity of 
 water, by boiling, and filter while hot : precipitate this solu- 
 tion by adding a sufficient quantity of the solution of ppd. 
 alkali ; and filler — the precipitate will be darker the less alum 
 is added, but it will be greener from the greater admixture of 
 the oxide of iron, which is precipitated, and which must be 
 got rid of, by adding while moist, spirit of salt, diluting the 
 mixture with water, and straining. 
 
 3. Precipitate a solution of green vitriol, with a solution of 
 ppd. alkali, and purify the precipitate with spirits of salt — 
 precipitate a solution of common alum, with a solution of 
 kali ppd. — mix the two sediments together, while diffused in 
 warm water ; strain and dry. 
 
 Vermilion. Cinnabar. Put quicksilver in a glazed dish, 
 set it on a sand bath, let it be well surrounded with sand 
 every way ; pour some melted brimstone over it, and with 
 an iron spatula keep constantly stirring till the whole is con- 
 verted into a black powder. With this powder fill the quar- 
 ter part of a retort, with a short and wide neck. Place it 
 first on a fire of cinders, — increase it by degrees, and con- 
 tinue it for ten hours ; after which, make a blasting one 
 twelve hour?. 
 
 By the first fire there will arise a black flame — hy the second, a yel- 
 low, — and by the last, a red. As soon as this is the case let the vessel 
 cool, a id you will find in the receiver, and in the neck of the retort, a 
 very t:ne cinnabar. Some, instead of a glass retort, use an earthen, 
 or stone. 
 
TRADESMAN S GflDE. 131 
 
 A Fine Azure. .Boil and skim well, sixteen pounds of 
 chamber lye ; then, add one pound line shellac, and five 
 ounces of alum, in powder. Boil all logciiier, till you ob- 
 serve the chamber lye is well changed with the colour, which 
 is determined by steoi)iiJg a white rag in it — if the colour 
 does not please, boil it longer, undergoing a repetition until 
 satisfied. Now, put the liquor into a tlannel bag — without 
 suflering what runs intt) the p&n under, to settle ; re-pour it 
 into the bag, and continue the process, till the liquor is quite 
 clear and not tinged ; then with a wooden spatula take oft' 
 the lake, which is in the form of curd ; make it into small 
 cakes, and dry them in a shade on new tiles ; then they are 
 in a state to be kept for use. 
 
 To Marble Wuod. Give it a coat of blacking varnish ; 
 repeat it as many times as you think necessary; then polish 
 it. 
 
 2. Dilute some white vamish, lay it on the black ground, 
 tracing with it, such imitations as you like ; when dry, rub it 
 lightly with rushes, then wipe it, and give a last coat of 
 transparent white varnish, when dry, polish it. 
 
 To imitate M^hife Marble. Break and calcine the finest 
 white marble, grind it fine and dilute it with size; lay two 
 coats of this on the wood, wliich, when dry, polish and 
 varnish as before directed. 
 
 To imitate Black Marble. Burn lamp black in a ladle, 
 red hot, then grind it with brandy. For the bulk of 
 an Q^g of black, put the size of a pea in lead, in drops, 
 as much of tallow, and the same quantity of soap — grind 
 and mix; tlieu dilute it with a very weak size water. Give 
 four coats of this, and then polish. 
 
 To make Lamp Black for limning. Burn some nut shells 
 in an iron pan, and throw ihem into anoiher full of water ; 
 then grind them on marble with either nil or varnish. 
 
 Blue. Whiting ground with verdigris will make a very 
 good blue. 
 
 A Fine Green. Grind verdigris with vinegar, and a very 
 small quantity of tartar ; then add a htfle quicklime and sap 
 ^reen, which grind with the rest, and put it into shells for 
 ieeping. If it becomes too hard, dilute it with vinegar. 
 
 2. Grind on a marble stone, verdigris, and a third as njuch 
 #f tartar, witii white wine vinegar. 
 
 Sap green. Express the blackberry juice, when fi 11 ripe; 
 
132 THE AUTIST ANB 
 
 add some alam to it ; put it in a bladder, jind liang it ill some 
 place to dry. 
 
 To make Lake. Take three parfs of an ounce of Brazil 
 wood, a pint of clear water, one and a half drachms alum, 
 eighteen grains salt of tartar ; the bulk of two filberts of 
 mineral crystal; three quarters of a pound of the whitest 
 sound fish bones, rasped ; mix, boil till reduced to one third; 
 strain three tim'js through a coarse cloih ; ihen set it in the 
 sun under cover to dry. 
 
 ^-1 Liquid Lake. On a quantity of alum and cociiineal 
 pounded and boiled tjgether, pour drops of oil of tartar, 
 until it becomes a fine colour. 
 
 A Good Azure. Two ounces of quicksilver; sulphur and 
 sal ammoniac, of each one ounce: grind all together, and put 
 it to digest in a matrass over a slow heat; increase the fire a 
 little; and when you see an azured fume arising, take the ma- 
 tarss off. When cool, as beautiful an azure is produced as 
 ultramarine. 
 
 To di/e Bones black. Litharge and quicklime, of each six 
 ounces; boil in common water, with tbe bones; stirring them 
 till the water begins to boil; then take it trora the fire, and 
 continue stirrino; tbe mixture till the water is cold, when the 
 bones will become dyed black. 
 
 To Dye Boms green. Pound well together in a quart of 
 strong vinegar, three ounces of verdigris, as much of brass 
 filings and a handful of rue. When done put all in a glass 
 vessel along with the bones you wish to dye, and stop it v/elL 
 Place tbis in a cold cellar; in a fortnight, the bones will be 
 dyed green. 
 
 To dye Bones and Ivory a fine red. Boil scarlet flocks- 
 in clenr water, assisted with pearlashes to draw t!ie colour; 
 then clarify it with alum, and strain the tincture through a^ 
 piece of linen. To dye bones or ivory in red, you must first 
 rub them with aqua fortls and then immediately with tbe 
 tincture. 
 
 To whiten Bones. Put a handful of bran and quick lime 
 together into a new pipkin, with sufficient quantity of water, 
 and boil it. Boil the bones in this until fieed from greasy 
 particles. 
 
 To Dye Wood red. Soak chopped Brazil wood in oil of 
 tartar; (or boil it in common water;) give the wood a coat 
 of yellow, made of saflVon, diluted in water; when dry, 
 
TR\ni.5MA.\"< SLIDE. ISS 
 
 give it several coats of the first preparation, till the hue tfc- 
 comcs pleasing. When dry burnis!i it, and lay on a coat of 
 drying varnish with tiio palm tjf your hand. If a very deep 
 red Is tVanted, boil the brazil wood in water, by adding a 
 small quantity of alum or quick lime. 
 
 To Dye Wood White and to product a fine Polish. Fi- 
 ne, t English white chalk ground in subtile powder on marble; 
 then let it dry ; sot it in a pijikin on the fire, with a weak si- 
 7ed water, having great care not to let it turn brown, — when 
 hor, give nrst a coat of size to your wood ; let it dry ; then 
 give one or two coats of the white over it. These being dry 
 also, polish wiih the rushes, and burnish. 
 
 To Dye in Polished Black. Grind lamp black on marble 
 with gum water ; then put it into a pipkin, and with a brush 
 give the wood a coat of this ; when dry, polish. 
 
 To imitate Ebony. Infuse nut galls in vinegar, in which 
 yon have soaked rusty nails: rub the wood w'th this, let it 
 dry, polish and burnish. 
 
 To imitate Gold^ Silver, or Copper. Rock crystal pul- 
 verised very fine, put into water, warm it in a new pipkin, 
 with a little sizf» ; then give a coat of it on the wood with a 
 brush. When dry, rub a piece ol'^^guld, silver, or copper on 
 the wood thus prepared, and it wiiKassume the colour of the 
 metal which you rub it with ; afior which burnish. » 
 
 Ivory Black. Is made by burning ivory till it is qvite black, 
 which is usually done between two crucibles, well luted to- 
 gether ; used either as an oil (»r water colour. 
 
 Bone /Hack. From bones burnt in the same manner, as 
 ivory black ; used by pa nters, <^'c. Burnt cork is also used. 
 
 Of the Colouring principle of Blood. After having drain- 
 ed the clots of blood ihitJUiih a hair sieve, tincture it in an 
 earthen vessel, with four parts of sulphuric acid, previousl}-^ 
 diluted with eigh.t parts of water, and heat the mixture at 70" 
 (cent. — 158 deg. Fahrenheit.) for tivc or six hours; fdter the 
 liquor while hot, which contains the* colouring principles of 
 the blood, albumen, and probably some fibrin ; wash the resi- 
 duum with water, equal in qnaiitity to that < f the acid em- 
 ployed ; evaporate ilie solutions to one half their bulk, then 
 pour in amnionia suti'icicnt to leave oidy a slight excess of 
 acid ; stir ir, and we obtain a deposite of a purple red colour, 
 jirincipal'y consisting of tiie colouring matter, and containing 
 neither nllvjmer, nor fibrin ; wash this deposi'e until the va- 
 
134 THE ARTIST A.Ni^ 
 
 ter conlalas no more sulphuric acid, or does not precipitatfc* 
 any longer ihe nitrate ol" barj-tes : it is then put on a tilier, 
 au i dropjjed on bluuing papt-r, from which it is take n by 
 means of an ivory kriile ami dried on a.capsule. 
 
 Prepand Ox Gall. The fresh gall is left for the niglit to 
 settle; the clear lluid poured c IT, and evaporated in a water 
 bath, to a proper consistence ; user! by painters in water col- 
 ours, and thus enables iheni to form an even surface of colour; 
 and also instead of soap lo wash greasy cloth. 
 
 Cobalt^ is sold in liie shops in the state of an imperfect 
 oxide, called ftfire. The pure metal is reddish grey. 
 
 INIiX finely pulverized dint and borax, and pui in a small 
 quamity of zaliVe. Melt this mixture with preity strong heat 
 in a crucible, and a strong blue glass will be produced. Or, 
 put a little zafiVe in borax alone, or in pearlash, and melt the 
 mixture. 
 
 The smalt sold in shops in powder is merely pulverized glass prepa' 
 red as above. 
 
 Metallic Waterins-. or for Blanc Moire. This article of 
 Parisian invention, which is much employed to cover cabinet 
 ornamental work, dressing boxes, telescopes, &,c. is prepared 
 as follows : dilute sulphuric acid, with from 7 to 9 parts of 
 water ; then dip a sponcre or rag into it, and wash the surface 
 of a sheet of tin ; ihis will speedilv exhibit the appearance of 
 crystallization, which is the- moire. This eft'ect is not easily 
 produced upon ever}' <ort of slicot tin ; for if much hardened 
 by hammering and rolling, then the moire cannot be efiectod 
 until the sheet has been heated so as to produce an incipient 
 fusion on the surface, after which the acid will act upon it, 
 and produce nn incipient fusion on the surfiicc, after which 
 the acid will act upon it, and produce the moire. Almost any 
 acid will do as well as the sulphuric, and it is said the nitric 
 acid, dissolved in a sufficient quantity of water, answers h.et- 
 ter than any other. The moire can be much improved by 
 employirg the blow-pipe, to form small and beautiful specks 
 on the surface of the tin, previous to the application of the 
 acid. U hen the moire has been formed, the plate is to be 
 varnisl.ed and polished, the varnish being tinted with any gla- 
 zing colour, and thus the red, green, yellow, and pearl col- 
 oured moires are manufactured." 
 
 Zaffre. One part of roasted cobalt, ground with two or 
 three parts x)f very pur« quartzose sand -.is either in a c«ke 
 
m* roduojd to powder : used as a blue c<.lour for paiiuing 
 glass. 
 
 *Furple Precipitate; Cassin's Purple. Soluiion of gold in 
 aqua-regia, 1 oz. distilled water, 1 1-2 lb. ; hang it in the li- 
 quid slips of tin. 
 
 2. By precipitating the diluted solution of gold, b^' dyer's 
 spirit, will coujinunicate a purple colour to glass, when mehed 
 in an open vessel. In a close vessel the glass receives no co- 
 lour. 
 
 CHAPTER XXIII. 
 
 Varnishes — to give a Drying Quality to Oils — Oils — Japant 
 — Bronzing Liquor — Invisible Inks. 
 
 To mahc White Copal Varnish. 1. White oxide of lead, 
 cerused, Spanish white, white clay. Such of these substan- 
 ces as are preferred ought to be carefully dried. Ceruse and 
 clays obstinately retain a groat deal of humidity, which would 
 Qppose their adhesion to drying oil or varnish. The ce- 
 ment then crumbles under the fingers, and does not assume a 
 l)ody. 
 
 2. On 16 ounces melted copal, pour 4, 6, or 8 ounces of 
 linseed oil, boiled and quite free from grease ; Avhen well 
 mixed b}' repeated stirrings, and after they are pretty cool, 
 pour on IG ounces of the essence of Venice turpentine. Pass 
 the varnish through a cloth. 
 
 Amber Varnish, is made in the same way. 
 
 Blach. Lampblack made of burnt vine twigs, and black 
 ■of peach stones. The lampblack must be carefully washed, 
 and afterwards dried. -Washing carries off a great many of 
 its impurities. 
 
 Yellow. Yellow oxide of lead of Naples and Montpelier, 
 both reduced to imjialpa!)le powder. These yellows are hurt 
 by the contact of iiou and steel ; in mixing them up, there- 
 fore, a horn spatula, with a glass mortar and pestle must be 
 employed. Gum guttse, yellow ochre, or Dutch pink, accor- 
 ding to the nature and tone of the colour to bo imitjited. 
 
 Blue. Indi'jn, Prussian blue, blue verditure, and ultra- 
 marine. All these substances must be very nmch divided. 
 
 Green. Verdigris, crystalized verdigris, compound green, 
 (a mixture of blue and yellow.) The first two require a mix- 
 ture of white in proper proportions, from a fourth to two- 
 
116 T«E ARTIST AND 
 
 thirds, according to the tint intended to bo given.. The white 
 used for this purpose is the ceruse, or the while oxide of lead, 
 or Spanish while, which is k\ss solid. 
 
 lie<L Red sulphusetted < x de of mercury, (cinnabar ver- 
 niiiuiji,) red oxide of lead, (lu.uiuiu) dilferuni red ochies, or 
 Prussian reds, t^'C. 
 
 Purple. Cocliineal, carmine, and carminated lakes, with 
 ceruse, and boiled oil. 
 
 Briclc. Dragon's blood. 
 
 Chamois Colour. Dragon's blood, with a paste c^iiposed 
 of flowers of zinc; or, what is still belter, a litile re verrail* 
 ion. 
 
 Violet, Red sulphuretted oxide of mercury, nii<ed with 
 laraj)black, washed very dry, or, with ihe blaf*k of bunt vine 
 twigs ; and to render it more mellow, a proper mixt-.e of red, 
 blue and white. 
 
 Pearl Grey, Wh'te and black, white and blue ; for exam- 
 ple, ceruse and lampblack ; ceruse and indigo. 
 
 Flaxen Grey. Ceruse, which forms the ground of the 
 paste, mixed with a small quautiiy of Cologne earth, as much 
 English red. or carminated lake, which is not so durable, and 
 a particle of Prussiate of iron. (Prussian blue.) 
 
 For Violins^ ^"c. To a gallon of rectified spirit of wine, 
 add six ounces of gum sandarac, three ounces of gum mastic, 
 and half a pint turpentine varnish. Put the whole into a tin 
 can, which keep in a warm |)lace, frequently shaking it, for 
 twelve days, until it is dissolved. Then strain and keep it 
 for use. 
 
 Xo make a colourless Copal Varnish. In selecting such. 
 pieces as are good, as all copal is not fit for this purpose, each 
 piece must be taken separately ; — 'et fall on it, a drop of pure 
 essential oil of rosemary, not altered by keeping. The pieces 
 which soften at (he part that imbibes the oil are good : reduce 
 them tc» powder, which sift throuiih a veiy fine hair sieve, and 
 put it into a glass, on the bottou) of which it nuist not lie more 
 than a finger's breadih thick. Pour upon it essence of rose- 
 mary to a s Klilar height; stir the whole for a few minutes, 
 when the coj)al will dissolve into a viscous fluid ; lot it stand 
 for two hours, ihen pour on to it gently, two or three drops 
 of very pure alcohol, which distribute over the oily mass bv 
 inclining the bottle in different directions with a very gentle 
 wotion : repat this operation by little and little' till tlie in- 
 
tradesman's glide. 157 
 
 torporation is elTected, and the varnish reduced to a proper 
 degree of fluidity. It must then be left to stand a few day?^« 
 and when very clear, be decanted off. 
 
 This varnish thus made without heat, may be applied with equal suc- 
 cess, to pasteboard, wood, an 1 ait-Mals, and tukt^s a b"-ller p<di.sli than any 
 ■other. It may be usL-d on paintin;fs, liie beauty of which it {rreatly 
 Jicightens: 
 
 Gold colonred Copal Varnhh. One ounce copal in-po-v- 
 ^er, two ounces esseniiul oil of lavender, and six ouVrces es- 
 sence of turpentine. Pui the oil ui" lavender into a matrass 
 •of proper size, placed on a sand bath, heated by a lamp, ur 
 x)ver a moderate coal fire ; add to the oil while very warm, 
 and at several times, the copal powder, stir the mixture with 
 a stick of white wood, rounded at the end; when the copal 
 lias entirely disappeared, add at three different times, the es- 
 sence almost in a state of ebul]iti-'3n, and keep continui'lly 
 stirring the mixture. When the solution is completed, the re*- 
 ^ult will be a varnish of gold colour, exceedingly durable 
 and brilliant, but less drying thm the preceding. 
 
 2, To oljtain this varnish colourless, it will be proper to 
 rectify the essence of the shops, which is often h'glily C(duured^ 
 and to give it the necessary density by e.xpo<?ure to the sun iii 
 Jjottles closed with cork stoppers, le,.ving an interval of somo 
 inches betweoji the stopper and the surface of the liquid ; a 
 few months are tjjus sufficient to communicate to it the re- 
 quired qualities ♦ besides, the essejice of the shops is rarely 
 possessed of that state of consistence, without having at the 
 same time a strong amber colour. 
 
 The varni?h resullincr ft cm the solution of copal in oil of turpT^ntine 
 l)rou^ht to such a state as to produce a niaximuin of solution, is tx- 
 ceedinn;ly durable and brilliant. It resists \.ht: shock of hard bodies 
 much belter than the enamel of toys, which often becomes scratched and 
 whitened by the impression ot repeated friction ; it is applicd^with 
 greater success to philosophical instruments; and tlie paintings with 
 which vessels and oilier utensils of metal are decorated. 
 
 2. Four ounces copal, and one ounce clear turpentine. Pui: 
 the copal, coarsely pulverized, into a varnish pot, and give it 
 the form of a pyramid, which must be covered with turpen- 
 tine. Shut the' vessel closely, and placing: it over a gentle 
 fire, increase the heat gradually, that it may not attack the 
 copal ; as soon as the matter is well liquified, pour it upon a 
 plate of copper, and when it '>as resumed its consistence re- 
 duce it to powder. Put half an ounce of this powder into a 
 
 n2 
 
ISI THE ARTIST AM> 
 
 matrass with four ounces of the essence of turpentine, zyicl 
 stir the mixture till the solid matter is entirely dissolved. 
 
 Camphorated Copal Varnisk, is dei^igDed for articles 
 which requh'C durabiliiy, pliableness, aud triinsparency. Two 
 ounces pidverized cupal, six ounces essential oil of lavender, 
 oue-eiiihth of an ouuce camphor, and essence of turpentine, 
 a sutficieni quantity, according to the consistence required to 
 be given to liie varnish. Put into a phial of thin glass, or in- 
 to a small matrass, the oil of lavender. and the camphor, and 
 place the mixture on a moderately open fire, to bring tnem to 
 a slight state of ebullition ; then add the copal powder in 
 small quantities, which must be renewed as they disappear in 
 the liquid. Favour the solution by continually stirring it with 
 a stick of white wood ; and wiien the copal is incorporated 
 with the oil, add the turpentine boiling ; but care must be ta- 
 kan to pour in, at tirst, only a small portion. 
 
 This varnish is little coloured, and by rest it acquires a transparency 
 which, united to the solidily observed m almost evt-ry kind of copal var- 
 nish, renders it fit to be applied with tjreat success iit m my ca^cs, and 
 particularly in the invention subsrituiing varnished metallic gauze, used 
 for the cabin win Jows of ships, as presenting mure resistance to the 
 ,concussion of air, during the tiring of guns, in the room of Muscovy 
 tale, a kind of intca, in large laimiiaB. 
 
 Fat Amber or Copal Varnish. Four ounces of amber or 
 copal of one fusion, fooiieen ounces essence of turpentine, 
 and ten ounces of drying linseed oil. Put the wiiole into a 
 pretty large matrass, and expose to the heat of balneum marias, 
 or mave it over the surface of an uncovered chafiing d;sh, but 
 without flame, and at the distance from it to two or three in- 
 ches. When the solution is completed; add still a little copal 
 or amber to saturate the liquid: then pour the whole on a filter 
 prepared with cotton; and leave it to charify by rest. If the 
 varnish is too thick, add a little warm essence to prevent the 
 separation of any of the amber. 
 
 This varnish is coloured, but far less so than those com- 
 posed by the usual methods. When spread over white wood, 
 without any prej»aration, it A)rms a solid glazing, and com- 
 rauiiica es a shght tint to the wood. 
 
 If it be required to change this varnish with more copal, or 
 prepared amber, the liquid must be romposed of two parts 
 of essence for one of oil. 
 
 Compound Mastic Varnish. Thirty-two ounces of pure 
 alcohol, six ounces of purified mastic, three ounces of gum 
 
'lilAJ[}£>MA> S CLIDr. 139 
 
 sanc^rac, ounces of very clear Venice turpentine, and four 
 ounces of glass, coarsely pounded. 
 
 Reduce the mastic and saiidarac of fine powder; mix with 
 while glass, from which the finest parts have been separated 
 by a hair sieve; put all the ingredients, with alcohol, into a 
 short necked matrass, adapted to a stick of while wood rounded 
 at the end, the length proportioned to the height of the ji.a- 
 trass, that it may be put in motion. Expose the matrass in 
 a vessel filled with water, made at firct a little warm, and 
 which must afterwards bo maintained in a state of ebullition 
 for one or two hours. The matrass may be made fast to a 
 ring of straw. 
 
 When tiie solution is sufficiently extended, add the turpen- 
 tine, which must be kept separately in a phial, or pot, and 
 which must be melted, by immersing it in a balnuera mariae 
 for a moment; the matr;:ss must be still left in the water for 
 half ati hour, when it may be taken off, and the varnish stir- 
 red till somewhat cool. Next day draw off and filtei through 
 cotton. By these means it will become exceedingly limpid. 
 The addition «if gliss may appear extraordinary; but it divides 
 the parts of the mixture, which has bten made with the dry 
 ingredients, and the same quality is retained when placed over 
 the fire. It obviates uiih success two inconveniences very 
 troublesome to those wh) compose varnishes. First, by 
 dividing the matters, it facilitates the action of the alcohol, 
 and in the second, its u'cighr, which surpasses that of resin sj 
 prevents these resins from adhering to the bottom of the ma- 
 trass, and also the coloration acquired by the varnish, where 
 A sand bath is employed, as is commonly the case. The ap- 
 plication «»f this varnish is suited to articles belonging to the 
 to'tli:tte\ such as dressing boxes, cut paper work iScc. The 
 follnwing possesses the same brilliancy and lustre, but have 
 more solidity, and are very drying. 
 
 Camphorated Mastic Varnish for Paintings. Twelve 
 ounces mastic, cleaned and washed, one and a half ounces 
 pure turpentine, and a half ounce of camphor, five ounces 
 white glass, pounded, and thirty-six ounces ethereous essence 
 of turjjentine. Make it according to the method indicated 
 for that of the first genus. The camphor is employed in 
 pieces; the turpentine added, when the solution of resia..is 
 completed. If the varnish is to be appli''d to old paintings, 
 or those which have been already varnished, the turpentine 
 
i-il) tHE AT. 1151 JL\D 
 
 may be suppressed, as it is recoQiniended here, only iu ca^es 
 of a first application to paintings, and just freed from white 
 of egg varnish. The ethereous essence recommended, is that 
 distilled slowly, without any intermediate substance, according 
 to the second process alread}^ given for its rectification. 
 
 The question by able masters has never yet been determined respect- 
 ing the kind of varnish proper to be employed for paintings. Some 
 artists have paid particular attention to this object, and make a mystery 
 of the means thej employ. The real end may be ubtaiof*-d b}' giving 
 the varnislx. d'.stined for painting", pliability and soltness, without being 
 too solicitous in regard to what may add to its consistence or durability. 
 Tbe latter quality is particularly requisite m those which are to be 
 applied to articles much exposed to friction, as boxe?, furnita»"e, &c. 
 
 To 7nake Painter^ s Cream. Painters who have long in- 
 tervals between their periods of labour, are accustomed to 
 cover the parts they have painted with a preparation which 
 preserves the freshness of the colours, and which they can 
 remove when they rcsums their work. The preparation is as 
 follows: 
 
 Three ounces ver^' clean nut oil, half on Ounce mastic in 
 tears, pulverized, and one-third of an ounce sal saturni, in 
 powder. Dissolve the mastic oil over a gentle fire, and pour 
 the mixture into a marble mortar, over the pounded salt of 
 lead; stir it with a wooden pestle, and add water iti small 
 quantities, till the matter assumes the appearance and consis- 
 tence of cream, and refuses to admit more water. 
 
 Sa/idarac Varnish. Eight ounces gum sandarac, two ounces 
 pounded mastic, four ounces clear turpentine, four ounces 
 pounded glass, and thirty-. v.o ounces alcohol; mix and dis- 
 solve as before. 
 
 Compound Sandarac Varnish. Three ounces pounded 
 cc])al, of an amber colour; once liquified, six ounces gum 
 Sandarac, tliree ounces mastic, cleaned, two and a half ounces 
 clear turpentine, four ounces pounded glass, and ihirty-twd 
 ounces pure alcohol. Mix ihese ingredients, pursuing the 
 ^ame method as above. 
 
 This varnish is destined for articles subject to friction, such as furni- 
 ture, cl)airs, fan sticks, mouldings, <^-c. and even metals, to which it may 
 be applied with success. The sandarac gives it groat durability. 
 
 Camphorated Sandarac Varnish for Cut Paper ^Vork■, 
 lyrcssiag Boxes, S^^c. 1, Six ounces sandiirac, four ounces 
 gum elemi, one ounce gum auima, half au ounce camphor, 
 four ounces pounded glais and thirty-two ounces alcohol* 
 
THADISMAN^S AUIDE. 14l 
 
 Mika the varnish according to directions alr-eady giveu. The 
 soft resins must he pounded v\iih the dry hodies; camphor to 
 be added in sm dl pieces. 
 
 2. Six ounces gallipot or white incense, two ounces gum ani- 
 ma, two ounces pounded glass, and tliirty-two ounces alcohol. 
 Make iJje VMrnish with the precautions indicated for the com- 
 pound mastic varnish. The two last varnishes arc to be used 
 for ceilings and wainscoats, coloured or otherwise: they may 
 be employed as a covering to parts painted with strong col- 
 ours. 
 
 Spirituous Sand arac Varnish for Wainscotting, Small Ar- 
 ticles of Furniture^ Balustrades^ and Inside Railing. Six 
 ounces of gum sandarac, two ounces of shell-lac, four ounces 
 of colophonium or resin, four ounces white pounded glass, 
 four ounces of clear turpentine and ihiriy-two ounces of pure 
 alcohol. Dissolve the varnish as before directed for com- 
 pound m;isiic varnisli. This varnish is sufficiently durable to 
 be applied to articles destined to daily and continual use. — 
 Those composed with c; pal, in these cases ought to be pre- 
 ferred. 
 
 2. There is another composition, which without forming 
 part of the compouiid varnishes is employed with success for 
 giving a polish nnd lustre to furniture made of wood : wax 
 f(.rms the basis of it. Many cabinet makers are contented to 
 wax common furniture. This covering: by means of repeated 
 friciion, soon acquires a polish and transparency which re- 
 sembles those of varnish. Waxing seems to possess quali- 
 ties peculiar to itself: but like varnish is attended wi;h in- 
 conveniences as well as advantiiges. Varnish s«ipplies better 
 the part of glazing; it gives a lustre to the wood which it 
 covers, and heightens the colours of that destined in particu- 
 lar, for delicate articles. These real and valuable advantages 
 are counterbalanced by its want of consistence ; it yields too 
 easily on the shrinking or swelling of the wood, and rises in 
 scales or slits, on hcnv^ exposed to the slightest shock. These 
 accidents can be repaired only by a new strata o\ varnish. 
 Waxing stands shocks, bul has not the property of giving 
 lustre 10 the bodies on which it is applied, in the same de- 
 gree as varnish, and of heightening tlicir tint?. The lustre it 
 communicates is dull, but the inconvenience is compensated, 
 by the facility which any accident that may have altered its 
 polish can be repaired, by rubbing it with a piece of fuic cork> 
 
142 IHE ART151 A.NJ> 
 
 The application of wax under some circumstances, therefur<? 
 ouirlit to be preferred to that of varnish. This soeras to be 
 the case in particular witij tables, exposed to daily use, and 
 all articles subject to constant employment. The stratum of 
 wax should be made as thin as possible, that the veins of the 
 wood may be more apparent ; tiiercfore the following process 
 may be acceptable to ihe reader. Melt over a moderate fire, 
 in a verv clean vessel, two ounces of while or yellow wax ; 
 when liquified, add four ounces good essence of turpentine ; 
 stir the whole, until entirely cool, and a kind of pomade is 
 produced, which must be rubbed over furniture according to 
 tlie usual method. The essence of turpentine is soon dissi- 
 pated, but the wax by which its mixture is reduced to a state 
 of very great division, may be extended with more ease, and 
 in a more uniform manner. The essence soon penetrates the 
 pores of the wood, calls forth the colour of it, causes the wax 
 to adhere better, aad the lustre which then results is equal to 
 that of varnish. 
 
 Coloured Varnish fo^' Violin, and other stringed Instni- 
 ments^ also for Plumb Tree, Mahogany and Rose Wvod. — 
 Four ounces of gum sandarac, two ounces of seed-lac, two 
 ounces of mastic, one ounce o^Benjamin in tears, four oun- 
 ces of pounded glass, two ounces of Venice turpentine, and 
 thirty-two ounces of pure alcohol. 
 
 The gum sandarac and seed lac render this varnish durable ; it may 
 be coloored with a Utile dragon's blood or saffron. 
 
 Fat Varnish of a Gold Colour, Eight ounces of amber, 
 two ounces of gum lac, eight ounces of drying linseed oil, 
 and sixteen ounces essence of turpentine. Dissolve separ- 
 ately the gum lac, and then add the amber, prepared and pul- 
 verized with the linseed oil and essence very warm. When 
 the mixture has lost part of its heat, mix in relative propor- 
 tions, tinctures of arnotto, terra merita, gum guttse and dra- 
 gon's blood. This varnish when applied to white metals, 
 cives them a eoM colour. 
 
 Fat Turpentine, or Gold Varnish^ being a mordant to 
 gold and dark colours. Sixteen ounces boiled linseed oil, 
 ci?ht ounces Venice turpentine, and live ounces Naples yel- 
 low. Heat the oil with the turpentine, and mix the Naples 
 yellow pulverized. Naples yellow is an oxide of lead; it is 
 substituted here for resins on account of its drying qualities, 
 
TRADESMAN'S GUIDE, 143 
 
 and In particular, of its color, which resembles that of gold ; 
 great use is made of the varnish in applying gold leaf. 
 
 The yellow may be omitted when this species of varuish is to be solid 
 and used on coloured coverinirs ; in this case an ounce oi' lilharije to 
 each pound cf composition n.ay be substituied, without this mixture 
 doing an injury to the colour ol which it is to constitute the ground. 
 
 Turner'' s Varnish for Boxwood. Five ounces seed-lac, 
 two ounces gum sandarac, one ounce and a lialf gum elemi, 
 two ounces Veriice turpentine, five ounces pounded glass, and 
 twenty-four ounces pure alcohol. The ar;ists of St. Claude 
 do not all employ this formula, which requried to be corrected 
 on account of its too great dryness, which is here lessened 
 by the turpentine and elemi. 
 
 This composition is secured from cracking, which disfigures these 
 boxes after having been used for some months. 
 
 2. Other turners use gum lac uniied to a little elemi and 
 turpentine digested somt) months in pure alcohol exposed to 
 the sun. in pursuing this method, subsiiiute for the sandaiac, 
 the same quantity of gum lac reduced to powder, and not to 
 add the turpentine to the alcohol (which ought to be very 
 pure) till towards the end of the fusion. Solar infusion re- 
 quires care and attention; vessels of sufficient size to allow 
 the spirituous vapours to circulate freely, ought to be em- 
 ployed, because it is necessary that the vessel should be 
 closel}' shut. Without this precaution the t-pirits would be- 
 come weakened, and abandon the resin w hich they laid hold 
 of during the first days of exposure. This perfect obiiura- 
 tion will not admit of the vessels being too full. In general, 
 the varnishes applied to articles which may be put in the 
 lathe acquire a great deal of brilliancy by polishing; a piece 
 of woollen cloth is suflicient for the opeiaiion. If turpentine 
 predominates too much in these comj^ositions, the polish does 
 not retain its lustre, because the heat of the hands is capable 
 of softening the surface of the varnish, and in this state it 
 readily tarnishes. 
 
 To varnish Dressing Boxes. The most of spirit of wine 
 varnishes are destined for covering preliminary preparations, 
 which have a certain degree of lustre. They consist of 
 cement coloured or otherwise, charged with landscapes and 
 figures cut into paper, which produces an cfl'ect under the 
 transparent varnish; most of the dressing boxes, and other 
 
144 THE ARTIST ANJ» 
 
 small articles of the same kind, are covered ^itli this partiC' 
 ular compositon, whicii, in general, consi>ts of three <»r four 
 coalings of Spanish white, poured iu water and mixed with 
 parchment glue. The first coating is smoothed with pumice 
 stone, and then polisiied with a piece of new linen and water. 
 The coating in this state is fit to receive the destined colour, 
 after it has been ground with water. The rut figures with 
 which it is to be embellished, are then applied, and a coating 
 of gupj, or fish glue is spread over them, to prevent the var- 
 nish from penetrating to the preparation, and from spoiling 
 the figures. The operation is finished by applying three or 
 four coatings of varnish, which, when dry are polished with 
 tripoli and water by means of a piece of cloth. A lustre is 
 then given to the surface, with starch and a bit of doe skin, or 
 very soft cloth. 
 
 Gallipot Varnish. Twelve ounces gallipot or white in- 
 cense, five ounces glass poundeJ, two ounces Venice turpen- 
 tine, and thirty-two ounces essence of turpentine. iNlake 
 the varnish after the white incense has been pounded with 
 glass. Some recommend mastic or sandarnc in the room of 
 gallipot; uul it is nei;her more be:)utifLil nor durable; when 
 the colour is ground with the preceding varnish and mixed up 
 with the latter, which, if too thick, is thinned with a little 
 essence, and which if applied imniediately, without any siz- 
 ing to boxes and other articles, the coatings acquire sufficient 
 strength to resist the blows of a mallet. But if the varnish 
 be a|iplied to a sized colour, it must bo covered with a var- 
 nish of the first or second genus. 
 
 Mastic Gallipot Varnish^ far Grinding Colours. Four 
 ounces new ^lailipot or white incense, two oumrs mastic, six 
 ounces Venice turpentine, four ounces pounded glass, and 
 thirty-two ounces essence turpentine. With the precautions 
 already indicated, add prepared nut oil, or linseed oil, two 
 ounces. The matteis ground with this varnish diy more 
 slowly ; they are then mixed up with the following varnish, if 
 it be for common pninting, or with particular varnislies des- 
 tined for colours and for grounds. 
 
 Mordant Varnish for Gilding. One ounce mastic, one 
 ounce gum sandarac, half an ounce gum guttse, quarter of an 
 ounce turpentine, and six ounces essence turpentine. Some 
 artists who make use of mordants, substitute for the turpen- 
 tine, an onncp of \\yr> essence of l-^vendpr, which render'; this 
 
TRADESMAN'S GUIDE» 145 
 
 'tomposltion less dryinc^. In general the composition of 
 mordants admits of niod'ficatious, ncco'llng i<» the work 
 for which they arc destined. The m>;»licaiioij of theiu, 
 however, is cliiefly confined to gold. \V lien ii is rccjuired to 
 fill up a design with gold leaf on any ground whatever, the 
 composition which is to serve as the means of union between 
 ihe metal and the ground; ought neither to be too thick or 
 fluid; because both these circumstances are equally injurious 
 to delicacy in the strokes ; it will be reqasite, also, that the 
 composition should not dr}' till the artist has completed his 
 design. 
 
 Other 3Iordants. 1. Some prepare their mordants with 
 Jew*s pitch and drying oil dilated with essence of turpentine. 
 They employ it for gilding pale gold, or for bronzing. Oth- 
 ers imitate the Chinese, and mix wiih their mordants colours 
 proper for assisting the tone which they are desirous of giv- 
 ing to the gold, such as yellow, red, &c. Others employ fat 
 varnish, to which they add a little red oxide of lead. Others 
 use thick glue, in which they dissolve a little honey. This 
 is what they call battuze. When the3' wish to hejghten the 
 tolour of the gold, this glue is employed, to which the gold 
 leaf adheres extremely well. 
 
 2. The qualities of the follu^^ing are fit ft)r an}' kind of 
 application, and particularly to metals. E.^pose boiled oil 
 to a strong heat in a pan ; when a black smoke is disengaged 
 from it, set it on fire, and extinguish it in a {e\v minutes after, 
 b}"^ putting on the cover of the pan. Then pour the. matter 
 still warm, into a heated bottle, and add to it a little essence 
 of turpentine. 
 
 This mordant dries very speedily ; it has body, and adhoros to. and 
 strongly retains, gold leaf, when applied to wood, nn?tal, and other suh- 
 stances. 
 
 Varnish for Pails and other coarse ^Vood work. T;ik< 
 any quantity of tar, and grind it with as murh Spanish b 
 as it will bear, without rendering it too tliirk lo In u.sed • s 
 paint or varnish, and then spread it on the pails, <ir n\hcr 
 wood, soon as convenient, for it quickly h.irdcns by Ue<'p'ng. 
 This mixture should be laid on by a large brush, the wo.kto 
 be kept free from dust and insects as possible, till the varnish 
 is perfectly dry. On wood it will \\-\\'o n. very goorl jjlosr, is 
 an excellent preservative against moisture, on which account. 
 
146 TME ARTI5T ASSSr 
 
 as well as its being cheaper, it is far preferable to painting, 
 ijot only tor pails, but for weHther-boardiug and all other 
 kinds of wood work for gross purposes. 
 
 When the glossy brown colour is not liked, the work may be made 
 of a greyish brown, by mixing a small proportion of while lead, c«^ 
 whiting and ivory black, wiUi the Spanish brown. 
 
 A Black Varnish for oJ:l Straw or Chip Hats. Half an 
 ounce of the best black sealing wax, two ounces of rectified 
 spirits of wine. Powder the wax, put it with the spirits into 
 a four ounce phial; digest them in a sand heat, or near the 
 fire till the wax is dissolved; lay it on warm with a fine soft 
 hair brush, before a fire or in the sun. It produces a stifl- 
 ness to old straw hats, and gives a beautiful gloss, and resists 
 wet. 
 
 To make Varnish for Colored Draicin^s. One ounce 
 Canada balsam, two oi;nces spirits of turpentine: mix them 
 together. Before ih's corapositon is applied, the drawing or 
 print should be sized with a solution of isicelass in water; 
 and when dr\', apply the varnish with a earners hair brush. 
 
 To make a Varnish for \Vood which resists the action of 
 hoili*ig water. One and a half pounds of linseed oil, boil 
 it in a red copper vessel, not tinned. Suspend over it in a 
 small linen bag, five ounces litharge, and three ounces pul- 
 verized minium, taking care that the ba<r does not touch the 
 bottom of the vessel ; continue the ebullijion till the oil ac- 
 quires a dark brown coh.ur, then take away the bacr and sub- 
 stitute another in its place, containing a clove or garlic ; con- 
 tinue the ebullition, and renew the clove or garlic seven or 
 eisht times, or rather put them all in at once. Then throw 
 into the vessel a pound of yellow amber, when it is melted in 
 the following manner ; add to the pound of amber, well pul- 
 verized, two ounces linseed oil ; place the whole on a strong 
 fire. When the fusion is complete, pour it boiling into the 
 prepared linseed oil, and continue to leave it boiling for two 
 or three minutes, stirring the whole up well. It is then left 
 to settle ; the composition is decanted and preserved, when 
 it becomes cold, in well corked bottles. After polishing 
 the wood on which this varnish is to be applied, give the 
 wood the colour required. When the colour is perfectly dry, 
 apply the varnish wi'h a fine sponge ; repeat three or four 
 times, taking care the preceding coat is well dried. 
 
tradesman's guide. 14? 
 
 To varnish Drawing and Card Work. Boil some clean 
 parchment cuttings in water, in a glazed pipkin, till they pro- 
 duce a very clear size. Strain it and keep it tor use. Give 
 thtt work two coats of the size, passing the hi ush quickly over 
 the work, not to disturb the colours. 
 
 A Composition for making Coloured Drawings and Prints 
 resemble Paintings in Oil. One ounce Canada baUani, two 
 ounces spirits of turpentine ; mix together. Before the com- 
 position is applied, the drawing or print should be sized with 
 a solution of isinglass in water. When dry, apply the varnish 
 with a camel's hair brush. 
 
 To varnish Harps and Dulcimers. Prepare the work 
 with size and red ochre, then taKe ochre, burnt umber, and 
 red lead, well ground, and mix up a dark brown colour in tur- 
 pentine varnish, adding so much oil of turpentine that the 
 brush may just be able to pass over the work fair and even. 
 While yet wet, take a muslin sieve, and sift as much Dutch 
 metal, previously powdered upon it, as is requisite to produce 
 the effect, after which varnish, and polish it. 
 
 To varnish Glass. Pulverize a quantity of gum adragant; 
 let it dissolve for twenty-f'^ur hours in the white of eggs beat 
 up ; then rub it gently on the glass with a brush. 
 
 To varnish Balloons. Dissolve elastic gum, cut small, in 
 five times its weight of rectified essential oil of turpentine, by 
 keeping them together; then boil one ounce of this solution 
 in eight ounces drying linseed oil/or a i'ew minutes ; strain 
 the solution and use it warm. Tiie elastic resin, known by 
 the name of India rubber has been much extolled for a var- 
 nish. The foregoing method as practised by M. Blanchard 
 may not prove unacceptable. 
 
 To varnish rarijitd Air Balloons. M. CavalK*), recom- 
 mends first to soak the cloth in a solution of sal ammonia and 
 common size, using one pound of each to every pound of wa- 
 ter : and when quite dry, to paint over the inside with sonio 
 earthy colour, and strong size or glue, when this paint has 
 dried thoroughly, it will then be proper to cover it with oily- 
 varnish, which might dry before it could penetrate quite 
 through the cloth. Simple drying linsocd oil will answer the 
 purpose as well as any, provided it be not very lluid. 
 
 To paint Sail Cloth, Sfc. so as to be pliant, durable, and 
 impervious to water. Grind ninety-six pounds English ochre, 
 fvith boiled oil, add sixteen pounds black paint, which raix- 
 
143^ THE ARTIST A.Vr< 
 
 lure forms an indiflerent black. A poand of yellow soap 
 dissolved in six pints of water over the fire, is mixed while 
 hot with the paint. This composition is then laid opon the 
 canvass, (wiUiout being welted, as in the usual way,) as stiflT 
 as can be conveniently done with the brush, so as to form a 
 5mooih surface; the next day, or still better, on the second 
 day, a second coat of ochre and black, (without any, or but 
 a very small portion of soap,) is laid on and allowing this- 
 coat an intermediate day for drying the canvass is then finished 
 with black paint as usual. Three days is allowed for it ta 
 dry and harden ; it will not stick together when taken down^ 
 and folded in cloth, contaiaing sixty or seventy yards each ; 
 and canvass fiaished entirely with the composition, leaving it 
 to dry cue day between each coat, will not stick together if 
 laid in quantities. It has been ascertained from actual trials^ 
 that the solution of yeiiow soap is a preservative to red, yel- 
 loTT and black paints, when ground in oil and put into casks^ 
 as they acquire no improper hardness and dry in a remarka-^ 
 ble manner when laid on with a brush, without the use of tho: 
 usual drying articles. 
 
 It is surprising that the-adaption of soap, vrhicb is so well known to 
 be miscible with oily substances, or. at least, the alkali of which it is^ 
 composed, has not been brought into use, in the composition of all 
 colours. 
 
 Colouring Coynposiiicns for rendering Linen and Cloth 
 impenetrable to water. Begin by washing the stuti with hot 
 water, then dry and rub it between the hands until it becomes, 
 perfecih' supple ; afterwards spread it out, by drawing it into 
 a frame, and give it with the aid of a brush, a first coat, com- 
 posed of a mixture of eight quarts of boiling linseed oil, cal- 
 cined amber and acetate of lead seven and a half grammes^ 
 TO which add ninety grammes of lampblack. Use the same 
 ingredients for the second coat, except the calx of lead. This 
 coat will give a few hours, according to the season, after- 
 wards take a drj- plasterer's brush and rub the stufl" strongly 
 with it, when the hair, by this operation will become extremely 
 smooth. The third and last coat will-give a perfect and dura- 
 ble jet black. Or rather take twelve quarts boiling linseed 
 oil, thirty grammes of amber ^ fifteen grammes of acetate of 
 lead, seven and a half silphate of zinc, fil'teen Prussian blue^ 
 and 120 grammes of lampblack. These coats are U5€d at 
 discretion as is done with painting^^ 
 
tradesman's glide. 149 
 
 To thicken Linen Cloth for Screens and Bed Testers. 
 Grind whiting with zinc ; to prevent cracking, add a little 
 honey; then take a soft brush and lav it upon ilie cloili ; re- 
 peat this two or three times, but letting it dry between the 
 layings ; and for the last laying smooth it over with Spanish 
 white, ground with linseed oil, the oil being first heated and 
 mixed with a small quantity of litharge, the better to endure 
 the weather, and to be more lasting. 
 
 Common Wax or Varnished Cloth. Common canvass of 
 an open and coarse texture, is stretched on frames, placed 
 under sheds, with the sides open, to afl'ord a fiee passage to 
 the external air. The cloth is fastened to these f.ames, by 
 hooks, which catch the edge of the cloth, and by strong pack- 
 threads passing through holes at the other extremity of the 
 hooks, which are tied round moveable pegs at the lower edgo 
 of the frame. The mechanism by which the strings of a 
 ▼iolin are stretched or unstretched will give an idea of the 
 arrangement of the pegs emplo\ed for extending the cloth in 
 this apparatus. By this means the cloth can be easily stretch- 
 ed or relaxed, when the oily varnish has exercised an action 
 on its texture in the course of the operation. The whole be- 
 ing thus arranged, a liquid paste mide with dr\ing oil, which 
 may be varied at pleasure, is applied to the cloth. 
 
 To make liquid Paste and Drying Oil. Mix Spanish 
 white, or tobacco pipe clay with water, and leave at rest for 
 some hours, to separate the aigillaccous parts and to produce 
 a sediment. Siir the sediment with a broom, to complete 
 the division of earth. After it has rested sohie seconds, de- 
 cant the turbid water into an earthen or wooden vessel. By 
 this process the earth will bo separated from the sand and 
 other foreign bodies, which are precipitated, and which must 
 be thrown away. If washed b} the same process on a largo 
 scale, it is divided by kneading it. The supernatant water is 
 thrown aside, and the sediment placed in sieves on pieces of 
 cloth, where it drains ; it is then mixed up with oil rendered 
 drying, by a large dose of lithars^c, about a fou; th of the 
 weight of the oil. The consistence of thin pasle being given 
 to the mixture, it is spread over the cloth, by means of an 
 iron spatula, the length of which is equal to the breadth of 
 the cloth. Tiie spatula performs the part cf a knife, and 
 pushes forward the excess of matter, above the quantity suf- 
 ficient to cover the cloth. The inequalities of the cloth 
 
 *13 
 
IjO Ttt£ ARTIST Af!V 
 
 pioduccd by its coarseness, are smoothed down by pumics 
 stone. The sionc is reduced to powder, and rubbed over the 
 cloth with a piece ol sott serge i)r cork dipped ia water. The 
 cloth must then be well washed in water to clean it; and af' 
 ter it is dried a varnish of gum lac ilissolved in linseed oil 
 boiled with turpentine ujust be applied to it. This prepara- 
 tion produces yellowish varnished cloth. When wanted 
 black, mix lampblack with the Spanish white, or tobacco pipe 
 clay, which forms the basis of the liquid paste ; various shades 
 may be obtained according to the quantity of the lampblack 
 which is added. Uniber, Cologne earth, &c. may be used to 
 vary the tints, without causing any addition to the expense. 
 
 To prepare fiuc Printed Varnished Cloth, The process 
 above described may serve to give some idea of that employed 
 for makino- fine cloths ol tije same kind, decorated with a 
 coloured impression. The manufactories of Germany have 
 varnished cloths embellished with large and small subjects, 
 ficTures and landscapes, well executed, and which are destined 
 lor covering furniture subject to daily use. 
 
 This process, which is only an improvement of the former, 
 requires a finer paste, and cloth of a more delicate textures 
 the stratum of past© is applied in the same manner, and when 
 dry and polished, the clolh is taken from the frame, and re- 
 moved to the painter's tabl«, where the art of the colourist 
 and designer is displayed under a thousand forms, and as that 
 in printed cottons, exhibits a richness of tints and a distribu- 
 tion of subjects, which disxover taste, and ensure a ready sale 
 for the article manufactured. The processes, however, em- 
 ployed in these two arts, to extract the colouring parts, are 
 not the same. In the art of cotton printing, the colours are 
 extracted by the batii, as iu that of dying. In printing var- 
 nished cloths, the colouring parts are the result of the union 
 of drying oil, mixed with varnish; and the ditTercnt colours 
 rmployed in oil painting and painting in varnish. The var- 
 nish applied to common oil cloth is composed of gum lac and 
 drvinjj linseed oil ; but that destined for printed varnished 
 cloths requires some choice, both in regard to the oil and the 
 resinous matter which gives it consistence. Prepared oil of 
 pinks and copal form a varnish very little coloured, pliable 
 and solid. 
 
 To prepare Varnished Silk. 1. Varnished silk for um- 
 bicUas, i.y<\ is prepared in the same manner as the cloths al- 
 
v' 
 
 TRADESMAN' S <iLID£. 151 
 
 rcaily described ; but with some vaiialion in the paste orrar- 
 nish. 
 
 The cloth ii placed on a frame as before described ; a soft 
 paste composed of linseed oil, boiled with a fourth part litharge; 
 tobacco pipe clay, dried and sifted through a silk sieve, six- 
 teen parts, litharge, ground on porphyry with water, dried 
 and sifted in the same manner, three parts, and lampblack, 
 one part. This paste is then spread in an uniform manner 
 over the surface of the silk by means of a long knife, having 
 a handle at the extremity. In summer, twenty-four hours 
 are sufficient for its desiccation. When dry, the knots pro- 
 duced by the inequalities of the silk, are smoothed by a pum- 
 ice stone. This operation is performed with water. When 
 finished, the surface of the silk is \a ashed; when dry, fat 
 copal varnish is applied. 
 
 If it is intended to polish the varnish, apply a second stra- 
 tum ; after which polish it with a ball of cloth and very fine 
 Tripoli. The varnished silk, thus made is very black, ex- 
 ceedingly pliabie, and has a fine polish. 
 
 2. A kind of varnished silk which has only a yellowish 
 colour, and which sutlers the texture of the stuff to appear, is 
 prepared vrith a mixture of three parts boiled oil of pinks, 
 and one part fat copal varnish, which is extended with a 
 coarse brush or a knife. Two strata are sufficient when oil 
 has been freed from its greasy particles over a slow fire, or 
 when boiled with a fourth part of its weiglit uf litharge. 
 
 The inequalities arc removed by pumice stone and water, 
 after which the copal varnish is applied. 
 
 To recover Varnish. Clean off the filth with a lye made 
 of potash, and the ashes of lees of wine ; then take forty-eight 
 ounces of potash, and sixteen of the above mentioned ashes, 
 and put theni into six quarts of water, and this completes the 
 
 To polish Garnish. This is eflected with pumice stone 
 and Tripoli earth. Reduce the pumice stone to an impalpa- 
 ble powder, and put it upon a piece of serge moistened with 
 water ; with this rub lightly and equalK the varnished sub- 
 stances. The Tripoli must also be reduced to a fine powder, 
 and put upon 'a clean woollen cloth, moistened with olive oil, 
 with which the polishing is to be performed. The varnish 
 then is to be wiped ofi" wiih soft linen, and when quite dry, 
 cleansed witii starch, or Spanish white, and ruWjed with the 
 palm of the hand. 
 
152 THE ARTIST AND 
 
 Amber Varnish tciih Esstnce Turpentine. Sir or seven 
 ounces of liquehed amber, and separated from the oily por- 
 tions which aher its consistence. Reduce the amber to pow- 
 der, and if the operation of pounding forms it into a paste, 
 break it with your fingers; then mix it with the essence, and 
 heat the whole in a balneum raariae. It will speedily dis- 
 solve, and the essence will take up, at least, a fourth part of 
 its vj^ight of the prepared amber. When one coating of it is 
 applied to white smooth wood, but without an\' preparation, 
 it forms a very pure and durable glazing, which speedily dries, 
 but slower than copal varnish. 
 
 Ethereal Copal Varnish. Half an ounce of ambery copal 
 and two ounces of eiher. Reduce the copal to a very fine 
 powder, and introduce it by small portions into lh« flask 
 which contains the ether ; close the flask with a glass or cork 
 stopper, and having shaken the mixture for half an hour, let 
 it rest till the next morning. In shaking the flask, if the 
 sides become covered with small undulations, and if the liquor 
 be not exceedingly clear, the solution is not complete. In 
 this case, add a little ether, and leave the mixture at rest. 
 The varnish is of a light lemon colour. The largest quantity 
 of copal united to ether, may be a fourth, and at least a fifth. 
 The use of copal varnish made with ether, seems, by the ex- 
 pense attending it, to be confined to repairing those accidents 
 which frequently happen to the enamel of toys, as it will sup- 
 ply the place of glass to the coloured varnishes, employed for 
 mendinsf fractures, or to restoring the smooth surface of paint- 
 ings which have been cracked and shattered. The great 
 volatility of ether, and in particular its high price, do not al- 
 low the application of this varnish to be recommended, but 
 for the purpose here indicated. It has been applied to wood 
 with complete success, and the glazing it produced, united 
 lustre to solidit}'. In consequence of the too speedy evap- 
 oic^titm of the liquid, it often boils under the brush. Its 
 evapt>ration, however, may be retarded, by spreading over 
 the wood a slight stratum of essential i>il of rosemary or lav- 
 ender, or even of turpentine, which ra^y afterwards be re- 
 moved by a piece of linen rag; what remains is sufijcient to 
 retard the ether. 
 
 Turpentine Copal Varnish. One and a half ounces copal, 
 of an amber colour, and in powder, and eight ounces of the 
 best oil of turpentine. Expose the essence to a balneum 
 
tradesman's guide. 153' 
 
 marine, in a wide mouthed matrass, with a short neck ; as 
 soon as tlie water of the bath begins to boil, throw into the 
 essence a large pinch of copal powder, and keep the matrass . 
 in a circular motion. When the powder is incorporated with 
 the essence, add new doses of it; and continue in this man- 
 ner till you observe there is formed an insoluble ^depositc 
 Then take the matrass from the bath, and leave it at rest for 
 some days. Draw off the clear varnish, and filter it through 
 cotton. At the moment when the portion of the copal is 
 thrown into the essence, if the powder precipitates itself un- 
 der the form of lumps, it is needless to proceed any further. 
 This efiect arises from two causes ; either the essence does 
 not contain the proper degree of concentration, or it has not 
 been sufficiently deprived of. vv'ater. Exposure to the sun^ 
 employing the same matrass to which a cork stopper ought to 
 be added, will j^ive it the qualtities requisite for the solution 
 of the copal. This cftect will be announced by the disap- 
 pearance of the portion of copal already put into it. 
 
 2. Three ounces of copal liquefied, and twenty ounces es- 
 sence of turpentine. Place the matrass containing the oil in 
 a balntum maria^, and when the water boils, add the pulver- 
 ized copal in small doses. Keep stirring the mixture, and add 
 no more copal till the former is incorporated with the oil. If 
 the oil, in consequence of its particular disposition can take 
 up three ounces of it, add a little more ; but stop if the liquid 
 becomes nebulous, then leave the varnish at rest. If it he- 
 too thick, dilute it with a little warm essence after having 
 heated it in the balneum mariae. When cold, filter it through 
 cotton, and preserve it in a bottle. This varnish has a good 
 consistencfe, and is as free from colour as the best alcohol 
 varniih. When extended in one stratum over smooth wood, 
 which has undergone no preparation, it forms a very brilliant 
 glazing, which, in the course of two days, in summer, acquires, 
 all the solidity that may bo required. 
 
 The facility which attends the preparation of this varnish, by th& 
 new method here indicated, will admit of its being applied to all col- 
 oured grounds which require solidity, pure whites alone excepted; pain- 
 ted boxes, therefore, and all small articles, coloured or otherwise, when- 
 ever it is required to make the veins appear in all the richness of their 
 tones, call lor the application of this varnish, which produces a most 
 beautiful effect, and which is more durable than turpentine varnishes 
 with other r«;sinou& substances. 
 
 Varnish for Watch Cases in imitation of Tortoise Sh^Ih 
 
154 TUB ARTIST AN*D 
 
 Six ounces copal, of an amber colour, one and a half ounces 
 Venice lurpeutiue, twenty-four ounces piepared linseed oil, 
 and six ounces essence of turpentine. It is customary to 
 place the turpentine over the copal, reduced to small frag- 
 ments, in the bottom of an earthen or metal vessel, or in a 
 matrass exposed to such a heat as to liquefy the copal ; but it 
 is more advantageous to liquefy the latter alune, to add the 
 oil in a state of ebullition, then the turpentine liquelied, and 
 in the last place the essence. If the varnish is too thick, 
 some essence may be added. The latter liquor is a regula- 
 tor for the consistence in the hands of an artist. 
 
 Resinous Drying Oil. Ten pounds of drying nut oil, if 
 the paint is destined for external, or ten pounds drying lin- 
 seed oil, if for internal articles. Three pounds of resin, and 
 six ounces of turpentine. Cause the resin to dissolve ic tiie 
 oil by means of a gentle heat. When dissolved and incorpo- 
 rated with the oil, add the turpentine ; leave the Tarnish at 
 rest, by which means it will often deposit portions of resin 
 and other impurities; and then preserve it in wide mouthed 
 bottles. It must be used fresh ; when sufifered to grow old, 
 it abandons some of its resin. If this resinous oil assumes too 
 much consistence, dilute it with a little essence, if intended 
 for articles sheltered from the sun, or with oil of poppies. 
 
 In Switzerland, where the principal part of the mason's work consists 
 of stone* subject to crumble to pieces, it is often found necessary to 
 give them a coating of oil paint, to stop the effect of this decomposi- 
 tion. Tiiis paintinor has a great deal of lustre, and when the last coat- 
 ing is applied with resinous oil, it has the effect of varnish. To give it 
 more durability, the first ought to be applied exceedingly warm, and 
 with plain oil, or oil very little charged with, the grey colour which is 
 added to fat copal varnish and the varnish to watch cases, &c. 
 
 Fat Copal Varnish. Sixteen ounces picked copal, eight 
 ounces prepared linseed oil, or oil of poppies, and sixteen 
 ounces turpentine. Liquefy the copal in a matrass over a 
 common fire, and then add the linseed oil, or oil of poppies, 
 in a state of ebullition ; when these matters are incorporated, 
 take the matrass from the fire, stir the matter till the greatest 
 heat has subsided, and then add the essence of turpentine 
 when warm. Strain the whole, while still warm, through a 
 piece of linen, and put the varnish into a fwide mouthed bot- 
 tle. Time contributes towards its clarification; and i.i this 
 inanner it acquires a better quality. 
 
 To give a drying quality to Fat Oil. Eight pounds nut 
 
155 
 
 or linseed oil, one ounce white lead, slightly calcined, one 
 ounce yellow acetate of lead, (sal suturni) also calcined, one 
 ounce sulphate of zinc, (while vitriol) twelve ounces vitreous 
 oxide of lead, (litharge) and a head of garlic or a small onion. 
 AV'hen the dry substances are pulverized, mix them with the 
 garlic and oil, over a fire capable of maintaining the oil in a 
 slight state of ebullition ; continue it until the oil ceases to 
 throw up scum, till it assumes a reddish colour, and till the 
 head of the garlic becomes brown. A pellicle will then be 
 soon formed on the oil, which indicates that the operation is 
 completed. Take ihe vessel from the fire, and the pellicle, 
 being precipitated by rest, will carry with it all the unctuous 
 parts which rendered the oil fat. When the oil becomes 
 clear, separate it from the deposit©, and put it into wide 
 mouthed bottles, where it will completely clarify itself in time 
 and improve in quality. 
 
 2. One ar.d a half ounces vitreous oxide of lead, 3-8 of an 
 ounce sulp'iiate of zinc, and sixteen ounces linseed or nut oil. 
 This operation must be conducted as in the preceding case. 
 Tiie choice of the oil is not a matter of indifference. If it be 
 destined for painting articles exposed to the impression of the 
 external air, or for more delicate painting, nut oil or poppy 
 oil will be required. Linseed oil is used for coarse painting, 
 and that sheltered from the effects of the rain and the sun. 
 A little negligence in the management of the fir^, has often 
 an influence on the colour of the oil, to which a drying qual- 
 ity is communicated ; in this case it is not proper for delicate 
 painting. 
 
 This inconvenience mriy be avoirled by fyingr up the drying 
 matters in a small bag : but the dose of litharge must then be 
 doubled. The bag must then be suspended by a piece of 
 packthread; fastened to a stick, which is made to rest on the 
 edge of the vessel in such a manner as to keep the bag at 
 the distance of an inch from the bottom of the vessel. A pel- 
 licle Vv^ill be formed, as in the first operation, but it will bo 
 slower in making its appearance. 
 
 3. A drying quality may be communicated to oil by treat- 
 ing, in a heat caoable of maintaing a slight ebullition, linseed 
 or nut oil, to each pound of which is added tiiree ounces of 
 vitreous oxide of lead, reduced to fine powder. The prepa- 
 ration of floor cloth, and all paintings of large figures or or- 
 naments, in vhich argillaceous colours, such as yellow and 
 
156 THE ARTIST AND 
 
 red boles, Dutch pink, &,c. are employed, require this kind 
 ci' preparation, that the desiccation ma}' not be too slow ; but 
 painting for which metallic oxides are used, such as prepara- 
 tions of lead, copper, &c. require only the doses before indi- 
 cated ; because these oxides contain a j];rcat deal of oxygen, 
 and the oil by their contact, acquires more of a drying qual- 
 ity. 
 
 4. Two pounds of nut oil, three pounds common water, and 
 two ounces sulphate of zinc. Mix these matters and subject 
 them to a slight ebullition, until little water remains. Decant 
 the oil, which will pass over with a small quantity of water, 
 and separate the latter, by a funnel. The oil remains nebu- 
 lous for some time, after which it becomes clear, and seems 
 to be very little coloured. 
 
 5. Six pounds nut or linseed oil, four pounds common wa- 
 ter, one ounce sulphate of zinc and one head of garlic or 
 a small onion. Mix the^e matters in a common iron or cop- 
 per pan, then place them over the fire, and maintain the mix- 
 ture in a state of ebullition during the whole day ; boiling 
 water must be added from time to time, to make up the loss 
 from that by evaporation. The garlic will assume a brown 
 appearance, Take the pan from the fire, and having suffered 
 a deposite to be formed, decant the oil, which will clixr'jfy it- 
 self in the vessels ; by this process the drying oil is rendered 
 somewhat rnore coloured ; it is reserved for delicate col- 
 ours. 
 
 To give a dnjing quality to Poppy Oil. Three pounds 
 of pure water, one ounce of sulphate of zinc, two pounds oil 
 of pinks, or poppy oil. Expose this mixture in an earthen 
 vessel, capable of standing the fire, to a degree of heat suffi- 
 cient to maintain it in a slight state of ebullition. When one 
 half or two-thirds of the water has evaporated, pour the whole 
 into a large glass bottle or jar, and let it rest, till the oil be- 
 comes clear. Decant the clearest part by means of a glass 
 funnel, the beak of which is stopped with a piece of cork. 
 When the separation of the oil from the water is completely 
 effected, remove the cork stopj^cr. and supply its place by the 
 fore finger, which must be applied in such a manner as to suf- 
 fer the water to escape, and to retain only the oil. Poppy 
 oil when prepared in this manner, becomes after some weeks 
 exceedingly limpid and colourless. 
 
 To make Varnish for Silk, S)^c. To one quart of cold 
 
tradesman's tiUiDE. 1j7 
 
 drawn linseed oil, poured off from the lees, (produced on tho 
 addition of unslackod lime, on which the oil has stood eight 
 or ten days at the least, in order to communicate a drying 
 quality, or brown umber burnt and powdered which will have 
 the like effect,) and half an ounce of litharge ; boil them for 
 half an hour, then add half an ounce copal varnish. While 
 the ingredients are on the fire in a copper vessel, put in one 
 ounce Ciiios turpentine, or common resin, and a few drops 
 neat's foot oil, and stir the whole with a knife ; when cool, it 
 is ready for use. The neat's foot oil prevents the varnish 
 from being sticky or adhesive, and mny be put into linseed 
 oil at the same time with the lime, or burnt umber. Resin or 
 Chios turpentine may be added, till the varnish has attained 
 the desired thickness. 
 
 Thclonger the raw linseed oil remains on tho unslackcd lime or um- 
 ber, the sooner will the oil dry after it is used; if some monhts so much 
 the better ; such varnish will set, that is to say not run, but keep its 
 place on the silk in four hours ; the stick may then be turned,- and vat'^ 
 nished on the other side. 
 
 To make pliable Varnish for Umbrellas. Take any quan- 
 tity of caoutchouc, as ten or twelve ounces, cut into small 
 bits, and put into a ladle, such as plumbers, glaziers, &.c. melt 
 their lead in, over a common pit coal or other fire, which 
 rnust be gentle, glowing, and without smoke. When the la- 
 dle is hot, put a single bit into it; if black smoke issues, it 
 will flame and disappear, or it will evaporate without ilame ; 
 the ladle is then too hot. When the the ladle is less hot, put 
 in a second bit, which will produce a white smoke ; this white 
 smoke will continue during the operation, and evaporate the 
 caoutchouc ; therefore, no time is to be lost, but little bits 
 are to be put in, a few at a time, till the whole are melted ; 
 it should be continually and gently stirred with an iron or 
 brass spoon. The instant the smoke changes from white to 
 black, take off the ladle, or the whole will break out into a 
 Tiolent flame, or be spoiled, or lost. Care must be taken 
 that no water is added, a few drops of which, on account of 
 its expansibility, makes it boil over furiously and with a great 
 noise ; at this period of the process, one quart of the best 
 drying oil is to be put into the melted cautchouc, and stirred 
 till hot, and the whole poured into a glazed vessel through a 
 coarse gauze, or wire sieve. When settled and clear, which 
 will be in a few minutes, it is fit for use. The silk should aU- 
 
 14 
 
158 THE ARTIST AM> 
 
 ways bo stretched horizontally by pins or tenter hooks on 
 frames, and the varnish poured on cold in hot weather, and 
 hot if cold weather. The art of laying it on properh'i con- 
 sists in making no intense motion in the varnish, which would 
 create minute bubbles, therefore, brushes of every kind are 
 improper, as each bubble breaks in drying, and forms a small 
 hole; through which the air will transpire. This varnish is 
 pliant, unadhesive, and unalterable by weather. 
 
 Transparent Japan for Tin Ware. Oil of turpentine, 
 eight ounces, oil of lavender, six ounces copal, two ounces, 
 camphor, one drachm. 
 
 Drying Oil, Linseed oil, two pints, litharge or ceruse; 
 one ounce ; dissolve with heat ; added to paints to make 
 them dry sooner. 
 
 Le Blondes Varnish for Prints. Balsam copaiva four 
 pounds, copal in powder, one pound; add by single ounces 
 every day to the balsam, keeping it in a warm place, or in the 
 sun, stirring it frequently ; when all is dissolved, add Chios 
 turpentine, q. p. 
 
 Sheldrake.'' s Copal Varnish. Oil turpentine, ret. veri. 
 one pint, sal ammoniac two ounces : mix ; add copal in small 
 pieces, two ounces ; stop the vessel with a cork cut in grooves j 
 bring it quickly to boil, that the bubbles may be counted as 
 they rise ; and keep it at that ; if the least stoppage or over- 
 heating takes place, it is in vain to proceed. Then leave the 
 vessel till quite cold, before you opeu it ; otherwise the var- 
 nish will be thrown out with violence. 
 
 Sheldrake's Oil for Painting. Nut or poppy oil, one 
 pint, boil ; add ceruse, two ounces, when dissolved, add a pint 
 of copal varnish, previously warmed, and stir it till the oil of 
 turpentine is evaporated; gives more brightnacs than com- 
 mon drying oil, liut less than varnish only ; loses its dry 
 qualit3- in time, therefore, only so much as is sufficient for 
 a mouth or six weeks' consumption should be prepared at 
 once. 
 
 Varnish to be laid mi Gilding and Silvering. Grind ver- 
 digris, on marble with common water, in which saffron has 
 been infused for eight hours. 
 
 A Common Varnish. Sandarac eight ounces, tereb. Yenit; 
 six ounces, spirits wine, rectified, two pints. 
 
 IJ hite Varnish. Gum juniper, one pound, Strasburg 
 turpentine, six ounces, spirits wine, rectified, two pints, used 
 upcjn paper, wood, and linei]. 
 
TRAI>EgMAN*» GUIDE. 159 
 
 White Hard Vaj-nish. Mastic, four ounces, gum juniper, 
 ter«b. Venit. of each three ounces (to prevent the gums 
 forming an impenetrable mass,) add four ounces pounded 
 glass, spirits wine rectified, two pints, used upon cards, sheaths, 
 &c. 
 
 IVhite Polishing Varnish. INIastic in tears, two ounces, 
 gum juniper, eight ounces, gum elemi, one ounce, tereb. ar- 
 gent, four ounces, spirits wine rectified, two pints ; used upoa 
 metals, polished with pumice stone. 
 
 Transparent Copal Varjiish. Spirits wine fully charged 
 with camphor, four ounces, copal in fine powder, one ounce ; 
 dissolve, fiker; add the filtered liquor to spirits of wine, one 
 part, in which gum elemi one ounce, has been previously dis- 
 solved. 
 
 2. Spirits wine rectified, one pint, camphor, half an ounce- 
 dissolve ; pour it upon copal in small pieces, four ounces ; 
 heat it so that the bubbles which rise may be counted ; when, 
 cold, pour it oft' and add more spirts to the residuum : used for 
 pictures, 
 
 3. Copal, melted and poured into water, three ounces, 
 gum sandarac six ounces, mastic throe ounces, terib. argent, 
 two ounces and a half, pounded glass, four ounces, spirits wine 
 rectified, two pints ; used for metals, chairs, &-c. 
 
 Soft Brilliant Varnish., Gum sandarac, six ounces, gum 
 elemi, four ounces, camphor, four drachms, spirits wine recti-i" 
 fied, two pints ; used upon wood work and pasteboard. 
 
 Reddish Varnish, Gum sandarac^ eight ounces, lava in 
 tabulis, two ounces, resina nigri, four ounces, tereb. Venit.. 
 six ounces, spirits wine rectified, two pints ; used on wood 
 and metals. 
 
 Red Varnish. Sandarac, four ounces, seed-lac, two oun- 
 ces, mastic, choice Benjamin, of each one ounce ; turpentine 
 two ounces, spirits wine rectified two pints ; used for violins 
 and cabinet work. 
 
 Nut Oih From the kernel of the hazel nut, very fine ; 
 substituted for oil of Benjamin, as it will keep better than that 
 of almonds ; it has been proposed in the college lists, to be 
 substituted for that oil, being nearly equal to it ; is drank with 
 tea in China, probably in lieu of cream ; used by painters as 
 9 superior article for their colours. 
 
 Hemp Oil, From hemp scedi used by painters as a dry^ 
 <ng oiK 
 
lOO THE ARTIST A.VD 
 
 IValnut Oil. Makes' good plasters, but will not keep ; 
 used by painters ; is very drying; they yield about half their 
 weight ot" oil. 
 
 Picture Varnish. Mastic twelve ounces, Venit. turpen- 
 tine, two ounces tour drachms, camphor, iliirty grains, pound- 
 ed glass, four ounces, oil lurpeniiue, three pints and a half; 
 pour ofl' the clear; used to oil paintings. 
 
 Gold Varnish for L-tather. Tumeric, gamboge, of each 
 on© scruple and a half, oil turpentine two pints ; add seed- 
 lac, gum sandarac, of each four ounces, dragon's blood four 
 drachms, A'enit. turpentine, two ounces, pounded glass, four 
 ounces ; pour ofl' the clear. 
 
 Copal Varnish. Oil turpentine, thickened by keeping, 
 eight ounces, copal, two ounces and a half. 
 
 2. Oil turpentine, six ounces, oil lavender, two ounces, 
 copal, one ounce. 
 
 Common Turpentine Varnish. Resin flav. three pounds, 
 eight ounces, oil terebinth, one gallon. 
 
 I arnish for Coloured Drawings. Canada balsam, one 
 ounce, oil turpentine two ounces: size the drawing first with 
 a jelly of isinglass, and when dry, appl^' the varnish ; which 
 ^'■Jll make them resemble oil paintings. 
 
 Black Japan Leather. Boiled linseed oil, one gallon, 
 burnt umber eight ounces, asphaltuni, three ounces, boil and 
 add oil terebinth, q. s. 
 
 This varnish perhaps is the best in use for iron — for which purpose 
 the oil should be reduced by boiling with a well directed heat, one half. 
 The umber should be finely pulverised on porphyry (a kind of re^ and 
 white marble, such as painters generally use) and pui into the oil, bet'ore 
 boiling and add the other ingredients, when nearly cool, after boiling — 
 when asphaltum (or.i^ineral tar) cannot be procured, for one gallon of 
 lins<?ed, put into the Spirits of turpentine, a paper of lampblack which 
 after having 6lcx>d a few hours should be strained through coarse flan- 
 nel and then blended; with the oil at\er having been boiled and cooled, 
 as before directed — lor a pohshinsr varnish add to the oil, when at its 
 boiling point a quarter of a pound of Gum Shellac — this also furnishes 
 a brilliant coating for iron — particularly for rough castiugs ; bat the as- 
 phaltum, renders it more durable ; in boiling oil in every case great 
 care is requsite to prevent its burning ; aijd in generally varnishes 
 would be infioitely belter,, to boil the oil to the consistence of one half 
 or nearly. 
 
 Scouring Drops. Oil terebinth, sentod with essence le* 
 mon. 
 
 furniture Oil, Oil lini, coloured with rad auchusa-* 
 
TRADEBMAN'g GUIDE. lOl 
 
 Piirmture Varnish. White wax, eight ounces, oil tere- 
 binth, one pint. 
 
 Bronzing Liquor. It is blue vitriol, dissolved in water ; 
 nsod to bronze tea urns, &c. the surface being previously 
 well cleaned. 
 
 Bine or Green Sp7ij)athetic Ink. Drop a tea spoonful of 
 zaffre into a third of a wine glass of nitro-nouriatic acid. 
 After standing awhile, write on paper; die writing will be 
 blue, unless there is a little iron in the zaflVc, which will give 
 it a green hue. If a little common salt in solution had been 
 added, the writing would disappear on removing from the 
 jfire. 
 
 Invisible Ink. Whittle ofl' a little bismuth into a wine 
 glass. Drop in a little common nitric acid diluted with h^lf 
 as much water. Violent action will commence ; when it 
 ceases the nitrate will be formed in the liquid state. Dip a 
 clean pen into it and write as with ink ; hold the paper near 
 a fire, but not so near as to heat it, the letters will become 
 invisible ; now dip it into water or hold it in a steam over 
 boilit)g water, and on taking it out, the letters will become 
 visible, and appear as if written with pale ink. 
 
 After a short time the writing will disappear and leave not 
 a vestige to ])rove a forgotten promise. 
 
 CalloVs Varnish. Two ounces finest linseed oil, Benja- 
 min in drops, two drachm", white wax the bulk of a filbert, 
 boil all toirethcr, till it is redu^-ed to one-third, stirriusf it con- 
 stantly. AVhen done, put it into a large mouthed phial. AVarm 
 the plate intended to bo engraven, and for which this varnish 
 is designed, and with the finger pass it over he place, leav- 
 ing it slightly coated, and smooth; after which smoke the 
 plate on the varnished side, with a candle, until it is black in 
 every part. Place the plate over a chafing dish, with char- 
 coal fire, and when it has done fuming, the varnish has be- 
 come sufficiently hardened, when it is prepared to chalk, 
 draw and etch, whatever is desired. This varnish was used 
 by Callot, to cnsfrave his most admired subjects. 
 
 To colour Foils. For colouring foils two methods have 
 been invented. The first by tinging the surface of the cop- 
 per with the colour required, by means of smoks, the other 
 ^y staining or painting it with some pigment, or other colour- 
 ing substance. The colours used for j)ainting foils may be 
 tempered with either oil, water rendered duly viscid bv gum 
 
 *14 
 
1(>2 THE ARTIST AN't^ 
 
 Arabic, size, or vanish. If deep colours are wanted, oil is 
 most proper, as some pigments become wholly transparent in 
 it, as lake or Prussian blue; the yellow and green may be laid 
 on in varnish, as these colours may bo had in perfection, from 
 a tinge wholly dissolved in spirit of wine, in the same manner 
 as in the case of lacquers; and the most beautiful green is to 
 be produced by distilled verdigris, which is apt to lose its col- 
 our and turn black with oil. In common cases, any of the 
 colours may be laid on with the least trouble, in the same 
 manner as the glazing colours used in miniature painting. 
 
 Ruby Colours. For red, where the ruby is to be imi.ated, 
 a little lake is used with isinglass size ; carmine, or shell-lac 
 varnish, should be used if the glass or paste, is of a full crim- 
 son, verging towards the purple ; but if the glass-incline to the 
 scarlet or orange, very bright lake, that is, not purple, may 
 be used alone in oil. 
 
 Garnet Red. Dragon's blood dissolved in seed-lac var- 
 nish, may be used ; for the vinegar garnet, the orange lake 
 tempered with shell-lac varnish will be found excellent. 
 
 Amethyst. Lake, with a little Prussian blue, used with oil, 
 and thinly spread on the foil. 
 
 Blue. When a deep colour or the effect of the sapphire is 
 wanted, Prussian blue, that is not too deep, used in oil, and 
 spread more or less thinly on the foil, according to the light- 
 ness or deepness of the colour required. 
 
 Eagle Marine. Common verdigris, with a little Prussian 
 blue, tempered in shall-lac varnish. 
 
 Yellow. Colour the foil with a yellow lacquer; if a full 
 yellow is desired, lay it on as for other purposes. For the 
 slighter colour of topazes, the burnish and foil itself will be 
 sufficiently strong without any addition. 
 
 Green. If a deep hue is required, the crystals of verdigris, 
 tempered in shell-lac should be used. But if the emerald is 
 to be imitated, a little yellow lacquer should be added, to pro- 
 duce a truer green, less verging to the blue. 
 
 Other Colours. Stones of more diluted colour, such as 
 the amethyst, topaz, vinegar garnet, &c. maybe very cheaply 
 imitated by transparent white glass or paste, even without 
 foils. This is done by tempering the colours above enume- 
 rated with turpentine and mastic, and painting the socket in 
 which the counterfeit stone is to be set with the mixture, the 
 socket and stone being previously heated. The stone should 
 
tradesman's GtriBE, t63 
 
 he immediatelj' set, and the socket closed upon it before the 
 mixture cools and grows hard. The orange lake was inven- 
 ted for this purpose. The colour it produces is tliat of the 
 vinegar garnet, and has been used with great success by a 
 manufacturer. The colour before directed to be used in oil 
 should be extremely well ground in oil of turpentine, and tem- 
 pered with old nut or poppy oil; or, if time can be given to 
 dry, with strong fnt oil diluted with spirits of turpentine, which 
 gives a fine polish of itself. Tiie colours used in varnish, 
 should also be well ground and mixed — when dragon's blood 
 in the seed-lac varnish and the lacquer, the foils should be 
 warmed before they are laid out. All the mixtures should 
 be laid on the foil with a broad soft brush, passed from one 
 end to the other; no part crossed or gone over twice, or at 
 least, until the first coat is dry. When the colours are not 
 strong enough another coat may be given. 
 
 Lacquer for Brass. Six ounces of seed-lae, two ounces of 
 amber or copal, ground on porphyry forty grains dragon^s 
 blood, thirt}' grains extract of red sandal wood, obtained by 
 water, thirty-six grains oriential safiron, four ounces pounded 
 glass, and fort}'^ ounces very pure alcohol. 
 
 To applv this varnish to articles or ornaments of brass, ex- 
 pose them to a gentle lieat, and dip tliem into varnish. Two 
 or three coatings maybe applied in this manner, if necessary. 
 The varnish is durable, and has a beautiful colour. Articles 
 varnished in this manner, may be cleaned with water, and a 
 bit of dry rag. 
 
 Lacquer for Philosophical Lisfrumcnfs. This lacquer is 
 destined to change, or to modify the colour of those bodies 
 to which it is applied. Three-fourths of an ounce of gum 
 •guttae, two ounces of gum sandarac, two ounces of gum elemi, 
 one ounce of dragon's blood, opt. one ounce of seed lac, 
 three-fourths of an ounce terra merita, two grains oriental 
 safi'ron, three ounces of pounded glass, and twenty ounces of 
 pure alcohol. The tincture of saflVon and terra merita, is 
 first obtained by infusing them in alcohol for twenty-four 
 hours, or exposing them to the heat of tlie sun in summer. 
 The tincture must be strained throught a piece of clean linen 
 cloth, and ought to be stronglj' squeezed. This tincture is 
 poured over the articles which do not compose tincture, all 
 pounded and mixed with the giass. Tlie varnish is then made 
 according to the directions before given. It may be applied 
 
1G4 THE ARTIST AND 
 
 with great advantage to philosophical instruments: the use of 
 it might be extended also, to vurious, or moulded articles witii 
 ivhich furniture is ornamented. If the dragon's blood be of 
 the best quality, it may give too high a colour ; in this case 
 tiie dose may be lessened at pleasure, as well as that of the 
 other colouring matters. 
 
 It is with similar varnish that the artists of Geneva, give a golden 
 orange colour, produced by certain compositions, the preparation of 
 which has no relation to that of varnish, and which has been success- 
 fully imitated by sahne mixtures, in which orpiment is a principal in- 
 gredient. The nails are heated before they are immersed in the var" 
 nish, and they are then spread out on sheets of dry daper. 
 
 Gold Coloured iMcquer for Brass Watch Cases, 'Watch 
 Keys, Sfc. Six ounces of seed-lac, two ounces of amber, two 
 ounces of gum guttcC, Iwenty-four grains extract of red san- 
 dal wood in water, sixty grains of dragon's blood, thirty-six 
 grains of oriental saffron, four ounces of pounded glass and 
 thirty-six ounces of pure alcohol, grind the three first articles 
 and the dragon's blood on a piece of porphyry ; then mix 
 them with the pounded glass, and add the alcohol, after for- 
 ming it with an infusion of the saffron, and the extract of the 
 sandal wood. The varnish must be completed as before. 
 The metal articles destined to be covered by this varnish, are 
 heated, and those which will admit of it are immersed in 
 packets. The tint of the varnish may be varied, by modify- 
 ing the doses ol tbe colouring substances. 
 
 Lacquer of a less drying quality. Four ounces of seed- 
 lac, four ounces of sandarac or mastic, one-half an ounce of 
 dragon's blood, thirty-six grains of terra merita, thirty-six 
 grains of gum guttie, three ounces of pounded glass, two oun- 
 ces of clear turpentine, thirty-two ounces of essence of tur- 
 pentine. 
 
 Extract by infusion the tincture of the colouring substances, 
 and then add the resinous bodies according to the directions 
 for compound mastic varnish. Lacquer or varnishes of this 
 kind are called changing, because, when applied to metals, 
 such as copper, brass, or hammered tin, or to wooden boxes 
 and other furniture, they communicata to them a more agree- 
 able colour. Besides, by thfir contact with the common 
 metals, they acquire a lustre whick approaches that of the 
 precious metals, and to which, in consequence of peculiar 
 intrinsic qualities or certain laws of convention, a much greater 
 
traoksman's guide. 165 
 
 value is attached. It is by means of these changing varnishes, 
 that artists ,re able to communicate to their leaves of silver 
 and copper, those shining colours observed in foils. The 
 product of industry becomes a source of prosperity to the 
 manufacturers of buttons and works formed with foils, which 
 in the hands of the jeweller, contributes with so much success 
 to produce that reflection of the rays of the light, which 
 doubles the lustre and sparkling quantity of precious stones. 
 
 It is to varnish of this kind that we are indebted for the 
 manufacture of gilt leather, which, taking refuge in England, 
 has given place to that of papier mache, which is employed 
 for the decoration of palaces, theatres, &c. 
 
 In the last place it is by the eflect of a foreign tint obtained 
 from the colouring part of saflron, that the scales of silver 
 disseminated in confection de hyacynth^ reflect a beautiful 
 gold colour. The colours transmitted by diflerent colouring 
 substences, require tones suited to the objects for which thej' 
 are destined. The artist has it in his own power to vary 
 them at pleasure. The addition of arnotto to the mixture of 
 dragon's blood, saflVon, dec. or some changes in the doses of 
 the mode intended to be made in colours. It is therefore 
 impossible to give limited formulae. 
 
 To made Lacquer of various Tints. Four ounces gum 
 gutta3 in thirty-two ounces of essence of turpentine, one ounce 
 arnotto, and four ounces dragon's blood ; also in separate 
 doses of essence. 
 
 These infusions may be easily made in the sun. After fif- 
 teen days exposure, pour a certain quantity of these liquors 
 into a flask, and by varying the doses, diff*erent shades of col- 
 ours will be obtained. These infusions may also be employed 
 for changing alcoholic varnishes ; but in this case, the use of 
 saffron, as well as that of red sandal wood, which does not 
 succeed with essence, will soon give the toi^Mhecessary for 
 imitating, with other tinctures, the colour or gold. 
 
 To broicn Gun Barrels. After the barrel is finished, rub 
 it over with aqua-fortis, or spirit of salt dihited with water, 
 then lay it by for a week, till a complete coat of rust is for- 
 metl. A little oil is then to be applied, and after rubbing the 
 surface dry, polish it with a hard brush and a little beeswax> 
 
iQ^ THE ARTIST AK» 
 
 CHAPTER XXIX. 
 
 Glue^ PaiteSf c^'c. 
 
 Glue is made in Europe, of ears, feet, trimmings, sinews 
 and scrapings of the skins of oxen, calves, sheep, &c. old 
 leather, and fresh or raw hides mixed and manufactured to- 
 gether; and this mixture is said to yield one third of its 
 weight in good strong glue. The best glue is from the hides 
 of old animals; whole skins are seldom used, unless they are 
 injured by the worm, rotted, or otherwise rendered unfit ta 
 make leather; but the smallest pieces are saved for that pur-^ 
 pose. In making: glue of fresh pieces of skin, let them be 
 steeped in water for two or three days ; dried hides may re^^ 
 quire longer time ; and bits of leather mucli longer. While 
 soaking they should be stirred occasionally, then put them ta 
 drain in hand barrows, with grated bottoms, or in boxes with 
 sloping sides and grated bottoms; when drained let them be 
 well washed in several waters. The ears and other dirty 
 parts should be steeped and washed by themselves ; after 
 thev are washed clean, put them in a weak limewater, in iron 
 hooped tubs. Leather will require to be kept in weak lime- 
 water a considerable time, and a little fresh lime should be 
 added occasionally; aiumed skins, tallowed, greasy, bloody^ 
 or hairv skins, should be put into a stronger limewater, and 
 kept longer in it. They sometimes require to be taken out^ 
 so as to permit the lime to dry on them, and to remain for a 
 considerable time; after which they must be soaked and well 
 stirred; then press them out as dry as possible, and put them 
 in a copper kettle for boiling, at the bottom of which kettle 
 should be a wooden grate. The capper should be tilled witb 
 the material pressed close, and as much water poured on as 
 will run among the pieces : make a moderate fire, which in-^ 
 crease by degrees till it boils. As the materials melt into 
 ^kie, some decrease the tire without stirring them, others stir 
 them as they dissolve. When the glue, on coo^g, forms a 
 pretty thick jelly, it is done : after this a box is made with 
 wooden gratings for the bottom ; the inside of the grating 
 bottom is to be lined with horsehair cloth, and the box to be 
 placed over a large tub. The glue is to be passed through 
 the horsehair cloth, or strainer, qujckly, while it is very hot. 
 The dregs are left to drain some time, and are called by the 
 wcrkttien glue-dreg ; they make an excellent fuel mixed with 
 
tradesman's guide. 167 
 
 Wood. The room should be kept warm while the glue is set- 
 tling. In the tubs there should be cocks to draw off the hot 
 liquid glue : the first glue will be the brightest, but the last 
 will be equally good. Through the cocks it must run into 
 flat moulds, previously wet. When cool, cut it out with a wet 
 kuife into squares, and hang it on a lifie to dry and harden in 
 a draught of air ; — some place it on a net hung on four posts, 
 turning it Occasionally : ten days of dry weather, or fifteen 
 days of wet (under cover) arc required in Europe, but less 
 time in America. To polish the cakes, wet them and rub 
 them with new lime. The best glue has iew dark spots, arid 
 no bad smell ; and shines when broken. To try glue, put it 
 into cool water for three or four days, where it must not dis- 
 solve, but when dried must preserye its weight. 
 
 The time of boiling is from twelve to fifteen hours, accord- 
 ing to the fire. Violent heat is to be avoided. 
 
 2. If bones arc digested for seven or eight days, with weak 
 hydrochloric acid, this acid dissolves all the salts that enter 
 into their composition ; the bones are softened, become very 
 flexible, and at length contain only animal matter. If, in this 
 state, they are put for some moments into boiling water, and 
 after wiping them dry ihey are subjected to a stream of cold 
 and fresh water, they may be regarded as pure gelatin, or at 
 least, as a substance, which, being dissolved in boiling water, 
 aflbrds the handsomest size. 
 
 In order to prepare glue from the clippings of skins of 
 parchment, or gloves; from the hoofs, the ears of oxen, 
 horses, sheep, calves, &c. after taking off the hair and remo- 
 ving the fat from these substances, we boil them for a long 
 time in a large quantity of water ; the scum is separated, iis 
 formation being favoured by adding a little alum or lime ; the 
 liquor is strained, and suffered to rest; it is then poured off, 
 and skimmed again, and tlien heated to concentrate it. When 
 sufficiently 59, it is poured into moulds previously wetted, 
 where, by cooling, it forms into soft plates ; which at the end 
 of twenty-four hours, are cut into tablets, and dried in a warm 
 and airy situation. 
 
 A venj strong Glue. Soak the finest isinglass twenty-four 
 hours m spirits of wine or strong brandy, then boil aJl very 
 gently together, continually stirring it, that it may not burn, 
 until it becomes one liquor. Then strain it while hot through 
 a coarse linen cloth into a vessel, when it should be close 
 stopped ; a gentle heat will melt this glue to use. 
 
lG8 THE ARTfST AND 
 
 A Parchment Glue. Put two or three pounds of scrapings 
 or cuttings of parchment into a bucket of water, boil the 
 whole till it be reduced to half, pass it through an open linen, 
 and then let the liqaor cool, when it will be a parchment 
 glue. 
 
 A Strong Paste. Common paste is made of wheat flour 
 boiled in water, till it be of a viscid consistence, but when 
 used by book binders and paper hangers, it is requisite to 
 mix a fourth, fifih, or sixth of the weight of flour of powdered 
 resin or rosin ; and when it is wanted still more tenacious, 
 gum Arabic, or any kind of size ma\'^ be added. In order to 
 prevent the paste used in papering rooms, "^'c. from being 
 gnawed by rats <Scc. powdered glass is sometimes mixed with 
 it ; but the most effectual and easy remedy is to dissolve a 
 little sublimate say one drachm to a water, which not only 
 prevents rats and mice, but all kinds of vermin being trouble- 
 some. 
 
 Of Fibrin. If blood is agitated with a handful of rods, 
 immediately after having been drawn from the veins, the fibrin 
 adheres to them; it is then only necessary to wash it repeat- 
 edly, in order to discolour it and obtain it pure. 
 
 Liquid Albumen. This constitutes the white of the egg ; 
 in truth this last, besides albumen, contains several salts, and 
 some sub-carbonate of soda, of which it is impossible to divest 
 it. 
 
 Solid Albumen. Pour alcohol on the white of an egg, dis- 
 solved in water, and filtered ; the albumen immediately pre- 
 cipitates, and is to be washed. 
 
 Pish Glue — Isinglass. To procure this, the inner mem- 
 biane of the sunmming bladders of some kinds of sturgeon 
 are washed ; they are then slightly dried and rolled and af- 
 terwards dried in the air. An inferior kind is prepared by 
 digesting in boiling water, the head, the tail, and the jaws of 
 certain whales, and almost all fish without scales. 
 
 Potatoe Starch — commoti Arrow Root: may be made 
 from frozen potatoes in as large a quantity and as good, as 
 those which have not been spoiled by the frost ; very white, 
 crimp to the fingers, and colours them ; friable, heavy, sink- 
 ing in water; when held to the light, it has shining particles 
 in it: dissolves in boiling water as easih' as the true arrow 
 root: 100 pounds of potatoes yield 10 pounds of starch. 
 
CHAPTER XXV. 
 
 The Art of Di/ing — Cotton^Linca — Wool—SilL—'.. .j,- 
 Itn, Goods — Mordants — Ejf'e<:is of i^ults on Mordanfi — f/t 
 render Colours holding- -Solution of Tin in Aquc- 
 — Muriate of Tin — Acetate of Alunilnc—Llffccts • 
 rious {Vatcrs on different Colours — to Re^dyc or ( 
 ColoU'-s — Drying Bath- — Sidp/iate of Arsenic — 'a 
 Compound Colours — to Dye Straw and Chip Bonn 
 JJasis for many Cuhmrs. 
 
 Dying is a clieaiic".l process, and consists in comb'. .iL; t 
 certain colouring -m:i!tcr with fibres of cloth. The i ■ ..;/ 
 with wliich doth iiahiucs a dye, depends upon two c;.-:j!ii- 
 «trinces ; the union oi iho cloth and the d\'csluff or dyiiuj; 
 material, and the fiijid in vviiich it is dissolved*. Woi ' 
 with alniosl all t:alauring nrittcriJ, sHk in the next deg: 
 ton considerably less, and linen tiic least of all. To d;, ."■ c >:- 
 t<Dn or linen, the dyestnff or colouring material, shoiiiJ, in 
 many cases, be dissolved in a sub.stance for which ii ■; .s ._i 
 weaker connexion, than with ihe scdvent employed in the- dy- 
 ing of wool or silk. Thus wo may use tlie colour call 
 ide of iron, dissolved in sulphuric acid, to die wool ; 
 d3^e cotton and linen, it is necessaVy to dissolve it in : 
 •acid. >V\.'re it })ossible to procure a sufficient number ^ 
 onring stdjstances, having a strong affinity for clotlis, 
 swer all ii:i:j purpose the art of dying would be extremeiv 
 pie and easy. i3'it this is by no means the case. This 
 cnlty has, however, been obviated by a very ingcniou> 
 (rivance. Some other substance is employed which s! 
 unites with the cloth and the colouring matter. Tb 
 stance, therefore, is previously combined with the clot! 
 is then" dipped iiito a solution containing the colour, 
 colour ilion combines witii tiic intermediate substance- 
 being firndy combined '.vidi the cloth, secures the per:! 
 of the dyt?. Snbsta;ices tjmployed for this purpo = ; 
 nominated mordants. 
 
 : The method of colouring a scarlet dyo, v;as discov 
 Cornelius Drebble, a citizen of Alemaar, a man ext: 
 well skilled in chemistry. Anjong other experiments, 
 an account of one, concerning the method of dying W( 
 a bright fl.'.me colour; which his son-in-law Knffla:: 
 
 wnrd*? i ' ' '•' tice, and by whicli means be made a for 
 
 Ij 
 
l70 THE ABTIiT AND. 
 
 Spirit of nitre has been found to improve the rich colour of 
 cochineal, into the brightness of biirniu;^ fire; lut its acrimony 
 corrodes and dam..ges the wool, which is prevented by dul- 
 cifying it wi.h tin, after which, it neither hurts wood or silk. 
 Chemistry is likewise obvious in another point of view. " I 
 once showed,*' says the learned Boerliaave, " colours which 
 I had prepared from solutions of copper, to some skilful mas- 
 ter dyers, who were surprised wiih the beauty of them, and 
 would have iiiven any money to have been able to give col- 
 ours of sMch brightness to their siufi's, &:c. ; and no wonder, 
 since the blue, violet and green of copper, which may be raised 
 and weakened at pleasure, afiord such a variety, that a person 
 v*ho can dye silk, woollen, cotton or linen cloths therewith 
 will gain an immense estate." It has been said by a Spanish 
 patriot, that "good dyers iu silk and wool are few every 
 where, and it should be considered," in regard to this art, 
 " we depend upun it as one of the most essential recommen- 
 dations of our manufactured goods, and what procures them 
 the readiest sale, both at home and abroad ; for it will turn to 
 small account that the materials are good, and well wrought 
 up, unless the mixture and colours be answerable and grate- 
 ful to the eye of the purchaser. 
 
 The most important part of dying is the choice and appli- 
 cation of «Jorf/a«/5; as upon them the permanency of almost 
 every dye depends. Mordants must be previously dissolved 
 in some liquid, which has a weaker union with the mordant 
 than the cloth has ; and the cloth must then be steeped in 
 this solution, so as to saturate itsf-lf with the mordant. The 
 most important and most generally used mordant is alumine ; 
 it is used in the state of common alum, in which it is combined 
 with sulphuric acid, or in tliat state called acetate of alumine. 
 Alum to make a mordant is dissolved in water, and very 
 frequently, a quantity of tartrite of potash is dissolved with it. 
 Into this sdl'jtion the woollen cloth is put and kept till it has 
 absorbed as mn^h alumine as necessary. It is then taken out, 
 washed and dried. 
 
 Acetate of Alumine, is prepaied as a mordant by pcurins: 
 .'•ceiate ol lead into a solution of ahm, (>ee pa^e 37, acetate 
 cf alumine.) This mordant is employed for cotton and linen. 
 It answers much better for these than alum; the stuff is more 
 easily saiuraied with alumine, and takes in consequence, a 
 richer and mere pernaaDent colour. The white ox'de of tin 
 
TRA»SSMA.\ a CVIAE. IT* I 
 
 has enabled the moderns greatly to surpnus mnny of the 
 ancients, in the fineness of their colonrs ; and oven to equal 
 the famous Tyrian purple ; and by means of its scarlet, the 
 briglitness of all colours is produced. It ir the white oxide 
 of tin alone that is the teal mo.dant. Tin is used as a mor- 
 dant in three states : dissolved in nitro-niuriatlc acid, in ace- 
 tous acid, and in a mixture of sulphuric and muriatic acids ; 
 but nitro-rauriate of tin is the common mordant used by dy- 
 ers. It is prepared b}' dissolving tin in diluted nitric acid, to 
 which a certain proportion of ommon salt, or sal anmoniac 
 is added. When the nitro-muriaie of tin is to be used as a 
 mordant, it is dissolved in a large quantity of water, and the 
 cloth is dipped in the solution, and allowed to remain until 
 sufficiently saturated. It is then taken out, washed and dried. 
 Tartar is usually dissolved in water, along with the nilro- 
 muriate. 
 
 Red Oxide of Irnn^ is also used as as a mordant in dying ; 
 it has a very strong aflinity for all kinds of cloth, of which 
 the permanency of red iron spots, or iron moulds on linen and 
 cotton IS a sufficient proof. As a mordant it is used in two 
 states ; in that of sulphate of iron, or copperas, and that of 
 acetate of iron. The first, or copperas, is commonly used 
 fcr wool. The copperas is dissolved in water, and the cloth 
 dipped into it. It may be used, also for cotton, but in most 
 cases acetate of iron is preferred, which is prepared by dis- 
 solving iron or its oxide in vinegar, sour beer, or pyroligne- 
 ous acid, and the longer it is kept the better. Tan is very 
 frequently cmployedas a mordant. An infusion of nutgalls, or 
 ofsumack, or any other substances containing tan, i;? made in 
 water ; and the cloth is dipped in this infusion, and allowed 
 to remain till it has absorbed a sufficient quantity. Tan is 
 also employed alons: with other mordants, to produce a com- 
 pound mordant. Oil is also used for the same purpose, in 
 dying cotton and linen. The mordants with wbic!i it is most 
 frequently combined, are alumine and oxide of iron. Besides 
 these mordants, there are several other substances frequently 
 used as auxiliaries, either to facilitate the combination of the 
 mordant with the cloth, or to alter the shade of colour; the^ 
 chief of these are, tartar, acetate of lead, common salt, sal 
 ammoniac, sulphur of copper, 6lc. Mordants not only ren- 
 der the dye perfect, but also have considerable influence on 
 th« «oUur produced. The iam« colouring matter produqea 
 
TBT \nT*-- . 
 
 lifteront eye?, recording as tijc jiioruant Is chr.r.grd. Sup- 
 
 lor instance, that the colcarlna: matter is cccbiiieal ; if 
 
 *he alumijious mordant, the cloth will acquire a criir- 
 
 -i" ; but ths oxide ol iroji produces, wiih it, a black. 
 
 then, it is not only Ecccssary (t) produce a n.ordant, 
 
 jfiug matter of sacli a nature, that when combiocd 
 
 , , rhey shall produce the wished for colour in perfec- 
 
 Cut we Diiist procure a mordarit and a, coloiirin^mat- 
 
 such a nature, that whco combined together, ihcy 
 
 --ess the wi'shcd for colour : even a ^foat variety of 
 
 .y be produced with a sirr'.e uvc '^'if^, nrwviicd wo 
 
 • ihe ciordirnt sUiSciently. 
 
 .ietermiriC the euects of vancjr saus cr ni/iiuancs on 
 
 1. 27/c fij/e of Maddtr. For a maddei* red oq 
 
 s, the^best q:i:mt:ty of n.adder is oi:Q.ha!f, for the ttooI- 
 
 ti are to be d\ed ; the best proportion of salts to be 
 
 iive parts cf alum and one «f red tartar, for sixteen 
 
 the stufl'. A variation in the proportions of jhe salts 
 
 Iters the cob>ur .that the msddei \\y ^ives. If 
 
 ti is lessened, ahd the tartar inert (• dyes provo 
 
 I innanion. If the alnra be entirely oniiited, the red 
 
 disappears, and a di^ralle tawny cinnamon is produ-. 
 
 If woollens are boiled in weak pcarlash and water, llie 
 
 ?r part of tiie colour is destroyed. A solutioji of soap 
 
 ^-ges a part of the colour, and leaves the remaining more 
 
 ul. Volatile alkalies heighten the red colour of the 
 
 - hut they make the dye fugitive. 
 
 he Dye of Logtrood. Volatile alkaline srUs or acids 
 
 his to purple : the vegetable and i«itrous acids, ren- 
 
 e; the vitriolic and marine acids deepen it. 
 
 .ihie ^Vaier. In dy inff browns or blaclis, especially 
 
 -, lime water is found to be a very good corrective, as 
 
 ;n alternative when ih.e gocds have rrt rrme to the 
 
 's required ; but practice al one can shew itsu'I'=y: it 
 
 ors well for either woollens, silks, or cottons. 
 
 To render Colours holdh:^. . Brown or blues, or sliadt-s 
 
 irera, require no preparation to make them, receive the 
 
 and IjoJd it fast when they fiave received it. Alum and 
 
 -. ' ". ] : 'her, when'c:^ld, form n mnstic. withii? the 
 
 : ■ s ;. lance, that serves to refain tho dye, and re- 
 
 .0 colour in a manner transpaiently. Almost all browns 
 
 •: mtd fast and holding colours, without any preparation^ 
 
TRAI>K»MAN • •tI»E. 173 
 
 the dying materials containing in themselves a suflicient de- 
 gree of astringent quality to retain their own colours. Many 
 reds, are also, equally holding, but none more so than those 
 made with madder on woollens prepared with alum aud tar- 
 tar. A very fast red is also made with brazil wood, bv boil- 
 ing the woollen in alum and tartar, an 1 suffering the cioih to 
 remain several days in a bag, kept moist by the preparation 
 liquor. The cause of the solidity of the colour from Brazil 
 wood, dyed alter this method, arises from the alum and tar- 
 tar masticating itself within the pores of the wool in quite a 
 solid state. 
 
 There is not a drug used in the whole art of dying, but may be ir.ado 
 a permanent dye, by finding cat a salt or solution of some metal, that, 
 when once dissolved by acids, or b\ boiling water, will neither be otrcc- 
 ted by the air, nor be dissolved by moisture. Such are alum and tar- 
 tar, the solution of tin, &c. But thfse salts and solutions do not an- 
 swer with all ingredients that ^e used in dyino-. 
 
 To Drjt Wool and Woollen Cloths of a Blue Colour. 
 
 One part of indigo in four parts concentrated sulphuric acid, 
 dissolved ; then add one part of dry carbonate of potash, and 
 dilute with eight times its weight of water. The cloth must 
 be boiled for an hour in a solution, containing five parts of 
 alum, and three of tartar, for every thirty-two parts of cloth, 
 then throw it into a water bath, previously pieparcd, contain- 
 ing a greater or smaller proportion of diluted sulj)}iate of in- 
 digo, according to the shade which tlie cloth is inten- 
 ded to receive. Boil it in the bath until the colour desi- 
 red is obtained. The only colouring matters eni};](»ved in 
 dying blue are indigo and woad. Indigo has a verv strong 
 affinity for wool, silk, cotton and linen. Every cloth, there- 
 fore may be dyed with it witliout the assistance of iny mor- 
 dant whatever. The colour thus induced is very permanent. 
 But indigo can only be applied to cloth in a state of solution, 
 and the only known solvent is sulphuric acid. The r.ulphate 
 of indigo is often used to dye wool and silk blue, and is known 
 by the name of Saxon blue. 
 
 It is not the orly solution of that pigment employed in dy- 
 ing. By far the most common method is, to deprive the in- 
 digo of its blue colour, and reduce it to green, and then to dis- 
 solve it in water by means of alkitlics. Tto difiercnt meth- 
 od.s are emplo^'ed for this purpose. The i rst, is, to mix the 
 indijo in a solution of grcv^n oxide of iron and diffiTcnt me- 
 
 *l.-j 
 
^r-» THU AHTIST AM> 
 
 lallic sulpliurels. It', lUerefore, indigo lime, and green sul- 
 phate of ivon arc mixed together in water, liie indigo gradu- 
 allv ioies its blue colour, becomes green, and is dissolved. 
 The second method is, to mix the indigo, in water, with cer- 
 tain vegetable substances, which readily undergo fermenta- 
 tion; the indigo is dissolved by means of t^uicklime or alka- 
 li, whch is added to tlie solution. The first of these meth- 
 ods is usually followed in dying cotton and linen ; the second 
 in dving silk and woollen. In the dying of wool, woad and 
 bran are commonly employed, as vegetable ferments, and 
 lime as the solvent of the green base of tlie indigo ; and by 
 following the common process, indigo may be extracted from 
 ir. In the usual state of wnad, when purchased by the dyer, 
 the indigo which it contains, is probably not far from the 
 state of £:reen pollen. Its quantil3^n woad is but small, and 
 it is mixed with a great proportion of other vegetable matter 
 When the cloth is first taken out of the vat, it is of a green 
 colour, but it soon becomes blue. It ought to be carefully 
 washed to carry off the uncombined particles. This solution 
 of indigo is liable to two inconveniences : 1st, It is some- 
 times apt to run too fast, into the putrid fermentation ; this 
 may be known by the putrid vapours which it exhales, and by 
 the disonpearing of the green colour. In this state it would 
 soon destrov the indigo altogether. The inconvenience is 
 remedied by adding more lime^ which has the property of 
 moderating' the putrescent tendency. 2dly, Sometimes the 
 fermentation goes on too languidly. This defect is remedied 
 by adding more bran or woad, in order to diminish the pro- 
 portion of thick Kme. 
 
 To make CJiimic Blue and Green. Chemic, for light 
 blues ?ind greens on silk, cotton, or woollen, and for cleaning 
 and whitening cotton, is made as follows. One pound of the 
 best oil of vitriol, poured on -one ounce of the best indigo, 
 well pounded and sifted : add to this, after it has been \\ell 
 stirred, a small lump of comnjon pearl^sh, as big as a pea,^ or 
 from that to double the quantity. When the fermentation 
 which is produced, ceases, put it it into a bottle tightly cojk- 
 ed, and it may be used the next day. Observe, if more than 
 th« qi-iantity prescribed of pearlash should be used, it will 
 deaden and sully the colour. Chemic K>r green as above for 
 blue, is mude by only, addir.^ ->.---— th tv.orc oi the oi! < f 
 vitriol. 
 
* tradesman's ouiDr. 173 
 
 To make a Solution of T'in in Aqua-Kcgia. Eight oun- 
 ces filtered river water, and eight ounces double aqiia-fortis ; 
 mix; add gradually hall" an ounce of sal ammoniac, dissolved, 
 piece by piece, and two drachms saltpetre. Then take one 
 ounce of refined block tin ; put it into an iron pan, and set 
 it over the lire: whon melted, hold it four or five feet over 
 the vessel, and drop it into water, so as to let it fall to pie- 
 ces. Then put a small i)ic'ce of this granulated tin into tho 
 above aqua-regia, and when the last piece disappears, add 
 more gradually till the whole is mixed ; mind and keep it 
 firmly corked. When finished it will produce a most excel- 
 lent yellow, though should it I'ail in that respect, it will not 
 be tho worse for use; keep it cool, as heat will injure it, and 
 even spoil it. 
 
 Tu make Muriate of Tin. Take eight ounces muriatic 
 acid, and dissolve in it, by slow degrees, half an ounce gran- 
 nlotod tin ; when tin's is done, pour of rhe clear liquid into a 
 bottle, and weaken it if requited, with pure river water. 
 
 To determine the effect of varir.vs Waters on different 
 Colours. Snow water contains a little muriate of lime, and 
 some slight traces of nitrate of lime; rain water has the 
 same salts in a larger quantity, and also carbonate of lime, 
 muriate of lime, muriate of soda, or carbonate of soda. River 
 water has the same substance's, but in less abundance. Well 
 water contains sulphate of lime, or nitrate of potash, besides 
 the above mentioned salts. Should the water contain a salt 
 or a mineral acidj in the first instance no acid will be required 
 to ncutraliz-c it ; or in the second, an alkali. Thus waters of 
 any quality may be saturated by their opposites, and rendered 
 neutral. 
 
 To discharge colours. The dyers generally put all col- 
 oured silks which are to be discharged, into a copper, in 
 which half a pound or a pound of white soap is dissolved. 
 They arc then boiled oil", and when the copper begins to be 
 too full of colour, the silks arc taken out and rinsed in warm 
 water. In tho interim a fresh solution of soap is to bo 
 added to the copper, and then proceed as before till all tin; 
 colours are discharged. For those colours which are wanted 
 to be efiectually discharged, such as greys, cinnamon, &.c. 
 when soap does not do, tartar must be used. For slate col- 
 ours, greeniiih drabs, olive drab, &c. oil of vitriol, in warm 
 >.vater must be used ; if other colours, rock alum must ho 
 
170 THE ARTIiT ANW 
 
 boiled in tlie copper, then cooled down, and the silks entered 
 and boiled off, recollecting to rinse them before they are 
 again dyed. A small quaniit}- of muriaic acid, diluted in 
 warm water, must be used to discharged some fast colours; 
 the goods must be afterwards well rinsed in warm and cold 
 water to prevent an}' injury to the stalk. 
 
 To dischagt Cinuamous, Grtcns, ^»c. when dyed too 
 fully, take some tartar pounded in a njortar, sifi it into a 
 bucket, then pour over it some boiling water. The silks, 
 &c. may then be run through the clearest of this liquor, 
 which will discharge the colour, but if the dye does not take 
 on agam evenly, more tartar may be added, and the goods 
 run through as before. 
 
 2 c Iic-D}/c, or change the colour of Garments, ^-c. de- 
 pends upon the ingredients by which they have been dved. 
 Sometimes when thcse-have been well cleansed, more dye 
 stuff must be added, which will afford the colour intended, 
 and sometimes the colour already on the cloth must be dis- 
 charged and the articles re-dyed. 
 
 Every colour in nature will dye black, whether blue, yellow, brown, 
 or red ; and black will always dye black again. All colours will take 
 the same colour again, which ihey already possess; and blues can be 
 made green or black; green may be made brown and brown green; 
 and every colour on re>dying will lake a darker hue than at first. Yel- 
 lows, browns, atid blues are not easily disengaged ; njaroons. reds, of 
 some kinds, olives, .tc. may be discharged. 
 
 Olive Greys, ^^c. are discharged by putting in two or three 
 table spoonfuls more or less, of nW of vitriol, then put in the 
 garments, &c. and boil, and it v. ill become whi:e. If chemic 
 green, either alum, ocarlash, or soap, will discharge it off to 
 the yellow ; this yellow may be mostly boiled off with soap, 
 if it lias received a preparation for taking the chemic blue. 
 Muriatic acid used at hard heat, will discharge most colours. 
 A black may be dyed maroon, claret green, or a dark brown, 
 but orreen is the princip d colour into wiiich black is changed. 
 
 To alum Silks. Silks should be alumed, when cold, lor 
 when they are alumed hot, they ar3 deprived of a great part 
 of their lustre. The alum liquor should always be strong 
 for silks, as they take the dye more readily afterwards. 
 
 To dye Silks Blue. Silk is dyed light bine, by a ferment 
 of si.x parts, six of indigo, six of potash, and one of madder. 
 For a dark blue, it must previously receive what is called a 
 
TR.vnnsMANs riuioE. 177 
 
 ground colour ; a red die stuH', called archil, is used for this 
 purpose. 
 
 To dye Cotton and Linen Blue. Take a solution of ono 
 p;irt indigo, one part green sulphate of iron, and two parts 
 quicklime. 
 
 Xf^lli^'ic Dyes. Oxide of tin is sometimes used when very 
 fine yellows are wantinir. Tan is often employed as subsidia- 
 ry to alumine, and in order to fix it more copiously on colton 
 and linen. Tartar is also used as -em auxiliary, to brighten 
 the colour ; and muriate of soda, sulphate of lime and even 
 the sulphate of iron, to render the shade deeper. The yel- 
 low dye, by mcansxf fustic is more permanent, but not so" 
 bcauliful as that given by weld or quercitron. As it is per- 
 manent, and not much injured by acids, it is often used in 
 dying compound colours, where a ycll^/ is required. The 
 mordant is alumine. When it is oxide of iron, fustic dies a 
 good permanent drab colour. AVeld and q!?ercitron bark 
 yield nearly. the same colour ; but the bark yields colouring 
 matter in greater abundance, and is cheaper than weld. The 
 method of using each of these d^'e stuffs is nearly the same. 
 
 Yellow colouring matters have too weak an affinity for cloth, to pro-* 
 duce permanent colours vvithout the use of mord:int.s. Clotl). Ihwrefore, 
 bttore it is dyed yello'.v, is always prepared by soakino- it in alumine. 
 
 To T>i)e, JVonllens Yellow. Let them he boiled for an hour 
 or more, with one sixth of its weight of alum, dissolved in a 
 sufiicieut quantity of water as a mordant. Then plunge it 
 without rinsing, into a bath of warm water, containing as 
 much quercitron bark as equals the weight of the ulum cm- 
 plo3ed as a mordant. The cloth is lo be turned throueh the 
 boiling liquid, till it has acquired the intended colour. Then 
 a quantity of clean powdered chalk, equal to the hundredth 
 part of the weight of the cloth, is to be stirred in, and ih.e 
 operation of dying contined for eiglit or ten minutes longer. 
 This method produces a pretty deep and lively vellow. For a 
 very bright orange, or golden yellov. , it is necessary to use 
 the oxide of tin as a mordant. For producing bright golden 
 yellovs, some alum must be userl along with the tin. Ta 
 give the yellow a delicate green shade, tartar must be added 
 in ditloreii; |-"npor!ions, according to the sliado. 
 
 To dye Silks Vellow. They may be dyed difieront shades 
 of yellow, cither by weld or quercitron bark, but the last \% 
 
17S TBK ARTIST AND 
 
 the cheapest. The proportion is from one to two parts of 
 bark, to twelve parts of silk, according to the shdde. Tie 
 the bark up in a bag, and put it into the dyiue vess**! nhile 
 the water is cold. When it acquires the heat of about 100° 
 the silk having been previously alurued, should be dipped in, 
 and continued, till it assunaes the wished for colour. When 
 the shade is required to be deep, a little chalk, or pearlash 
 should be added towards the end of the operation. 
 
 To dye Linens and Cottons leiloie. The mordant should 
 be acetate of alumiue, prepared by dissolving one part of ace- 
 tate of lead, and three parts of alum, in a sufficieut quantity 
 of water.- Heat the solurion to the temperature uf lOO'^, 
 soak the cloth in it for two hours ; then wring out and dry it. 
 This may be agam repeated, and if the shade of yellow is re- 
 quired to be very brigbc and durable, the alterniie wetting 
 with limestone and soaking in the mordant may be repealed 
 three or-four times. 
 
 The drying bath is prepared by putting twelve or eighieen 
 parts of queiciJron bark, (according to the depth of thr* shade 
 required) tied up in a bag, iuto a sufficient quantity of cold 
 water. Into this bath the cloth is to be put, and turned in it 
 for an hour, while its temperature is gradually raised to about 
 120^. It is then to be brought to a boiling heat, and the 
 cloth allowed to remain in it for only a few minutes. If kept 
 louij at a boilin? heat, the yellow acquires a shade of brown. 
 
 To Jiz a fine Mineral Colour on \Vool, Si/.t, Cotton, Sfc. 
 Mix one lb. sulphur, two lbs. white oxide of arsenic, and live 
 parts pearlash ; and melt in a crucible at a little short of red 
 heat. Thef" result is a yellow mass, to be dissolved in hot water, 
 and the liquor filtrated, to separate from a sediment formed 
 cheifly of metallic arsenic, in shining plates, and in a small 
 part of a chocolate coloured matter, which appears to be a 
 sub-sulphuric acid, which produces a flacculent precipitate of 
 a most brilliant yellow colour. This precipitate, washed upon 
 a cloth filter, dissolves with the utmost ease in liquid ammonia, 
 giving a yellow solution, which colour is to be remnved by an 
 excess of the same alkali. 
 
 To prepare the Sttlpkurat of Arsenic. This produces a 
 very brilliant and permanent yellow. Dip into a solution of 
 this more or less dilated, according to the depth of tint re- 
 quired, wool, silk, cotton or linen. All metallic utensils 
 must be carefully avoided. When the stuffs come out of this 
 
TRADESMAN S GUIDE 179 
 
 bath, they are colourless, but they insensibly take on a yel- 
 low hue as the ammonia evaporates. They arc to he exposed 
 as equally as possible to a current of open air; and when «lie 
 coUiur is well come out, and no longer heightens, liio} are to 
 be washed and dried. Wool should be lulled in the ammon- 
 iacal solution, and should remain in ii, until it is thoroughly 
 soaked ; then very slightly and unilbrmly pressed, or else 
 merely set to to drain of itself. Silk, cotton, hemp, and flax, 
 are only to be dipped in the dying liquid, which they easily 
 take. They must be then well pressed. The sulphur(?t 
 arsenic will give every imaginable tint to stufls, from the deep 
 golden yellow, which has the invariable advantage of never 
 fading, of lasting even longer than the stufls themselves, and 
 of resisting all re-agents, except alkalies. Hence it is pecu- 
 liarly fitted for costly tapestry, velvets and other articles of 
 furniture which are not in danger of beins washed with alka- 
 lyes or soap ; and to which the durability of colour is a most 
 importrnt object. It may also be used with advantage in 
 paper staining. 
 
 To dye Woollens Red, Crimson and Scarlet. Coarse 
 woollen stufls are dyed red with madder, or archili ; but fine 
 cloth is almost delusively dyed with cochineal, though the 
 colour it receives from kcrmes is more durnblc. Brazil wood 
 is scarcely used, excepting as an auxiliary, because the colour 
 which it imparts to the wool is not permanent. Wool is dyed 
 crimson, by first impregnating it with alumine, by means of 
 an alum bath, and then boiling in a decoction of cochineal, 
 till it has acquired the wished for colour. The crimson will' 
 be finer if the tin mordant is substituted for alum ; indeed, it 
 is usual with dyers to add a little nitro-nuiriate of tin, when 
 they want fine crimsons; the addition of archil and potash to 
 the cochineal both render the crimson darker, and gives it 
 the more bloom. But the bloom ver}' soon vanishes. For 
 the paler crimsons, only one half of the cochineal is withdrawn j 
 and madder substituted in its place. Wool may be dyed scar- 
 let, b^ first boiling it in a solution of nnirio-sulphate of tin, 
 then dyin? it pale yellow with queacitron bark, and afterwards 
 crimson with cochineal, for scarlet is a compound colour, con- 
 sisting of crimson mixed with a little yellow. 
 
 To carry the Colour into the body of the Cloth. Make 
 the moistened cloth pass through between rollers plSced within 
 and at the bottom of the dye vat, so that the web, passing 
 
IbO THE AllTiST AM) 
 
 iVom ona wiiidkiss through ihc dyo vat, and bcicg strongly 
 compress2d by the rollers in its passage to another windlass, 
 all the reiuuin'iig water h drawn out, and is replaced by the 
 colouring liquid, so a,s to receive colour to ics very centre. 
 The windiug should be couliuued backwards and forwards 
 ifrora one windlass to the other, and through the rolling press, 
 till the dye is of sufficient intensity. 
 
 Tu (/>/e Silks Rcd^ Crimson^ <5*c. Silk is usually dyed red 
 Avith cochineal, or car:haaius, and souiotiines with Brazil woodl 
 Kernies does not answer for silk. Madder is scarcely ever 
 used for that purpose, because it does not yield a colour 
 bright enough. Archil is employed to give silk a bloum; but 
 it is scarcely ever used by itself, unless when the colour wan- 
 ted is lilac. Silk may be dyed crimson by steeping it in a 
 solution olaluui, and then dyin" it in the usual waj', in cochi- 
 neal bath. Tiie colours known by the name of poppy, cherry, 
 rose, and flesh colmir are given to siiks by means of cartlsa- 
 mus. The process consists meroly in keeping the silk, as long 
 as it extracts any colour in an alkaline solution of carrhanius, 
 into wiiich as ni ich hjiaon juice -es gives it a fine cherry red 
 colour, hns been poured. S';lk cannot be ('yed a frdl scarlet; 
 but a colour approaciiing to scarlet may be t^iven to it, by first 
 impregnating the stuff with murio-sulpliate of tin; and after- 
 svards dying it in a bath, composed of four parts of cochineal, 
 and four parts of quercitron bark. To give ilie colour more 
 body, both the m;)rdant and the dvc nK*\' be repeated. A col- 
 our approaching scarlet may bo given to silkj by first dyinj]^it 
 in crimson, then dying it wiih carthamns ; and lastly, yellow 
 without heat. 
 
 I'u di/a Linens and Cottons Red, Sfc. Cotton and linen 
 are dyed red wiih madder. The process was borrowed from 
 the east ; hcjuce the colour is of[en called Adrianoplc, or Tur- 
 key red. The cloth is first impregnated vv'ith oil, then with 
 galls, and lastf)' with alum. It is then boiled for an hour in 
 a decoction of niadder, .which is commonly mixed wiih a 
 cjuantity of blood. After the cloth is dyed, it i-; plunged into 
 a soda lye, in order to heighten the colour. The red given 
 by this process is very permanent, and when j)ro[)crly con- 
 ducted, it. is exceedingly beautiful. The whole difticulty 
 consists in the anpMcation of the mordant, which is by far the 
 most comjUicatod in the whole art ofdying. Cotton may be 
 dyed scarlet, Ity nieauG of murio-sulphate of tin, cochineal, 
 
TRAfiESMAX's 6UIDE. Ill 
 
 aud quercitron bark, used as for si!k, but the colour is tDd 
 fading to be of any value. 
 
 Black Dye, Tlia subsiauces employed to give a black 
 colour to cloih, arc red oxyde of iran, and tan. These two 
 substances have a strong athiiiiy for each other, yjid when 
 combined, assume a deep black colour, not liable to be de- 
 str03'ed by the action of air or light. Logwood is usually 
 employed us an auxiliary, because it communicates lustre, and 
 adds considerably to the fuhiess of the black. The decoc- 
 tion is at first a fine red, bordering on violet ; but if left to 
 itself, it gradually assumes a black, colour. Acids give it a 
 deep red colour, alkalies, a deep violet, inclining to brown ; 
 sulj)hate of iron renders it as black as ink, and occasions a 
 precipitate of the same colour, cloih before it receives black 
 colour, is usual!}' died blue ; this renders the colour much ful- 
 ler and finer than it would otherwise be. If the cloth is 
 coarse, the blue dye may be too expensive ; in that case, a 
 brown colcur is given, by means of walnut peels. 
 
 To dye WooUe^is lUack. Wool is dyed black by the fol- 
 lowing process. It is boiled fOr two hours in a decoction of 
 iiutgalls, and afterwards kept, for tv.o hours more, in a bath, 
 cotnposed t>f lognood and sulj)ijate of iron ; kept during the 
 whole time, at a scalding heat, but not boiling. During the 
 operation, it must be frequeiiily exrosed to the air; because 
 the green oxide of iron, of wl:ic!j the sulpiuue is compnsed, 
 must be convfirted into led oxide, by absorbing oxygen, be- 
 fore the cloth can acquire a proper colour. The common 
 proportions, are five parts galls, fjve sulphate of iron, and 30 
 of logwood for every lOO of cloth. A little acetate of copper 
 is commonly added to i!i»^ sulph:;te of iron, because it is 
 ihouirht to improve the colour. 
 
 7o Dye Silks Ulacl-. Silk is dyed nearly in the same man- 
 ner. It is capable of combining wi:h a great deal of tan ; the 
 quantity is varied at tlie pleasure of the artist, by allowing the 
 silk to remain a longer or a shorter time in iht^ decoction. 
 
 To Dye Cottons and Linens Black. The cloth previ- 
 ously dyed blue, is steeped for twenty-four hours in a decoc- 
 tion of nutgalls. A bath is prepared, containing acetate of 
 iron, f(»rmed by saturating acetous acid with br:>wn oxide «>f 
 iron ; into this* bath the cloth is put, in smaH||fcntities at a 
 time, wrought with the hand Iff a quarter of ^^Inmr ; then 
 wrung out and dyed again; wrought in a fresh quantity of tho 
 
 10 
 
j[g2 THE ARTIST A-NiJ 
 
 bath, and after\^ards aired. These alternate processes arie 
 repeated till the colour wauted is given ; a decoction of ?ildrr 
 bark is usually mixed vi'nh the liquor containing the nut- 
 galls. 
 
 To Dye TT'oo/, S^^c. Brown. Brown or fawn colour, though 
 in fact, a compound, is usually ranked araong the simplo col- 
 ours, because it is applied to cloih b> a single process. Xa- 
 rious substances are used for brown dyes. Walnut peels, or 
 the greeu covering of the wdluut, when first separated, are 
 white internally, but soon assume a brown, or even a black 
 colour, on exposure to the air. They readily yield their co- 
 lourins: matter to water. They are usually kept in large casks, 
 covered with water, for above a year beftire they are used. 
 To die wool brown wiih them, nothing more is necessary', 
 ihan to steep the cloth in a decoction of them, till it bas ac- 
 quired the wislied for col.ur. The dej)th of the shade is pro- 
 portioned to the strength of the deception. The root of the 
 walnut tree contains the same colouring matter, but in a smal- 
 ler quantity. Tiie bark of the birch also, and man}' other 
 ireps, may be used for ihe san e purpose. 
 
 To Dye Compound Colours. Compound colours are pro- 
 duced by mixing togeiher two sim|?le ones: or which is the 
 same thin? by dying cloth fi;st of the simple colour, and then 
 by anoiher. These colours var\' to infinity', according to the 
 proportions of the insrredienrs employed. From blue, jed 
 and yellow, red fdives^ and greenish Qreys are #lade. 
 
 From blue, red and brown, nlires are made from the light- 
 est to the darkest shades; nnd by giving a greater shade of 
 red, tlie slated and lavender greys are made. 
 
 From blue, :ed and bl;ick, * greys of all shades are made, 
 such as sas^e, pigeon, slate and lead greys. 
 
 From yellow, blue and brown, are made olives of all kinds. 
 
 From brown, blue and black, are pioduced brown olives, 
 and their shades. 
 
 Fiom red, \ellow and brown, are derived the orange^ gold 
 colour, dead catenations, cinnamon, fawn and tobacco, by 
 using two or three of the colours required. 
 
 From yellow, red and black, browns of every shade are 
 made. ^^ 
 
 From M^^nd yellow, g^^^s of a^l shades. 
 
 From red and blue, purples'oi all kinds are foi med. 
 
 To Dye different shades of Green. Wcol, silk and linen 
 
TR-VDES-MAN S GUIDE. 18$ 
 
 are usually dyed green, by giving them first a blue colour ; and 
 afiorwards dying ilu.'m yellow; wIu'm ilie yellow ts first given 
 sevtrul inconveniences Ibiow : the ncUo'w pat .ly se^)ai;ires 
 again in ihe blue vat, md coniniunicajesipllreen coi<jur to it, 
 then rendering it useless fur every other purpose, except dy- 
 ing green. Any of ihe usu d processes inr dying bine and 
 3'ellow may be followed, taking care to proportion the depth 
 of the siiades to that of the green required. \Vhen sulphate 
 of indigo is employed, it is usual to mix all the ingredients 
 together, and lo dye the cloth at once ; this produces what is 
 known by the name of Saxon, or English green. 
 
 To Dye Violet^ P urph and Lilac. Wool is generally first 
 <lied blue, and afterwards scarlet, in the usual manner. By 
 means of cochineal mixed with sulphate of indigo, the pro- 
 cess may be performed at once. 
 
 Silk is first died crimson by means of cochineal, and then 
 dipped into the indigo vat. Cotton and linen are first died 
 blue, and then dipped in a decoction of logwood, bat a more 
 permanent colour is given by mc-ans of oxide of iron. 
 
 To Dye Olive^ Orange^ and Cinnamon. When blue is 
 combined with ced and yellow on cloth, the resulting colour 
 is olive. Wool may be dyed orange, by first dying it scat let, 
 and then yellow. W^hen it is dyed first with madder, the re- 
 sult is a cinnamon colour. Silk is dyed orange by means of 
 carthamus ; a cinnamon colour by logwood, Brazil vrood, and 
 fustic, mixed together. Cotton and linen receive a cinnamon 
 colour by means'of weld and madder; and an olive colour 
 by being passed through a blue, yellow, and then a madder 
 bath. 
 
 To Dye Grey, D rah, and dark Brown. If cloth is pre- 
 viously combined with brown 'oxide of iron, and afterwards 
 dyedyell;)w with quercitron bark, the result will be a drab o/ 
 diflerent sh:ides, according to ih<? portion of mordant emplojf^ 
 ed. When the proportion is small, the colour inclines to ol>^ 
 ive, or yellow; on the conti* ry, tht; dra!» may he deepened, 
 or saddened as the dyers tern£it, by mixing a little sumach 
 with the bark. 
 
 To Dyt Olives, Jinttlc Greens, Purples, Browns^ Cinna- 
 mons, or Snnjfs. Take common iron liquor, or alum dissoN 
 ved in it, a quantity of encii according to the^»Lade wanted, 
 made into a paste or liquid by adding flour, ^pi, glue, lin- 
 seed, or one vr more of tliom. Then put the composition 
 
iS4 THK ARTIST Ai\fr 
 
 into a tub connected with a machine used for such purposes} 
 take them from the machine, and hang them up iy a very 
 cool room : where-lhey shou'd remain until dry. Take cow's 
 manure, put it into a large copper of hot water, and mix welt 
 together ; through which pass the cloth, until thoroughly sof- 
 tened. After this process, cleanse the goods ; then take a 
 liquor made of madder, logwood, sumach, fustic, Brazil wood, 
 quercitron bark, peacli, or other woods, to produce the colour 
 wanted, or more of then) ; and if necessary dilute this liquor 
 with water, according to the shade or fulness of the colour 
 wanted to be died. Then work the goods through this li- 
 quor ; after which pass them through cold or warm water, 
 according to colour, the proper application of which is weU 
 known to dyers, adding a little alum, copperas, or Roman 
 vitriol, or two or more of them lirst dissolved in water. Then 
 V7ash them off in warm water, and dry them. But if the co- 
 lour is not sufficiently full, repeat the same operation till it. is 
 brought to the colour required. 
 
 To Dye a Black upon Cotton^ Linejiy and mired Goods, is 
 effected by tar and iron liquor of the best quality, adding to 
 each gallon of the mixture, a pound of fine Hour. Some take 
 common iron liquor, and add three quarters of fjne flour, and 
 by boiling, bring it to the consistence of. a thin paste, or in- 
 stead of flc)ur, add glue or linseed, or gum, or all of them 
 mixed together, and brought to a proper thickness. The rest 
 of the process is conducted in a simihir manner fo the last. 
 
 To Dye Crimson, Red, Oi-ange, or Yelhnc. Take red li- 
 quor, 3uch as is geuerall}' made frtm alum, and dilute it with 
 water according to the strength or shade of colour wanted to 
 dye, bringing it to ihe consistency of a paste or liquid, as be- 
 fore described ; then pass the cloth through the niachinc, 
 which, being dried in a cool room, pass it through the opera- 
 lion as described iir the article on olives, bottle greens, &,c. 
 then take a quantity of liquor made of cochineal, madder, 
 peach wood, Brazil, logwood, woad, fustic, sumach, or any 
 two or more of them, proj)ortAoned in. strength, to the shade 
 or colour wanted to dye, and work the goods through this li- 
 quor, till they are brought to the shade of colour required ; 
 then wash them in cold or warm water and dry them. 
 
 To Dye Qotton, Wool, and Silk with Prussian Blue. Im- 
 iweise the c(^on in a large tub of water slightly acidulaterl 
 aud charged with Prussiate of potash. These sorts of scuffs 
 
tradesman'}-; (iLiDK. 18a 
 
 dyod in Prussian blue, and then in olive transformed into 
 grooi), are particularly sought al'ier in trade. By processes 
 analogous to those cniplovcd tor common ^tuil's, iho iavcntor 
 has tibiained the same shades and colours,\n samples of silk, 
 and tor manv years he has succeeded in lixiug Prussian Wuo 
 on wool ; aiid in producing on cloth the > mu* shades, as on 
 cotton and silk. 
 
 To precipitate Acetates of Jjcad and Copper on V/ool^ 
 S'dk^ and Cotton. Soak the stull' to be dyed, in a solution ol' 
 acetate, or rather sub-acetate, of lead, wring it when taken 
 out of the bath, dry in the shade ; then wasli it and immerse 
 it in water charged with sulphuretted hydrogen gas. 'i'his 
 process produces in a few minutes, rich and welMaid shades, 
 which vary from the clear vigonc colour, to the deep brown, 
 according to the force of the mordant, and the number of the 
 immersions of the stuffs in the two bathing vessels. Trom 
 the order of afluiitics, it is the wool wliicli takes colour the 
 best, afterwards the silk, then tijc cotton, and lastly the thiead 
 which appears little apt to combine with the ni(tidant. The 
 different colours above indicated resist the air well, likewist; 
 feeble acids, alkalies, and boiling soap, which modify their 
 shades iu an imperceptible nvinner, and these shades are so 
 strikingr, that it will appear diflicult to obtain them in any 
 other wa}'. 
 
 This new kind of dye is very economical; the sulphuretted hydrogen 
 gns is obtained Irom a mixture of two parts of iron fihngs and on« of 
 brimstone, melted in a pot ; the brimstone is bruis'jd, introduced into a 
 matrass, and the gas is removed by sulphuric acid, extended in water J^ 
 a mild lieat. The gas absorbs abundantly in cold water. 
 
 To Dye Cotton Cloth Black. Take a quantity of RIo- 
 lacca nuts, and boil them in water, in close earthen vessels, 
 with the leaves of the tree. During the boiling, a whitish 
 substance, formed from the mucilage and oil of the nuts, will 
 rise to the surface; this must be taken off and preserved. 
 The cloth intended to be black must be printed with this 
 scum, and then died, after which, let it be passed through 
 lime-wattr, when the pjiinted figures will he changed to a lull 
 and permanent black. 
 
 To Df/e WoqI a permanent Blue Colour. Take fmr 
 ounces of the host i!idi<jo, reduce it to a fine powder and - M 
 twt^lve pounds of wool,^ in the grease; put the .whoh' in 
 copper large endugh to contain all the wool to be died. As 
 
!§(» tnc ARtist x:t?» 
 
 80on as the requisite colour is obtained, let the wool be Well 
 washed and dried. The liquor remaining, may be again used, 
 to produce lighter blues. The colour will be very boauiitiil, 
 and pernianent as ihe finest blue produced by woad ; and the 
 Wool, by this method will lose less in wei^'lit, liian if it had 
 been previously secured* 
 
 To produce the t^wiss deep and pale Red topical Mordant, 
 When the cloth has been freed by steeping and boiling in soap 
 and water, from the paste used by the weaver, and any other 
 impurities it may hive acquired, immerse it thoroughly, or as 
 it is called, tramp or pad ft in a solution of any alkali, and 
 oil or grease, forming an imperfect soap dissolved in water, or 
 in a solution of soda and gallipoli oil, in the proportion of 
 one gallon of oil to twenty guilons of soda lees, at the strength 
 of four degrees and a half; then dry the cloth in the stove, 
 and repeat the process several times, which may be varied ai 
 pleasure, nccording to the lustie and durability of the colour 
 wanted, stove drying ihe chtih between every immersion. To 
 the above solutions a lidle slieep*s manure for the first three 
 immersions; afier the cloih has been immersed in these li- 
 quors, steep it in a quantiiy of waier, for twelve liouis, at 
 110 deg. Fahrenheit; the cloth being again stove dried is 
 immersed in a solution of alkali and oil, or grease, or boiled 
 in perfect soap dissolved ; which process must be repeated, 
 according t(> the brilliancy of the colours wanted ; stone dry- 
 ing as before between every immersion ; these are called the 
 wifiite liquors. Steep the cloth tor twelve hour^, at 125 dog. 
 Fahrenheit, which forms what is called the white steep, The 
 cloth being now thoroughly washed ii: cold water, an. I dried, 
 is ready to receive, first, the pink mordant, composed as tol- 
 lows : equal quantities b}^ nieasuremeni of a decoction of 
 galls, at the strength of four to six, and a solution of alum at 
 one half degree, the alum being previously saturated wish 
 whitening, or any other alkali, in the proportion of one ounce 
 to the pound weight of alum; mix then) together, and raise 
 the temperature to 140 deg. of Falirenheit, or as hot as can 
 be handled. By immersion, as formerly mentioned in this 
 mixture, the clovh when died and cleared, exhibits a beauti- 
 ful pink, equal, if not superior to that produced by cochi- 
 neal. 
 
 To dye Silks and Salins Brown, in flic small way. Fill 
 th« copper with river water; when it gently boils, put in a 
 
tradesman'* GUIDC. 187 
 
 quarter of a uound of chipped fustic, two ounces of madder, 
 one ounce of suiiiar.li, and half an ounce of camwood, but if it 
 is not required to bo so red, the camwood may be omitted. 
 These should boil at least, from half an hour to two hours, " 
 thai the ingredients :iiay be well incorporated. The copper 
 must then be cooled down by pouring in cold water; the 
 goods may then bo put in and simmered gently from half to 
 an hour. 
 
 If this colour should appear to want darkening-, it may be done by 
 taking out the goods ; and adding a small quantity of old black liquor ; 
 a small piece of green copperas may be used ; rinse in two or three 
 waters, and hang up to dry. 
 
 To dye Silk JTawn Colour Drabs. Boil one ounce fustic, 
 half an ounce of aider bark, and two dracbms of archil. From 
 one to four draclims of the best madder must be added to 
 a very small quaniily of old black liquor, if it required 
 darker. 
 
 To die a Silk Shawl Scarlet. Dissolve two ounces of 
 white soap in boiling water, handle the shawl through the 
 liquor, rubbing such places with the hands as may appear 
 dirty. A second or third liquor may be used, if required ; 
 after which rinse out the shawl in warm water. Then take 
 half an ounce of the best Spanish arnotto, dissolve it in hot 
 water; pour the solution into a pan of warm water, handle 
 the shawl in it a quarter of an hour, then rinse it in clean 
 water, in the meanwhile dissolve a piece of alum, of the 
 size of a horse bean in warm water, let the shawl ren)ain in 
 this half an hour, then rinse it in clean water. Now boil a 
 quarter of an ounce o^the best cochiueal for twenty minutes, 
 i\\i it out of the copper into a pan,. let the shawl remain in 
 this from twenty minutes to half an hour, when it will become 
 a bkod red ; then take it out and add to the liquor in the 
 pan, a quart nmrc out of the copper, if there is as much re- 
 maining," and about half a small wine rrlass full of the solution 
 of tin ; when cold, rinse it out slightly in cold water. 
 
 7^0 dj/c a Silk Shawl Crimson. Take about a table- 
 spoonful of cudbear, put if into a small pan, pour boiling wa- 
 ter upon it, stir and let it stand a few minutes, then put in the 
 silk, and turn it over a short time, and when the colour is full 
 enoufih, take it out; but if it should require more violet or 
 crimson, add a spoonful or two of purple archil to some warm 
 water, and dry it within dooi's. To finish, it must be calen- 
 dered, and then pressed. 
 
188 THE ARTIST AVD 
 
 To dye thick Silks, Satins, Silk Stockings, l^'c. Flesh 
 Colour. Wash the stockings clean in soap and water, and 
 rinse in liot ^'ater ; if they should not aj3|jear perfectly clear, 
 cut half an ounce of while soap into slices, put it into a saucfe 
 pan half full of boiling water; when it is dissolved, cool the 
 water in the pan, then put in stockings, and simmer twenty 
 minutes, when they should be rinsed in hot water; in the in- 
 terim pour three table spoonfuls of purple archil into a wash 
 basin half full of hot water ; dye the stockings in this liquor, 
 and when nearly of the shade of half violet or lilac, slightly 
 rinse them in cold water; when dry, hang them up in a close 
 ri»om, in which sulphur is burnt ; when they aro evenly 
 bleached to the shade required, finish by rubbing the right 
 side with a Ilannel. Some prefer calendering them afterwards. 
 Satins and silks are done in the same way. 
 
 To dye Silk Stockings Black. These are dyed like other 
 silks, excepting they must be steeped a day or two in black 
 liquor, before fhey are put into ihe black silk dye. At first 
 thev will look like an iron grey, but to finish and black them, 
 thev must be put on wooden Ict?, laid oh a table and rubbed 
 with liie oily rubber or flmnel, upon which is oil of olives. 
 For each pair it will require half a tahlespoonful of oil, and 
 half an hour's rubbing, to finish them well. 
 
 To dye Straw and Chip Bonnets Black. Ciiip hats are 
 stained bhck in various ways. 1st. By being boiled in strong 
 logwood liquor three or four hours ; they must be often taken 
 out to cool in the air, and occasionally a sm dl quantity of 
 copperas must be added. Tlie bonnets may be kept in the 
 vessel containing: the liquor one nigiit, and in the morning 
 dried in the air, and brushed with a soft brush. Lastly, a 
 sponge is dipped in oil, and squeezed almost to dryness; with 
 this rub them all over. Some boil them on logwood, and in- 
 stead of copperas, use steel filings steeped in vinegar; when 
 they are finislied as above. 
 
 To di/e Black Cloth Green. Clean the cloth well with 
 bullock's eall and water; rinse in warm water; nnke a cop- 
 per full of rivei water boiling hot, and take from one to one 
 pouQ;l and a half of fustic ; add to the water, and boil twenty 
 minutes : put in a lump of alun) of the size of a wnlnut ; wheii 
 dissolved,put in the aflicle to be dyed^ and boil twenty min- 
 utes ; then take it out, and add a s.nall wine glass three parts 
 full of chemic blue, Rnd boil again from half to an liour, when 
 
tradesman's cvwc. 189 
 
 the cloth will become a beautiful green ; then wash out and 
 dry. 
 
 Sazon Blue, ScotCs Liquid Blue. Indigo, one pound, oil 
 of viiriol four pounds — dissolve by keeping the bone in boil- ^ 
 ing waier ; ihen add twelve pounds of water, or q. p. 
 
 Ati excellent dye, the basis of many colours. A decoction 
 of the seeds of red Trefoil is mixed with dillerent mineral 
 substances; the dy»^s produced are very beautiful, and of a 
 great variety. Among them are yollovv and green of difler- 
 ent shades, as also citron a'><^ orar?ge colours. These dyes 
 are well adapted to woollen and cotton manufactuies : iliey 
 resist tho «ction of the substances, with whicii trials are 
 usually made, much better than the common dyes. 
 
 Pink Dye. Tic s;ifllower in a bag and wash it in water, 
 until it no longer colours the water ; then dry it : — of this 
 take two drachms, salt of tartar, eighteen grains, spirits of 
 wine, seven drachms ; digest for two hours, add two ounces 
 of distilled water, digest for two hours moie, and add a suf-. 
 ficient quantity of distilled vinegar or lemon juice, to render 
 it a tine rose colour, used as a cosmetic and to make French 
 rouiip. 
 
 Nankten Dye. Arnotto, prepared kali, of each equal 
 parts, boiled in water; — the proportion of the kali is altered 
 as the colour is requhed to be deeper or lighter ; used to res- 
 tore the colon? of taded nankeen. 
 
 Scarlet Colour — Muriate of Tin. Prepare the niiro- 
 nmriatic acid hy mixing one part of muriatic acid with two of 
 nitric acid, and put a very small quantity into a Florence flask. 
 Drop tin into it by small quantities, that it may not become 
 too hot by the rapid union of the tin and acid. Aftei the 
 acid is sniurated, dissolve sonie of it in water. Dissolve in 
 water in a wine-ylass, a single cociiineal insect of the shops, 
 and drop in a little muriate of tin, and it will become a bright 
 scarleit. 
 
 CHAPTER XXVI. 
 
 The art of Calico printins^, to prepare dying materials — 
 Litmus — Sajfron — \Voad — Indigo — Potatoe tops, i^c. 
 
 This art consists in dyingr cloth with certain colours and 
 figures upon aground of a different hue: the colours, when 
 they will not take hold of the cloth readily, being fixed Iq 
 
IpO THE ARTIST A.Vl» 
 
 them by means of mordants, as a preparation of alum made 
 bv dissolving three paiuids aliioi and one pound of aceiaie of 
 lead, in eight pounds of warm water. There are added at 
 the same umc, two ounces of potash, and two ounces of chalk. 
 Acetate of iron, is also a mordant in frequent use ; but the 
 simple mixture of alum and aceiaie of lead, is found to an- 
 swer best as a mordant. The mordants are ajjplied to the 
 cloth, either with a penci', or by means of blocks, on which 
 the pattern, according to which the cotton is to be printed is 
 applied, is cut. As they are ^pplitd to only particular parts 
 of the cloth, care must be taken that none of them spread to 
 the part of the cloth which is to be left white, and that they 
 do not interfere with anotiier, when several are applied ; it 
 is necessary, therefore, that the mordants should be of such a 
 decree of consistence, that they will not spread beyond those 
 parts of the cloih, on which ihey are applied. This is done 
 by thickening them with flour or starch, when the\- are to be 
 out on with the pencil. The thickening should ntjver be 
 greater than is^si.'fficient to prevent the spreading of the mor- 
 dants ; when carried too far, the cotton is apt not to be siilli- 
 ciently saturated with the mordants, and of course the d^'e 
 takes but imperfectly. la order that the parts of the cloth 
 impregnated with mordants may be distinguished by their 
 colour, it is usual to tinge them with some colouring matter. 
 A decoction of Brazil wood i< generalh' used for this pur- 
 pose. After the mordants have been applied, the cloth must 
 be completel}' dried. It is pioprr foT this purpose to employ 
 heat, which will contribute towards the separation of the 
 acetous acid fiom its base, and towards its evaporation ; b}' 
 which means the mordant will combine in a greater propor- 
 tion, and more intimately with the cloth. When the cloth is 
 sufficiently dried, it is to be Av^ashed with v.arm water and 
 cowdung, till the flour or gum employed to thi«ken the mor- 
 dants which are uocombined with the clotli, are removed. 
 After this the cloth is to be thoroughly rinsed in clear water. 
 Indisro not requiring any mordant is commonly applied at 
 once, either by a block or pencil. It is prepared by boiling 
 it wi«h potash, made caustic by quicklime and orpimeni ; the 
 solution is afterwards thickened with sum. It must he care- 
 fully secluded from the air, otherwise the indigo would soon 
 becooie regenerated, thus rendering the solution useless. 
 Some have used coarse brown sugar instead of orpimei}- T: 
 
tradesman's guide. 191 
 
 IS equally efficacious in decomposing the indigo, and render- 
 ing it soluble, while it likewise serves all ihc purposes of 
 
 7'o paint Yclhnc. ,For yellow, the block is besmeared 
 with acetate of alumine. The cloth after receiving this mor- 
 dant, is dyed with quercitron bark, and is tben bleached. 
 
 Nankeen Yellow^ is one of the most common colours on 
 prints, is a kind of nankeen yellow, of various shades down 
 to a deep yellowish brown or drab. It is usually in stripes 
 or spots. To produce it, besmear a block, cut into tlie figure 
 of a print, with acetate of iron, thickened with gum or flour J 
 and a})ply to the cotton, which after being dried and cleansed 
 in the usual manner ; is plunged into a potash lye. The 
 quantity of acetate of iron is always proportioned to the 
 de{)th of the shade. 
 
 Red^ is c(mimunicated by the same process, only madder 
 is substituted for the bark. 
 
 IjJue. The fine light blues which appear so frequently on 
 printed cottons, are produced by applying to the cloth a block 
 besmeared with a composition, consisting partly of wax, which 
 covers all those parts of the cloth which rem tin white. The 
 cloih is then dyed in a cold indigo vat ; and after it is dry, 
 the wax composition is removed by hot water. 
 
 Lilac and Brown. Lilac, fleece brown, and blackish browUj 
 are given by means of acetate ol iron ; the quantity of which 
 is always proportioned to the depth of shade. For very deep 
 clours a little sumach is- added. The cotton is afterwards 
 dyed in the usual manner with madder, and then bleached. 
 
 Green. To twelve quarts of muriatic acid, add by degrees 
 one quart of nitrous acid ; saturate the whole with grain tin, 
 and boil it in a proper vessel, till two thirds are evaporated. 
 To prepare the indiiro for mixing with the solution, take nine 
 pounds of indigo, half a pound of orange orpiment, and grind 
 it in about four quarts of water ; mix it well with the indigo^ 
 and irrind the whole in the usual way. 
 
 To mix the solution of Tin with prepared Indigo. Take 
 two gallons of the indigo prepared as above, then stir into it 
 by degrees, one gallon of the solution of tin, neutralized by 
 as much caustic alkali as can be added without precipitating 
 the tin from the acids. Tor a lighter shade of gieen, less 
 indigo will bo neressarv. The jjoods are to be dipped in the 
 way of dipping China blues ; they must not however be al- 
 
 ) 
 
192 THE aUtist and 
 
 lowed to diain, but moved from one vat to another as quickly 
 as possible. They are lo be cleansed in the usual way: in a 
 sour vat of about one hundred and tifiy gallons *ol water to 
 one gallon of sul{)huric acid ; they are then to be v^ell wasii- 
 edirrxlecoctions of weld, and other yellow colouring drugs, 
 then brannnd or bleahced till they become white in those parts 
 which are required colourless. 
 
 To print Dove Colour and Drab. Dove colour and drab 
 are given by acetate of iron, and quercitron bark, the cloth 
 is afterwards prepared in the usual manner. 
 
 To print (liferent Colours. When dilT.'rent colours are 
 lo appear in the same print, a greater number of < perations 
 are necessary. Two or more blocks are employed : upon 
 each of which, that part of the print only is cut, which is to 
 be of some particular colour. These are besmeared with 
 different mordants, and applied to the cloth, which is after- 
 wards dyed as usual. " Let us suppose for inslanre, that those 
 blocks are apphed to cotton, one with acetate of aluraine, 
 another with acetate- of iron, a third with a mixture of those 
 two mordants, and that the cotton is then dyed witii quercit- 
 ron bark, and bleached. The parts impregnated with the 
 mordants, would have the following colours : 
 
 Acetate of aluniine, Yelh w. 
 
 ** iron, Olive, drab, dove. 
 
 The mixture, Olive green, olive. 
 
 If the part of ihe yellow is covered over v.iih the iniligo 
 liquor, applied witii a pencil, it will be converted into green. 
 By the same liquid, blue may be given to such parts of the 
 print as require it. If the cotton is dyed with madder, iii- 
 stead of quercitron barii ; the print will exhibit the following 
 colours: 
 
 Acetate of alumine. Red. 
 
 " iron, Brov.n, black. 
 
 The mixture, Turpi 3. 
 
 When a greater number of colours are to appear ; for inr 
 stance, when those communicated by bark, and those by mad- 
 der are wanted at the same time, mordants for parts of the 
 pattern are to be applied, the cotton then is to be dved in the 
 madder bath, and bleached ; then the rest of ihe raordanis, 
 to 611 up the patterns, are added, and the cloth is again d3'ed 
 with quercitron birk, and bleached. 
 
 The second dving does not so much affect the madder col- 
 
tradesman's guide. 193 
 
 ours ; because the nionlants, which render them permanent, 
 are already saturated. The yellow tinge is already removed, 
 by the subsequent bleaching. Sometimes a ne»v mordant is 
 applied to some of the madder colours, in consequence of 
 which, they receive a new permanent colour from ilib bark. 
 After the last bleaching, new colours may be added, by means 
 of the indigo liquor. Tiie following talDle will give an idea 
 of the colours which may be given to cotton by these pro- 
 cesses. 
 
 I. Madder Dye. Acetate of alumine, Red. 
 
 " iron. Brown, black. 
 
 " diluted, Lilac. 
 
 Both mixed, Purple. 
 
 - II. Blade Dye "Acetate of alumine, Yellow. 
 
 '* ^ iron. Dove, drab. 
 
 Lilnc and acetate of alum. Olive. 
 Red and acetate of alum. Orange. 
 HI. Indigo Dye. Indigo, Blue. 
 
 Indigo and yellow, Grcen^ 
 
 . To prepare a Substitute for Gum, used in Calico Print- 
 ing. Collect half a ton weight of pelts or ski-us, or pieces of 
 rabbit or sheep skirs, and boil them for seven or eight hours, 
 in 350 gallons of water, or until -it becomes a stong size. 
 Then draw it off, and when cold weigh it. Warm it again, 
 and to every hundred weight, add the strongest sweetwori, 
 that can be made from malt, or twenty pounds weight of su- 
 gar. When incorporated, take it olf, and put it into a cask, 
 for use. This substitute for gum may be used by calico prin- 
 ters in mixing up nearly all kinds of colours. By using only 
 a sixtji part of gum with it, it will also improve the gum, and 
 be a saving of 200 per cent, and without gum, of 400 per 
 cent. It will also improve and preserve the paste so much 
 used b}' printers. 
 
 To prepare Arnottn for Dying. Arnotto is a colouring 
 fecula of a resinous nature, extracted from the seeds of a tree 
 ver}'^ common in the West Indies, and which in height never 
 exceeds fifteen feet. The Indians employ two processes 
 to obtain the red fecula of these seeds. They first 
 pound them, and mix them witii a certain quantity of water, 
 which in the course of five or six days, favours the progress 
 of fermentation. The liquid then becomes charged with the 
 colouriijsr part, aud the superfluous moisture is afterwards 
 
 17 
 
194 TH« ARTIST ANd 
 
 separated by slow evaporation over the fire, or by the heat of 
 ti.e sun. The second process consists in rubbins: the seeds 
 between the hands in a vessel filled with water. The colour- 
 ing part is precipitated, an»l forms itself into a mass like a 
 cake of wax ; but if the red fecula, thus detached, is much 
 more beautiful than in the first process, it is less in quantity. 
 Besides as the splendour of it is too bright, the Indians are 
 accustomed to weaken it b\ a mixture of red sandal wood. 
 
 The natives of the East India islands used formet]3' to employ ar« 
 notln lor painting their 'bodies, &c. At present in Europe it is only 
 employed to give the first tints to woollen stuffs, intended to be dved 
 red, blue, \'cllow, green, &.c. In the art of the varnishcr, it forms part 
 of the composition of changing varnishrs. to give a gold coluur to the 
 meials on which these varnishes are applied, 
 
 To prepare Dying Materials, ^'c. Arnolto ought to be chosen 
 of a flisme colour brighter in the interior part than on the 
 outside ; soft to the touch, and of a good consistence. The 
 paste of arnolto becomes soft in Europe ; and it loses some 
 of its odour, which approaches near to that of violets. 
 
 Of Litmus. The Cape de Verd islands produce a kind 
 of lichen or moss, which yields a violet coluuringr part, when 
 exposed to the contact of ammonia disengaged from urine, in 
 a stale of puirefiction, by a mixtur*? of lime. When the 
 processes are finished, it is known by the name of litmus. 
 Tl)is article is prepared on a large scale at London, Paris, 
 and Lyons. In the latter city, another kind of lichfen, which 
 grows on the rocks is prepare.!. 
 
 The amm-^nia j)ins ihe resinoas part of the p'ant. developes its colour- 
 ing part, and combines with it. In this slate the lichen forms a paste of 
 a violet ml colour, interspersed %vith wliilish spots, which give it a 
 luarbled appearance. Litmus is emploj'ed in dying, to communicate a 
 violet colour to silk and woollen. 
 
 Of Saffron. The flowers of this plant contain two col" 
 ourin? parts, one soluble in w.iter, wiiich is thrown away ; 
 tiie other soluble in alkaline liquors. The latter colouring 
 parts becomes the basis of various beautiful shades of cherry 
 colour, rose colour, &c. It is employed for dying feathers, 
 and constitutes the .vegetable red, or Spanish vermillion, em- 
 ployed by ladies to heiohten their complexion. Carthamus 
 cannot furnish its resinous colouring part, provided with all 
 its qualities, until it has been deprived of that which is soluble 
 in water. For this purpose, the dried flowers of the cartha- 
 mus are encloied in a lined bag, and the ba£^ is placed in a 
 
TnADKSMAN's Ql/IDE 19,, 
 
 Stream of running water. A man with wooden shoes gets 
 upon the hag every eight or ten hours, and treads it on the 
 bank until the water exjjr'isseu from it is colourless. These 
 moist flowers, after^ being strongly squeezed in the hag, are 
 spread out on a piece of canvass, extended on a frame, placed 
 over a wooden hox, and covered with five or six per cent, of 
 their weight of carbonate of soda. Pure wa or is then poured 
 over them ; and this process is repeated several times, that 
 the alkali may have leisure to become charged with the col- 
 ouring part, which it dissolves. The liquor when filtered is 
 a dirty red, and almost brown colour. The c< louring part 
 thus held in solution, cann •! be employed for colouring bodies 
 until it is free ; and to set it at liberty, tha soda must be 
 brought into contact with a body which has more aflfinity for 
 it. 
 
 It is on this precipitation, by an intermediate Bubstance, that the 
 process for making Spanish vermilion is founded, a* well as all the re- 
 sults arising from the direct application of this coloii'-ing part in tha 
 art of dying. 
 
 Of Woad. Tiie preparation for colouring is etlocled from 
 the leaves of the plant, by grinding them to a paste, of which 
 balls are made, placed in heaps, and occasionally sprinkled 
 with water to promote the fermcniion ; when this is finished, 
 the woad is allowed to fall into a coarse powder ; used as a 
 blue dye stuff. 
 
 Of Indigo. This dye is derived from the leaves of the 
 young shoots of several species of the plant, by soaking them 
 cither in cold water, or still better, in water kept warm, and 
 at about I6O0 Fahrenheit, till the liquor becomes a deep ijreen; 
 it is then drawn oflT, and the blue sediment dried, and formed 
 into lumps. 
 
 Of Pntatoe Tcps, 6fc. Cut off the tops when they are in 
 flower, and extract the juice, by bruising and pressing them. 
 Linen or woollen imbued in this liquor forty-eight hours, 
 will take a brilliant, S4)lid and permanent yellow. If the cloth 
 be afterwards plungfed in a blue dyc^ in will acquire a beauti- 
 ful permanent green colour. As to the mode of execution, 
 it should pass through the hands of a chemist or skilful dyer, 
 to derive all ihe advantages it is capahle of furnishing. To 
 prepare cotton and linen to receive certain colours, particu- 
 larly the red madder, and cross wort, the article of sheep*s 
 inanure is made use of, as it forms, by impregnating <he stuffs 
 
196 THE ARTIST AN'D 
 
 with an animal mucilage, of which it contains a large quantity, 
 and thus assimilating them to wool and silk. 
 
 To Print Carpets, These carpels are made of knitted 
 wool, by means of a machine ; they are afterwards pressed 
 and receive all the colours and designs wished for. These 
 designs printed on the tissue, by means of wooden boards, 
 are extremely neat ; the colours are very brilliant, and resist 
 rubbiniT extremely well, provided they traverse the tissue from 
 one part to another. They are warm, and have the advan- 
 tage of being cheaper than others. They are also as durable, 
 and are not crossed by seams disagreeable to the eye. 
 
 CHAPTER XXVir. 
 
 Bleaching — bj/ Oxymuriatic Acid — bleach field in Ireland 
 — improved bleaching Liquor — by Alkalized Steam — to 
 bleach Wool, Cotton and Straw — to whiten Wax — of 
 purifying Tallow — imitation of Wax Candles — to extin- 
 guish [Vegetable colours bleaching Salts bleaching 
 
 JAfjuid. 
 
 The mode of bleaching which least injures *the texture of 
 the cloth formed «'f vegetable substances, is that effected by 
 merely exposing it in a moistened state to the atmosphere, 
 having been steeped in a solution of potash or soda, but the 
 length of time and other inconveniences attending this pro- 
 cess, led to more active chemical processes. It is by the 
 combination of oxygen with the colouring matter of the cloth, 
 that it is deprived of its hue, and the ditierent processes em- 
 plo3'ed must be adapted to prepare it for this, combination, 
 and render it as perfect as possible, without destroying its tex- 
 ture, an effect which, however, must necessarily ensue in a 
 greater or less degree, from the union of oxygen with all 
 bodies. 
 
 To bleach linen, &c, by oxymuriatic acid, it is necessar\^ to 
 ascertain its strength, in which a solution of indigo in the acid 
 is employed. The colour of this is destroyed by the oxy- 
 genated muriatic acid ; according to the quantity of it that can 
 be discoloured by a given quantity of the liquor its strength 
 is known. In this country, machinery is employed for rin- 
 sing and beating; the apparatus must be a^raneed according 
 to the objects to be bleached ; .the skeins of thread nmst b*» 
 suspended in the tub destined for them, and the cloth must 
 
TRADESMAN'S GUIDE. 197 
 
 be rolled upon reels in the apparatus. When every thing 
 is thus disposed, the tubs arc filled with oxygenated muriatic 
 acid ; by introducing a funnel, which descends to the boltom 
 of the tub, in order to prevent the dispersion of gas. The 
 cloth is wound on the frame work, on which the sjvoins are 
 suspended, is turned several times, until it is judged, by 
 taking out a small quantity of the liquor from time to time, 
 and trying it by the test of the solution of indigo, that it is 
 suiiiciently exhausted. 
 
 The weakened liquor is then drawn off, and may be again 
 used for a new saturation. In bleaching with the oxymuriate 
 of lime, a large quantity of lime is condjined with the oxy- 
 muriatic acid gas, to effect which, the lime is mechanically 
 suspended in water, into which tiie gas is made to pass, and 
 agitated ; so as to present fresh matter to the gas. By this 
 means the oxymuriate of lime is formed in a very convenient 
 manner ; it is dissolved in water, and used as a bleaching 
 liquor. This liquor is preferable to the oxygenated muriatic 
 acid and potash. 
 
 At the great bleach field in Ireland, four lycs of potash 
 are Applied alternately, with four weeks exposure on the 
 grass, two immersions in th^ oxymuriate^ of lime, a lye of 
 potash between the two, and the exposure of a week on the 
 grass, between each Ive and the immersion. During summer 
 two lyes and fifteen days exposure are sufficient to prepare 
 ch)th for the oxygenated muriate; the three alternate lyes, 
 with immersions in the liquor, will be sufi'icicnt to complete 
 the I leaching ; nothing then will be nccessar}, but to wind 
 the cloth through the sulphuric acid,. 
 
 The oxygenatnd muriatic jras may also be combined witli liino in ^ 
 dry state, or the water may bo evaporated, wiien it is employed for 
 the formation of oxymuriales, which may then b«i very conveniently 
 transported to any distance without injurv to its detersive power. 
 
 To prepare the sulphate of lime, take sulphHror brimsiono 
 in fine powder, four pounds ; lime well slacked and sifted, 
 twenty pounds ; water sixteen gallons ; these are to be well 
 mixed, and boiled for half an hour in an iron vessel, sdring 
 them bri.>kly from time to time. Soon after the agitation of 
 the boiling is over, the solution of the sulphniet of lin)e clears, 
 and may be drawn off free from th»j insoluble matter, whirh 
 is considerable, and which rests upon tlie bottom of the boil- 
 er. The liquor in this state, is nearly the colour of j-mnll 
 
19S THE ARTIST \SD 
 
 beer, but not so transparent. Sixteen gallons of fresh wafer 
 are auerwards uoured on the insoluble drees in the boiler, in 
 order to separate ilie whole of the sulphuret from them. 
 When this clears, being previou>ly agitated, it is drawn off 
 a'ld mixed with the tirsl liquor. rhirty-ihree gallons more 
 of water may be added to the liquor, thus reducing it to a 
 proper standard for sleeping the cloth ; and which furnishes 
 sixty gallons ot' liquor fium four pounds of brimstone, mak- 
 ing allowance for evaporation. When Imen is freed from 
 the weaver's dressing, it is to be sieeped in the solution of 
 sulphuret of lime (prepared as above) for about twelve or 
 more hours, and then washed and dried. This process is to 
 be repeated six times, that is, by six alternate immersions in 
 each liquor, which has been found to whiten the linen. 
 
 Sieam iias lately been employed with great success. The 
 process was brouiiht from t'l;? Levant, Chapel first make it 
 known to the public. Tiie clotli is first immersed in a slight 
 alkaline caustic liquor, and placed in a chamber consrructed 
 over a boiler, into which is put the alkaline lye, which is to 
 be raised into steam, aficr the fire has been lighted, and the 
 cloih has remained exposed to the action of the steam for a 
 sufficient length of time, it is taken out and immersed in tho 
 oxygenated raiiriate of lime, and then exposed for two or three 
 days on the grass. This operation, which is very expeditious, 
 will be sufficient for cotton ; but if lineii cloth should retain a 
 yellow tint, a second aikalino caustic vapour hath, and two or 
 three days on the grass, will be sufficient to give it the ceces* 
 sary whiteness. 
 
 To bleach by alkalized steam, the high temperature swells 
 up the tibies ol tiic cloth ; the pure alkali which rises with 
 the elastic fluid, seizes with avidity on the colouring matter ; 
 and seldom does the tisssuc of the ilax or hemp resist the pen- 
 etrating eQect of this vapour bath. 
 
 The alkali appears to have a much livelier and more cau- 
 stic action, when it is combined with caloric, than in ordinary 
 lyes, where the temperature never rises above 162'^ Fahren- 
 heit. By making the cloth pass througrn ihe lye of oxygen- 
 ated muriate of lime, an union is effected between the solution 
 and the carbon, arising from the cxtractomucous matter of 
 the flux ; carbonic acid is formed ; the water, even, in which 
 this new compound is diluterl, concurs to promote the com- 
 bination ; if the cloth is then exposed on the grass, the car- 
 bonic acid i^ dissipated, and the cloth is bleached. 
 
TRADESMAN S GUIDE. 199 
 
 To Bleach Cotton. The first operation consist in scour- 
 ing it in a slight alkaline sokitioii ; or what is better, by ex- 
 posure to steam. It is then put into a basket, and rinsed in 
 running water. The immersion of cotton in an alkiiline l^e, 
 however it niriy be rinsed, always leaves with it an earthy 
 deposite. It is well known that cotton bears the action of 
 acids better then hemp or tl ax ; that time is even necessary 
 before the action t)f then can be prejudicial to it, and by ta- 
 king advantage of this vaUiabie property in regard to bleach- 
 ing, means have been found to free it trum the eariliy depo- 
 site, by pressing down the cotton in a very weak s(dntion of 
 sulphuric acid, and afterwards removing the acid by washing, 
 lest too long remaining in it should destorv the cotton. 
 
 To eztinguisli Vegetable Colours. Obtain chlorine as fol- 
 lows: fill a strong quart decanter one third full of water, put 
 in a pulverized mixture, consistitig of half a gill of red lead, 
 and a gill of common tab!e sdi, well rubbed together; shake 
 it up, then put in two thirds of a wine glass of sulphuric acid ; 
 put in the ground stopper loosely ; shake the decanter h:df a 
 minute ; the atmospheric air and some gas will escape ; now 
 fix your stopper pe.fectly tight, then plunge the decanter into 
 a tub or cistern of cold water, keeping the mouth a little 
 above the water; briskly agitate it, keeping it under the wa- 
 ter, once each 'Hinuie for fifteen minutes. Now take it out 
 and let the excess of red lead ar.d salt settle ; a yellowish 
 green liquid is produced, nearly pure, but containing some 
 muriatic acid ; pour a little into a wine glass, and it is ready 
 for use to wash out writing from paper, or extinguis!i the co- 
 lour from calico. 
 
 The liquid chlorine obtained in this way, should be kept in 
 a dark and coo' place. It is used for taking spots out of lin- 
 en, &LQ. It has been used for fraudulent purpose, to oblite- 
 rate writing, that something dilTerent n)ig!it be substituied. 
 
 Bleaching Liquid — Kau de Javdlc. Common salt, two 
 pounds; manganese, one pound; water, two pounds; put 
 into a retort ; and add gradually, oil of vitrii 1, two pounds : 
 pass the vap(!ur through a solution of prepared kali,, four oun- 
 ces, in twenty-nine ounces of water, applyinjr heat towards 
 the last. S[)ecific gravity is 1,0S7. Stimulant, antisvj^ilitic ; 
 used to bleach linen and take out spots, and to citan books 
 from what has been scribbled on their margins. 
 
200 "I'^E AUTIST AND 
 
 To Bleach Wool. The first kind of bleaching to which 
 wool is subjected, is to free it froni grease. This (»peratiou 
 is called scouring. In manufactories it is generally perfor- 
 med by ammoniacal lye, formed of five measures of river 
 water,^ and one of stale urine ; the wool is immmersed for 
 about twenty minutes, in a baih of this mixture, heated to 
 fifty-six degrees ; it is then taken out, suffered to drain, and 
 then rinsed in running water; this minipulation softens the 
 wool, and gives it the first degree of whiteness ; it is then 
 repeated a second, and even a third time, after wiiich the 
 wool is fit t(i be employed. In some places scouring is per- 
 formed with water slightly impregnated with soap ; and, in- 
 deed, for valuable articles, this process is preferable, but too 
 expensive for articles of less value. Sulphurous acid gass 
 unites very easily with water, and in this conbination it may 
 be employed for bleaching wool or silk. 
 
 The most economical way of preparing sulphurous acid, is 
 by decomposing the acid, by the mixture of any combustible 
 matter, capable of taiving from it any part . of its oxygen. 
 When the chemist is desirous to have it in great jjurity, it is 
 obtained by means of metallic substances, and particularly by 
 mercury, but for the purpose of which we are treating, where 
 great economy is required we should recommend most com- 
 mon substances. Take chopped straw, or saw dust, and in- 
 troduce it into a matrass ;. pour over it sulphuric acid, apply- 
 ing at the same time heat, and there will be disengaged sul- 
 phurous acid gas, which may be combined with water in an 
 apparatus. The pieces are rolled upon reels, and are drawn 
 through the acid by turning them until sufficiently white. 
 They are then taken out and left to drain on a bencii covered 
 with cloth, lest they should be stained iti consequence of the 
 decomposition of the wowd by the sulphurous acid ; they are 
 then washed in river water, and Spanish white is emploved,, 
 if it should be judged necessary. This operation is performed 
 by passing the pieces through a tub of clean water, in which 
 about eight pounds of Spanish whife has been dissolved. To 
 obtain a fine whiteness, the stuffs are generally twice sul- 
 phured. According to this process, one immeision, and r*?el- 
 ing two or three hours, are sufficient. Azuring or blu-ing is 
 performed by throwing into the Spanish white liquor, a solu-^ 
 tion of one part Prussian blue to four hundred of water j shak- 
 ing the cloth in the liquid and reeling rapidly. The opora^^ 
 
TRADESMAN'S GUIDE. 201 
 
 tion is terminated by a slight washing with soap, to give soil- 
 ness and pliability to the stuffs. 
 
 A preparation of an improved bleachjng liquur is prepared 
 as follows: by a dissolution in water of the oxygenated muri- 
 ates of calcareous earths, baryles, sirontitQs, or magnesia. 
 The earth should be pre})aied in the dry way, by bringing 
 them in a solid form, in powder, or in paste, in contact with 
 the oxygenated muriatic acid gas. So prepared, dissolve 
 them in water, and apply them to the substances required to 
 be bleached. By this mode, colours may be removed from 
 linen, cotton, vegetable and otlier substances. 
 
 BUaching Salts, used in Manufactories. Pass into water, 
 in which fitiely pulverized and newly slacked lime is suspen- 
 ded by continual agitation — a stream of oxymuriatic acid gas 
 will come over. In the large way, a dry powder of newly 
 slacked lime is agitated in a strong cask, which is absorbed 
 by lime. Some prefer passing the gas into hogsheads of wa- 
 ter, in which the lime is suspended by agitation ; for an ex- 
 periment it may be pressed from a bladder may be held in 
 the hand, and the receiver shaken continually. 
 
 T'o bleach Straiv, <^'c. Cover the bottom of a small plate 
 a quarter of an inch deep with water. Put a small piece of 
 common brimstone upon a sheet iron bench set in the plate, 
 ^which is sufficiently heated to inflame the brimstome, and 
 shut it over a tubulated bell glass, or a tumbler wiih a hole in 
 the bottom. This vessel must be of a size just to shut down 
 within the rim of the plate. At first take the stopper out and 
 raise the bell glass a little above the water, to give passage 
 to a current of air. Regulate this by the progress of the 
 burning sulphur. After the bell glass appears well filled with 
 a white vapour, shut it down close and tighten the stopper. 
 The water in t!ie plate will absorb the sulphurous acid gas in 
 about five minutes. Pour part of this water into wine glasses, 
 and you will perceive the nauseous, sulphurous, astringent 
 taste, peculiar to this acid. In the mean time wet several 
 substances, coloured with vegetable colouring matter, and it 
 will extinguish many of them if not all. A yellow straw 
 braid becomes wiiitencd in it ; and some colours on calico 
 will be extinguished. The liquid sulphurous acid loses this 
 property by keeping. 
 
 It is used by milliners both in the liquid and in the gaseous 
 state for bleaching straw bonnets. If the old straw braid is 
 
202 THE ARTIbT AND 
 
 soaked a while in water and then suspended inside of a hogs- 
 head or barrel without a head, and brimstone is inflated at the 
 bottom of a cask, and suffered to commence burning thro- 
 oughlv, then the top covere«I over, the straw will soon be- 
 come whitened by the action of this acid. 
 
 To Whiten Wax. Melt it in a pipkin without boiling. 
 Then take a wooden pestle, which steep in the wax two in- 
 ches deep and plunge immediately in cold water, to loosen 
 the wax from it, which will come ofi' like sheet of paper. 
 When you have got all of your wax out of the pipkin, and 
 make into flakes, put it on a clean towel, and expose it in 
 dir, on the grass, till it is white. Then melt it and strain it 
 through a muslin, to take all the dust out of it, if there be 
 any. 
 
 Mcthnd of purifying Tallow to make Candles. Take five 
 eights of tallow and three eights of mutton suet ; meit them 
 in a copper caldron with half a pound of grease; as soon as 
 they aje melted, mix eieht ounces of brandy, one salts of tar- 
 tar, one cream of tartar, one sal ammoniac, and two of pure 
 dry potash : throw the mixture into the caldron and make 
 the ingredients boil a quarter of an hour; then let the whole 
 cool. The next day the tallow will be found upon the sur- 
 face of the water in a pure cake. Take it out and expose it 
 to the action of tlie air, on canvass for several days. It will 
 become white, and almost as hard as wax. The dew is very 
 favourable to bleaching; make your wick of fine even cotton, 
 give them a coat of welted wax ; then cast your mould can- 
 dles. They will have much the appearance of wax, and oqe 
 of six to the pound, will burn fourteen hours and never run. 
 
 To make Mutton Suet Candles in imitation of Wax Can- 
 dles. 1. Throw quicklime in melted mutton suet ; the lime 
 will fall to the bottom, and carry with it every impurity, so as 
 to leave it pu o and fine as wax itself, 
 
 2. -Now if with one piirt of that suet you mix three of real 
 wax, you will be unable to distinguish the mixture ; even in 
 the casting and moulding wax figures or ornaments. 
 
 CHAPTER XXVIII. 
 
 JPistillation — to produce Tujlammnblc Spirits — of Malt — of 
 Jlops — of water fur Brticing — Bracing Vessels — irhat j» 
 procured by distillation — Bodies proper for distillaiion. 
 
 ]Pv th^ distillation of spirits is to b« understood th« art by 
 
TliADIiSMAN « aVWL. 20S 
 
 wlilch all inflammable spirits, brandies, rum, arracs, and the 
 like, are procured from vegetable subst;inccs, by the means of 
 a previous lermentation, and a subscqueiit ticuimeiit ot tlie 
 fernienied liquor by the alembjc or hot still, with its projjer 
 worm and refrigeratory. But as it is impossible to extract 
 vinous spirits from any vegetable subject without fermenta- 
 tion, and previous to this, brewing is often necessary, it will 
 be requisite to consider these operations. 
 
 To extract spirits is to cause such an action by heat, as to 
 cause them to ascend in vapour from the bodies which detail! 
 them. If this he tt be natural to bodif^s, so that the opera- 
 tion be made without any adventitious means, it is called fer- 
 mentation, which will be hereafter explained ; if it be pro- 
 duced by fire or other heating power in which the alembic is 
 placed, it is called digestion, or distillation; digestion, if the 
 heat only prepares the materials for distillation of their spirits } 
 and ^distillation when the action is of sufficient efficacy to 
 cause them to ascend in vapour and distil. This heat is that 
 which puts the insensible parts of a body, whatever it be, into 
 motion, divides them, and causes a passage for the spirits en- 
 closed herein, by disengaging them from the phlegm, and the 
 earthy particles by which they are enclosed. Disiillatiou 
 considered in thi" point is not unwi-rthy the attention and 
 countenance of the learned. This art is ot infinite extent: 
 whatever the whole earth produces, flowers, fruits, seeds, 
 spices, aromatic and vulnerary plants, odoriferous drugs, ike. 
 are its objects, and come under its cognizance ; but it is gen- 
 erally confined to liquids of taste and smell, and to the sim- 
 ple and spirituous waters of aromatic r;;itl vulnerary plants : 
 with regard to its utility, we shall omit saying any thing here, 
 as sufficient proofs of it will be given in some of the articles 
 respecting it. 
 
 Of Brewing in order to the Ptodtiction of Tnfammahlc 
 Spirits. By brewing is meant the extracting a tincture from 
 some vegetable substance, or disstdving it in hot wafer, by 
 which means it becomes proper for a vinous fermentation ; a 
 solution or fermentable tincture of this kind may bo procured, 
 with proper managojnent, from any vegetable sul'stance, but 
 the more readily and totally it dissolves in the fluid, tlie bet- 
 ter it is fitted for fermentation, and the larger its produce of 
 spirits. All inspissated vegetable juices therefore, as sugar, 
 honoy, treacle, manna, &c. are very proper for this use, as 
 
204 THE ARTI51 AMJ 
 
 they totally dissolve in water, forming a clear and uniform so- 
 lution; but malt, from its cheapness, is generally preferred 
 in England ; though it but imperfectly dissolves in hot water. 
 The worst sort is commonly chosen for this purpose, and the 
 tincture without the addition of hops, or the trouble of boil- 
 ing it, is directl}^ cooled and fermented. But in order to 
 brew with malt to the greatest advantage, the three following 
 particulars should be carefully attended to: 1. The subject 
 should be well prepared, that is, it should be justly malted 
 and well ground : for if it be too lixtle malted, it will prove 
 hard and flinty, and consequently, only a small part of it dis- 
 solve in the water, and on the other hand, if too much malted 
 a great part of the finer panicles or fermentable matter will 
 be lost in the operation. With regard to grinding, the malt 
 should be reduced to a kind of coarse meal, for experience 
 has shown, that by this means the whole substance of the mah 
 may, through the whole process, continue mixed with the 
 tincture, and be distille4 with it ; whereby a larger quantity 
 of spirit will be obtained, and also great part of the trouble^ 
 time and expense in brewing saved. This secret dei3ends 
 upon thoroughl}^ mixing or briskly agitating the meal, first in 
 cold water, and then in hot, and repeating the agitation after 
 the fermentation is tinished, when the thick turbid wash must 
 be iminediat?!}' committed to the still. And thus the two 
 operations of brewing and fermenting ma\' very commodiously 
 be reduced to one, to the great advantage of the distiller^ 
 The second particular to be attended to, is that the water be 
 good, and properly applied. Rain water is the best adapted 
 to brewinjT, for it not only extracts this tincture of the malt 
 better than any other, but it also abounds in fermentable parts 
 whereb}' the operation is quickened, and the 3'ield of the 
 spirit increased. The next to that of rain, is the water of 
 rivers and lakes, particulaiU' such as wash any large tract of a 
 fertile country, or receive the sullage of populous towns. But 
 what ever water is used, it must stand in a hot state upon tho 
 prepared malt, especially if judicious distillers, should always 
 take care to have their wash sulliciently dilluted, they would 
 find their spirits the purer for it. 
 
 With regard to the fire, it may be easily kept regular, by a 
 constant attendance, and observing never to stir it hastily, or 
 throw on fresh fuel ; and the stirring the liquor in the still ia 
 to be effected by means of a paddle, or bar kept iu tlic liquor. 
 
lll\«ltSMAN*8 UUIDt. 20^ 
 
 *^llit just begins to boii, which is the tirae for luting oh the 
 head, and alter which there is no great danger, but from the 
 improptir iwanagcnient of the iirc ; this Is liie coinn.oir way ; 
 but 11 js noeiisy maitcrto hit the exact lime ; and liie duin^'of 
 ir, either too late or U\ soon, is attended with great incon* 
 venienco, so t!iat several have discovered other methods, 
 some put nioro solid bodies into tiic still, with ilie wa-!?h; oih* 
 ers place some proper matter at the bottom ajid sides of the 
 still, wiijch are liie places where thy hre *ct.s will) the great- 
 est iorce. The use of the jKuidle, would however, answer 
 boiler than either of these methods, could it be continued 
 during the who'e time the still is walking; and this may be 
 oone by the following method ; let n short tube of iron or 
 coi)T>€r be soldered in the centre of the still liead, and lot a 
 croj's bar be plaT:ed below in die same hc;id, with a hole in 
 'iie ntiddle.com^spondiug to that at the tup; through botj^ 
 :hese, let an iron pi|>e be carried down in the still, 
 iind let an iron rod be passed ilyougii this, with wooden 
 sweeps at its end ; this rod^ n>;iy be continually worked by a 
 wrench at the still iiead,and the swceos will coniinuallv keep 
 \he bottom and sides scraped clean, the inleistice*: of the tube 
 being all the time v.ell crammed with tow, to prevent any 
 ♦evaporation of the spirit. Tiie same eflect may in a great 
 measure be produced, by a less laborious method, namely, by 
 placing a parcel of cylindrical Sticks lengthwise, so as to cov- 
 er the wh«de bottom of tlje still, or by throwing in a loose 
 parcel of fajr^ot sticks A. a ventures for the action of the fire 
 below moving the liquor, at the same time gives motion to 
 ihc siicKs, makingf them act continually like a parcel of slir- 
 rtMS upon the bottom aqd sides of the still, which nnght if 
 necessary he furnished with buttons and loops, to prevent 
 them fjom starting. Some also use a parcel of fine liny laid 
 upon l"he loose slicks, and secured down by two cross poles, 
 laid f/om side ta side, and in the same manner fastened down 
 with hMips'. Care is to bo take'n in this ca^o not to press the 
 hay atrainsi the sides of the still, fur that would scratch nearly 
 as'soou as the wash itself; bat the sficks never will; these 
 are simple but effcctuaj contrivances, and in point of ele- 
 gance, the}' mav be improved a^ leisure. 
 
 There is another inconve»hice attending the distillation of 
 malt spirit, which is, whp<i all the bottoms or gross mealy fe- 
 culence is put into thp still along with the liquor, the thinner 
 
 IS 
 
^06 tut ARTltf \S& 
 
 ■|)artt)f tlie Wush going off in the form of spirit, ihe mealy 
 mass grows by degrees, more and more stiff, so as to scorch 
 towards the latt(?r jjart of tiie operati«)n ; the best method of 
 remedying this, is to h-ive a pipe, with a stop cock, leading 
 from the upper part of iiie worni tub into the still, so that 
 upon a half or a quarter turn, it may conunuaHy supply a lit- 
 tle stream of hot water, in the same proportion as the spirit 
 luns off, by which menus the danger (jf scorching is avoided, 
 and the operation at liie same time, not in the least retarded. 
 lu Holland, the malt distillers work all their wash thick, 
 with the whole body of meal among it, yet they are so care- 
 ful in keeping tijeir stills clean, and so regular and nice in the 
 management of their fires, that though they use no artifice at 
 all on this head, only to charge the still, while it is hot and 
 moist, they very rarely have the misfortune to scorch, except 
 now and then in tbe depth of winter. When such an acci- 
 dent has once happened in a still, they are \ery can-ful to 
 scrape, scrub and scour off the remains of the burnt matterj 
 otherwise they find the same accident liable to happen again 
 in the same place. But beyond all other methods in use on 
 this occasion, would be the working the stills, not by a dry 
 heat, hut in a balner.m inariae, which might be possibly con- 
 trived by the basin being large and capable of working a great 
 many stills at once, so as to be extremely worth the proprie- 
 tor's attention in all respects. Another requisite U be ob- 
 served is, ihat the water in the worm tub be kept cool; this 
 raay be effected by placin<? in the middle of the tub a wood- 
 en pipe or gutter, about three inches square witiiin, reaching 
 from the top nearly to ihe bottom. By this contrivance cold 
 water ma}', as ofieu as necessary, be conveyed to the bottom 
 of the warm tub, and the hot water at the top forced either 
 over the sides of the tub^ or, what is better, through a leaden 
 pipe of a tuoderate size, called a waste pipe, soldered into 
 the top of the tub, and extended to the gutter formed to carry 
 away the water. 
 
 Tu choose good Melt. Malt is chosen by its sweet smell, 
 moUow taste, full (lower, round body and thin skin ; there are 
 two sorts in general use, iVie-pale and the brown. The for- 
 mer is more generally used in gentlemen's houses and private 
 families, the latter in pu"Tjlic brtw houses, as seeming to go 
 further, and make the liquor higher coloured. Others again 
 pni:; one third brown with two thirds pale ; but this depends 
 
upon llie liking ^f the drinkers. The sweetest malt if that 
 which is dried with coak or cindei^. In grinding it, see that 
 the mill be cletiu iVtim dust, eobwel)-, &". StT it so as to 
 crush every grain, w.ihoat grinti.ng ii :o | ouder ; fur yi)u l»ad 
 belter have some sn)all grains sl:p ibrougli uu.oucheci, ihau U) 
 have the wbole ground loo small, wiiich will cause it lo lake 
 togciher, so that )'ou cannot get the goodness out of it. 
 
 Mops. Hops art^ cliosen by their biiLdit green colour, 
 sweet smell ant) clamminess when rubbed between llie hands. 
 Water for firetting. Water out ol' rivers or rivulets is 
 best, except polluted by the melting of snow or l;ind water 
 from clay on ploughed lands. Snow water will take near 
 one-fifth part more of mall to make the beer good. H you 
 liave no river water, a pond that has a bonom not over mud- 
 dy, and is fed by a spring, will do ; for tlie sun will soften 
 and rarify it. Very hard water drawn from a deop well into 
 a v^ ide cistern or reservoir, and exposed to the air or sun, ia 
 two or three days has been brewed with success, by tiic addi- 
 tioi» of malt. Rain water conies next to river for brewing. 
 In short, all water that will raise a latlicr with soap, is good 
 for brewmg. 
 
 Brewing Vessels. To a copper that holds ihirty-six gal- 
 lons, the mash tun ought to be at least large enough to con- 
 tain six bushels of malt, and the copper of liquor, and room 
 for mashing or stirring it. The unfler back coolers and 
 working tuns, ntay be rather tilted to the convenience of the 
 room, than to a particular size, for if one vessel be not suffi- 
 cient to hold your liquor, you may take a second. 
 
 Of what is procured by Distillation. By disiillation ato 
 procured spirits, essence, simple waters, atid phle'^m. Spirits 
 are very difticult to be defined. We cansidc'.r thrm as the 
 most subtile and volatile parts of a body. All bodies, with- 
 out exceptioji have more or less spiriis. These pans are an 
 igniied sul>sta4ice, and consequently by Iheir own naKire dis- 
 posed t > violent motion. These v(da:»le jjarticles are more 
 or less disposed to separate themselves as the bodies are more 
 or less porous, or abound with a greater or less qnantiiy of 
 oil. Bv the term essence, we understand the (.leaninous 
 parts of a body. An essential oil is fniinc! hi all bodies, hetng 
 one of their constituent principles. We have observed ;n all 
 distillations, spirits of wine excepted, a soft unctuous sub- 
 stance floating on the phlegm ; and this sub.Mance is oil, 
 
20$' iflf* ARTIST A.<rv 
 
 <rhicli we call essence, and this is wh:rt wt; •ndeavoar f o ei* 
 tract. Simple waters aro those distilled fro^r» plants, flow- 
 ers, &c. without the help of waier, brr.iKly, or spirits of wine. 
 These waters are commonly odoriferous, c«Hlaining the odour 
 of tlic body from whence it is extracted, and even exceeds i» 
 ^nih-H the body iiself. Phlegm is the aqueous- paitick-s of 
 bodies, hut whether un active or passive principle, we sbaU 
 leave to the decision of chemists. It is of the lust impor- 
 tance to a distiller to be well acquninte^ with its naturtr. 
 Many mistaking for phlegm, several while and c<»lourcd 
 drops, which first fall into iho receiver, when the still begins 
 to ivork. These however are often the mos-t spiriiirous par- 
 ticles of ll>e matter in the alembic, and consequently ought to 
 be preserved. What has given iiccasion to this mistake, is 
 some humidity remaining hi the head, Sec. of the alembic. 
 And had it been thoroogly wined, the first drops would l^ave 
 been equally bright with any, during the whole operation. 
 
 The following, remark deserves atteation. In bodies that 
 kave been digested, the spirits ascend firsi. Whereas ia 
 charges not digested, the phlegm ascends before the spirits. 
 The reason of this is very plain and uataral. In substances- 
 previously digested, the action of fi^je no sooner causes the 
 matter in the c lerabic to boil, tljan the spirits, being ihe mosi 
 volatile parts, detach themselves, and ascend into the head of 
 tho alembic. But when tlje ma^er to be distilled bns nor un- 
 dergone a proper digestion, the spirits being entangled in tlie 
 phlegm, are less disposed to ascend till the phlegm itself sep- 
 arates and gives them room to fly upwards. The phlegm be- 
 ing aqueous, rises fiist — this is more particularly observable 
 in spice?. We are, however, iuclir.ed to believe, th;it weie 
 the operation perforuied in an alembic, when the head was at 
 a gi-eat distance ll-om the surface of the charqo, thev would 
 not ascend high enough to como over the helm, hut fall hrjck 
 again by thfi*' own gravity, and by that means le;)ve the spi- 
 rits at liberty to ascetid. I>ut in the convmoH refrigeraiorv 
 alembic this always happens. Jf this observation be not 
 readily admitted, w« a^^peal to experience, which wc desire 
 may be ili^ test of every tiling we advance. Auoiher obser- 
 vation which has veriiied the above assertion bv innura-erabli^ 
 instances is, that when we have not time sullicient to digest 
 th« substances, we siiould bruise them in a moriar ; but not- 
 vvith^t^n.dincr th« tri?i:rai!f>n, the phlegm will first co«»e OV'CV 
 
tradesman's CriDE. 
 
 209 
 
 5a«d aftertvards the spirits. But we desire to be i:nj stood 
 thai we speak here only of the volatile parts of the plaMts' 
 not drawn with vinous spirits, but contained in a simple wa- 
 ter. ' 
 
 Another remark we must add, and whicii wo hope will be 
 acceptable to the curious, as it has not yet been made public 
 though doubtless the observation has often occurred to oth- 
 ers ; it is this : that in mixed charges, consisting of flowers 
 fruits, and aromatic plants put into the alembic, without anv 
 previous digestion, the spirits of the iiowers ascend tirst; and 
 notwithstanding the mixture, they conrracte<i nothincr of the 
 smell or taste of the fruits and plants. jNexi after the spirits 
 of the flowers, those of the fruits asceiid, not in the least im- 
 pregnated wiiii the smell or taste of either of the flowers or 
 plants. And in the last place the spirits of the plmis distil 
 no less neat than the former. Should this appear strans;e to 
 any one, experience will convince him ol the truth. Another 
 observation we have made on aromatic herbs, is, that whether 
 they are or are not digested, or if the spirits or phlecrm as- 
 cend first, the spirits contain very litile of the taste or smell 
 of the plants from whence they were extracted ; and we havo 
 always been obliged to put lo these spirifsi a greater or less 
 quantil}^ of the phlegm, in order to give the spirits we had 
 drawn,, the taste of an aromatic odour of the plants, the 
 phlegm containing the greatest quantity of both. This ob- 
 servation we insert as of great use to those who practice dis- 
 tillation. 
 
 As the term digestion often occurs in this essay, we can- 
 not avoid pointing out its advantages, and even show the 
 hecessit)' of using it in several circuinstnnces. Substances 
 are said to be in digestion when they are infused in a men- 
 stiuum over a very slow fire. This preparation is often ne- 
 cessary in distillation, for it tends to open the bodies, and 
 thereby free the spirits from their conrincnjents, uhcrebv 
 they are better enabled to ascend. Cold digestions are the 
 best ; those made by fire, or in hot materials, diminish the 
 quality of the goods, or some part, as the mt)st vol.itilo will 
 be lost. In order to procure essence?, the bodies must bo 
 pre{)ared by digesiion. It is even of absolute necessity for 
 extracting the spirits and essences of spices. 
 
 Bodies proper for Distillation. 'V\\\s article alv)ne might 
 make a volume, were a parlictdar enumeration itf all its parts 
 
 IS* 
 
JIQ TMi ARTIST A.SD 
 
 made ; but as it has been already observed, we shall confina 
 ourselves to the distillation of simple and compound waters. 
 If we acquit oiubelves to the saiistaction of the public, we 
 shall enjoy tiic ph'asure of having treated on one part entiiely 
 new : and ihe only one, indeed that has been overlnoked. 
 The bodies proper for distillation, are flowcis, fraiis, s«M'ds, 
 spices and an-matic plants. By distillaiion an'd digtsnuM, we 
 extract the colour and smell of liowers, in simple waters and 
 essences. We extract frum iruits, at least from some, colour, 
 tasie, &c. From aromatic plants the distiller draws spirits, 
 essences, simple and conipoiind waters. From spires aie 
 procured essences, or in the language of the chemist, oils 
 and perfumes, and also pure spirits. From seeds or berries 
 are drawn simple waters, pure spirits, and from some, as 
 those of? -se, fennel and juniper, oil. The colour of flow- 
 ers is eitracied by infusion and likewise by digestion in 
 brandy or spirits of wine ; the. smell is extracted by distilla« 
 tion; the simple water with brandy or spirits of wine. What 
 is extracted of the colour of flowers by infusion in waier, by 
 a gentle heat or by. digestion in brandy or spirits of wine, is 
 called, in the distiller's phrase, tlilcture of flowers. The co- 
 lour of fruits is extracted in the same manner, either by in- 
 fusion or digesrioi;, their taste is also procured by the same 
 processes. But let it be observed ihat the time of the'se ope- 
 rations must be limited; for otherv»ise the fruit, after fermen- 
 tation, would rendtr it acid. The tasie is also extracted by 
 the alembic, pure spirits, odours, simple waters, but <hese re- 
 quire difrsrent methods of distillation. The first b}' water or 
 brandy only, the second by rectified spirit, Vvhich will give 
 them :he greatest excellency ihoy a/e capable of receiving. 
 
 The plants themselves v/ith their flowers may also be dis- 
 tilled, which is still better. From spices are drawn spirits 
 and oily or spirituous quintescences. The spirits are drawn 
 by brandy, or spiiits of wine, with very little water ; the oils 
 are distilled per riescensum: and the spirituous quintesences 
 by pounding the spices, and after infusing thom in sj/irits of 
 wine, decanting it gently by inclination. From seeds are 
 extracted simple waters, spirits and oils. Very few of the 
 first and last suirits being what is general!}' extracted from 
 seeds and berries. Some distillers, through a notion of fru- 
 gality, distil seeds with water, but their liquors are not to be 
 ompared with those which are distilled wiih spirits. When 
 
TRADBSMAN'sf CliDIJ. 21 t 
 
 oils are drawn from seed, ihe opcratiorj is performed either 
 by the balneum mariie, or vapour bath. 
 
 CHAPTER XXIX 
 
 Fermentation — Rectification — Filtration. 
 
 Fermentation. The tincture, or the \v;'.s!i, as distillers call 
 it, being prepared as you will find desciibed itixier ibe IkmcI 
 of Brewing in order to ihe production oj injiammable spirits, 
 it is next to be fermented ; for wiihojit the operation no vinous 
 spirit can be produced. By fermentation is nieant that intes- 
 tine motion poitornied by the insti umental eiJicacy of water, 
 whereby the salt, oil, and earth of a fermentable subject are 
 separated, attenuated, triinsposed, and again collectetl, and 
 recomposed in a jjarticular m inner. T|ie doctrine o'"feiniet:- 
 tation is of the greatest use, and should be well und .> ood by 
 every distiller, as it is the very basis of the art, and perhaps, 
 if more attended to, a much purer S|)irit, as well as a greater 
 quantity of it miglit be procured, from the same materials than 
 at present. We shall therefore lay down a concise theory of 
 fermentation, before we proceed to deliver the jiraciice. 
 
 Every fermentable subject is composed of salt, oil, and a 
 subtile earth; but these particles are so small, that when 
 asunder, they are impel ceptible to the senses ; and. therefore, 
 when mixed with an aqueous fluH, ihej' leave it transparent ; 
 neither have fermentable bodies any taste, except thai of 
 sweetness. These particles are composed of salt, oil and 
 earth, intimately mixed iiT an actual cohesion, connexicui and 
 union ; and therefoic, when a»y one of these j)rinciples too 
 much abounds in any subject, so that an iriiimate union is pre- 
 vented, the wb.ole eflicacy of the fermentation is (liilier stopped 
 oi- impaired, or at least limited to one certain species. 7'his 
 equal connexion of salt, oil and earth, into a single compound 
 particld, forms a corpuscle, soluble in water ; or to speak 
 more jihilosophically, this compound corpuscle is, by me;ins 
 of its saline particles, connected with the aqueous corpuscles, 
 and moved up and down with them. But when these corpus- 
 cles nre not thus conriecled with the water, a number of them 
 join together, and form either a gross or a loose chafly and 
 spung}'^ matter. When these compound panicles are diluted 
 with a small quantity of aqueous fluid, they feel slippery, 
 chmimy, and unctimus to the touch, and effect the taste with 
 a kind of rosy sweetness, and when a pr oper quantity of the 
 
212 THE ARTIST AM* 
 
 fluid is added, a commotion is presentW excited, aod aiier- 
 wards a subtile separation first begins in tlie wiiole substance, 
 for before the addition of water, the subject m»iy remain in 
 dry, solid, and large pieces, as in malt, sugar, &:c. which be- 
 ing reduced to p«iwder, each grain thereof is an agreement of 
 many compound corpuscles ; then being put into water, dis- 
 solve and separately float therein, liil ai length they become 
 so small as to be hivisible, and only thicken the consistence 
 of the liquor. 
 
 These corpuscles being thus separated fri-m one another, 
 there next ensues a separation of their component particles; 
 that is, the salt, the oil and the earth are divided by the in- 
 terposition ot aqueous panicles. The first commoiion is no 
 more than a bare solution ; for the saline particles being 
 easil\' dissolvable, in vk ater, they are immediately laid hold of 
 by tiie aqueous particles, and carried about wiih them. But 
 the succeeding separation or fermentative motion is a very 
 difterent thing; for b^' this, the saline panicles are divided 
 from liiose of oil and earth, parti;; by the impulse of the oijiers 
 in their motion, and panly by the force of the aqueous parti- 
 cles, which are now continually meeting and dashing against 
 them. This motion is performed by the water, as a fluid or 
 aggregate of an infiniie number of particles in actual and per- 
 petuaf motion, their smallness being proportionable to that of 
 the fermenting corpuscles, and their motion, or constant sus- 
 ceptibility of motion, b\' the warmth and motion of the air, 
 disposing them to move other subtile moveable corpuscles 
 also. The certain agreement of figure or size, bet\Feen the 
 aqueous particles, and those, of the salt in the fermentable 
 subject, tends greatl3- to increase this commotion : for by this 
 means they are readily and very closeh' connected together ; 
 and move almost like one and the same compound corpuscle, 
 while the waier is not at all disposed to cohere immediately 
 with either the oil or earth ; and thus an equal concussion is 
 excited in the compound corpuscles of the fermentable subject 
 which concussion at length strikes out the saline particles, 
 loosens tbe others, and linnlly produces a separation of the 
 original connexion of the subject. 
 
 An aqueous fluid, therefore, is the true, and indeed the 
 only instrument for procuring a fermentable motion in Jiese 
 compound corpuscles of the subject, for were an oil; fluid 
 poured upon any fermentable subject, no vinous fermet lation 
 
tradesman's criDT.. 213 
 
 would ensue ; as tlie oil could neither give a sufficient inipulsc 
 on the coMipoiind corpuscles which arc grosser than its own 
 constituent particles, nor divide the oily or saline particles oT 
 ihe suhject, from their connexion witl\ the others, which de- 
 tain, and as it were, envelope or defend them from its action. 
 T!ie compound cor[)Mscles of the Jerinentable subject being 
 I'.ifecfod by the perpetual motion of the particles of the aque- 
 ous fluid, a proper degree of motion is necessary,* or liiat t'ne 
 particles move wifh a proper degree of velocity, which de- 
 pends on external he.it. A considerable degiee of C(Ai\, in- 
 deed, will not absolutelv t)revent ferment. uion, thtui-jh it wilJ 
 retard it ; and a btjiling heat will pr(ivent it still more. A 
 tepid or middle degree of heat, between freezing and boiling 
 is therefore the most proper for promoting and quickening tho 
 operatior. The admission of air, also, though not of abso- 
 lute necessity, 3-et greatly promotes and quickens the action, 
 as being a capital instrument in putting in a proper degree of 
 motion the oily particles of the subject ; but whilst the air 
 thus contributes to hasten the effect, it causes at t])e same 
 time by its activity, some remarkable alterations in the oily 
 particles; for it not only moves but absolutely dissolves and 
 displaces them from their original connexions ; and thus car- 
 ries them off itself fron) the whole mass. And, therefore, 
 t'lough the consideration of the a:r does not so properly 
 beloi.g to fermentation in general, yet it d<!es in particular 
 cases ; as having an accidental power to alter ever}' species 
 of this operation, consequently its agency out;ht to be well 
 underst()<:d, either to procure alterations at pleasure, in tho 
 fermenting mass, or to p. even!: or correct impending dangers. 
 The oily particles thus separated and dissolved by the air, are 
 also elastic, thimo^h they probably derive that property from 
 their inrercot/rse with ihc air itself, and these being rendered 
 extremely minute. When, theref 're, an aqueous fluid is ad-r 
 dcd to a fermentable subject, exposed to a tenjporate heat, a 
 feinieutative stiufiiile immediately ariso'^, the saline part of 
 the compound particles being: dissolved l)y the continual in- 
 testine motion of iHe water, and carried up and down with if 
 in all directic^ns, amidst an infinite number of other particles, 
 as well tprmontnble as aqueous ones, whence by this collision 
 and attrition, the saline particles arc dissolved and separated 
 from their connexion with the oily and earthy. And as tho 
 v>ily particles ans the most subtile and plastic, they would by 
 
214 THE ARTIST AND 
 
 this means, be thrown up to the surface of the liquor, and 
 carried off by the air, were ihey not closely connected with 
 the eaithy ones, whose gravity prevents their evaporation, 
 and by coming in contact with others t>f the same kind, form 
 aggregations, and sink down with the oily particles to the bot- 
 tom. 
 
 But before these can form a bulk too large to be supported 
 by the waiei», man}' of the oily particles are, by their frequent 
 collisions with the aqueous fluid, separated from the eariby 
 ones, and by degrees more strongly connected again with the 
 saline ones ; whilst on the other hand, the same saline parti- 
 cles imbibe some of the eaithy ones, winch being left single 
 upon their separation from the oily particles, float about sep- 
 arately in the fluid. And hence proceed the several different 
 consequences of fermentation ; namely, 1. From the separa- 
 tion of the saline particles of the fermtntable subject, pro- 
 ceeds the tart, saline or acid taste of the liquor which is more 
 sensible at first, before the liquor is duly composed and set- 
 tled, or the due arrangement and connexion of the saline par- 
 ticles with those of the oily and earthy kinds, completed ; 
 after which the liquor becomes milder, softer or less pungent. 
 2. From the oily particles being set at Hberty, proceeds the 
 sirong smed of the liquor, and the head or shining skin upon 
 the stjrface. 3. The earthy particles collecting together in 
 clusters, cause the fluid to appear turbid, and afterwards a 
 visible, earthy or clay like matter, to" he precipitated; and 
 some of the earthy parts in their motion, arriving at the head 
 or oily skin on the surface cause it to thicken, and afterwards 
 taking it down along with it, thus constitute the lees which 
 abound in oil. 4. From this new sti uggle or collision, which 
 is productive both o( solution and a new connexion in the sa- 
 line and earthly corpuscles, proceeds the ebullition in fermen- 
 tation ; and lastly, by the same repeated coalition of the oily 
 with the aqueous and saline particles, the inflammable spirit 
 is produced. 
 
 Havintr thus laid down a consise theory t)f fermentation, 
 we shall now proceed to the practice. The wash being 
 brought to a tepid orluke-warm state in the backs, a proper 
 quantity of a good conditioned ferment is added ; but if the 
 ferment ho. soiled, it should be previously bri)ke into small 
 pieces, and gently thinned, eitber with the hand, wisp, &.c. in 
 a little of lh« tepi<l liquo:". A complete and uniform solution, 
 
tradisma.n's «L'ii)e. 215 
 
 should not be attempted, because that would greatly weaken 
 the power of the ferment, or destroy its future efficacy. The 
 whole intended quantity being thus loosely mixed with a mod- 
 erate portii>n of the liquor, and kept in a tepid state, either by 
 setting it near the fire or otherwise, and free from the too rude 
 commerce of the external air, more of the insensilily warm 
 liquor ought to be added at proper intervals, till iit length the 
 whole quiHitity is properly set to working t'<geiher, and thus by 
 dividing the business into parts, it may much more speedily and 
 effectually be performed, than by attempting it all at once. — 
 The whole quantity of liquor being thus set at work, secured 
 in a proper degree of warmth, and defended from a too freo 
 intercourse of the external air, nature itself, as it were, finish- 
 es the process, and renders the liquor fit for the still. By 
 ferments is meant any substance, which being added to any 
 rightly disposed fermentable liquor, will cause it to fernient 
 much soo.ier and faster, than it would of itself, and conse- 
 quisnily render the operation shorter, in contradi-ction to those 
 abusively called so, which only corrects some fault in the li- 
 quor, or giv« s it some flavour. Hence, wc see, that the prin- 
 ciple use of ferments is to save time, and make despatch in 
 business, whilst they only occasionally, and as it were by ac- 
 cident give a flavour and increase the quantity of spirits. — 
 And accordingly, every fermentable spirit may without the 
 addition of any ferment, by a proper management of heat 
 alone, be brought to ferment, and even more perfectly, though 
 -much slower thnn with their assistance. These ferments are 
 in general the flowers and fseces »f all fermentable hquors^ 
 generated and thrown to the surface, or dojjosited at the bot- 
 tom, either during the act of fermentation or after the opera- 
 tion is finished. Two of these are procurable in large quan- 
 tities, and at a small expense: beer yeast and wine lees; a 
 prudent and artificial mannuement, or use of which might ren- 
 der the business of distillation, much more certain arid ad- 
 vantageous. It has been esteemed very difficult and a great 
 discouragement in the business of distillalior>, to procure a 
 sufficient stock of these materials, and preserve them at all 
 times ready for use. The whole secret consists in dexterous- 
 ly freeing the matter from its superfluous moisture ; because 
 in its fluid state, it is subject to a further fermentation, which 
 is productive of corruption, in which state it becomes intol- 
 erably foetid and cadaverous. The method of exposing it to 
 
tlb THE ARTUl A.Ni- 
 
 the air liil it has acquired a proper consistence, is subject to 
 great incouveniences : and so peculiar aud careful ru an age - 
 meut is necessary, ihat it rarely succeeds. The besi way 
 therefore, h to press ii very slowly- and gra uialiy, in a thick, 
 close and sirong canva> ba?, afier the manner ol wine lees, 
 by the loii pres*, till it becomes a kind of cake, which though 
 soft, will easily snap, or break between ilie fingers. Being 
 reduced to that consistence, and closely packed lip in a figlit 
 cask, it will remain a Ion? time uutorrupted, preserve iis fra- 
 grancy, and consequently fit to be used for fermenting the fin- 
 est iiqiior. 
 
 » The same method is also practicable and to the same ad- 
 vantage, in the flowers of yeast or wi e, which ma^' be thus 
 ccmmodiously imported fr«.ra abroad; or if ihese cauaot be 
 procured, others of equal efficacy ma^' be procured jVom fresh 
 wine lees, by barely mixing aud stirring them into a proper 
 warm liquor, wlien the lightei and mure volatile and active 
 parts of ihe lees wiH be thrown to ihs surface, ^ud may ea^iy 
 be taken ofl" and preserved by the above meniX)ned meiliodj 
 in any desired qjaniity. And lieuce, by a very easy process, 
 an inexhaustible supiily of the most useful iermen!s may be 
 readily and successively procured, so as to prevent for the fu- 
 ture, all occasion of complaint for ihe want of them, in the 
 distiller's business. Experience has de-noastratt'd, that all 
 ferments abound much more in essenii:^ls, than the liquor 
 which produced them ; and consequently, they retain in a 
 very hieh degree, the smell and flnvour of the subject. It is 
 therefi>re requisite, before the ferment is applied, to consider 
 what flavour is introduced, or v\ h it species of ferment is most 
 proper for the liquor. The alteration thus caused by U-r- 
 raems, is so considerable as to render any neutral fermentable 
 liquor of the same flavour of that which yields the ferment. 
 This observation is of much greater rannjcnt than will n-adily 
 be conceived, for a new scene is hereby opeiled, both in the 
 business of distillation, and others depending lipon ferroeMta- 
 tion. It mus!, however, be observed, that its benefit does 
 not extend to malt treated in the common method ; nor to 
 any other subject but what affords a spirit talerably pure and 
 tasteless. For olheiwise, instead of producing asimplf, pure 
 and uniform flavour, it causes a compound, mixed andluinal- 
 ural one. JIuwfar the fine distiller may profit by it, well de- 
 serves his attention, and whether our native cider spirit, crab 
 
TUArHESMAN^K GUIDE. 217 
 
 spirit, Sec. whicli hive very little flavour of tlieir owb may 
 «ot by tins artilicc, be brought nearly, if not entirely, into 
 the state of some foreign brandies, so bio-blv esteeniCfJ, *is re- 
 commended to cxpeiionce, Ji is common' with distillers in 
 order to increase the quantity of spirit, to give it a particular 
 flavour, to improve its vinosity, to add several things.4o the* 
 Ijquor during th^ time it is in a state of fermentation, and 
 these additions may j)roperIy be reduced to salts, acids, aro- 
 raatics, and oils. 
 
 All rich vegetable juices, as Ircaclo, honeVj <fcc, which 
 either want a natural acid, iiave been deprived of it, or con- 
 tiin it in too small a quantity, will be greativ improved bv 
 adding 9t the beginning of tiio operation, a small qMeintity o'f 
 the vegetable or fine mineral acidr, as oil of sulphur, cloubers, 
 spirit of salt, juice of lemon, or an aqueous solution of tartar! 
 These additions will either give or greaily improve the vin- 
 ous acidity of tlie subject, but not increase\iie qiKtntity of the 
 spirits ; that intention being performed by aromatics and oils. 
 All pungent aromatics have a surprising quality of increasing 
 the quantity of the spirits, as well as in altering or improvin^r 
 the (lavour; but their use requiies that the fermentatioii 
 should be performed in close vessels, and if a large quantity 
 be intended to be added, care must be taken not to do it all 
 at once, lost the oiiiness of the ingredients should check iho 
 operation, Dul if the flavour be the principal intention, they 
 should not be added till tlse oppraiion is nearly finished. Af- 
 ter the same manner a very considerable quantity of any es- 
 sential vegetable oil may be convened into a surprisingly large 
 quantity of inflammable spirits; but great caution is here 
 als.) necessary, not to drop it too fast, or add too large a 
 quantity at a lime, which would damp the fermentation, it 
 bein:: the surest nielhod of checking, or totally stepping this 
 operation at :.ny point of time required. The best method 
 therefore, of adding the oil, so as to avoid all inconveniences. 
 Js to rub the oil in n mortar with sufjnr, which tlie riiPmistK 
 call mak'ng an ohesacchaium, by wiiich means the tenacify 
 f'i the oil will be destroyed, and t'.c wlmle readily mix with 
 the liquor, a::d immediately ferment with it. The distiller 
 would do well to consider these observations attentively, ns 
 he may thence form an advantageous method of increasino- 
 the quantity of spirits, and at tlie same time greatly improve 
 their quality and flavour. But in order to put these observa- 
 
 -19 
 
^i$ TUt ARTIST .V.*i* 
 
 tions in practice, particular regard must be hid to the con* 
 taining vessel in which ihe rermentati(jn is (.eiCornied, ihe cx- 
 chi>ion of the air, and ilsc debtee t-i the ex ei nid heal or 
 c«dd. Willi regard to the coiilHiiung vess»l, its piinlv, and 
 the provision lor reisdeiing it i cciisiuiiHlly close, are the fly 
 to be coiis.dered. In cleans. ng i., ni» S'Oup or oiiier unciuous 
 body s>h<tuhJ be u>ecJ, tor tear of iheckiiig the ternieniaimn ; 
 aniJ for the same leasun, al' strong alk.dnie Ixivii^ni should 
 be av(iided. L;inewaiei, or a lurbid solution of quickl nie 
 ni«v be enij loved for ih.s purjiose, wiihoui produc.ng any ill 
 efleci : it w.ll aho he of gient seiv ce m desir(;yiiig a [)ie\dd- 
 ing acetous suit, uhich is apt to generate in .he vessels when 
 the warm air has tree access to ilani; and tends to present 
 the order of femientatioii, and iiis ead «d' a Wiiie or wash, 
 produce a vinegar. Special care must ahn Le had that wo 
 reniaius of yeast, or cadaverous »eniaiiis of foi mer ferinented 
 mailers hang about the vessels; which woida infect whatc\er 
 should be aftei wards put into iheni, and cannot, wilhout the 
 utmost difficuliy, be perfectly sweeieued and cured. The 
 occasional closeness of the vessels m.)y, in the large way, be 
 provided lor by covers picpeily adj ped ; and in the small 
 Way, by valves i laced in likht Cnsks These valves will oc- 
 casionally give he I ecessarv veutio pte^eixe die v«ss(l, dur- 
 ing the height ol he let n.eiita.ioi, ; he vessel o herwise le- 
 maln.ng peiUc ly (l(>e, aid injeivuis to ;he asr. li is a 
 mistake of a very |)iejudicifd nc!t!;ie in tie business ol f r- 
 m<?ntation, to suppose that there is an absolute necessity for 
 a free admission of the external air: the express contrary is 
 the truth, and very great advantages will he fuutid by practis- 
 ing according to this supposition. A constant influx of the 
 external air, if it does not carry off some part of the spirit 
 already generated, vet certainly catches up and dissipates the 
 fine subtile or oleayinous and saline partichs, whereof the 
 spirit is made, 3nd thus considerab y lessens the qeantit}'. By 
 a close fermentation, this; inconvenianre is av<t;ded ; ail air 
 ipxcept that inclurled in the ve>s(l, being excluded. 1 he 
 whole secret consists in leaving a niodfM'ate space for ih(» air 
 at the top of the vessel unpossessed by ih( Iquor ; when the 
 liquor is once fairly at work, 1o bung it dcvvn close, and thus 
 sufiercd to finish the fern'oiratton vvi:hotH o} ening or giving 
 i; any m* re vent rhjui that Rffoided it by a proper valve 
 placed m the cask, which however, is not of absolwi*? necvs- 
 
 «v. 
 
a 
 
 Rity, when the empty space, or rather thjt posspssod by the 
 air, is ab.»ui one seu.h of the guut^e ; ihe arnrtciHl air, gener- 
 an^d i:i the operation, being Uu-n sclJ.mi s-jfficient to oj)fii a 
 stroniT valve, or at lu is: nut l(* end.m^ei ihe c !sk. Ihis 
 meihtJiJ may be practised to great advan ai;e by ih.ix- wli.>se 
 bi.sinevys is not veiy large; bn. it icquiies too much i.n»e to 
 be used by the large dealeis, who are in a manner toned to 
 admit the free air, and thus sustain a c«)nsiileiable loss in 
 (iieir quantity of spirits, that the fermentation may be finish- 
 eJ in the small lime allowed for ihit purpose. It may how- 
 ever be said, that lije silent, slow, and almost impercepiible 
 viuous fermentation, is universally the most perfect and ad- 
 vantageous. Dtiri.ig the whole course of'this operation, 
 the vessel should be kept from all ext( rnal cold, or 
 considerable heat, in an equal, uniform, and moderate tem- 
 perature. In the winter, stove rooms, such as are common 
 in Germany would be very convenient for this purjiose, the 
 vessel being placed at a proper distance from ihe stove ; but 
 at other seasons no particular apparatus is necessary in Eng- 
 land, or even in the central pa-t of the United Stales, if the 
 place allowed for the business be but well defended from the 
 summer's heat and the ill effects of cold, bleak, northern 
 winds. The operaioii is known to be perfect wiien the his- 
 sinij, or sm dl biibl)ling noise can be no longer heard upon ap- 
 plying the ear to the vessel; and also, by the liquor itself 
 appearing clear to the eye, and having a ptimrfnt sharpness 
 on the tongue. And that it mav fully obtain these proper- 
 ties and be well tinted to yield a pure and perfectly vinous 
 spiiit by dis;il!;ition, it should be siirtere<l to stand at rest in 
 a somewhat c«)oler place, it pr;ic icabh', th in that in whic^^ it 
 WIS fi'rmrnte.i, till h \\,\s thoroughly depnsited, an I cleansed 
 it-^elf of the tiross lee, apd become perfectly transparent, vin- 
 ous and fraiirant, in which state it should be committed to tho 
 still; and the spirits obtained will not otdy exceed that ob- 
 tained in the common way in quantity, but also in fragrance, 
 punifenrv and vinosiiy. 
 
 Recfijiratinn. The principal business is to separate tho 
 SLiirit from the essential oil the s|)irit contains. Care should 
 be taken in the first distdia ion; the spirit, especially malt 
 spirit shonj I he drawn bv a L'eude fne, which will keep a 
 giCit part of the essential oil fr<»ni mixing with the spirit, as it 
 n abundantly pro'i-ed »esi«r t* keep asunder then to separate 
 
220 THE ARTIST AST) 
 
 \rhen mixed, as this is almost impossible. To draw lovr wines 
 the best method ot" separating i\w oil from the spirit is by rc-^ 
 distill. ttion and percolation. To rectify low vriftes, tlmy 
 should be put into a tall body, or alembic, and geully distilled 
 in balneum marine ; by this means both the oitacd the phlegm 
 vill remain in the body,, but if the spirit slK>uki be- found al'ie-r 
 this operation, to contain some of t lie essential oil,, it must h^ 
 let down with fair water and re-distill'd in the same n^anner. 
 And thus it may be brought to auy degree of purit}', especi- 
 ally if in working, the spirit be sutlered to fall iato a proper 
 quantity cf the belneum m.iricc. Cut it BKJst be renr»emberec>, 
 that it is much more difficult to cleanse alcohol or proof spirit^ 
 than low wines, because ihe oil is more intimately mixed with 
 ihe two former than wi;h tlie latter ; this oil may however be 
 separated from proof spirit, &.c. by ihe method already prc/- 
 posed, especially if it be previously filtrated through paper, 
 thick flannel, sand, stone, &c. But this method, thci:gh it 
 effectually answers the intention, is generally rejected by dis^ 
 tillers, because of the slowness of tbc operation, and others 
 substituted in its stead ; tlvougb instead of freoinsf the spirk 
 from the oil, they only abolish the natural flavour of the spirif, 
 and make a more intimate mixture between the particles o4' 
 the spirit and those of the essential oil. It is impossible to 
 enumerate ell the methods practised by distillers,, as almosi 
 every one pretends to have a secret nostrum for this purpose. 
 The principal methods in use for rectifying malt spirits ar© 
 however reducible to thice, nf.n.ely, Ly mixed alkaline salts, 
 by acid spirits^mixed with alkaline salts, and l>y saline bodies 
 and flavouring additions. The method of rectifying by alka-i- 
 line salts is thus performed. To every pieee o-f pro(>f spiri^t 
 add fourteen pounds dry salt of tartar, fixed nitre, or carcin&d 
 tartar; lute on the head, and distil by a gentle heat, but be 
 careful to leave out the fain!s. By this a^ethod a large pr&- 
 portion of the fotid oil will be left in the still, and what tome-s 
 over with the spirit will be greatly attenuated. But this oper^ 
 ation is generally performed in a very different manner; for 
 instead ofdistilliiig the spirit in a gentle and eqifable manner, 
 the still is worked in its full force ; by which means the oil, 
 which should have remained in the still, is driven over and 
 intimately mixed with the spirit, and consec|t>enlly iho wholo 
 operation frastrated, and the spirit rendered much harder to 
 cleanse than it was before. But yven when the aperatica is 
 
t')(»il>E9MAN*S GtlDk. 211 
 
 performec? nccording to the rules of art, it is far from being 
 perfect, lor il is well kiiowi th.u \i:\n of she hxed salis become 
 voldiile i:i the o-jijraiiiin, passes over the htluj, .nul int.miiely 
 mix««s wiih the essenrial oii s.ill c >uta«necJ in Aw spinas • by 
 this means fhe od beomes more perfectly united wiih the 
 spiriis, and coiKsequeniiy mucli hirder to b(? separaied by 
 repCHted distiliajoi.s : nor is ii»;s..li • for the still beinir worked 
 in IIS full f'Tce, iln- bilier oil of the mull formed into a kind 
 o{ liquid soap Ml th.- still, by means of llie j.lkaline salt is 
 broij'ihi over liie lielni with the fnnts and suifered !•) mix with 
 the spirit, wheieby it is renilered alinost as nauseous and ill 
 tasted as beloie the operation. Upsides, if this opora;ion 
 wore performed in its utmost perfection, it would never 
 answer ilie intention, for the alkaline salts destroys the vino- 
 sity of ihc spirit, and consequently deprives it (.>f one of its 
 most valuable properties. ()ur distillers are well acquainted 
 with this defect in ihc operation, and endeavour to supply it 
 by an addition of acids. This is v^hat we call the second 
 methed by alkalies and acids. 
 
 The opera'it)!? (jf rectifying by the method of fixed alkalies 
 and acids is the saiiie as that above descrih.-'d : the spiiit is 
 diawn over from fixed aIH.alies as before, but in order to moi- 
 tifv the alkali in the spirit, and restore its vinosity, a [iroper 
 quantity of some acid spirit is added. Various kinds of acids 
 are used on this occasion, but princi|)allv those of the mineral 
 kind, becatise of their cheapi!ess ; as the oil of vitricd, spirit of 
 nitie, oil of sulphur, &-c. We wo ild however cant on younL^ dis- 
 tillers from being too bus^ with these corrosive acids. Tlie 
 sulphurous spirit of vitriol, dulcified spirit of nitre, or Mr. 
 Boyle's acid spirit of wine will rectified w«ll much better 
 answer their purpose. 
 
 The liiird method of rectification, is that by saline bodies 
 and flivonring ingredients. There is no difierence in the 
 operation, between iliis and the two foregoing ineMiods ; fixed 
 alkaline salts, camm )n salt depreciated, or dried calcined 
 vitriol, sandn-er, alum, 6cc. is put into the still with the low 
 wines and the spirit drawn oflfas before. Wben the quantit3' 
 is drawn ofi", the flavouring injiredients are added to give the 
 spirit the fl jvonr intended. Bit as the spirit is not by this 
 means rendered sufiiciently pnre, the disagreeable flavour of 
 the spirit trenerally overpow<'rs that of the ingredients, wbere- 
 by the whole intention h either destroyed, or n compound 
 
 *19 
 
222 ^ Tlia ARTIST AKP 
 
 flavour proJuced, very difTerent from tl'.at intended, Som^ 
 distillers, instead of alkaline salts, use quicklime in rectifying 
 their malt spirit : tliis ingredient cleanses and dephlegmates 
 the spirit considerably ; but like that rectified frum all alka- 
 line salts, it requires an alkaline dispoiitlon, and also a nidor- 
 ous flavour. Acids, therefore, *».re as necessary to be nii.xed 
 with those spirits rectified with an alkaline salt. If chalk, 
 calcined an«l well purified bones of animals, &c. were used 
 instead of quicklime, the spirit would have much less alklaline 
 or nidorour flavour ; and consequently, the flavouring ingred- 
 ients raisiht be added to it with more success than can be ex- 
 pected from a spirit rectified from alkaline salts. But perhaps 
 if neutral salts were used instead ot the alkaline ones, the 
 spirit might be rendered pure without contracting an alkaline 
 flavour. Soluble tartar might be used for this purpose, though 
 the spirit acquires as little saponaceous flavour. 
 
 Dr. Cox h.as mentioned another method for this purpose, 
 namely, to deprive the volatile sahs of their oil, by rendering 
 them neutral with spirit of salt, and afterwards subliming them 
 with salts of tartar. The acid may Le varied if the spiiit of 
 salt should not be found so well adapted to the purpose as 
 could be wished ; but fine dry sugar seems the best adapted 
 to the purpose of rectifying these spirits ; as it readily unites 
 with the essential oil, detains and fixes it, without imparting 
 any urinous, alkaline or ollxr nauseous flavour to the spirits 
 rectified upon; 
 
 We shall conclude this article with remarking tliat there is 
 no other method of rectifying to peifection, besides what is 
 first laid down, viz. by gentle distillation : but then it must be 
 remembered, that the whole process must be of a piece, viz. 
 that the first distillation from the wash must be preformed in 
 a gentle manner, for otherwise the essential oil will be so in- 
 timately blended with the spirit as not to be easily separated 
 by rc-distillation. Another good property attendiiig this me- 
 thod is its universality ; all kind of sjiirits, from whatever in- 
 gredients extracted, require rectification ; and this is adapted 
 to all kinds. 
 
 Of filtration. Filtration consists in passing liquors through 
 a porous substance in order to free them from those particles 
 which obscure their brightness. Nothing is finer than a li- 
 quor newly distilled, but the syrup and colouring particles, 
 render it thick and opaque : in order therefore to restore 
 
TriADESMAN's Ol'inK. 225 
 
 their brightness they are filtrate J, wliicli is dene by passing 
 them through sand, ))aper, cloih, &.c. All the attention of 
 the distiller in ordinary operations, cannot always j)rcvent 
 some aqueous particles from rising with the spirits, either in 
 the beginninfj of the process, in those cumposiiions where 
 they ascend first, or at ihe conclusion when ihey rise last; as 
 this is almost unavoidable, so it is sometim.JS necessary. 
 
 In distilling llowers, )i aromatic pi. nts, iVesh gathered, the 
 phloem rises first; and this part cannoi be taken out of the 
 rcceivei, without depriving the spirits of a considerable part 
 of their fragrancy. 
 
 In distilling spices, their odour being more entangled, will 
 remain in the alembic, till part of the phlegm is drawn off". 
 But wlien instcid of these substances their quintessence is 
 used, the necessity ceases. But the phlegm commonly cau- 
 sing a cloudiness in the liquor, it may be rendered tolerably 
 fine by pouring it gently olf by inclination, without the trou- 
 ble of filtration ; the aqueous particles, by their gravity, fal- 
 ling to the bottom ; but to render it entirely bright and fine, 
 put some cotien in a lunnel, and pour the liqucr through it, 
 by which means the aqueous particles will be retained in the 
 cotton. You must however remember to cover the top of 
 the funnel, to pre\eMt the most volatile parts of the spirits 
 from evaporating. 
 
 CHAPTER XXX. 
 
 Colouring $Sj)irits — Imitation Spirits — A re omcttr. 
 
 Colouring Brandy. — The art of colom-ing spirits owes its 
 rise to observations on foreign brandies. A piece of French 
 brandy that has acquired by age a great degree of softness and 
 ripeness, is observed at the same time to have acquired a yel- 
 lowish brown colour; and hence our distillers hiive endeav- 
 oured to imitate this colour in such spirits as are intended to 
 pass for French brandy. \ great variety of experiments 
 have been made on various substances, to discover a direct 
 and sure method of imitating the coli)ur to perfection. To 
 do this it is necessary to know from whence the French bran- 
 dies themselves acquire their colour, for, till we have made 
 lliis discovery, it will be in vain to nttempt an imitation ; be- 
 cause, if we should be able to imitate ex;ictly the colour, 
 which is indeed no difficult taisk, the spirit will not stand the 
 test of different experiments, unless the colour in both Lo 
 
924 TU& AHTr^r ANd 
 
 produr »d from the same ingredient. This being undeniably 
 the case, lei us try to liisover ihis niigh'.y secret, ihe ingredi- 
 ent from whence liie French hr.imiy iicquircs its tt.h.ur. We 
 hnve already observed, that this colour is (.nly t'ound in such 
 brnnflies as have acquired a mellow ripeness bv aL^e ; it is 
 theri'tnrr; not given it by the distiller, but Iihs gained il hy Iv- 
 inglon-jin theca.sk ; conseqnenily the insre<lieiit tVoni whence 
 lids C'doiir hi extracit'd, is nv> olh.n- i"h>!n the wo td nt' the c;tsk, 
 and the brai;dv in re djiy is become a ddiiie tincture of t^ak.. 
 "^riie connnon experiment used lo piove the genuinenes> of 
 French brandy proves that fhis opinion is well founded. The 
 experiment is this: they pour into a glass of brandy a W'W 
 dn»ps of a s«dniion of calcined vitriol of n^on in a diliied 
 spirit o( sul| hiir, or ..ny (»iher minejvd acid, and the whole 
 lurns of a blue colour, in the same manner as we make ink 
 of a tincture ot^Hlis and vitriol* Since, therefore, the c<»lour 
 of French brandies is acquned from .he oak of the cask, it is 
 not difficult to imitate it to perfection. A smsdl qnantiiy of 
 the extract of o:-ik or the shavino; of that wood, properly di- 
 gested, will t\irnish us with a tincture capable of giving the 
 spirit any degree of colour required ; but it must be rcmem« 
 bered, that as the tincture is extracted frou! the cask by the 
 brandy, and that ihis is alcohol und water, it is necessarN' to use 
 both, in extracting tin? tincture, for each of these m^nstruums 
 dissolve different parts of the wor)d. Let therefor*., a suffi- 
 cient quantity of oak shavings be digested in strting spirits 
 vine and also, at the s irae time, other oak shavings be di- 
 gested in o.ik, let both be poured off from the shavings into 
 d:fferent vessels, and bo;h phiced over a gentle fire till re- 
 duced to the consistence of treaclf. In this condition let tlio 
 two extr.icts be itttinjiroly mixed together; which may be 
 done eflectu illy by a(iding a small qu miitv of loaf sn^ar, in 
 fine powder, and well rubbintr the whole together. By this 
 means a Kquid es«efitial extract of oak will be procured, and 
 alw»ys re adv to be used as <>ccasion si all require. 
 
 There are other methods in use for colourii^g brandies; but 
 the b«'st bolides the extraci of oak above mentioned, is burnt 
 mol issos and burnt sujiar. The mol i^^s'S jj'ive^s the spiris a 
 fine coloui nearly resembPncj that of French brandies; but 
 as its colour is but dilute, a 1 ir£ie quantity must he used ; this 
 is not however alteiK.'od with any bad consequences, for not- 
 withstanding the spirit is really weakened by this addition, 
 
tradesman's ei'iDE. 225 
 
 though scarcely perceivable provided the molasses is well 
 ))repared, yet tlie bubble proof, the general criterion of spirits, 
 is greatly mended by the tenacity imparled to them by the 
 treacle. The spirit also acquires from this mixture, a sweet- 
 ish or luscious taste and a fulness in the mouth, both of which 
 properties render it very agreeable to the palates of thu com- 
 mon people, who are in fact, the principal consumers of these 
 spirits. A much smaller quantity of burnt sugar than of 
 molasses will be suflicient for colouring the same quantity of 
 spirits: the taste is also very ditferent ; for, instead of the 
 sweetness imparted by the treacle, the sjiirit acquires from the 
 burnt sugar, an agreeable bitterness, and by that means re- 
 commends itself to nicer palates, which are offended with a 
 luscious spirit. The burnt sugar is prepared by dissolving a 
 proper quantity of sugar in a little water, and scorching it over 
 the (ire till it acquires a black, colour. Either of the above 
 ingredients, molasses or burnt sugar, will nearly imitate tlie 
 genuine colour of the French brandies, but neither of them 
 will succeed when put to the test of the vitriolic solution. 
 
 To procure a colouring matter from molasses — place thti vessel, eith- 
 er of till, copper, or iron (an iron skc'llet will answer) cnnLaining the 
 molasses, over coals, when it should be kept boiling until it becomes 
 reduced by evaporation three fourths or more — during the process it 
 should not be stirred, otherwise it will not become sufficiently scorched 
 — a very material object. 
 
 Imitation Brandy. We have observed in the article tni 
 fp'CtiJicatinn^ that the common method of rectifying spirits 
 from alkaline salts, destro3's their vinosity, and in its stead 
 introduces a lixivious taste. But as it is absolutely recessary 
 to restore, or at least to suslitute in their room, some degree of 
 vinosity, several methods have been proposed, and a multi- 
 tude of experiments perfornied, in order to discover this great 
 desideratum : but none have succeeded eqvjal to the spirits of 
 jiitre : and accordingly this spirit, either strong or dulcified, 
 has been used by most distillers, to give an agreeable vinosity 
 to their spirits. Sever. il difficulties, liowevor, occur in the 
 method of usin^it, the principal of which is, its being apt to 
 quit the liquor in a short timo, and consequently depriving 
 the liquor of th?»t vinosity it was intended to give. To re- 
 fpovo this difficulty, and prevont the vinosity from quitting the 
 goods, tho dulcified spirit of nitre, which is muoh better than 
 \^^ Strong spirits, should be prepared by a ptoviou? digjestion^ 
 
continued some tlmo with alcohol; the longer the digestion is 
 coiitinut^d, ihe more iiiiiiniiely will jhey be bh'iided, and ihe 
 cum,io;ind n»n lured the ni hier ;ii)d sof.e:'. At.er a proj>er 
 digesiitm, the dulcitie<l spirii sh >uld bi; ai:x<'d wiJi the bran- 
 dy, l)y which Jieaus ihe viiuisiiy will be .M.iiiia;el} blended 
 wi.h [he i^jt)ds, ruid disposed no. lo liy oil' lor a Vfry consid- 
 erable time. No general ruh* can be given for ihe qumiity 
 of this mineral acid requisite t«) be en)ployed, because d:ft*er- 
 en'i propoition^ ot it are necessary in diilerenl spirits. It 
 should however, be cirel'ijlly adverted lo, th it tho* a sniill 
 qi liitity of it wd) un;loul)tedly t^ive an ai^reeable viijosiiy re- 
 semblinj; ihat naturally found in the fine subiile spiriis drawn 
 from wines, yet an over large dose of it, will not only cause 
 a disasrreeable flavt)ur, but also render the wijole design abor- 
 tive, by discovering ihe intposition. Those therefore, who 
 ende:ivor to co\er a foid tas;e. in g<iods by large doses ol dul- 
 cified spirit of uirre, will fijjd themselves deceived. 
 
 Biit life best, and indeed the only me-hod of imitating 
 French brandies to perfection, is, by an esseiiiial oil of wine; 
 thi-* being the ve.y th'n:^ rh it gives the French brandies iheir 
 flivo'.ir. It m nt however, he rem-Mih^.e I. t'lit in order to 
 ii<ie ih:s inured. enl to advirjtat'p, a pure t isteless spirit must 
 he ti -^t pr>ciel ; f>* it is ridical » n t » ex;)ect th it ihis es- 
 se ri il (»il si] » li I be able r<i give ih*'. agree jhle fl ivour of the 
 French b -an lies, t<» our fulsome mdt sp'rit, already loaded 
 wi h its own nauseous oil, or strongly impregnaied wiih a lix- 
 iv»ms tasie from the alkaline salis, u-;ed in rectification. How 
 a pu?e insipid spirit may he (detained, wdl be f >und in the 
 chiptei on distlljtion. It oidv therefore rem rins to show 
 the me hod of pr«)Cunnir the essen ial o 1 of wine, which is 
 this. Take so»ne cakes of dry w'ne lees, such s aie used 
 by hatters, dissolve them in six or ei^ilil times their weit^ht of 
 water, distil the Uquor wiih a slow fire, and separate the oil 
 bv a sei^araiinjJT cl iss ; reserv'n^ for the nicest use*, that only 
 wlrch comes over first, the succeeding o\\ being co user and 
 ni » r re-^inoiH, 
 
 H iviu? procu'e I this fine <»ll of w'lip, it may he mixed 
 iii'o a quintessence wi h pur" mIcoIk I ; by wli ch me uis it 
 in iv he preserved i lorir lim" fnllv possessed -fall its fl ivonr 
 a ul virt>i(>s; hni w' bout such m MKigemeiit, it will soon grow 
 reiinous and rancid. 
 
 When a fine essential oil of wine U thus procur^M?, f%nd 
 
TRADBSMAN't OOIDS. 2?T 
 
 also a pure and insipid spirit, French brandies may be imi- 
 t.iicd to pprfertit'H with ncard to the flavor. It must, how- 
 ever, l,<' It nu nil-ncii, :nfi cjiifluilv jk Mm <■<! «,>, thni tie et*- 
 srii.i.;! <),| l)e (li; \vn iiOMi \\iv sMiu- son ot h-es as ihr br: my 
 t(' hp iiiiii:t<'(! WmS jiniciircd jioni: u<* imv n tn ouier t«. im • 
 la e ccgiiiac Lr;.n«'v, ii uijl If necosiH! y u &\s\.\ h<- ess:Miti;il 
 o 1 iViJiM c« tjiiiiic l<M's ; and the sann^ fur any o h<T k nd o1 
 biandy. F )r as diflVicMt: brandies, ha\e d flirriii fl; vouis, 
 ar.d tiese tl. voids hic iwrg cistiielx to hr t'S.^HUtr.il o.l ol 
 th" gia| (', ii Would be prrj O'itfrous lo otideiivor to in»iiate 
 till- fl.jvonr of copniric braiuiv, wiih ;in es>eii iai i:il pioVuied 
 fr( m the Ires ol' B«»idejiiix wine. Whtn the fl ivour of il;e 
 biandy is well imitarejl l)y a proper do>e of iht* essensial oil, 
 and ihe whole reduced into one sin»[;le and liomeLine* ns 
 lluid. Oilier difficuliies aie sidl brliind ; the flavour, uu.ugli 
 the esseniinl parr, is not In wexer the <»i ly one; the colour, 
 the proof }rnd ihe softness must he re<.'auied, lefote a sprt, 
 that |eilecl^ re^^lnhles Fretuh hrHiif'y cun be | r« c un (', 
 \Vi h legaid lo -he pi oof, i; m; y le e; sil) b t, ly i!>ii.ir a 
 S| irit nciitied ah«.\e | lOif ; whth afei Le;i g intin'uttly 
 mi ltd wiih the issentiol <iil of wine, m^y le let »,own to h 
 proper standard ly f.iir water. 'I he solti e^s may in a 
 gieat n:»'aMne le <d) aiied ly dist ii ni' and ucii<\iit«.' tie 
 spiiit wi.h a {.'Pii.le fiie; .'nd what i< w-ni ig «.1 ihsriir- 
 r.on >n tie 1 qn( r, when fiisi m u!e, will he >u| phed by tin e ; 
 for n niusi be lemeinhen d, hit it is ' iine alone .h m p vesthis 
 prop<riy to ihe Fit nch hrjn d.es ; hey heii g at fns I ke « nr 
 spirits, acrid, fonl and fiety. \\n\ wi h'lepaid to the t» Iimii, 
 a particular coionr is neiessaiy to imiiae it t«) i«'ilecion; 
 aiul hi'W thai may Le done is cons.dcu-d ^n iheai'.cle vu 
 colourings spirits. 
 
 Our ohsrrvntinns rrcpi-clinp thp m^ Ii' (Is <T iiniiTlihcr Hpirif nr«' nnt 
 niade Willi a \'ii w to fjiviui ii)ip<it<itii>ii.<i by paliiiinor tin ui <ff jib r> a! : 
 but we are iiul sensible «»f the impropriety of bellii'g tin m a^i iiuiiaii<iu 
 •pirit0. 
 
 \S e vvjl fin her snjjf rsl ♦<> tl osi-, vvli« . i « 'f'oi to 'e/n*e 
 tiie pr:ce of spirils, mix sin-e < f he | me ( he si) c; uhuh 
 thr-y \vi>h to in»i a e) \v tii neu ral spiri', .1 ai quiu* - w ;n - 
 provenient can Le mnrle in imi atiiKj F en< h I rfid es, hy 
 adding a -m 11 qinin-i y of rt h no u: ta n M I i»a \^ nr, cc m- 
 moidy Ciilled strut wii-r, 'I he < X; ot'nu nt will c u\ vn' 'is 
 of the fact, though we siill adhere lo our fusi poj.iiion, that 
 
228 THE AltTlST A\'D 
 
 the essential oil obtained from the lees of wine to be the best J 
 but to iliose \vU(> do not deal largely, this last nicliiod may be 
 substituted advaotageousU'. The reader is al;o referred to 
 remarks on apple spirit. 
 
 St. Croix Ram. For imitations t!jat wliich is ijigh scented, 
 sweet favoured and colourless should be selected. This will 
 workup a great quantify of neutral spirit advantageoush'. 
 
 ,Sj. Croix Rum of prime quality is a very scarce staple, 
 and when obtained it is generally apprized very liighly — par- 
 ticularly by most of the city dealers, who are well acquainted 
 with \\» worth for the purposes before mentioned. 
 
 ISutralized molasses spirit (commonly called neutralized 
 N. E. Rum.) undoubtedly furnishes us with the best body for 
 imitations. We are convinced that grain spirits fail to ])rodiic3 
 good imitations, and the same objections arise against their 
 use, in regard to rum, uhich we have alread}' inferred respect- 
 ing braud'es — ihougii we are confident a great improvement 
 might be made in rendering them more insipid-— and ihat it 
 is a subject of great importance to the distiller. 
 
 As the molasses spirit is manufactured f;dm the same in- 
 gredient that produces the spirit whic i we wisli to imitate, 
 and enter into combination, in order to give it the favour, is 
 obtained, and as it is the essential oil, which gives the flavour 
 to all spirits, the difference then, in tliose spirits must proceed 
 from the difierent processes of mamifacture and also the 
 quality of the cane must be taken into consideration, even as 
 we have ? iated respecting the grajje. 
 
 Enough has already been said, to convince the reader quite 
 a difierent flavoured spirit must be produced, by mixing grain 
 spFrits, with that obtained Irom cane, than they are intended 
 to represent, when they are blended together. The best 
 neutralized mdasses spirit, can be obtained for ten cents [)or 
 gallon more than that which is usually put up for the trade. 
 It need not be said that tlie Boston market furnishes the best 
 new rum, and that it produces also the best neutralized, of 
 an}- which we have ever seen. It on easily b;^ obtained at 
 60 per cent, above proof; there are considerable quantities 
 manufacti^red of a very ordinary quality; consequently much 
 care is required in selecting it. The purchaser will do well 
 to observe, that the best is colourless, and free from a burnt 
 or smoky flavour, which in cither case, renders the spirit untit 
 to mix. 
 
tradesman's guide. 229 
 
 For a bnrrel of imitation^ from one to ten j^allons of the 
 pure, spirits mixed wiili the ncuiralizcd; and of the hitter quan- 
 tiiy, hut f'3w j)alates can detect, provided the goods aie of 
 Uie hest quHlity. 
 
 Whe!» neutnilized rum cannot easily be obtained, neutral- 
 ized whiskey (or |)nrc spiri.s) are subsiiluiedk 
 
 The lye of walitut, (or hickory) ashes is insipid, and has 
 \ttti sini^idar property of neulraii/-in.'j spirits. Spirits rendcr- 
 e«i lasieless by this piocess are not in the least injuied, but 
 rather acquire a degree of strength. 
 
 Could a discovory bo madti to dtq)rivn spirits of their inloxicatii>g 
 power, liow mud) of the worlds wrelcliedness would oe allevialcdl 
 
 It is without doubt to be considered as the most wise ex-^ 
 periment which can be made to abstain entirely fron) using 
 ardent spirits unless for medicinal purposes. Who has not 
 seen, bv its too frequent use, the noblest structure, body^ 
 mind and all, swept by their enticing clianiiels over a fashom- 
 \ess cataract? Who can be so insensible to the calls of human* 
 itj', amidst the scenes of misery which an inordinate love of 
 ardent spirit produces, thai will not come to the detornjinH- 
 Hon acconip.inied with a rigid adherance, to aid in paving the 
 ^'ay «;f relorm ? 
 
 St. Vincents is next in quality to St. Croix, and admits of 
 ihe sanio process as described above, in order t(» reduce the 
 price. Hi'Wfver, it must always, be considered that much 
 doptMids on the quality of the goods which you blend with 
 tlie i]Cii\r>i\-7.v<\ sjiirit ; ini ch caie and experience is required 
 to select that which is high scen'ed and fine flavoured : the 
 d fferoncf' of cargoes in this respect, is more than we are gen- 
 erally inclined to admit. 
 
 Orrnada Rum, can be imitated very well, with the neu- 
 tralized molasses sjdrit, and a small quantity of very high fla- 
 voured Jamaica spirits. 
 
 Jamaica Spirits^ if highly scented, are veryjmuch imjirov- 
 «d by adding the neutralized molasses s[)iiil; the compound 
 wo dd be preferred by most palates, after acquirii'g a sufll- 
 .cienl ripeness. 
 
 Noutraliz'd nu>las8rs spirit of the first quality will pasa fo" better 
 inward Islond rum. thai» any rum ol tlie Islaucs cen, with 11, c least 
 .addition ot grain spirit. 
 
 Holland Gin^ can be reduced in price, and a very fair fla- 
 
 20 
 
230 THE ARTIST ANP 
 
 vour retained, by mixing it with that which is manufactured 
 in our country : some of the American is very nearly as good 
 as imported; iind wduld Le quite, if li.e iiii.nut'ac uicis were 
 as careful as the Hidlauders in miinufaciunug it : ,ige, how- 
 ever, is a ver}' necessary qualification to reciimmend all 
 spirits. 
 
 ^eutruliztd Mhiskiy mixes with gin better than any other 
 spirit ; and if it must he resorted to, in order to reduce the 
 f)rice of the Holhind gin, we would recommend a very small 
 quantity of the oil of juniper, to be added, (first mixed with 
 high wines, and then added to a small quantity of gin, when 
 the wlioh; may be put into the cask,) though we should pre- 
 fer a few iVesIi juniper berries, when they can be easily ob- 
 tained : mash them and digest in alcohol a short while, then 
 pour the tincture into the cask. 
 
 We have been infoimed that large butts have been contriv- 
 ed so as to contain two or three others, for the purpose of hold- 
 ing different qualities of spirits, but in such a manner as to 
 appear to be drawn from only one cask. We m?y therefore 
 infer, that such casks are son)etimes intended for deception, 
 and that it is probable the samples will not always correspond 
 with such as are delivered. From tliis developement, we 
 may learn that however " sharp" the retailer may be, res- 
 pecting the qu.iliiy and prices of the goods which he pur- 
 chases, it is no les>i for his interest, that he also, becomes fully 
 satisfied at the time of delivery with that which he would 
 naturally anticipate, when rolled into his own warehouse. 
 
 It was an old adage, that spirits and wines, on arriving at 
 their place of deslination, ** had crossed many rivers and 
 brooks," parti<rn1arly when transported into the countr}'. 
 
 Some have even thought that spirits would not bear reduc- 
 ing so much, with soft or couiitry,as with the city water — which 
 they were inclined to believe had some peculiar qualilacatioDS, 
 whirh country water did not possess. 
 
 There is another singular operation which we will allude to, 
 though it would «eem, that it must be manaocd with great ad- 
 dress. It is said that samples of spirits exhibited in proof glasses, 
 appear to much bettf^r advantage in cold Heather, after 
 having held them sometime in the hand — as the caloric or heat 
 leaves the hand, it is imparted to the fluid, producing a more 
 lively action — (see also remarks on the expansion of liquids 
 io the chapter on caloric.^ 
 
tradesman's guide. 2»i 
 
 We should suppose the winter season the most favourable for opera- 
 lions of this kind, as the fire is as wonderlul attractoi for the hands. 
 
 The. Areometer \s \n general use, which is made of glass with a 
 round hollow body ending in a long slender neck, scaled hu-. 
 metically at the top, ii.ro which liiere is first put as much 
 quicksilver as is sufficient to keep it swimming in an exact po- 
 sition ; its neck being divided into degrees the quality and 
 lightness of the liquor is judged of by the depth of the ves- 
 sePs sinking. 
 
 CHAPTER XXXI 
 
 To make Spirits of Wine — Sugar Spirits — Cherry Brandy — 
 Apple and Raisin Spirits — Cordials — Wines — Metheglin 
 
 — Mead Ratajias — Creams — Shrubs — Beers Porter 
 
 Noyeauxs—T' Artificial Waters. 
 
 To ma\e Spirits of Wine. It is in England generally ob- 
 tained fiom ground meal, either of wheat, rye or barley, with 
 from one-tenth to one-third <f the same, or other grain, 
 malted and ground and then called mall spirits; or from trea- 
 cle, and then called molasses spirits ; some is made from 
 apples, or cider wash. The fermentation is carried on quicker 
 and farther, than in brewing, or making cider in order that 
 all the sugar in the wash may be converted into spirit and 
 water. The infusion of the malt and meal is made so stronor, 
 that its specific gravity is reduced from 1.083 to 1.14, where- 
 as that for strong ale, is generally 1.06, and for small beer, 
 1.015 to 1.04, and is mixed with a large quantity of yeast, 
 added by successive portions, until in about ten days, the 
 specific gravity is reduced to 1.002, when it is fit for the still. 
 In general, a third part is drawn off at the first stillinir, under 
 the name of low wines, the specific gravity being about 0.975^ 
 On re-distilling the low wines, a fiery spirit, of a milky 
 rast, comes over first, an<l is returned into the still ; then f<»l-. 
 lows the rle;ir spirit ; whi'u it begins to gri.w too waterv, the 
 r«Nnainino spirit that c<»mes over, as long as it will take fire, 
 is kept apart, under the name of faints, and mixed wiih the 
 next parcel of low wines. Instead of these trials, the head 
 of the still may have a bulb of a thermometer inserted into it, 
 and by observing the temperature of the steam, an accurate 
 judgment may be formed of the strength of the spirit that dis- 
 tils over. 
 
 It is computed that one hundred gallons of malt, or corn 
 
532 THE ARTIST A.V£J 
 
 wash, uill produce about t^venty of spirit, containing about 
 h;iir its wei^ilu of water ; molasses \Tu>h tweiu^-i'.vo eallonSf 
 cider wash fifieen galhuis* The best French wines yield 
 from twenty to twenty-five gallons. The spirit thus obtained 
 ii used for piiarmiceutical j*»)rpt)sesj mixed wirli waier^ lo 
 separate »he oil it contains, and re*distillcd several times in 
 tall vesssels, willi a very gentle heat until its specific gravity 
 is red'.iced to 0.S2; though that usually sold is only 0,b37, at 
 60^ Fahreuheit. By disiilling spirits of wine with purified 
 pcarldshes, suits of tartar, muriateof lime, or common salt, all 
 previously healed to redness, and cooled, its specific gravity 
 may be reduced still lower, even as low as OjTP^, at 6b^ Falw 
 but there is reason to think that it not only parts with water, 
 but undergoes some change, or acquires snme impregnatioo, 
 by these additions, as its taste is altered. The spirits of wine 
 from which every particle of water is separated, is called by 
 the Arabic name of alcohol. 
 
 Sugar Spirits. It is meant by sug-ir spirits, that extracted 
 from the washings, scumming, dress and waste of a sugar 
 baker's house. These recremeniitions or dross\ parts of the 
 sugar arc to be diluted with wat<;r, in the same manner at 
 raohssos or wash, and then distilled in the common method ; 
 and if the oi)eration be carefully performed, and the spirits 
 ar'ell rectified, it may be mixed with fureisn brandies and eveo 
 arracd in a large proportion, to ffreat advantage ; for ihes« 
 spirits will he found superior to tliat extracted honj vreaclc, 
 and consequeniiy more proper for these uses. 
 
 Cherry Brawly. This liquor is greatly called for in the coun 
 try, and is made in differents ways. Some pi ess out the juice of 
 the cherries, and havincr dulcified it with su^ar and wauM, add 
 as much spirits to it as the goods will bear, or the j)rice it is in- 
 tended t'» be'sold for. Bat the common niiih >d is to pi t thf 
 cherries clean picked into a cask, with a proper qtmiiiiv of 
 proof spirits, and af;er standing eiL'hteen or iweirv d lys, ihe 
 ^oods arp drawn off into another cask foi salo an^rabtMi* iwj-. 
 thiids of the first quantity of spirit poiire«l iriso ihe risk upon 
 the cherries. This is suftereJ to stand abojii a nionrh to ex- 
 tract t!ie whole virtue fr«im the cbfrries, afior wiiich it is drawa 
 ofl* as before ; and the cherries, pressed to take out tliH spiiiis 
 they had absorbed. The proportion of cherries is not very 
 nicely observed : the general rule is to let tl>e cask be about 
 half filled with cherries and then filled up with proof spirits. 
 
233 
 
 Some 0(^.1 t0 every twenty gallons of spirits, half an ounce of 
 tiiiM injiiii, iij oiii.cc ot' cloves, and ahout iliiee ptiunds (jf 
 suaai ; bv which ihe flavoui of the goods is cjiisiderablx in- 
 ceixti. Biii in t'Kier to save e.\|)insL', iu»t n 'ly \\iv spict'S 
 and ihe siig.r aie ninii;e<i, but also <i j^ieai part td ihe chenies, 
 and ihe deficu'iscy supplied by tlie juice of elder berries, 
 ioineiiinfs adding n»d,is.>es to sweeten instead of sugar, when 
 the elder berries are not made use of. 
 
 Kuisiu and Ap//le Spirits^ ^^c. By raisin spirits: are to be 
 understood ihaie xtracted from raisins afier a priper fermen- 
 tation. In order to exirucl the spirils, the raisins must be in- 
 fused in a pioj.er cptantiiy « f wa'er and fermnied in the man- 
 ner desciibi'd in liie article on fernuMUation. \V lien the 
 lermentai:on is c<miple'ed, the whole is to be- thrown into the 
 still, and the spirits extraced by a strong hie. The reason 
 why a strong fire is direct(?d, is because by that means a 
 greater quaniiry of the essential oil will come over the helm 
 wiih the spirits, which will render it much fitter for the dis- 
 tiller's purpose ; for these spiriis are generally used to mix 
 with common malt goods : and it is surprising how far it will 
 go in this respect; ten gallons of it beinE: sufficient to ^ive a 
 determining flavour and agreeable" vinosit\' to a wi.ole piece 
 •of malt spirits. It is therefore well worth the distiller's at- 
 centionto endcav.'ur at improving the common method of ex- 
 tracting spirits from* raisins ; and perhaps the following hint 
 merits atttention. When the fermentation is completed and 
 the still ch irgcd witli fermented liquor as before directed, lot 
 the whole be drawn oft' with as brisk a fire as [possible ; but 
 instead of the cask or can, generally used by our American 
 distillers' for a receiver, let a large glass, called by chemists, 
 a separating j^lass, be placed under the nose of the wcnm, and 
 a common receiver applied to the spout of the separating 
 glass ; by this means the essential oil will swim upon tlio top 
 of the spirits, or rather low wine, in the separating glasss, 
 and mny easilv be preserved at the end «)f tise of.eraiion. 
 The u<e of this limpid is well known to distiller i, who have 
 nnde their business u scientific study ; for in this resides the 
 whole flavour, and consequently may he used to the great- 
 est advantage in giving that distinguishing taste and true 
 vinosity to the common malt spirits. After the oil is separa- 
 ted from the low wine, the liquor may be rectified in balneum 
 mariae, into pure and almost tasteless spirits, and therefore 
 
 •20 
 
334 Tnt ABTIST Axn 
 
 well adapted to male the finest compound cordials, or to 
 imitate or mix with the finest Frenrh brandie>, ai racks, 6lc. 
 in ihe same nirinner, sj)iriis niay be obtained frura cider. 
 But as its pasiicular flirour is not so desirable as that obtained 
 from raisins, it should be distilled in a rawre penile ^ay, and 
 carefully rectified i:i the ra inner shown in ihe article ou rec- 
 tification, by which means, very pure and almost tasteless and 
 insipid spirits will be obtained which may be used to very 
 great advantage in imitating the best brandies tf France, or ia 
 making the finest compound waters or cordials. 
 
 Anise Seed Cordial. Take of anise seed bruised two 
 pounds, proof spirit iwetve and a half gallons, water one gal- 
 lon ; draw otf ten gallons with a moderate heat. 
 
 This water should never be reduced below proof, because 
 the large qucniity of oil with which it is impregnated, will 
 render the soods milky and foul, when brought down below 
 proof. But if there is a necessity for this, their transparency 
 may be restored b\" filtraiion. 
 
 Peppermint Cordial. Oil of Peppermint seventy-five 
 drops, su^ar one ounce, grind together ; add spirits of wine 
 rectified one pint ; dilute with spirirs ef wine rectified ten 
 pints, water ten srallons, and fine with alum three drachms. 
 On a similar principle, most cordials can be made, though 
 with a Utile variation in the formula in some cases. Taste 
 and the habits of ihe place are to be consulted. In general^ 
 it is advisable to filter. 
 
 Id dulcifying or sweetening spirits, v eigh the sugar, and 
 dissolve it in one or more cans of the water, with which the. 
 compound is to be made up ; bruise the sugar, and siir it well, 
 till all is dissolved ; then t rapt\' it into the cask cojjtaining 
 the spirits; mixing all together, by drawing off several cans 
 bv the cock, and emptying them into the Cask by the bung 
 hole. Now rummage all well together, till they are per- 
 fectlv compounded. Spirits or compounds that are strong, 
 require no assistance in settling and becoming clear, but tho>e 
 that are weak, must be refined by the addition of some other 
 substance. To every hogshead if Geneva or other spirituous 
 compound, put six ounces powdered alum, previously dissolved 
 in three or four gallons of the compounds, and stir all well to- 
 gether. In tho course of twenty-four hours, the whole will be 
 rendered completely clear. It is a good paracliceto leave the 
 bung holes of the casks(c{>ntaining spirits or compounds newly 
 
TRADESMAn'ss Ot'IDK. 235 
 
 made,) open for several days ; this improves their flavour, 
 a;i«J renders them clcdr, sooner tlien they otiierwise would 
 he. 
 
 Table salt thrown into the still, in the proportion of six 
 t)unces to ten gallons of any liquid to be distilled, will gre;uly 
 improve the flavour, taste and strength of the spirit. The 
 viscid matter will be fixed bv the salt, whilst the volatile mat- 
 ter ascends in a slate of great purity. The flavour of malt 
 spirits js hi^'hly improved by putting three and a half ounces 
 finely powdered charcoal, and four and a half ounces ground 
 rice, inro a quart of spirits, and letting it stand fifteen days, 
 irequently stirring it ; then let the liquor be strained, and it 
 will be found nearly of the same flavour as biandy. 
 
 Clove Cordial. Cloves, bruised, four pounds, pimento 
 half a pound, proof spirit sixteen gallons. 
 
 Digest the mixture twelve hours in a gentle heat, and then 
 draw o(T fifteen gallons \yith a pretty brisk fire. The water 
 may be coloured red with tincture of cochineal, or other col- 
 ouring matter. 
 
 Raisin IVinc. Raisins one hundred weight, water sixteen 
 gallons, soak for a fortnight, stirring every day • press, put 
 the liquor in a cask with the bung loose, till it has done his- 
 sing ; than add four pounds of brandy and bung up close. 
 S.»'me use little more than half, or two-thirds o( this quantity 
 pf raisins. 
 
 Gooseberry IVine. Ripe benies, brusied, ten gallons, 
 water ihirty gallons, soak twenty-four hours, strain : to each 
 gallon add two pounds of sugar and ferment. 
 
 2. Bruised berries eighty pounds, water ten gallons, soak 
 for a day, strain ; to each gallon add six pounds of loaf sugar, 
 and fenuont. 
 
 3. Juice ten gallons, water twenty gallons, sugar seventy 
 pounds, ferment. 
 
 4. Benies one hundred pounds, brown sugar six pounds 
 water a sufficient quantity to fill a fifteen gallon cask ; yields 
 a good yellowish white, and very tiansparent wine. 
 
 5. Gooseberries forty p:)un«!s, water four gallons, bruise 
 together ; the next day press out the juice : to every gallon 
 add three pounds of sugar; ferment. 
 
 Currant Wine. Red currants seventy pounds, bruised and 
 pressed, brown sugar ten pounds, water a suflTicicnt quantity 
 to fill up a fifteen gallon cask ; yields a pleasant red wine, 
 father tart, but keeping well. 
 
236 THE ARTIST AND 
 
 2. White currants one siere, red currants one gallon; presJ, 
 To each gallon ol* juice, add three gallons of water; lo ten 
 gallons of liquor add ihirtv pounds of sni,':ir and fiMnieni; when 
 you bang it up, add two pouiids of brandy to each ten gallons 
 of wine. 
 
 3. Juice eleven quarts, that is, the produce of one sieve, 
 sugar tw>'nty pounds, water a sufficicst quantity t«) fill up a 
 nine gidioij case; ferment — and when il has done working;, add 
 four poutjds of brandy ; for a half hogsh«'ad use three sieves 
 of currenis, sugar three-fourths ol' a hundred weight, brandy 
 one gallon. 
 
 Black Currant \Vine. Berries twenty pounds, bran.ly two 
 to four pounds, water twelve t<» fourteen gallons, yeas!, two 
 spoonfuls, fermented for eight days, then bottled and well 
 corked ; yields a pleasant, rather vimms, cooling liquor of a 
 purple colour ; or they may be made into wine like the coiu- 
 ni(»n currants ; by the first process the wine is dark purple, 
 rather thick, but good. 
 
 English Sherry, Loaf Sugar thirty- two pounds, sugar 
 candy ten pcunds, water sixteen gallons, boil ; add pale alo 
 wort, (as fiir Enijlish Madeira,) six gallons, yeast, one pound; 
 on the third day add ten pounds of stoned raisins, and in an- 
 other two or threes days one jrallon of brandy ; bung it down 
 for four months; drawn it ofi'into another cask, add one gal- 
 Ion of brandy, and in three months bottle it. — imitations for 
 ^oveAgn wines, f.>r those who wish to make a show above 
 their circumstances, but far inferior to our own fruit wines. 
 
 Elrlcr Wine. Juice ot the berries eight gallons, water 
 twelve gallons, brown sugar sixty pounds, dsssolve by boiling, 
 add yeast, and ferment ; then add four pounds of brandy, and 
 hnns: it up for three months: disagr(>eable when cold, but is 
 mulled with allspice and drank wram in winter tinje as a stim* 
 ulaiU. 
 
 Ginger TV7«e. Bruised ginger twelve pounds, water ten 
 galliins ; boil for half an hour, -idd twenty eight pound of sugar, 
 boil till dissolved, then cool, and put the liquor along with 
 fourteen lemons "Sliced, and three pounds of brandy ; add a 
 little veast and ferment. 
 
 JVhite Spruce Beer. To ten gallons of water, put six 
 pounds of susfnr, four ounces ess'Mice of spruce, add yeast, 
 wo k as in makinjr beer, and bottle immediately in half pints. 
 
 Mixed Fruit Wine. White currants three sieves, red 
 
, tradesman's guide. 237 
 
 Hftnseherries two sieves: these should yield forty pints of 
 juicM- ; to eacii gallon add nvo gallons of -.vater, sugar three 
 pounds and a h;ilf ; ferment. 
 
 ?. Wliite, red, and bliirU currants, cherries, es;'e< ially 
 black heiiri, raspbcn itv^^, ol t*Hch, j.oinicJe«i, «qn.il (|Uaiili4ie>. 
 To each f«>ur pounds of the bruised fruit add one giilion of 
 w:i^ '•, Sleep fi)r thrie days, press, and \o each gallon of liquor 
 add three pounds of yellow sugar; ft-rment, and when finished 
 odd to each nine g;ill(»ns two pints of brandy ; if it does not 
 find soon enoui:h, add hdf an ounce of isinglass, dissolved in 
 y pint of v/aier, to each nine gollons. 
 
 Vhcrry Wine. (. lierries thirty pounds, moist sucar five 
 poiihds, water a sufficient quaniiiy to fill a seven gallon cask ; 
 ferment. 
 
 Parsnip IVine^ may be made by cutting tlie roots into 
 !;ma]l( thin slices, boilinjj them in water, pressing out the liquor, 
 and fernienting it. This wine, when made strong, is of a 
 rich and exc»,llerit quality and flavour. 
 
 Orarigp Wine. Sugar twi-nty thiee [<ouiids water ten gal- 
 lons. bo;l ; clarify wiih the while of six eggs, pour the boding 
 liquor upon ihe parings of one bundled oranges and the 
 strained juice of these oranges, and six ounces of yeasi; lei it 
 vork for three or four days then strain it into into a ba-rel, 
 )!!iig it up looi.ely ; iii a month add f( nr pounds <d biandy ; 
 ind in three nu>n.hs it will be f"t to diink. 
 
 Wines^ may also be made of blackberries and other Eng- 
 lish frniis up'on tin- same princii)le. Those mentioned aie 
 the methods licneially e.iq loyt-d, but most persons have pecu- 
 liJir WM) s of proceeding, which may in»iecd be varied to in- 
 finity, and so a> to produce at jdeasure a sv cet or dry wine ; 
 jIh- .Nwcet not being so ihoidughly li'rmeiiK'd as the dry. The 
 addii:<)ii of bran ly desii oys ihe proper flavour ol" the wine. 
 Hid it is better to omit ii I'uiirely (except for v\<U'\ and [jort 
 «vine, wh' sc t1 ivour is so siroiiir ihat it cannot well be injn- 
 ird) ;ind ii' iiicieise the sirengih by angnieriiing ihe rasi.sn 
 t»r siiiT ir. In g»*iieral ibe mnsl lior will^s ouiiht to be nia('e of 
 «;x |)(iiiiids of raisins, or l"i nr poum's of sugar, to the gdlon, 
 idliivviii'i for ihat rt nJiiir.ed in the tniiL. 
 
 Sout/iriniptun Port. C.der ♦hirty six gallons, elder wine 
 eleven gulluns, biaudy five gallons, damson wine eleven gal- 
 lons, M. 
 English Madeira. Pale malt gro nd, four bushels, boiling 
 
238 THE AntfST AiViJ 
 
 water forty-four gallons, infuse, strain ; of this wort, while 
 warm, take twenty-four gallons, sugar candy fourteen pounds; 
 when dissolved, add two poujids of yeast ; lermeiii ; keep 
 skiiiiniing off ;!ie yeast; when the fermentation is nearly fin- 
 ished, add two gallons and a half of raisin wine, brandy, port 
 wine, of each I wo gallons ; bung it down for six or nine moiuhs, 
 A second infusion of wort may be brewed for beer. 
 
 Sweet Wine. Sweet cider after fermentation, if not suf- 
 ficient luscious, add mo'asses, s. q, a few pounds malaga rai- 
 sins, mashed and digested in some of the Cider, and a liule li- 
 quorice root to give it a flavour ; then, reduce with soft water 
 until it suits the palate. It may be necessary to put in a little 
 isinglass to render it clear. This method of imitation, if 
 managed with cnre p.oduces an excellent drink, equal if not 
 superior to that which is imported. 
 
 English Champaign. Raw sugar ten pounds, loaf sugac 
 twelve pounds, water nine gallons, concrete acid of lemon,, 
 or crystallized acid of tartar six drachms ; dissolve by a gen- 
 tle boil ; befjre it grows cold add about one pound of yeast,, 
 and ferment. When the working is nearly over, add perry^ 
 one gallon, brandy three pounds, and bung it up for three 
 months: then draw out two pounds of the wine, dissolve one 
 ounce of isinglass in it, pour it again into the cask, and in a 
 fortnight bottle it ; it may be coloured pink by adding one 
 ounce of cochineal when first bunged up. 
 
 English Port. Cider twenty-four gallons, juico of elder 
 berries six gallons, port wine four gallons, brandy one gallon 
 ajid a half, logwood one pound, isinglass twelve ounces, dis- 
 s.olyed in a gallon of the cider : bung it down ; in two months 
 it will bo fit to bottle, but should not be drank till the next 
 year. If a rough flavour is required, four to six ounces of 
 alum may be added. 
 
 To restore \Vine fusterl or tasting of the cask. Draw the 
 wine entirely out of its own lee and put it in another cask 
 over a good lee. Then through the bun<r hole, hang up i bag 
 with four ounces of laurel berries in powder and a sufficient 
 quantity of steel filings at the bottom of the bag, to prevent 
 its swimming on the top of v^ie wine; and in prqportion as you 
 draw a certain quantity of the liquor, let down the bag. 
 
 To prevent Wine from Pricking, Put in the cask half a 
 pound spirits of tartar, or when the wine is new, throw in tW^ 
 ounces of common alum for every hogshead. 
 
TllADESMAN^a GUIDE. 239 
 
 To clarify Wine casihj. Put in the cask one pound of 
 fine sliot. 
 
 Incorrect a musty taste in Mine. Kncud a dough of the 
 best wheat .flour, and ni;ikc it in the form of a rolling pin, or 
 a sliort thick stick. Ui\\\' bake it in tiie oven and stick it all 
 over with cIdvcs ; replace ii in the oven and bake it quite. 
 Suspend it in the cask ovei the wine without louchinj: it, and 
 let it remain there, or else plunge it in the wine: 
 
 To correct a bitter or sour taste in Wine. Coil a quart 
 of barley in four quails of water to the reduction of two. 
 Strain ^hat remains through a cloih, and pour it in the cask ; 
 stirring all together with a stick without touching the let;; 
 
 7o restore spoiled Wine. Chanj e ihe wine iroin its own 
 lee upon that of good wine. Pulverize three or four nutniegs 
 and as many dry orange peals, and throw them in; slop well 
 the bung, and let it ferment one fortnight. /> fter that terra 
 is over you will find it better than ever. This method has 
 gone through many experiments. 
 
 To prevent tartness in Wine. Take in the month of 
 March two basins full of river sand, and after having diied it 
 in the sun or in the oven throw it in the (ask. 
 
 Metheglin. Honey one hundred pounds, boiling water a 
 suflicient quantity to fill a half hogshead or ihirty-two gallon 
 cask, stir it well for a day or two ; add yeast, and feiment. 
 Some boil the honey in the water for an hour or two, but this 
 I'indiTs its due fermentation. 
 
 Mead^ is made from the honey-combs from which honey 
 has been drained nut, by boiling in walei, and then lerment- 
 ing, generally confounded with meiheglii:. 
 
 Ratafia des Cerisis. Morello cherries with their kernels 
 bruised, ei^ht pounds, proof spirits eight pints ; digest for a 
 month ; strain with expression ; add sugar one pound eight 
 ounce. 
 
 Ratafia de Grenohle. Small wild black cherries with 
 their kernels bruised, twelve pounds, proof spirits six gallons ; 
 digest for a month; strain; add sugar twelve pounds; a little 
 citron peel may be added at pleasure. 
 
 Ratafia dt Noycaux. Peach orapri-ot kernels, with their 
 shells bruised, in'number 120, proof spirits four pints, sugar 
 ten ounces. Some reduce spirits of wine rectified to proof, 
 with the juice of apricots or peaches to make this liquor. 
 
 Chremc de Noyeau — English. Bitter almonds blanched 
 four ounces, proof spirits two pints, sugar cfee pound. 
 
240 THE ARTIST AND 
 
 Chreme de Orange — English. Oranges sliced in number 
 t!iiit\ -six, spirits of wine rectified, two giillons, siigjir e'ghteciT 
 pounds, water four giillons four })irjts, tincture of saffron one 
 ounce four drachms, orange flowor water four pints; tligeit 
 for a fortnijjht ; strain. 
 
 All the aforementioned liquors arc stimiilenl and taken ad 
 libitum for pleasure. 
 
 Chreme des Barhaditcs. Orange peels, lemon peels, of 
 eaclj tiiren in number, cinnamon four ounces, mace two 
 draclims, cloves one drachm, rum eighteen pints ; distil in 
 ba'fieum nKiriae, and add suirnr p. aeq. 
 
 Chreme des Barbodots — English. Lemons sliced in nunr- 
 ber iwenty*four, citrons sliced, in number six, spirits Wine 
 rectified two gallons four pints, fiesh balm leaves eight oun- 
 ces, vvaier tbretj gallons four pints 5 digest for a fornight ; 
 strain. 
 
 ffrandj/ Shrub. Brandy nine pints, lemon juice, orange 
 Juice, «>f e ich one [)iui, orange pcfds four in numl)Or, l°mon 
 peels two iii number, siioar 5wo pounds, wa:er five pia:s. 
 
 The same formul i will answer for making rum shrud^ usipg 
 rum instead of brandy. 
 
 Rum S/iruh. Concrete acid of lemons eight ounces, wa- 
 ter five ixallons, raisin wine fotir gallons, niiu ten gallons, 
 orange flower water four pints, honej' six pounds. 
 
 B own Sprucf! IJcer^ as ilie whi e, us-n^ tuolasses \i\ 1 en 
 of tho su2:nr. In regird to the while atMJ hr« wn spiuce and 
 gin-rer beer and the wines^ it is said \hv purer kinds are mx- 
 tures of spirits of wino. Water, and extractive matter : the 
 spirits may bo separated by cnrefid di<iidlalion, nr if tl^e ex- 
 trac'iive rait'er be first got rid nf by the addi:i<»n of ^•vrvac- 
 ttnn saturni and filtration, the spirits may be S('i)araTed bv ad- 
 diu^j very pure k ili ppm. when it will swim Uj=o;! the jsquor; 
 the spirit constitutes from twelve to twenty -five j^c.^r renr. ol 
 the proper wines, and from two to eight per cent, of Uie malt 
 Iiquc»rs. 
 
 The fermentation of these liquors is usually hastened by 
 the addition of yeast, crude tartar, or bniised \ihe leaves, 
 but this is seldouj necessar3' for wines, if she liquor be kept 
 in a proper warmth ; but m ilt liquors are more slu^jgish. 
 
 If the fermentation is in dauirer of proceeding too far, it 
 may be stopped by drawing ofl' the liquor eleai into another 
 vessel in which some brimstone has been newly burned, or iq 
 
Tiiv:>::sMA\'i uuide. 541 
 
 ^TC cnse of red wine, some nutmeg powder upon a hot shovel, 
 or whicii h:)S been washed wiili brandy; the sediment k'ft in 
 5he oh] cask, may be strLtrncd t!no?igli flannel or paper till 
 clear and addwl to ihc other; instead of this a part only 
 may be drawn out of the cask and some rags dipped in melted 
 l>riajstone and liglited, nmy be. held by a pair of tongs in the 
 bung hole slightly covered, so as to impregnate the liquor 
 with the fumes; abojjt one ounce of brimstone to a lu.gshead, 
 tbon returning wliat had been diavn out, and bungijig up 
 very close ; or.a small qnaniity of oil of vitriol mav be jiour- 
 cd in: last!}' the addition of black manganese has been pro- 
 posed on theoretical gVounds. 
 
 If tlie fermentation has proceeded too far, and the liquor 
 sours, the fcrmenlalion must be sto}:ped as above, and some 
 Jumps of clialk, or burned oyster shells added, to saturate the 
 acid already g-cneratcd. 
 
 If the liquors do not become clear soon enough^ for eac^ 
 thirty gallons dissolve one ounce of isinglass iti two pounds 
 of water. Strain, and mix this with part of the liquor ; beat 
 it up4o a fiotli, and poiw it into the liquor. Stir tlie whole 
 well and bung it up : instead of isinglass some use hartshorn 
 shavings in rather larger qiianiiiies. Red wines are fined with 
 twelve eggs to the pipe, bealcn up to a froth, and well stir- 
 red find mixed in with the wine. 
 
 If the liquor has acquired a bad flavour, the best way is to 
 let the fermentation go on, and convert it at once into vine- 
 gar.^ 
 
 To mahc treacle Ihrr. Boil two quarts of Water, put It 
 into one pound of treacle, stir them together till thev nre 
 ^T»'eii mi.vtd ; then put six ur eight quarts of cold water to it, 
 and about a tea cuj) iuil of yeast or balm ; put it in a clean 
 cask or tub, cover it over with a coarse cloth two or three 
 times doulde ; it will lie fit to drink in two or three days. 
 The second or third time of making, the !)ottom of the first 
 beer will do instead of yeist ; if you make a large quantity, 
 or iiilend it for keep'nir, you must jjut in a handful of hops 
 and anotljor of malt for it to feed on, and w'len done work- 
 ing, stop it up close. 
 
 The above is the best and chenju'st way of making treacle 
 beer, thougli s.';mo people add raisins, bran, wormwood, 
 spices, such fruit, &,c. as are in season ; but that is just as 
 you fancy. Indeed, minv pleasant, cheap, and wholesome 
 
 21 
 
3t42 TH» ARTIST A?rO 
 
 drinks may be made from fruits, &c. if they are bruised and 
 boiled in water before the treacle is added. 
 
 London Porter. For five barrels: malt eight bushels, a 
 sufficient quantity of water, mash at twice: add in the boiline, 
 hops eight to twelve pounds, treacle six pounds, liquorice root 
 eight pounds, moist sugar sixteen pounds, one half of which is 
 usually made into essential binse and the other half into colour, 
 capsicum four drachms, Spanish liquorice two ounces, linseed 
 one ounce, cinnamon two druchms, heading two drachms; 
 cool, add one to two gallons of yeast when it has got a good 
 head, cleanse if with three ounces of ginger ; coculus indicus 
 one ounce ; then barrel and finish the working ; fine with isin- 
 glass. The public brewers use a mixture of pale amber alone, 
 which is best for private families. 
 
 Six pounds of sugar is esteemed equal in strength, and one 
 pound coriander seed in intoxicating pi'wer, to a bushel of 
 malt; the su^ar cnployed is burnt to coloar the beer instead 
 of drown malt, and it has been proposed to use roasted coflee 
 for the purpose. The other substances are merely to flavour 
 the liquor and may be varied at pleasure* 
 
 The desire to evade the duty on malt in England produced 
 the discovery of its being necessary to malt only one-third of 
 the corn, as this proportion will convert the other into its owrt 
 nature during the process. 
 
 Artijicial Spa ^Vater. Prepared natron seven grains, 
 maf^nesia alb. one scruple, iron filings three grains, common 
 salt one grain, water t'rtree pounds, and impregnate it with gas 
 from marble powder and oil of vitriol, of each ten scruples, 
 sufficiently diluted with water. 
 
 Artificial P^rmont 'Water. Epson salts fifteen grains, 
 common salt five grains, magnesia alb. three grains, iron filings 
 five srrains, water three pounds, and impregnate it with the 
 gas from marble powder and oil of vitriol, of each seven 
 drachms. 
 
 Artijicial ShtJtz "Water. Common salt one drachm, mag- 
 nesia alb. one scruple, natron ppm. fifteen grains, chalk seven 
 grains, water three pounds, and impregnate with the gas from 
 marble powder and oil of vitriol cf each six drachms. 
 
 Of Cherrif tree Bark. The bark of black cherry tree, 
 lias been used instead of black cherries in the manufacture of 
 cherry brandy, steeped in water with elder beriies, sweetened 
 with molasses, adding a proper quantity of rum but on account 
 
tradisman's glide. 241 
 
 of tVte following communication througii a very respecta- 
 ble source, we shall omit giving a particular formula. 
 
 A medical gentleman says the bark of this tree is poisonous. 
 He relates the case of a young lady, to whom he was lately 
 called, and who in consequence of drinkiig about half a pint 
 of cider, taken from a closely stopped bottle, filled the even- 
 ing previous with cherry bark fresh Irom the tree, was seized 
 with vertigo, stupor, and syncope, followed by great difiiculty 
 of respiration and vomiting. Similar effects were produced 
 in a slighter degec upon another person, who took from the 
 same bottle a small draught of cider. 
 
 The French chemists have recently ascertained that th» 
 deleterious principles by the peach is analagous to prussic 
 acid. 
 
 This acid in its concentrated state, if a feather be dipped 
 into it and drawn across the eye of an animal produces in- 
 stant death. Two drops, have been known to kill a vigorous 
 dog in a very few minutes. 
 
 Of Adulitrated Wines. The Wines of Commerce in their 
 purity, cannot be found at the corners of every street. Soroo 
 are in the practice of mixing colmenar with Sicily Madeira — • 
 this compound makes a very pleasant wine. If Sicil}' Ma- 
 deira is put upon Maderira lees, it becomes greatly improved 
 — age, however, is a requisite qualilication to all wines. 
 
 We have no particular formula for compounds, nor is it 
 necessary, since the dealer must consult the taste of his cms- 
 toraers; nor are wejableto point out a particular methed where- 
 by spurious wines can be detected as a certain test, but we 
 would recommend dealers to obtain the certificates which 
 shouH accompany the casks, which may perhaps in time les- 
 sen their risk- 
 
 We aro told that empty Rum, Wine, Gin or Brandy 
 <:ask, with the original certificates, ar« considered very valua- 
 ble by the city dealers — rum hhds. with the certificates have 
 frequently been sold at from $10 to $12 each. Wine qr. 
 casks, $4 and $.S. Brandy pipes $12 and $15: though 
 ihere is a penalty incurred by the transaction; and we observ- 
 ed a notice last May, issued from the custom-house, Ne«r. 
 York, that thereafter the law would be rigidly ei^forced^ 
 [See lavs relative to spirits, wines, teas ^c] 
 
244 
 
 THE ARTIST ASP 
 
 A TABLE 
 
 JPrescnting a comparative view of the properties af some 
 of the most celebrated 31ifierals^ both in America and 
 Europcy numbered from 1 to 27 inclusive ; shewing the 
 number and quahtity of articles in four I^iftts, or 115,5 
 Cubic Inches^ of the Water of each Spring — the quantities 
 in Grains and Deeinial Part> oj a Grain^from the talesi 
 Authorities. 
 
 ^'AMES OF SPRINGS. 
 
 No. 
 
 Tem- inches car- 
 Jonie acid 
 gas. 
 
 'ture. 
 
 j Inches 
 sulpUar- 
 f retteil 
 { hydro- 
 jgen ^a* 
 
 Saratoga 
 Waters. 
 
 Columbian, 
 Wasliingtoiij 
 Hamilton, 
 . Flat Ruck> 
 \ Higlt Ro<:k, 
 I President; 
 I Red Spring,, 
 j Ellis* Spring, 
 /Taylor's Wash^ofl, 
 \ Ballstoo. Spa, 
 J Low's Spring, 
 j Suljjjiur, 
 (^ ^ew Sj>rrng, 
 
 Saratoga Sulphur, 
 ^ Saline Spa, 
 J Chalybeate Spa, 
 ] Moi-.tpV Weli-s, ] , 
 [. . . No. 2. 
 Spa, ill Gernaauy, PouhoQ Spriug, 
 Germany — Pyrmont, 
 Harrogate — England, 
 Aix-la-Chapollc, or, Aken Water, 
 Bristol Hot Well, England, 
 Bath — King's Bath, England^ 
 Bohemia — Carlsbad, 
 Germany — Sultiier VV'atcr, 
 
 Ballston 
 Waters. 
 
 CHEt/rEN- 
 H.\M. 
 
 Eaglciwd. 
 
 1 
 
 50 
 
 171.389. 
 
 2 
 
 50 
 
 118. 
 
 3 
 
 4S 
 
 123.5 
 
 4 
 
 48 
 
 142. 
 
 5 
 
 48 
 
 126.25 
 
 6 
 
 ■ 48 
 
 121.36 
 
 7 
 
 51 
 
 il57.132 
 
 8 
 
 48 
 
 75.25 
 
 9 
 
 47 
 
 112.25 
 
 10 
 
 48 
 
 125.5 
 
 21 
 
 50 
 
 105. 
 
 12 
 
 52 
 
 no. 
 
 13 
 
 52 
 
 -72. 
 
 14 
 
 50. 
 
 159.5 
 
 15 
 
 50 
 
 21.75 
 
 16 
 
 55 
 
 15. IS 
 
 17 
 
 53 
 
 12. 
 
 18 
 
 53 
 
 S^5 
 
 19 
 
 52 
 
 3.95 
 
 20 
 
 
 51.16 
 
 21-1 
 
 
 104. 
 
 22{ 
 
 
 4. 
 
 2 i 
 
 143 
 
 some. 
 
 24 
 
 74 
 
 15, 
 
 25 
 
 116 
 
 4, 
 
 26 
 
 165 
 
 20. 
 
 27 
 
 i 
 
 T<\ 
 
 3.5 
 
 5.5, 
 
 j 9.5 
 I muciu 
 
TllA»ESMAi\\ GlIDE. 
 
 W, 
 
 NOTE. Ilc.-<id<'s tdose ingredients mentioned in the table, the Saline 
 Spa contains Carbcnale and muriate of magnesia 1*2.5 sulphate ot soda 
 and ma^rncsia *240. Chilybf-ate Spa, muriate of lime 1.27'). Montp'r 
 Well, No. I. muriate of lime IS. muriate of magnesia 40.1*i*J muriate of 
 magnesia 20. No.2 muriate of lime 12-OC sulf)liate of niaonrsia HA.OQ 
 muriate of m:ig.;esia 14.5 hydrogen sulphate lime JG.3T5 Germany I'yr- 
 TOonl sulphate of magnesia '22.26 Harrov\jjrate, Eng. muriate of liuie 6.5 
 s'jlphate of majriK^sia 5.25 muriate of ma;jnesia 45 5 Bristol Hot WeJi, 
 Eng. muriate magnesia 3.025. all of which are included in the total 
 quantity. 
 
 S^o 
 
 Muriate] Carbon- 
 of i ate of 
 Soda. ] Soda. 
 
 ] Carbon- j Carbon ■ 
 j ate of 1 ate of 
 I Lime. Majjnc- 
 
 lCarbon~| Sul- 
 I ate of iphate c 
 I'-un. j Lime 
 
 ,^ 
 
 Total quaati- 
 
 I 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 5 
 
 6 
 
 7 
 
 S 
 
 9 
 
 10 
 
 li 
 
 12 
 
 13 
 
 14 
 
 15 
 
 H 
 
 17 
 
 18 
 
 I.Q 
 
 20 
 
 21 
 
 no 
 
 ^■». 
 
 23 
 24 
 2.1 
 
 26 
 
 27 
 
 235.751 8.25|8'J.238| 1.67813. 084 
 100.75 11.25)60.5 ' 0.75 J3.75 
 
 115.75 
 134.75 
 97-4 
 105. 
 67.5 
 58.76 
 IM. 
 
 155.77 
 79.5 
 71. 
 32. 
 79.25 
 11.8 
 l.b 
 1.01 
 109.87 
 91.625 
 .68 si 
 6.24| 
 307.751 
 20. I 
 
 2. I 
 26. I 
 
 8.25 63.75 
 12,25 73.75 
 
 b.6 
 
 9. 
 
 9.5 
 
 [53.5 
 57.5 
 53.75 
 
 ]2.24'4S.5 
 5. 155.25 
 
 13.23 70. 
 
 4.5 
 
 5. 
 
 3. 
 
 6.5 
 
 0.7 
 
 3.88 
 
 48. 
 
 47.04 
 
 16. 
 
 37.25 
 32.25 
 15. 
 
 30.77 
 16.55 
 
 9. 
 
 5.88 
 17.04 
 19.25 
 19. 
 
 6.75 
 11.25 
 16.60 
 
 ii2. 
 
 1.25 
 3.75 
 0.75 
 0.25 
 1.25 
 1.5 
 
 2.75 
 1.25 
 0.75 
 
 ~r^ ' 
 
 4.25 
 
 2.875 
 17.84 
 40.12 
 
 2.75 
 
 20. 
 
 3, 
 1.5 
 
 3.75 
 
 2.25 
 
 3. 
 
 3. 
 
 3.75 
 
 2.05 
 
 3.75 
 
 3. 
 
 2. 
 
 3.75 
 
 D.95 
 
 2.5 
 
 0.68 
 
 3.575 
 
 2.f5 
 
 trace, 
 trace. 
 
 j20. 
 
 [0365 
 
 142505 
 
 !33.25 
 
 34.S2 
 
 5.876 
 15.75 
 
 338. 
 117. 
 192. 
 226. 
 161. 
 
 m. 
 
 135. 
 124. 
 158. 
 249. 
 126. 
 112. 
 
 52. 
 124.52 
 
 30. 
 277.5 
 
 9.605 
 285,084 
 230.25 
 
 32.528 
 123.04 
 :i77. 
 
 S7. 
 
 23.875 
 
 66, 
 251.8 
 lOS. 
 
 21 
 
'24(> THE itRTfST A^TT 
 
 CHAPTER. XXXf 
 
 Useful Receipts. 
 
 Ltmon B(cr. Three pounds of lump sugar^ ten otrncesF 
 bruised gieger, one ounce cream tartar,, lemons ninnbor four 
 pour on theni four gallons boiling water, add eiglu ounces of 
 yeast, work for four dnys, then bottle in half pints, and tier 
 lie eorks down. 
 2. Si-K pounds of moist sugar, five ounces of j^inger, two 
 "Acen of crearev tartar^ lemons nusuber four, eigbt ounces of 
 , seven gallons o1 w.itf^r, work two or three days, strain, 
 ne, pound of brandy, bung very dose, and in fourteea 
 r-udc it; a cooling eirervescent drink in summer. 
 .. Jl:ic spirits. Mix a small quantity of vvUeat flour in 
 n ; , as if for making paste, and pour the same inio the ves- 
 sel. The whole is then to be well rousted, and in a short time 
 the contents will become bright. 
 
 Cedrai. Lemon peels in number twelve, spiritts wine rec- 
 tified two gallons ; distil in balneum maria?, and add simple 
 syrup p. ceq. 
 
 Varfait Amour. The same coloured with a little cochi- 
 
 -•eaL 
 
 Wine Test. When wine becomes |>artlj acetous, calleJ 
 pricked wine, the disagrL-eable taste is often corrected b}- sugar 
 of lead; it is then poisonous, and the fraud ought to be de- 
 tected. This may be done by dropping it into a little water, 
 charged with sulphuretted hsdrogen gas; it will immediately 
 become a dark brown. 
 
 2^0 turn Wine into Vinc<rar in less than three hours. Put 
 in the wine a red beet, and it v/ill be quite sour and true vine- 
 gar in less then three iu)urs. 
 
 I'o restore such Wine to its first taste. Take off the -red 
 beet and in its stead put a cahbnge root into that wine, and 
 it will return to its pricnar}' taste in the same space of time. 
 
 Escuboe Usquebaugh. SatiVon one ounce, juniper berries 
 four drachms, dates v,'il4iout their kernels, raisins, of each 
 tiiree ounces, jujebs six ounce?, anise seed, mace, cloves, cori- 
 nder seed, of each one drachm, cinnamon two drachms, 
 proof spirits twelve pints, simple syru[) six po;mds; pectoral, 
 eviMenvigoirue. 
 
 iScotck Mamelade. Juice of Seville oranges two pints, 
 yellow honey tv*o pounds, boil to a proper consistence. 
 
thadesman's guide. 24T 
 
 Essence of Spruce is prepared by boiling tlie twigs of 
 Scotch fir in water, an«l evaporating the decoction till it grows 
 thick; used to flavoup treacle beer instead of hops. . 
 
 Essence of Malt is prepared by infusing malt in water, first 
 boiled, and th'?n cooled till it rcHccts the image of a person's 
 face in it, pouring off the iniusion, and evaporating it to ihe 
 consistence of ne\y honey ; used in sea voyages and places 
 where malt cannot be ])rocuied to make beer. 
 
 Dover'' s Suclorijic Powder. Take of ipecacuanha in 
 powder, opium purified, each one part, sulphate-of potash 
 eight parts, triturate them together in a fine powder. 
 
 Thesulphate of potash from the grittiness of its crystals, 
 is perhaps belter fitted for tearing and dividing the tenacious 
 opium than i*nv other i^alt ; this seems to be its only use in 
 the preparation. The operator ought to be careful that the 
 opiura and ipecacuanha be equ;:lly diflused through the whole 
 mass of powder, otherwise different portions of the powder 
 must diiTer in degrees of strength. 
 
 This powder is one of the most certain sudorifics, and as 
 such, was recommended by Dr. Dover as nn effectual rem- 
 edy iu rheumatism. ^Modern practice confirms its reputa- 
 ^'H>n^ not only in rheumatism, but also in droj)sy, and several 
 other disf^ases, where it is often dificult by other means, to 
 procure copious pe!S[)iration, The dose is from two to five 
 grains, repeated according to the patient's stomach and 
 strength. It is proper to j»void drinking immediately after ta- 
 king it, otherwise it is apt to be rejected, before any other 
 eflect can be produced. Perspiration should be kept up by 
 diluents. 
 
 PIummer''s Pills. These pills are diaphoretic, alterative, 
 purgative, and beneficial in cutaneous eruptions. 
 
 Take of calomel, sulpliate of aniiniony, of each one 
 drachm, gum guaiacum two drachms. Mix them assiduously 
 with mucilage, and divide into si<ty pills, two pills forming 
 the dose. To be taken at nigh.t. 
 
 Earl Waricick^s Powders. Scammonii two ounces, anti- 
 monii da[)h. one ounce, crem. t.ut. half an ounce. 
 
 Storei/'s Worm Cakes. Calomel, jalap, of each one 
 draclim, fiincrer two scruples, sacch one ounce, cinnabar 
 antl. a sufficient qurintiiy to make into cakes. 
 
 Worm Cakes. Scamm. Allep. two ounces, cclomel ppd. 
 three ounces, res. jalap two ounces, crem. tart, four ounces, 
 
TiS THE ARTIST AND 
 
 white sugar three pounds, mucil. sf. trag. a sufficient quantity. 
 IVorm Pills. Calomel one ounce, sugiir two ounces, 
 starch one ounce, raucii. sum trag. a sufliicent quantiiy. to 
 make two liundred and f«ir'y-eigljt pill; docsc, number one 
 niglit and morning, for children. 
 
 Rcjinid Juice or Liquorice. Spanish liqorice four pounds, 
 gum A.ra, two pounds, water a sufficient quantity ; dissolve, 
 strain : evaj)orate genlly to a soft extract, roll in cylinders, 
 cut into lengths, afd polish, by rubbing them in a box; ex- 
 pectorant in co'jghs, A:c. 
 
 Pate <h Jieglisse Noire. Refined liquorice eight ounces, 
 gum Arabic two pounds, sugar one pound, water a sufficient 
 quHnlitv ; dissolve and evaporate, till it forms a very thick 
 syrup, add rad. enulae. camp. rad. irid. flor. of each half an 
 ounce, ess, de cedrat a few drops, put into tin moulds, and 
 dry in a stove. 
 
 Young'' s Purging Drink. Cr^'stallized natron two an J a 
 half drachms, Ciystals of tartar three drachms, water eight 
 ounces, corked up immediately in stone bottles and wired : a 
 pleasant cooling laxative in summer. 
 
 ^Varc^'^s White Drops. Quicksilver twelve ounces, spirits 
 nitre two poutids ; dissolved ; add ammonin, ppa. foiiri^*" 
 ounces, evaporate so as to form a liirht salt, which drai» a"f» 
 dissolve in rose water, three pounds and a half- 
 
 Greek Water, i> prepared and used io ihe same manner 
 for turning the hair black. 
 
 Some |)erhaps might give a preference to the following 
 preparation. Quicksilver four ounces, spirits of nitre one 
 pound ; dissolve ; add ammonia ppa. seven ounces: evapo, 
 rate and crvstallize, then dissolve each pound of salt in three 
 pints and a half of rose water. 
 
 Godfrafs Cordial. Dissolve half an ounce of opium, one 
 drachm of sassafras in two ounces sp'rits of winp : now mix 
 four p<uinds of treacle, uiih one gallon of boiling water ajid 
 wh'^n cold, mix both solutiors. This is generally used to 
 sooth the pains of children, (^-c. 
 
 Lee'^s Windham Anti-Billions Pills. Pul. gamh. three 
 pi. unds, aloes soc.lwo pounds, sapon. due. one pound, sal. 
 nifri half a pound, extra, of cow parsnip one pound, heat 
 them into mass with a sufficient quantity of spirts of wine 
 rectified. 
 Lcc's Xeic London Pills. Pul v. aloes soc. twelve ounces, 
 
tradesman's guide. 249 
 
 pulv. sciimmoii, A, six ounces, piilv. gamb. four ounces, 
 pulv. jalap tliree ounces, calomel pp. five ounces, sapon. cast, 
 one ounce, syrup bucktlioin, -one v)unce, n)uc. gum. Arabic 
 seven ounces, m. fr. in;iss s. a. when iiicorpuralccj, divide two 
 cjracbms of the mass, into twenty-four pill>. 
 
 Smit/t^s British Lavender. 0\. Iu\en(l. Aug. two ounces, 
 essence ambergr. one ounce, eau de luce one pint, spirits wine 
 rect. two pints. 
 
 Essence of Pcjipcrmint. Spirits wine rectiticd one pint, 
 put into it kali pp. one ounce, previously iiealed, d«cai:l, and 
 add ol. minth. pip. half, »n ounce, mix. 
 
 2. Ol. minth. pip. one pound, spirits of wine rectified 
 two gallons, colour with herb niintii. pip. sic. eight ounces, 
 mix. 
 
 3. Ol. minth. pip. three ounces, sp. wine rect. coloured 
 with spinage two uints ; mix. 
 
 Hiifs iialsam of Ilonaj. Bals. Tolii one pound honey 
 one pound, sp. wine rect. one golloi:!. 
 
 2. Balsam Toiu opt. two ounces, gum slyrax two drachms 
 opii pur. half a drachm, mell. 0|>:. eight ouiices, sj). wine rect. 
 two pints, pectoral used in coughs and c«j1(1s. 
 
 Forffs Balsam of Iloarhound. lloarhound, liquorice 
 root, of each three i)ounds eigiil ounces, water a sutficienl 
 quantity to strain six pints, infuse ; to the infusion add proof 
 spirits or brandy twelve pints, camphor one ounce and two 
 drachms opium pur., Bonjamin of each one ounce, dried squills 
 two ounces, oil of anise seed one ounce, honey three pounds 
 and eight ounces. 
 
 Stuughtou^s Klixer. Rad. gentian two pounds four ounces, 
 rad. serp. verg. one pound, cort. aurant. sic. one pound and 
 eight ounces, cal. aromat. lour ounces, sp. wine rect. water, 
 of each six gallons. 
 
 2,, Rad. gentian four pounds, cort. aurant. two pounds, pis. 
 aurant. one pound, cocin. two drachms, sem. cardam. min. 
 one ounce, s}). wine rect. eight gallons. 
 
 Hooper'' s nils. Vitriol, virid. aqute of each eight ounces ; 
 dissolve: add aloes Barb, two jiounds eight ounces, canelr 
 be alb. six ounces, gum. aiyrrhte two ounces, soj)onacis four 
 draclim?. 
 
 2. Sal. niartis two ounces pulv, aloes c. canella.' orie pound 
 niucilago gum tragacantha-, tinct. aloes, of each a sufficient 
 quantity, cut each drjchm into eighteen jjills, put forty in a 
 
250 THE ARTIST AND 
 
 Mattheie's Pilh—Starkey's Pills. Rad. helleb. nigri. rad 
 helleb. albi. rad. glycyrrh. opii of each, two ounces, sapon. 
 Starken six ounces, ol. terebinth, a sufficient quantity. 
 
 2. Rad. helleb. nigri. rad. glycyrrh. sapon. castill. rad. cir- 
 cumae, opii puriff. syr, croci. of each four ounces, ol. tere- 
 binth, a sufficient quantity. 
 
 Barclay'^s Anti-Biltious Pills. Extract colocvnth. two 
 drachms, resin, jalap one drachm, sapon, amygdal. one drachm 
 and u half, guaiaci three drachms, tart. emet. eight grains, ol, 
 junip. ol. carui, ol. rorismar. of each four gtt. srr. spin. cerv. 
 a s. q. make into sixty-four pills. 
 
 Worm pills. Calomel one ounce, sugar two ounces, starch 
 one ounce, raucil. gum traga. a s. q. to make ttro hundred 
 and forty-eight pills ; dose, number one, night and morning 
 for children. 
 
 Kej/ser^s Pills. Hydrag. acetat four ounces, manna thirty 
 ounces, starch two ounces, mucil. gum traga. s. q. make into 
 pills of six grains each; dose, number two, nocte maneque, 
 increasing the dose to number twenty-live, or more ; a box of 
 1000 or 1200 is usually sufficient. 
 
 Dalby^s Carminative. Tinct. opii four and a half drachms 
 tinct. assa. two and a half drachms, ol. carui three scruples, 
 ol. minth. pip. six scruples, tinct. castor, six and a half 
 drachms, sp. of wine rect. six drachms, put two drachms into 
 each bottle with magnesia one drachm, and fill up simple sy- 
 rup and a little sp. of wine rect. 
 
 Botany Bay Cement. Yellow gum and brick dust of each. 
 p. aeq, used to cement china ware. 
 
 Admirable wash for the Hair to thicken its growth. Take, 
 two ounces each of rosemary, maiden hair, southernwood, 
 myrtle berr'es and hazle bark, and burn them to ashes on a 
 clean hearth, or in an oven ; with these ashes make a strong 
 lye, with which wash the hair at the roots every day, and 
 keep it cut short. This lixivium, it is said will destroy that 
 unsuspected enemy tr» the hnir, the worm at tiie root. 
 
 Easy and efftctual tnethod of rendering all kinds of Paper 
 ^reproof. This surprising effect is produced by a simple 
 cause. It is only necessary that the paper, whether plain, 
 coloured, written, printed or stained, should be immersed in a 
 strong solution of alum water, and afterwards thoroughly 
 dried, when it will immediately become fire proof. Th« 
 experiment may easily be made, by holding a piece of paper 
 
tradesman's 6UIDE 151 
 
 Vhus prepared over the flame of a candle. Some paper, how- 
 ever, will require to imbibe more of the solution than it can 
 do bv a single immersion, in which case the dipping and dry- 
 ing must be repeated till ihe paper becomes fully saturated* 
 It is fisserted that neither the colour nor quality of the pa- 
 per Will receive the least injury from ihis operation, but that 
 on the contrary they will be improved. 
 
 All nxellcnt Paste fur stopping Holes or Cracks in Iron 
 "Culinary Vtcvsils, so as to render them perfectljf tight. To 
 six quarts of potter's clny, add one part steel filings, and of 
 linseed oil a sufficient quantity to render the mixuire of gla- 
 zier's putty and fill the holes with it. This will soon become 
 hard, and resist t^e action both of water and fire. 
 
 Eau de Hassan. Is probably a mixed tincture or wine of 
 henbane and colchicum/ A tincture of colchicum has becrt 
 proposed fnr it by Want; a tincture of hedge hyssop is said 
 to be sold for it by Kcece ; and a wine of white helleb. pro- 
 posed by Moore, but neither of them is possessed of the same 
 tharacteristics as the Parisian medicine. 
 
 Baicman's Pectoral Drops. Sem. foenic. dulc. two pounds 
 and eight ounces, sem. ani^e one pound, proof spirits loUr 
 gallons, water a sufficient quaniity, disiil ten gallons, water a 
 sufficient quantity, distil ten giiiions, to which add opium seven 
 ounces and four drachms, camphor six ounces, kali pp. one 
 Dunce, coral rubr. four ounces* 
 
 2. Castor N. A. two ounces, opium, anisi, of each one 
 ounce and four drachn s, cainph. eight ounces, sem. fcen. dulc* 
 two ounces, tinct. aniim. four ounces, proof spirMs ten pints 
 add rad. valerian and cochineal in powder. 
 
 3. Castor, camphor, of each four ounces, coccin. one 
 ounce, spirits of wine rectified, two gallons, water one gal- 
 lon. 
 
 4. Opii camph. of each one pound, castor, ol. anisi, s>intal. 
 rubr. of each four ounces, treacle ten pounds spirits of wine 
 rectified five gallons, water four gallons. 
 
 5. Opii camph. of each ten drachms, coccin. one drachm, 
 kali ppt. four scruples, ol. foenic. dulc. one drachm, (or seeds 
 three ounces,) proof spirits fourteen pints, water two pints: 
 produce fifteen pints. 
 
 D. Castor one ounce, ol. anisi one drachm, pmph. five 
 drachms, coccin. one drachm and a half, opii six drachms, 
 proof spirits one gallon. 
 
*Z2 THE ARTIST AND 
 
 Daffy''s Eliiir. Elixir Salufis. Fol. sonny's four ounces, 
 ras. liirn. sain, r.jcl. ciuila? sice. sem. unisi, sem. carui, sem. 
 coriand. rad. glycynli. of each two ounces, raisins stoned 
 eiijlu ounces, proor s|)iriis six pounds; This is now sold by 
 the name of Dlcey's Daffy. 
 
 2. Tincture SenncB. Tinct. Sennas, P. Li Fol; sennae 
 one j)ound, sem. card. min. half an ounce?, raisins sixteen 
 ounces, proof spirits one gallon, 
 
 3. 2\ Senna, P. D. The same but omitting the raisins. 
 • 4. ScnncE Composita. Fol. senna? two our.ces, rad, jalap 
 one ounce, sem. coriand. half an ounce, proof spirits iliree 
 pounds and a half by wiMght, when made, add white sugar 
 four ounces. 
 
 5. Fol. ssnns?, rad. rhei, sem. arisi, f c?ch tw j pounds, 
 radi jalap, sem. carui, of each one pound, 5a:r^ rub. chrht 
 ounces, proof spirits ten gallon-, browii suji.t fo'ir jiounds. 
 
 6. Khubarb, East India, f >rty pounds^ senna3 fiuejn p.-iiMM-j, 
 sant. subr. five pounds, sera, carui, sem. anisi, sera, coriand. 
 of each five pounds, cineres Russici eight ounces, spirits of 
 wine lectified ten gallons ; digest three days, then add proof 
 spirits cicrJity gallons, treacle forty-six pounds. 
 
 7. Rad. rhei fourteen pounds, sem. anis ten pounds, sennae 
 pnrvae eight pounds, rad. jalip four pounds, sant. rubr. three 
 pf»unds eiiiht ounces, ciner. RusSi two pounds, spirits of wine 
 leciified lliiriy-f-iLilit gallons, water eighteen gallons. 
 
 8. Swinton^s Dairy. Rad. jalap three pounds^ fol. sennae 
 twelve ounces, scnj. coriand. sem. aiiisi, rad. clycyrrh. rad. 
 enulae, of each iow: ounces, spirits of v.iuG rectified, water, 
 of each one gallon. 
 
 9. Rad. enulae, ras. jruniaci, sem. coriand. rad. rhei, rad. 
 glyc\'rr]). sem. ani-^i. of ojicii three ounces, raisins one j)ound 
 eight ounces, proof spirits ten pints. 
 
 10. Rad. jalap three pounds, fol. sennae one pound, sem. 
 anisi six ounces, sem. coriand. f(iur ounces, cort. aurant sice, 
 two ounces, proof spirils two gallons. 
 
 1 1. Fol. sennae seven pounds, rad. jalap five pounds sem. 
 n:iisi fourteen pounds, sem. carui four pounds, sem. foenic. 
 dale, four po\inds, brandy coloured two gallons, spirits of 
 wine rectifi«.'d tweiitv-six Jia'lons, water twenty-four sialions; 
 let ir siand three weeks, strain washin<r out t lie last uorlions 
 wiih wat'M- two gallons, then add treacle twenty-eight p'>unds. 
 A common remedy in flatulent cholic, and used as a purge by 
 
1r»ADESM\N*S auiDB, 253 
 
 tliDse acc\istnmed to spirit drinking; doze one, two or three 
 table spoonfuls, 
 
 Anfi' Attrition. Hog*s l.ird ten pounds, caraph. four oun- 
 ces, black lead a sufficient quantity to colour it ; used to rub 
 on iron to prevent rust, and diminish friction. 
 
 Issue Peas, Cf rae ti. one pound, rad. circum. ei^ht oun* 
 ces, rad, irid. flor. ftiur ounces, tereb. Venit. asufficient quan- 
 dty, make into peas. 
 
 2. Corc'e flav, six ounces, rad. irid. flow two ounces, vci- 
 miliion four ounces, tereb. Ven. a sufficient quantity, form 
 riito poas; 
 
 3, Cerae fl^ six ounces, serui^. aeris. rad. helleb, albi, of 
 of each two ounces, cantliaridnm one ounce, rad. irid. flor. 
 one ounce and a iialf, tereb. Ven. a s'ifficient quantity ; this 
 li^st is caustic and will open issues of itself, the others arc 
 used to put into issues that begin to close up to keep them 
 o^peii longer. 
 
 Issue Plasters, Cerae fl. half a pound, minii, tereb. 
 ChijE, of each four ounces, cinnab., rad. irid. flor. of each 
 one ounce, moscii. four grains; melted, spread upon linen, 
 polished with a moistened calendering glass rubber, and lastly 
 cut into small squares. 
 
 2. Diachyl. simp!, one pound, rad. iiid. flor. one ounccj 
 spiead and polished. 
 
 3, Diachyl. simpl. two pounds, pic. Burg, sarcocollae of 
 each four ounces, tereb. com. one ounce, spread and polished. 
 
 Corn Plaster. Cerae fl. two pounds, pic. Burg, twelve 
 ounces, tereb. comm. six ounces, aerug. ppse. three ounces, 
 spread on cloth, cut ard polished. 
 
 Almond Paste. Almonds blanched four ounces, lemon 
 juice two ounces, oil of almonds three ounces, water one 
 ounce, proof spirits six ounces. 
 
 2. Bitter almonds blanched, one pound, white of four epgs, 
 rose water, spirits of wine rectified, of eacii a sufficient quan- 
 tity. 
 
 lirnwn Almond Paste. Bitter almonds blanched, pulp of 
 raisins, of each one pound, proof spirits a sufficient quantity; 
 cosmetic, softens the skin and prevents chaps. 
 
 Almond Paste.. Amygd. dulc. decoct, one pound, amygd. 
 amar. decoct, half an ounce, sugar one poiuid, aq. flor. aurant. 
 ' a sufficient quantity ; beat to a paste sufficiently thick not to 
 stick to the fingers. 
 
 22 
 
j254 the artist aS9 
 
 Ready made Mustard. Flour of black mustard seed wcl] 
 gifted from the bran ihree pouuds, salt one pound, make it up 
 with currant wine and add three or four spoonfuls of sugar to 
 each pint. 
 
 Blacking Paste. Rape oil three ounces, oil vitriol three 
 ounces, m»x, the next day add treacle, ivor}' black, of each 
 three pounds, stone blue six ounces, vinegar a sufficient quan- 
 tity to form a stifl' paste ; this will fill one dozen tin boxes. 
 
 2. Rape oil three ounces, treacle, brown sugar, each nine 
 ounces ; mix, adding ivory black three pounds, flour paste 
 two pounds ; when the paste is quite smooth thin it to the 
 consistence of honey with a su<iicient quantity of vinger : used 
 for m:iking blacking for leather. 
 
 James* Anahptic Pills. Pil. Rufi. one pound calc. anti- 
 monii lota3 eight ounces, gum guaiaci eight ounces, ni. and 
 make thirt^'-two pills from each drachm. 
 
 2. Pill Rufi. puly. antimoiiialis, ^um guaiaci, of each on« 
 scruple ; make into twenty pills. 
 
 Anderson' s Scolch Pills. Aloes Bbds. one pound, rad. 
 hclleb. nigr. rad. jaiapi "kali ppi. of ench one ounce, oil anise 
 four drachms, syr. simp, a sufficient quantity. 
 
 2. Aloes Bb'is. two pounds eight ounces, water eight oun- 
 ces ; soften, add jalap sem. anisi pulv. eb jr. uitri, of each 
 eight ounces, ol. anisi one ounce. 
 
 3. Aloes (Bermudas) one pound, rad. jal^.p, flour sulphur 
 cbor. usiri, glycyrrh. of Cjch two ounces, oil anise one drachm, 
 gamboge two drachnjs, sap^ castil. four ounces, syr. sp. cervin. 
 a sufficient qn uuiry. 
 
 Ward's Antimonial Pills. Glass of antimony finely levi- 
 gated, f ur ounces, dragon's blood one ounce, mountain wine a 
 sufficient quantity, make into pills of one and a half grains 
 each. 
 
 Sfeer''s Opodeldoc. Sapo cast, three pounds, spirits wine 
 rectified three gallons, camph. fourteen ounces, oil rorism. 
 three ounces, ol. origani six ounces, aquse ammon. pur. two 
 pounds. 
 
 2. Sap. clb. one pound, campiior four ounces^ oil rorism. 
 four drachms, spirits wine rectified two pints. 
 
 3. Sap. alb. one pound, camphor foui ounces, ol. origan, 
 ol. rorism. of each four drachms, spirits wine rectified q. v. 
 it will !)ear near six pints. 
 
 4. Sap, albc three pounds, camph. oil, rorism. of each six 
 
tradesman's CUlDt. 254 
 
 •unces, spir. aai»amp. fourteen ounces, spirits wine rectified 
 lour gallons au^HSPfiult. 
 
 5. Sap. alb, four ounces, camph. one ounce, ol. rorism. two 
 drachms, oil origani thirty drops, spirits wine rectified oo« 
 pint, water half a pint. 
 
 Squirc''g Elixir, Opium four ounces, canijilior one ounce, 
 cocind. one ounce, ol. focniculidulc. two drachms, tinct,serpt, 
 one pint, spirits anisi two gallons, water two pints, and add 
 aur. musiv. six ovnces. 
 
 2. Rad. elycy. one pound, kali pp. four ounces, cochineal 
 one ounce, w iter twelve pints ; boil till reduced to one gal- 
 lon, then add tinct. opii twelve ounces, camphor one ounce, 
 spirits wine rectified four pints, aur. musiv. twelve ounces. 
 
 3. Opii one ounce and four drachms, camph. one ounce, 
 coccin. kali. pp. of each one drachm, burnt sugar two ounces, 
 tinct. serpent, one pint, sp. anisi two gallons, aur. musiv. 
 eight ounces. 
 
 Ink Powder, Green vitriol one pound , galls two pounds, 
 gum Arab, eii^ht ounces: two ounces in:ike a pint of ink. 
 
 Marking ink. Lunar caustx tw) drachms, disiilled water 
 six ounces, dissolve and add gun. water two drachms, dissolve 
 also natron ppm. half an ounce in water, four ouncis, and 
 add gum water It^lfan ounce; wet the linen on which you in- 
 ten<l to write with this last solution, dry it, and then write 
 upon it with the first liquor, using a clean pen. 
 
 Red Sealing Wax. Gum lac two pounds, vermilion four 
 ounces, ol. tereb. ol. olive, ©f each eight ounces, roll in caket 
 and polish with a »ag till quite cold, 
 
 2. Shell-lac five jiounds, resinae fl. three pounds, ol. tereb 
 one pound, verm lion twelve ounces, chalk ppd. four ounces. 
 
 3. Resinae fl. six pounds, sheil-lac two pounds, t reb. 
 Yenit, two pounds, vermilion eight ounces. 
 
 4. Shell-lac, rasinse ll. of each four pounds, tereb. Ven. onp 
 pound ; add vermilion or bole Armen. ppd. q. p. 
 
 Black Ball, Beeswax eight ouncc.^, tallow one ounce, 
 gumArab. ow ounce, lampblack q. p. 
 
 Court Plaster^ or Sncking Plaster. Bl-rk silk is stained 
 and brushed over with a soluiion of one ou;i«-c ol is raliss ia 
 twelve ounces of proof spirits, to which ;wo ounce* of tine. 
 B«Q7oini is udded, wh«n dry this is repeated five times nxire, 
 after which two coats are given it oi' a solution of four ounces 
 vf terflb Chiae, in sis ounces of tine, Uen/yoini, which render» 
 
t^ IHE ARTIST >I?C7> 
 
 it less liable to crack ; but some finish it ^h a simple trnc*'^ 
 tiire of black balsam of Peru. * 
 
 Lip Sahc. Cera atb. four oinices : oL olive five ounces ; 
 spermaceti four drachms; oK larend. twertly drops, rad. an- 
 chiisce two ounces. 
 
 2. Ok olive opt. two ounces, cera all spr«maoeti. each 
 three oz. rad. anchusce six drachm*; molt, strain ; add oP, 
 lign. rhod. three drops. 
 
 3. Ok amygd. six omices, speremaceti three ounces, cera 
 alb. jwo ounces; rad. ancbusae one ounce; balsan Peruv. 
 two drachms. 
 
 4. Ok amygd. spreraaceti, cera alb. saceh. canndi aJbi, of 
 each p. ceq. this is white — the others are red. 
 
 OI. Succini Rednctum. Ok socein. one poiHid, petrol bbd. 
 two pounds, 
 
 British OIL Ol. tereb eight Oiioces^ p^rol hbd. four CMin- 
 ces, ok rorrsm. four drachms. 
 
 OL. tereb. five pow>ds, asphalt, twelve ounces, ok lateritii 
 eight ounces. 
 
 Ok teieb^ five pwinds^ oh l^terit. ver. eight ounces* 
 
 Huile Antique a la Vifrfette. Oil of Ben. olives, or almonds,, 
 scenred with ovia. in the san>e manner as ir» making sesence 
 de jas amin, aiid- then pressed out of the wool- op cotton, 
 
 Iluile AntiquPi au melle fteurs. Oil of B<?n. or almonds^, 
 mixed with diiferent essences to the fiiRcy of the perfumar^ 
 
 CHAPTER XXXIL 
 
 Commtree and Manufactures^ 
 
 Gomraerce is the interchange of commodities, or the di's-.. 
 posnl of produce of a^v kind for other articles, or for some 
 represcRtarive of valiH? for which olhr-r articles can be pro- 
 cured, with a view of making a proiir by il>e transaction.. The 
 term js usually restricted to the merca-ntile iatercoure be- 
 twen ditlerent countries^ The internal dealings between in- 
 dividuals of the same country, eitl>er for the si»ppH of imme- 
 diate consnmpfion, or for carvyinir on manufactures, is more 
 commonly denomiriate<l trade. Those who cni^ago their cap- 
 ital iti commerce or trade^ act as agents between tho produc- 
 ers and the consumers of the fruits of the earth j t^ey pur- 
 ch;^se them of the former^ and sell them to ihe bitter j and h 
 is by the prufi's on the saho ihat c- pitat so en>p]oyed yields a 
 revenue or income, Corniji^i-Q^? o£tfi\d« io^rQas^-^^tlw xYO^UVi 
 
of a nation ; not by raising pro^Iuce, like a«rricuIfu}T, nor by 
 working up raw materials, like manui'iclures ; but it gives aii 
 adclijionai value to cornniodiiies by bringing [Imru iVorn places 
 where they are plentiful, to those where^hey are sci:rce ; 
 and by providing the means fortiieir more extended di.siribti- 
 tion, botjj ibc agricultural and manufacturing chiises aio 
 incited to greater industry. 
 
 Agrn ulture, never arrives at any considerable, much loss 
 at iis highest degree of perfection, whe/c it is not connected 
 with trade; that is, \> here thedeniaiid for the produce is not 
 increased by the consumption of trading cities. Though it 
 should be remembered that agriculiuie is the imnit'diate 
 source t.f human provision : that trade conduces to the j. re- 
 duction of j»rovision only as it pr( n.oles ?rgricultnie ; i nd that 
 the whole system of commerce, va.^t and various as it is, has 
 no public importance but its subscrxiency to this end. 
 
 ITie province of a trader is not so contemptible r.s some 
 would alfect to make it. Many prrHer to educate their chil- 
 dren for what are called thr professions, as law, divinity, anrl 
 physic, rather than iuerchandise; but if such preferment is 
 merely given, as a most likely means of acqairing cyber hon- 
 «mr, preferment, or riches, we will Lo enabled to convince 
 them in this chapt<jr, iheir estimation is mado by a wrong 
 ytandard. 
 
 Solon, a philosopher and ruler of Athecs whose fortune 
 having been reduced by his fathers, as Hermij>n;i:, informs us, 
 in the indulgence of bis gre;it and nuuiiScent spirit, thoufrb 
 he might have been supported by his friends, yet as he was 
 of a family that had long been accustonied to assist others, he 
 was ashamed to accept assistance and therefore engaged himself 
 in merchandize. Some however have wiitien ti):U tliis prefer- 
 ment was merely ♦o gratify his curiosiiy, and extend his 
 knowledge raiiier than to n«:ike a fortune. Fru he pu.fessed 
 his love of wisdom, and when far advanced in years made 
 tiiis declaration, " I grow oin' in tl.e puisuit of learning." 
 But that he was not excessively attached to weal'h we ^ti\y 
 gather from tiie fdlowing verses — and riiitarch writes, 
 " the truth is, that Solon was never ricii ; it loaj' be, because 
 tie was always honest." 
 
 Thn maa tlittt boasts of goldrn Klnrrs, 
 Of irnin th it londs hi'; lu-ndinir floorB, 
 Of fields with frcclicning herbage green, 
 
*-'^ rife aRTISI .x.>;^ 
 
 "P. here bounding sloeda arrd herd!? arc se?^'; 
 
 1 ctl! nol happier iJian ll e gwain 
 
 ^^ hose limbs are sonud. whosf- food is pluis, 
 
 ♦^ base joj3 a blcomi!i<r wife endears. 
 
 l^ host h'jiiTs a smiiia^ oiTapriDij cheers. 
 
 Plutarch furlhcr states; "It is evident from the writin?^ 
 of this great man that he was a person not only of exaltej 
 virtue, but of a pleas^anl and agreeabie temper. He coi\sid- 
 ered men as men : and keeping both their capacity for virtue^ 
 and iheir prl>Deoe:^s to evil in view, adapted Wis laws so as to 
 streugtnen ihe. one, and to check and regulate the other." 
 
 But ihai Soloa desired to be rich appears frcm the follow- 
 ing Inics, found in sr.me of his works. 
 
 The flow of riches I desire, 
 
 Aud faiii wr.uid iiles true soods acquire ; 
 
 E^it let iPe jusiiy thejii attain. 
 
 Lest vengeance follow in their traia. ,. 
 
 A good man and indeed a valuable rnenibf r of society, 
 should neither set his heart upoa^uperflaiiieii nor reject what 
 is necessarj' and convenient. And ia the times of Solon as 
 flesiod states no busines^s was regarded as a difparagenjent, 
 uei;her «lid any trade cause a disadvantacieoas distinction. 
 The pfof<Pssion of merchandize was honorable, as it bronghi 
 home t!ie produce «(f barbarous cliraes, engaged 'he friendshp, 
 of King?, and opened a wide iield.f«f knowledge and experi- 
 ence. .Nay»scmc merchants have been foucdors vf large 
 cities. 
 
 P rotas, fur instance, who builr ^Marseilles, for whom the 
 Gauls about the Rhcie had the highest esteem. Thales also 
 and Hippocrates the matliematician arc said to have applied 
 themselves to commerce ; and the oil which Plato sold in 
 Egypt defriyed the espeiTces of Ills trr^vois. 
 
 It is related tliat the inteiest which Thales is. said to have 
 taken in trafQc, was to show the ease v.'i:!i which r;ehe> mJghl 
 be acquired, aud foreseeing by his meteorological skill, au 
 abundant crop of olives, he bought the whole prod«ice before 
 hand and oiade an immense fortune by the speculation. 
 
 It was usual to trad*^ into Egypt with thr oil of Gnec«= and Jndra 
 It 13 said in the prophet Hosea ^XII. I,) '* Ephrajm carrietb oil into 
 E^jpt.' This iud^cd was the only prrdnce of Attic?, v, ' Vh from its 
 abundance. Solon allowed to be exported. 
 
 The celebrated Mr. Locke observed, that trade w.^s a surer 
 and shorter w«v to riches than anv ether. And after reom- 
 
Tit A desman's Gvwi:. 25^ 
 
 toidnii'ing people to bring up their cliildrcn to some frarle, says,' 
 if tiie mistaken parent, IViglitened with the name of trader 
 sl»;ill Ijave an aversion to any thing of this kind in their chil- 
 dren, he recommends teaching them merchants* accounis, as 
 u science well becoming a.'.y gentieman. 
 
 Lord Bacon has observed, " iliat trade enables the subject 
 to live happdy and plentifully, tha- the ctiuulry was mucli 
 enriched by the trade of meichandize," and he stiled the 
 meichHiiis " Vena porta,'" and said, "if they Uourisii not, a 
 kingrlom m ty hrive good limbs, but will have emj)ty veins, and 
 Honiish little. 
 
 The learned Bishop of Cambray, said of the Fha.'nicians, 
 "trade which they carry to the fartherest quai teis oi" the 
 earth, has so enriched them that they surpass the most flour- 
 ishing j)eople in glory." 
 
 Aud^^aguin, instructing Telemachus, how to establish a 
 flourishing trade in Iihaca,' * do as those people, receive with 
 kindness and wi'.h ease all strangers ; and never sufler your- 
 self at any time to be overcome wi*h pride and avarice. 
 Make yourself beloved by all str m^ers ; and even bear 
 willi slight inconveniences from them ; keep a strict hand 
 over the fraud, negligence, and yain glory of the merchants, 
 which ruins commerce in ruining the traders themselves." 
 The mercantile staiion affords as targe a prospect for opnieyt 
 acquisitions, and estates got by trade have, undoubtedly, been 
 far more numerous, than those by any otiier way whatever. 
 
 The relation which the merchant stands in to communify, 
 is not inferior to any in point of importance. Their zealous 
 attachment to their country, where they have l)een protected 
 in their commerce, can be fully mainUiined. lli><tory fur- 
 nishes remarkable instances of this fact. We sh.dl only 
 mention a few, which are sufficient to ondear the characJor 
 of a merchant to every naiiorj. 
 
 Charles V. Emperor of Germany bavins: bef»n reduced to 
 great distress by the unhappy expedi'io!i of Tunis, expori 
 cnctjd a powerful aid in cash from the Fusgers, a single family 
 of merchants only, but at the same tinn.' the most opulent 
 and distinguished in Augsburg. To give a d«<;monstration of 
 their zeal to the interests of their country, and their inviola- 
 ble attacliment to his majesty, these merdruits requested the 
 emperor, ono dav as he was taking an aii ing by their !iouse, 
 to do them the honour to reg.'ile himself. When the colla- 
 
SCO THE ARTIST AIH) 
 
 fion was over, they desired his jDermission, to burn a faggot of 
 cinnamon in the liall, where the enteriainment was made, not 
 only with intent to administer all they could to his delight, 
 but to give furiher proof of their affection to his person and 
 government, bound up those bonds of security, which they 
 had taken for their money, with the faggot, and set fire to 
 them before his face. 
 
 James Coeur, a merchant of Bourges, by the wisdom of his 
 counsel, and ihe certainty of his cash, humbled the house of 
 Burgundy, secured the crown of France to the lawful heir, 
 Charles VII. and by him to the branches of Valois and 
 Bourbon, who succeeded. 
 
 The merchants of St. Malo, being highly exasperated at 
 the demand made at the Congress of Gertruydensburg lo 
 Lewis XIV. to employ his troops to compel his grandson 
 Philip y. then King of Spain, to abondon the crowa^ united 
 all their profits together, which they had made in the Spanish 
 Colonies of America, and produced ihiilj-two miiiions of 
 gold at the foot of the throne : and at a tim<,' when the finan- 
 ces of France were totally exhausted by a series of unsuccess- 
 ful events. This succour being timely o})plied, vigorously 
 renewed the war, and answered the wislies of the nation. 
 
 Sir Thomas Gresham, tlie founder of a college in London, 
 f(pr the ptomotion of the liberal arts, and of the Royal Ex- 
 change, for the convenience of the traders of the metropolis, 
 is another instance of t!ie ability of private merchants to sup- 
 port government under the greatest emergency* This worthy 
 citizen of London lived in the time of Edward VT. wh« was 
 considerably indebted to the merchants of Antwerp, for 
 money borrowed to supply the o.sigencios of the stale. The 
 payment of the interest, at tint time, being considered as 
 most likely to embaiass the country, many expedients were 
 projected by the king and council, to discharge those debts : 
 Wiiich were, eitiier to transport so much treasure out of the 
 countr}^ as v/ould liquidate them, or remit t!)»^ same by way 
 of exchange. The former was impracticable without being 
 ruinous to trade; and on account of the difference of ex- 
 change, the latter appeared ecpially perplexinjr. Besides, the 
 creditors insisted on their money, or a compliance with such 
 usurious te.ms, as would have brought the greatest indignity 
 upon the nation. Under these circumstances, Sir Thomas 
 wndertook the aftair, and by his great knowledge and skill in 
 
TnADtSMAN's GCIDK. 26 ( 
 
 iho exchanges, exonerated the iiatiun from the incumbrance ; 
 and by which i.egoliaiions, ihe king sav«d ijor less ilsan an 
 hundred thousand pounds. By raising ihe exchanLt* in fa- 
 vour of England at this critical time, ihe pricv-j of all foreign 
 commodities fell proportionably ; and in a very little while 
 between three and four hundred th( usand pounds s eiling 
 moie was saved to the nation. With Queen Ehzabelh, he 
 was in so high esteem, that she kn'ghred him, and lumoured 
 him in e\ery respect, and came in j)erson to the Eickange^ 
 which he had eiecied for the convenience of meich.,nts, anJ 
 the honour of the city of Loiidon, and CMScd the s. me to 
 be prochiimed by heralds and a ii umj>et, the Royal Exchange^ 
 and Sir Thomas was afterwards honoured by the a[ pellai^ou 
 of royal merchant. 
 
 The building has been doscribod as a statfly piU», wh'.cii was burnt 
 down in KUiti, but was rcbiult, aud is now represented, av bmJt ct the 
 rnost be^iliful sloni-. stu'pcniicus and elcijaiit arch work, all <f the most 
 curious and admirable archilecture, together with its hi^h low«r iij 
 which are tiung a hanuonius chime of twelve btils rcndtring ii tha 
 noblest structure for a meeting place for i^eichau.t> in th'j world. 
 
 Thomas Sutton, Esq. another distinguised English mer- 
 chant, and founder of the Charter House in London, did an 
 act of beiievolence worthy of a great prince a few years af;ei; 
 the d iath of Sir Thomas Gresham, in being the grand instru- 
 ment of getting the Spanish biils protested at Gen«;a, which 
 retarded tor a whole year the sailing of the Spanish Armada^ 
 designed to invade England ; by wliich means tlu* plan was 
 defeated. Thus we learn ihe worth of some private mer- 
 chants ; and although great statesmen, admirals, and genera;s, 
 with the aid of the public purse, and ten thousands to co- 
 operate vvii.li thrni, nia^ perform great acbieveojents, yet we 
 ^ud that one family of merchants has been the support of aa 
 emperor in great distress ; 'noiher single merchant, gave the 
 crown to the house of Bourbon; that one was the principal 
 cause of defeating th«^ Spanisii .Armada; and- another, tht» 
 restorer of the public credit of FiigUnd, Nor has the secu- 
 rit> of states aud en)pires been only owing to the occasionally 
 jtcalo'is exertions of the wisdom and power of the merchant*, 
 Vui they arc 'n a great measure the daily and perpetual sup- 
 poit of all trading countries. 
 
 For, as nn ions are at present circumstanced, those whicl^ 
 arc so siiuotcd^ subsisting chiefly within tlientselves, witb.ir. 
 
262 *■■ ARTirr Aif» 
 
 any intercourse or commerce with others, can never be abla 
 to maintain so great a share of power, as those which carry 
 on an exteaded foreiga traffic. Domestic trade, only shifting 
 property from hand to hand^ cannot increase the riches and 
 power of a na:ion ; whilst foreign trade under wise laws and 
 regTjlations, bringing in a constant balance of treasure in fa- 
 Tonr of a nation, n ill proporiionably augment its weight of 
 interest, and at length give it the balance of power. 
 
 Our own country^ thoui;h in commercial iulducy can boast 
 of many specimens of mercantile woith. Who has not heard 
 of the private and public virtues which adorL.«d the charac- 
 ter of a Phillips, a Gray — and ihout.h it is not fiishionable to 
 eulogize the living, still we cannot IVubcar adding a Gerard, 
 Yes, many, very many families, m-iny widows and orphans, 
 have so ofcea felt iheir chariries, ibat eicluiive nf the many 
 gr«at and important services which the\ hav«; rendered their 
 country, tables of stone are not net;ued to teil th^jjppassing 
 stranger, * they went about doing gaod.' Truly, are not such 
 men to be estimated as the gold and s'lver, the most intrinsic if 
 not appreciated coin of any country — whi'p it should be de- 
 pricated that others perhaps of equ -l wealth, like the Jew in 
 Shylock — live only to count their encrea3<?d Ji.^ins, and throw 
 a deadly blast, throughout every regioo which becomes sub- 
 ject to their sweeping avarice, or unhillowed disposition — 
 WKat a fit subject fnr the artist pencil ! 
 
 The merit of persons of diiingu'shed character in trade, 
 cannot, in general, be measured by ihos« who ar» not w«ll 
 acquiinted with trading nejotiations ; as they pass through 
 life withiiiit mi:ch noise, the world is little acquainted with 
 their ioiportant services and utiliiy to the state. 
 
 Whilst tfae histories of groat public capacities are trans- 
 mitted to posterity with all the pomp and magnilicenc* of rep- 
 res«Qt4iion : yet certainly that is one of the most profitable 
 admonitions, wliich is drawn from the eminent virtues of m^n, 
 who move in*a sphere nearer levelled to the common reach, 
 than that which is derired from the splendid portrait of the 
 transactions and victories of great statesman and jomman- 
 ders, which serve but for the imitation of (ew^ and aim rath- 
 er for ostentation, than for the true instruciion of human 
 life. It was from the practice and e.x^imple oi private con- 
 dition, that we are m«rc naturally taught to excel in our pri- 
 fat© capacities ; and, had we the genuine histories of rcani[ 
 
TRADESMAN'S CUtnE. 26S 
 
 v^miirent merchants, giving a lively idea of their rise and 
 progress in business, and of the important service they have 
 been to their respective communities, ihey would naturally 
 incite the trading class of community to emulate their accom- 
 plishments: and this would prove a more etfeciual means to 
 produce a race of skilful traders, than romantic narratives of 
 a race of heroes. 
 
 The philosopher may arrive to a hii;h pitch of improve- 
 ment in agriculture, arts and sciences; the husbandman, arti- 
 san and niinufacturer, may reduce ihis speculative knowledge 
 to practical uses, with ihe greatest skill and dexterity on 
 their parts ; governments m ny enact the wisest laws, and 
 give all desirable encouragement to commence, yet what 
 will these avail without the penetration and sagacity of the 
 merchant, to propagate the produce of our lands, and the 
 labour of our artists and manufacturers into f(f)reign coun* 
 tries, Mjrii advantage to the state as well as to himself? 
 
 Sir ^FBrewsler, an eminent English merchant, observed, 
 *' we see how all tlie arts and science have improved in this 
 country, with in the compass of one century, but amongst them 
 all the merchant's part the least." And further, that any 
 countryman but our own, would be astoiiibhed to ob- 
 serve more heads engaged in Westramster hall, to divide the 
 gains of the nation than there are heads on the Exchange 
 to gather it. And further, he says, '* I think it a moral dis* 
 temper that so few men of classical learning are educated to 
 practical commerce: for there is scarcely a boy, whom a 
 country school master flatters, because he learns his grammar 
 well, whose kindred do not think it a pity so hopeful a youth 
 should be lost in trade, and that the university is the only fit 
 soil for him to be planted in." 
 
 We do not introduce these remarks of Sir Francis as appli- 
 cable to this country, for we do rejoice in the belief that it» 
 mercantile character is increasing in dignity, that young men 
 of the most promising talents are embaikiiig in meichandize, 
 and that the feeling which hitherto was so unnaturally excit- 
 ed against it, has nearly subsided. 
 
 We believe that there is a dignity or as some will have it 
 a respectability of character to be sustained in all professions; 
 though — 
 
 ** It IS a matter of curious investigation, to examine the dis- 
 tijictioDs which society has made, amongst the different trad^ 
 
5^4 THE ARTIST AND 
 
 and prr>fe?';«0D5. ' A saiut in t!iape is twice a saint in lawn,' 
 says Pope ; and yet be tells us, ' ihnt Iioni-r aud aliaine from 
 no condition rise / the latter is true by the laws of nature ; 
 the former by the usages of socifiy. 
 
 \\ hether a lawyer is more respectable than a doctor, or a 
 merchant than a farmer, is a qu»*s.tion that has not yet been 
 settled by her high misrhtines?. Fashion ; but with respect to 
 the different pursuits of trade, she has drawn the disiincfion, 
 having consulted neither reason or rhyme, and governs si)]elr 
 by her own whims. A butcher, for instance, is considered 
 as superior to a baker ; — and why ? They both cater for the 
 appetite of nun: one furnishes the slaughtered calf, and 
 the other the generous grain, which alike support life ; one 
 deals in fire, and the oiher in sword : are they not on a par \ 
 A shoemaker is more re-^pectablo ihan a cobbler ; — V\h\ ? one 
 makes vuur shoes, and ihe other mends iheai — the^' both use 
 awls and waxod ends ; where is the ditierence \ ^^^ 
 
 " I? a h.itter more exalted than a tailor 1 The OTProvers 
 ^ the dome cf thought, ihe pnlace of the soul !' his vocation is 
 certainly of the head : he surmounts the crown ; but then the 
 tailor adorns the graceful form and manly chest ; the waist- 
 coat that he makes covers the heart, the se^t of sensation and 
 the abode of passion. He makes you either a gentleman or 
 a clown, according to his will. You are at his mercy with 
 regard to the fit of your habiliments and the effect of your ap- 
 pearance in Broadwav. Thus extensive is his power ; and 
 « not power respectability? A milliner is more respected in 
 society than a mautna-maker ; the one makes hats and the 
 other dresses. Why is a female hatter greater than a female 
 tailor 1 Why is a grocer considered inferior to a seller of dry 
 goods! Is not a bottle of mustard as respectable as a yard of 
 tape \ Is not a pound of cheese as honourable as a paper o\ 
 pins? A bunch of onions as a skein of thread ! Is not su- 
 jgar equal to broadcloth, and molasses to ginghams ? Cer- 
 tainly. 
 
 "Again, why is a saddler superior 'to a shoemaker"? He 
 covers the backs of horses, while the latter covers the feet of 
 men. And is not the foot of lordly man and lovely woman> 
 an object o^ greater moment tiian the back of Eclipse himself? 
 How and why then are these distinctions made ? It is easier 
 to ask than to answer the question ; to do the latter, surpasses 
 our wikdom. But are these distinctioui reoioaable aad naiw 
 
tradesman's eiiDfr. \ 
 
 ral t No. Honest industry is alike respectable in every vo>*. 
 tion. The faithful mason, who piles one brick upon another, 
 is the equal of him who makes the bricks, cr him uho burns 
 the lime which is used in making ihe mortar; [and we may 
 add, or him for whose comfort his labour is destined to effect.} 
 The industrious mechanic is the prop of society, and so Ions 
 as he labours diligently and honestly in his occupation, he is 
 entitled tc respectability aud he will receive it." Neverthe- 
 less, it must bo acknowiedged, and to the degrndatiou of hu- 
 man nature be it said, there arc many in all professions, dis- 
 honouring them by the flattery of some, and their own unnat- 
 ural conceit. . "^ 
 Channe.h and Progress of Trade. England possesses 
 30,000 miles of-roads, nearly 4,000 miles of canals, and abouf 
 SOU miles of railways. France, which is more than twice as 
 extensive, does not afford above 45,000 njiles of roads, 15C0 
 miles^canals, 114 miles of railways, of which latter 78 arc 
 still in a course of completion. 
 
 The amount of Tobacco imported into Gmnt Britain the 
 last year was 33,0000,000, twenty-two of which was from 
 America, and almost exclusively in American sh^^ping. 
 
 IVhah Ships. The ship Pacific, recently from the Pacific, 
 has arrived at New Bedlord with about 3,000 barrels of whalt 
 oil, which is considered to be the largest quantity of sperma- 
 ceti oil, ever obtained in a twenty-six months voyage. 
 
 C'lal. 'I'hirty-five thousand three hundred and sixty-two 
 tons have been discharged at Philadelphia, the present sea- 
 son, brought down the Schuylkill. The amount of coal sent 
 down the Lehigh is 4,9JG tons^ And it is hoped 9!^,000 i.^n* 
 will be received in that city bcfoie navigation closes. Oi.l^ 
 a {ew years since we were dependent on Enj:lau(! for this va- 
 luable article. 
 
 Tea. The first order of the East India Compajiy io iheir 
 agents in India, for tho importation of tea, appears to have 
 been made 1667, and is in these words: — " To sf-nd home hv 
 these ere ships, 100 lbs. weight of the best Tea y«>u can ^et.** 
 The quantitv put up for sale by the Company at theii qunr- 
 terly sales in June, 1S29, was 7,800,000 lbs. ; and at the pre- 
 ceding sales of September, December, Mid March, 7,1)00,000. 
 800,009,000 and 900,000,000. 7 he duty to g.-veinmeni the 
 last year was £3,283,202- -considerably more than was pro- 
 duced by any other article of consumption in LB;;bnd. 
 
 2i 
 
u6 THE ARTIST AXD 
 
 Depression of Trade. The follow ing article exiracted from 
 a Boston paper is worthy of being read with attention as ap- 
 plicable to the present times. 
 
 '* The truth unfortunately is, we have been living beyond 
 our circumstances. The laudable economy and industrious 
 habits of our ancestors, have been lost sight of, and we havo 
 yielded up to the pleasing, but dangerous innovation of foreign 
 luxuries, and their attendant habits. We must measure back 
 our ground. There is no other course which we can now 
 pursue with any hope of success. The flame must again be 
 kindled on the altar of patriotism ; and self denial and rigid 
 economy take the place of luxury and extravagance. Th« 
 nerves of our et^eminate young men must be strengthened by 
 toil, and our females, instead of reclining on the sofa, ard 
 humming over the piano, must learn to direct their attention, 
 to matters of more importance. They must shake off, an un-- 
 \vorthy the daughters of freemen, the tinsel of fashi^jpl and 
 the shackle of false refinement, and cherish the proud and 
 sterling patriotism of their grand mothers." 
 
 Manufactures are the arts by which natural productions are 
 brought into the state or form in which they are consumed 
 or used. They require in general great expenses for their 
 first establishment, costly machines for shortening manual la- 
 bour, and money and ciedit for purchasing materials from dis- 
 tant countries. There is not a single manufacture in Great 
 Britain which does not require, in some part of its process, 
 productions from diflerent parts of the globe. It requires, 
 therefore, ships, and a friendly intercourse with foreign nations, 
 to transport commodities and exchange productions. They 
 wouM not be a mamifacturincr, unless they were a commercial 
 cation. Th"? two sciences wliich most assist the manufactuer, 
 are mechanics and chemistry ; the one for building mills, 
 working mines, and in general for constructing machines, 
 either to shorten the labour of man by performing it in less 
 time, or to perform what the strength of man alone could not 
 accomplish ; the other for fusinfr and working ores, dying, 
 bleaching, and extracting the virtues of various substances t'or 
 particular occasions. 
 
 It must be observed that though a farmer does not so fre- 
 quently ;iud rapidly? amass wealth as a merchant or majiufac- 
 turer, yet neither is he so often ruined. The risks a man en- 
 counters in trade arc much greater than in fanning. The 
 
TRADESMAN S GUIDE. 267 
 
 fnaoufacturer as well as the merchant is liable to severe losses 
 arisiug from contingencies in trade; they hot 1 1 must there- 
 fore have a chance of making proporiionably greater profits. 
 The chances of gain must balance the chance of loss. If he 
 be so skilful or so fortun iie as to make more than his average 
 shart of gain, he will accumulate wealth with greater rapidity 
 than the farmer ; but should either a deficiency of talents or 
 ■unfortunate circumstances occasion an uncommon sliare of 
 losses, he may become a bankrupt. The rate of profit*, there- 
 fore, upun any emploviwem of capital, is proportioned to the 
 risk? with which ii is attended ; but if calculated during a suf- 
 ficient period of time, and upon a sufficient nuniuer of instances 
 to afTor*! an average, these different modes of employing cap- 
 ital, w'U be tound to yield similar profits. It is owing to this 
 that the distribution of capital to the several branches of 
 agriculture, commerce, and manufactures, preserves a duo 
 equilibrium, which, though it may be accidentally disnubed, 
 cannot whilst allowed to pursue its natural course, be perma- 
 nently deranged. 
 
 An abnmdant harvest may occasionally raise the rate of 
 agricultural profits, or a v«ry bad season may reduce them 
 below their level. 
 
 The opening a trade with a new country, or the breaking 
 out of a war, which impedes foreign commerce, will effect the 
 profit* of the merchant and manufacture : but these accidents 
 dis'utb the equal rate of profits, as the wind disturbs the sea; 
 and when ihey cease, it returns to its natural level. 
 
 The division of labour has tended greatly to improve every 
 branch of manufactures. Its utility is exemplified in the maim- 
 facttrc of pins. If a piece of metal were given to a man to make 
 a pin, he c(;uld scarcely do it in a day. In fun manuTactories, 
 however, each pin passes through twenty-five hands ; one 
 draws out the wire, another straightens it, another cuts, an- 
 other points if, three or fi»nr prepare the head, two or three 
 puts it on, &c. Twenty-five persons ihus make a hundred and 
 twenty-five thousand pins in a day, or five thousand to each 
 person. Labour likewi?e divides itself numerously in every 
 branch of the elegant and usoful arts, as in building, the arts 
 connected in furnishing a house, in branches connected with 
 the clotiiing of a man, in th© iron and metallic trades, and in 
 connexion with books and literature. 
 
 A pack of wool weighing 240 poiuids employs 200 pcrioru 
 
25S THE ARTIST AND 
 
 befi)ie it is ready for Srile, in the form of stuffs, cloths, &c.' 
 To be m:jcle :nto fiocK.ngs, ir will occupy 184 pf-rsons for a 
 week ; as icn cumbers, oue iiuadred spiimers, wiuders, <&.c. 
 six'y weavers or stocking makers, besides dyers, pressers, &-C. 
 A ^word mado of sieel, liie o/i^iiij] :neial of which was uot 
 worth a shilliiiiT, is som*^times sold for 300 guineas ; and « 
 Witich cha n his produced fii.v-gUineas, ihe meial of which 
 before it was wro 'gUi, was not worrii ih.ee pence. So like- 
 wse, a paintinu, nor iwt» yards square, has been valued at 25, 
 000 pounds sterl'ng; and u sh iwi, which contained but a ie\r 
 ouncos ofwiiol, hns oeen said lo uiing 150 guneas. As it is 
 with individuals, s.i it is wiih naiioos. VV^iiat one possesses in 
 superfluiiv, it is desirous ro exoh^nge for sonieanicie it wants, 
 with any other narion whii ij possesses ihat superfluity. 
 
 The PhceuicJans, or Ph'iistines weie the tirst people oa 
 record, who employed sli'ps to cany the produce and manu- 
 faciu;es of one nation to auoiher. They were followed by 
 the Carthaeenians ; and these by the VenetiTiis, Genoese 
 and Han^e Towns. Tue United Stages of Ameiica, with the 
 advantage of the possession of r-.w mate* ids of every kind, 
 are rapidly advancing i<3 the aianufacluiiug system; having 
 numerous fine ports and ships, md a trade extended to all 
 parrs of the world, with these .dvunisges connected with the 
 eiiterjirise, perseverance and industry of our merchants, rapaiu- 
 fac[urers 'c>nd raechaiiics, who can doubt thc^ time is no« far 
 disrant, when this country wM nwA ever}' otheY on the whola 
 face of the globe iu commerce and m-iiiufacures. 
 
 Prncrrrss of '^lanufticturts. — Lotti fiisccvcries S^^c. 
 Flint Stone Ware. Tne m^nuftcture of this -wticle is very 
 expensively currsed '■n, by Mr. H^^nderson of Jersey C iiy, 
 •opj)Osite New-York. It is eqml to he besi English and Scotch 
 stoue wjrc, and will be suppl.ed to the ir-ide r.r 33 1-3 "per. 
 ex. less, th-in like foreign articles, when imported. 
 
 China V/are^ Eeautifr.l^y paintP!-] rTjd en^mmelled, is 
 D'W cxien-lvelv rmoutuCtured U Piiii'id(?I|>hla by Mr. Tuc- 
 ker, who has h^^on strugnli^'- *^i*h miuy d-iTiculties for a lon» 
 time, but at leigrth as we <tre inf uin<;;d, has so far overcome 
 iheMi as 10 produce very superior nrMcles at moderate prices. 
 
 Iron. Thft q lan ••ty of this met.1l m-^niif.jctured in F^-ank- 
 lin, Veniii^o county, "P-. iu 1^?8. l^no o:w, of bloom, fOO 
 <£;Rs, of bar iron XOQ tons. The pig metal sold at Pittsburg^ 
 
rttADESMAN^S CUID*. ^60' 
 
 \Vheeling and Steubenville at from 35 to 40 dollars pr. ton. 
 The blo.mis at Pittsburg $100 pr. ton, and the bar iron at the 
 the works, at from $125 to $140 pr. ton. 
 
 Several new liirnaces are erecting it is said in the county 
 and the demand rapidly increasing. 
 
 A Furnace with proper management will make from 800 
 to 1000 tons per annum, at an oxpence of from $22 to $25 
 per ton, according to the price of provision ; and with the ore, 
 timber, &.c. convenient and good at about from 13 to 20 
 dollars. 
 
 Under proper management and good materials, a furnace 
 will clear at present prices, ten thousand dollars per annum. 
 
 Lead and Silver Mines. A lead, or rather silver mine has 
 recentb'^ been discovered in the Town of Eaton in New 
 Hampshire. A shaft has been sunk into the mine 50 feet be- 
 low the surface, and a horizontal excavation running from the 
 bottom about 50 feet more, has been made. 
 
 The ore already raised amounts to several hundred tons, 
 the expence of obtaining whicb, does not exceed 3 or $4000 
 and from several analyses of different kinds of the ore, there 
 were found to be from 90 to 120 ounces of pure silver to the 
 ton. 
 
 It is understood to be owned principally by a company of 
 •gentlemen in Boston and Baliiinore. 
 
 Upper 31ississippi L^ad Mines. Congress seeing that im- 
 mense quantities of lead were made and could be manufac- 
 tured in these mines, and those below, sufficient for home con- 
 sumption, very justly added to the duties which had already 
 been imposed on lead, a per centum amply sufficient to pro- 
 hibit any further importation. This law passed in the win- 
 ter of 1828, but took effect not until the following October. 
 During this interim, advantages were taken by the Britisii 
 merchants and large quantities of lead were imported into the 
 United States, nearly enouch for one year's supply ; and 
 since the law took effect, about eight millions pounds of lead 
 in the ore have been imported from thr mines of Spain, and 
 pmelted in the United States. This, added to tl)C unu.>ual 
 quantity brought between the time of the passing of the law 
 above mentioned, and its taking effect, together with the im- 
 mense quantity manufactured in our mines during the same 
 peiiod, every man must perceive would fdl our markets with 
 a surplus, which readily accounts for the sudden depreciation 
 
 23* 
 
270 THB ARTf5r \ND 
 
 in the ppce of lead. lusi/uctions have be^n given t« tK« 
 custiim huuse otii.ers in ^he edit^ru cities, io cliai-ie au equi- 
 valent duiy ou iaa^oried lead o.e. Hc:iC", thii uj^Ue ot ;in- 
 portioi^ It' id is at au end ; so we may now j»aiely calcui ue 
 thdt we Ci\n supply cur own country, at leasi, Iiom uur uMvn 
 mntes. Tue diainiuiioo io oar uidQufrcCUire m c^juaeqjcace 
 of he low pi.ce of lead, w 11 ao doubi before anuiher ye^r, 
 ren'ler that article very scirce iu ine eastern inif »ve:s. Tnrre 
 will not during the present year, be one eunth liie qua-imy 
 maHe, that there wis during the twj preceling. Thea 
 dedici seven-eights iiom the qujuli.y usually made a. oar 
 OFu jniues, and all that has been in oar lua.jveis during the 
 last ye ir or tv.o, and we can torin sjine idea ot ihe la.Uie 
 state of the market. I'he coasumpdou of lead In the Uniied 
 States, according to the best data wh;ch has come under our 
 observaiion, anj.unts to abou" 26,000,009, *if wmch mo.e 
 thari h^df o( that quantity for the last year bas be*^ii imported ; 
 and duiing the sanje period there were about 10,000 uiiners 
 in the Uoper Misr^issippi actively engaged in the mniifaciuie 
 of leid. It is not strange then, (hit such cxtraordrbary exer- 
 tidui of our own industrious ciiizens, and ♦he strong efforts of 
 foreif:ners to crowd le td imo our maikes, should produce a 
 temporary stagnation io this trade. But iht'se two powerful 
 causes have been removed ; and it must and w.U as suddenly 
 rise as it has t^iUen, :he expressed oiinion ot' speculaiois to 
 the contrary innw; hsianding. 
 
 Penknife Manufactory. Mr. Moses L. M >r<e, an ingeni- 
 ous mech mic, and die inventer of several valu ib e machines, 
 h.;s coniiiif'nced the manufjct^ire ol Penkiives in VVorces er, 
 M ss. and intends \y ernploy 50 hands, ihey are well made, 
 W'th a high polish, and unless exam'iied very cl »sely, it would 
 be lifficidt to dis.tin2uish them from the English krives 
 
 Ingenious Discovery. A M . Ne ls<n of ihe Glasgow S[as 
 works, his recently obiained a patent for au apparaius, which 
 discharjes air and promotes romhusri.m in fire furnaces, hy 
 beinj heated before it i'< thrown in:o them. A series of *»x- 
 peiiments has bei-n goinc on for sometime on founders cupa- 
 i s, and in the blast furnace of Clyde Ton works, as stated in 
 thf B''l 'm )re G^z-^tre, where one furnace his be^n blown 
 with sreat ?»dvantaiie bv meins of h^ate-l aii, and where o'her 
 two blast furnice are re=»dy to be blown in *he *arae w ly. 
 
 It i« completely ascertained that a g eai saving of fuel is 
 
tradesman's ouidc. 271 
 
 accomplisheo ,besides, sanguine hopes are entertained, that th« 
 same wt^riv will be done with a less quantity of air. This dis- 
 covery Will efiect a great revolution in the theory, as well as 
 practice of rombusLJon. 
 
 Screw Manufactiinj. Mr. Cobb of Albany, has recently 
 made great im|jiovt'raenls in the machiueiy for the manufacture 
 of this iniponaut article. We believe this genilcman was the 
 first who imroduccii the raanutacfure of wood screws into this 
 country; thou^^h it has been claimed by a Mr. Stowell of 
 M issiichuseits. He is certainly entitled to much credit not 
 oiily as a scientitic but practical mechanic. It improvements 
 equally as valuable are made in every branch in tliis country; 
 our manufactured goods will be pieferred, and the English 
 manufacturer will find his articles no longer sought for in this 
 quarter of the globe. 
 
 Machinen/ for breaking and dressing Flax and Hemp. 
 The following is a description taken from ihe Asylum of Arts 
 in France, by a <:entleman friendly to the agricultural industry 
 of the United States. 
 
 '* This machine was invented by a French gentleman, under 
 the ofiored bounty of Napoleon of 1,200,000 franks, about 
 ih? year 1814, description as follows : 50 to 88 pairs of fluted 
 rollers, the top roller hiding them of the bottom, and each 
 pair lying b3Mho side of each other, so closely as not to receive 
 the flax or hemp from one pair to the other, untill it passes 
 through the whole range. At the end of every bottom roller, 
 there are pinion wheels, and wheels at right angles to drive 
 them, ani the latter set in motion by the former given at the 
 head of the machine. The top rollers are lever weighted on 
 the bottom rollprs, and the latter gives motion to the former, 
 by the said motion at the head of the machine. The rollers 
 lie in a horizontal position, their ends leaning or resting in 
 stands, and their whole range forming a level flat surface up- 
 on the top, as well as the bottom. The machine has two 
 openings, one for feeding and the other for rccicving the 
 hemp after dressed, &,c. 
 
 It is said that the m ichine will break and dress 2000 lbs. 
 pr. dny and will take 10 hands to tend it to advantage." 
 
 We have a promise froiij the same source, of shortly having 
 a description of the Linen spinning, "although complicated 
 wi:h needles and rollers, yet it may answer on small scales.'* 
 " It appears" says he, " has nerer been eflected te that sin- 
 
272 TUB AnTlsf AKD 
 
 pliciiv, and fac-lity of oppiation, as that of cotton, and if ere/ 
 found out it uiisr be by aa Aaiorlc-in, as ceiiiu.ies hite pas- 
 sed away in Europe wi;hoat the discovery/* 
 
 Perpetual Mutlun. A Mr. Brigham has recently appeared 
 at C.uciunati, as the discoverer of ibe pcrpeaitl moiion — 
 which is '* a pendulum set in mution by a m ignet, and ap- 
 pears admirably calculated for clock work, and we can see 
 no cause why it should noc coniinue to go so long as the ma- 
 terials of which il is made shall lasr. It is w^H worihy the 
 at'eniion of the curious, pinii ularly ihvse skilled iii mechan- 
 
 ICs. 
 
 Turkey Red. The use of Turkey red in calico priming 
 his been successfully introduce. 1 at L)weil. The French 
 have lung had an advantage of the English in the employment 
 of thi;* colour. 
 
 We siiould notice many other important and useful inven- 
 tions, if our limits permitted, -which we design to do at some 
 future period inanoiiier ed tiou of this work, n )t only nodcing 
 everv recent improvemeni in this country, but also, in Europe, 
 so fir as our knowledse mny extend. 
 
 On the reporttd distress among the manufacturers, we 
 think the folljvvinL: remuks ^^vith some sligiit alieraiions, wor- 
 thy of insertion, from Nile's Register: — 
 
 Perhaps there is no cla s of comnounity mare sinned against 
 
 "th m tiae raanufic:urers. They are rtfpres3nted as may best 
 
 suit their enemies — as overgrown capitalists, living on the 
 
 labour of the poor, as needy adventurers who mav involve 
 
 the whole couatiy in ruin. 
 
 Whi'e it must be admitted that many branches of those 
 manufactures have not been profitablo for some time past — it 
 appears to be mtnifest that the difficulties under which the 
 eastern manufacturers have laboured werf consummated by a 
 sudden and ruinous contraction «»f the circuhting medium in 
 that quarte. ; for it is no less remarkable th^n true^ that oth- 
 ers, less favourably circ'imstanced, have, with apparent ease, 
 resisted or repelled Hiis pressure, and miintaiued a full ana 
 unlnrerruptoH operation, in the midst of sacrifices of goods 
 by forced sales. Bat, if they can *' keep steady'' a litilo 
 while, time enourrh to permit the business to settle down niot 
 its natural state, as it must, all w ill be well, and an enli%ening 
 circulation <;oon be felt and enjoyed. 
 
 No one thinks of proclaiming through the land the misfor- 
 
tUADESMAN^S QUIDE 271 
 
 tunes of the merchant, when arrested in his business — unless 
 influenced with a spirit of deep felt sympathy and accommo- 
 dation — and this is as it should be — but on the other hand 
 when the manufacturer fails, all sorts of dogs of British breed 
 are let loose upon, bark at him, and would bite iiis heels if 
 they dared. Their noise, however adds to t'le difficulties on- 
 countered, and hence forced sales of property, and the neces- 
 sity of curtailing the progress of expenditure. But such things 
 hare happened before. They cannot be altogether avoided 
 even by the most prudent, and especially so long as our com- 
 mercial intercourse is so intimate with the old world, particu- 
 larly Great Britain : for a pressure in Lancastershire or 
 Yokshire reaches the United States almost as soon, and with 
 nearly the same force, as it reaches the southern or more nor- 
 thern couniries of that small island ; and our market is made 
 the last resort of desperate speculatois, insolvent persons, or 
 for closing up concerns ; which it is desired to accomplish 
 speedily, though atttnded with loss. And whenever a pres- 
 sure comes upon us, there is a sudden reduction of the ciicu- 
 lating medium — the bank of the United Slates gathers in its 
 strength, and the state banks reserve their's for solf preser- 
 vation, and individuals whose credit was good for thousands 
 yesterday, may be unable to raise a few hundred dollars to- 
 morrow ; and the failure of one person to fulfil his engage- 
 ments, proceeds through a community to an incalculable ex- 
 tent — reaching the most wealthy as well as the poorest of tlie 
 labouring classes — though some districts are more effected by 
 such actions and reactions than others. 
 
 All manufacturers at the present time, are efl'ected in some 
 degree, by the general dullness of business. We believe that 
 the cotton business will very soon revive, and hope that all 
 will be encouraged ta hold their ground, notwilhstauding we 
 are informed many ** respectable establishments have ceased 
 their usual busmess," neither be alarmed, though much is said 
 " of reduced prices" and " pinching timei," and '• scarcity of 
 money" — for such things have been said, if not felt, before — 
 and unless it be in the growth and manufacture of wool, 
 
 there is good reason to believe that tl^o - •••" -i'^^^^^y 
 
 paM» o>u. , .i..a I., icspect to those important branches, on^ 
 change in the present condition of Europe must operate ad- 
 vantageously for them ; for " when things get to their worst, 
 thoy must mend." The long continued state of peace amon« 
 
274 THE AnXTgT AKB 
 
 the nHtions with whom we have the most intimate connec- 
 tions, afrersuch a I'mj^ period of war, has not »»iily ra Ufjriallj 
 aiteied ilieir rehiions one w<th the othfv' , bm placed ihe Uni- 
 ted St.iie uuder /?r/f? circumstances, io wh;ch w.' sHrdl not be 
 recunriled, aniil the generations of im.*n \vh'> comtnencrd ba- 
 fintids at ihe bieakmg out of the French revolutnn shall have 
 Ctused tf« influence the public mind. 
 
 A liiile while ago we were thn n[*eichants and carriers for 
 miilious i»f persons, whose o vn .nerc".j.nis n »w u » ibcir i>wii 
 business, in ttieir own sh^ips, and labour h :s I'ecesstirdy sought 
 n.:;w occup iiioDs. These ai-e n.>T adjusit d nii i se.iled as ihey 
 will be in due tijne : aiid are obstruL'-Cf'. to« , by a consianr .e- 
 cuirence to «'piaiuu« uud rules of action esi:«bli«ned, when 
 nearly ill Eur >pe was In a state of w:i;-, eniirriy ma; pIic: i>le 
 when EuiNjpe is in a stjte of ^.e ce. Tht* want of seiisi'-jility 
 as 'o hose thiiigs, has greatly conifibu.ed lo brin§ ^bouJ those 
 seasuus of adve siry through wh.oh we have passed. 
 
 Th? luajiuftcturHis are con»;j iieui p.u*ts of tlie trading rnrn- 
 munify; and, if the propor.iun which ib^y boar to the wlule 
 of thai community were ascrTtaireJ, it wt.uld not be found 
 th IT tailures amonij 'htm are more frequeuJ di »n 'O ' iher 
 cl.isses of iha* communify.— TKey are liable to ihe various 
 fortunes of all deihag men — at one period depressed, at and 
 ■nother, prosperous. 
 
 Scarcity and abundanre eff'^ct them like others. The ma- 
 kers of low priced c(»ti(;ivs a e e.'ubirrasskid just now, but their 
 bus.uess will soon regulate iiselfrmd tin>" will provide a re n- 
 ed%". Tlip wo .lien inciifaci'ires are -evlvin?. I do not ;hiiik 
 that the lanff -d 132S, his bef^u yet fuMy .esied, rind die sni© 
 of things in Eutfland has lenued to distract what m«y be called 
 its rt'^ular op'^ration. 
 
 We have not ye| got over the he^^ v importation of 1S27- 
 8 and 'lie very IwW price of Wifd at presem in England influ- 
 ences the price in our market. 
 
 So h-ng as the effects of bank'-ijp's in Europe are sent to 
 this country for for«:ed sales, ih^' cheir accounts m»y be clo-- 
 ■t-d niir m.Tikofs must be V'ui^ible, but witli increised «»i«»«»- 
 
 rience we shall no( be so luuun ^^.* .,a Kv th^r varinhl«- 
 
 ness as we hive h*^en. 
 
 L^^r R-n the fiends of American industry be discouraged. 
 Let them carefulh* invesN'^jite the facts ihu bel'»n^ to iheir 
 f«veral concerns, and prepiire for the approaching conteftj 
 
TRADEiSMAN S GUIDE. 275 
 
 (the oppoLcrs of the tarifi.) My opinion is, ili3t no change of 
 the present law, should yet be asked for. There are cer- 
 tain thini^s which must "regnlnte themselves" among liiem, 
 the groA'ing as well as the spinning of cotion. — The plaoicrs 
 will severely discover this ar m early day. Even ihe pre- 
 sent low prices cmnot be paid on the present price of goods 
 manufactured from it. 
 
 The fact thai some, too many of the manufacturers, were 
 straightened to meet their obligations, has had a more exten- 
 ded and ruinous tendency from an idea that the protecting 
 system would be abandoned at the next session of Congress 
 — we do not b( lieve in such a result. We think there is 
 force enough to resist the rosohr.ion to effect the destruction 
 of this system — but the apprehension of it has been, and stiU 
 Js rendering incalculable mischief to the United States. 
 
 CHAPTER XXXIV 
 
 Laws relative to Spirits^ Wines^ Teas^ S^c. 
 
 Extracted from Inger sot's Digest. 
 
 2 J. Sec. XLI. The surveyor or chief officer of inspec- 
 tion, shall give the proprietor, or consignee, ot any distilled 
 spirits, wines or teas, or his or her agent, a particuiarcer»ificate, 
 which shall accompany each cask, chest, vessel, or case, of 
 distilled spirits, wines, or teas, wherever the same miy bo 
 sent within tiie limits of the United Slates, as evidence that 
 the same has been lawfully imported. Form as follows: 
 
 No. District of , Port of . 
 
 I certify that there was imported in iliis district, on the 
 [here insert the date of importation] by [liere insert the name 
 of the proprietor, importer, or consignee] in the [here insert 
 the name of the vessel, the surname of the master, and wheJn- 
 er a vessel of the United States, or a foreign vessel] from 
 [here insert the place from which imported] on^ [here insert 
 whether cask, chest, vessel or case, by tiie prt^pcr nnnic] of 
 [here insert whether spirits, wines, or teas and the kinds of 
 each] numbered and m irked as per marcin ; the marks of 
 the inspector to be inserted in the martiiu] containing [here 
 insert the number of gallons, and rate of proof, of spirits, or 
 gallons, if wines, or number of pounds weight not, if iras.] 
 
 A. B. Supervisor. 
 
 Counteriigned by C. D. Jnsi)€ct(tr, 
 
276 THE ARTIST A.VD 
 
 26. Sec. XLIII. The proprietor, importer, or couslgnetf 
 or his or her agent, who may receive said certificate, shall, 
 Hpon the sale and delivery of any of the said spirits, wines, 
 or teas, deliver to the purchaser or purchasers thereof, the 
 certificate or certificates wliich ought to accompany the same 
 on pain of forfeiting the sum of fifty dollars for each cask, 
 chest, vessel or case with which such certificate shall not be 
 delivered: and if any casks, chests, vessels or cases contain- 
 ing distilled spirits, wines, or teas, by tlie foregoingr provisions 
 ouelit to be marked and accompanied with certificates, shall 
 be found in the possession of any person unaccompanied with 
 such marks and certificates, it shall be presumptive evidence 
 that the same are liable to forfeiture ; and it shall be lawful 
 for any oflicer^of the customs or of inspection to seize them 
 as aforesaid ; and if upon trial, the consequence of such seiz- 
 ure, the owner or claimant of the spirits, wines, or teas, seized 
 shall not prove that the same were imported into the United 
 States accordin^r t(» law, and the duties thereupon paid, or se- 
 cured, they shall be adjudged to be forteited. 
 
 27. Sec. XLIV. On the sale of any cask, chest, vessel 
 or -case which has been, or shall be marked pursuant to the 
 provisions aforesaid as containing distilled spirits, wines, or 
 teas, and which lias been emptied of its contents, and prior 
 tothedelivery thereof to the purchaser, or any removal thereof, 
 the marks and numbers which shall have been set thereon by or 
 under the direction of any ofiicer of inspection, shall bedet'aced 
 and obliterated in the presence of some officer of inspection or 
 of the customs, who shall, on due notice being given, attend for 
 that purpose, a: which time the certificate, which ought to ac- 
 company such cask, chest, vessel, or case, shall also be re- 
 turned and cancelled; and every person who i^hall obliterate, 
 counterfeit, alter, or deface any mark or number, placed by 
 an olficer of inspection upon any cask, vessel, or case, con- 
 taining distilled spirits, wines, orieas, or any certificate there- 
 of; or who shall sell, or in any v ay alienate or remove any 
 cask, chest, vessel, or case, which has been emptied ofits con- 
 tents, before the marks and numbers set thereon, pursuant to 
 the provisions aforesaid, shall have been defaced or oblitera- 
 ted, in presence of a a otnecr of inspection as aforesaid ; or 
 who shall neglect or refuse to deliver the certificate issued to 
 accompany the cask, chest, vessel, or case, of which th» 
 
\TIA<>CS mane's CL«)S. 5^77 
 
 i-fttirks and numbers shali have bocu defaced or f>bliteratod, in 
 \hc Hianiicr aforesiiid, du being thereto required by an officer 
 <»f inspection or of the customs, slull i'or each and every 
 siich otfeiKre, forfeit and .{jay one Jjuudred dollars, with costs 
 of suit. • 
 
 124, Sec, XIX, When any goods, wares or merchandize, 
 sliall be rtdmitt^vl to entry Uj)ou invoice, the collector of the 
 fiori in vliicli the same are enicrod, shall ceriify such invuice 
 iindcr his oi^icial seal ; aiKJ no o:J>or evidence of the value of 
 such goods, wares, or merchandise, sluAl be admitted oa the 
 (j»art of the owiTcrs thereof, in any couit of the United States, 
 exccjit in corrobma^ion <;( such iuvoice 
 
 125, Sec, XX, A uy person or jiersons, who shall coun** 
 icj-feit aijy certificate or attcs'.ation mule in pursuance of this 
 iiCU, or use such cerlificaie or iitl«:>lation, knowing the same 
 to bex:ounte;feit, j;hal-l upon convictiiMi thereof, before any 
 court of tl4^ United Stales, having cognizance) of the same, he 
 iidjudged guilty of felony^ and be fir.eri in a sum not exceed'- 
 irg ten (liousand dollars, aoti isnjMisuiied for a leira net ex- 
 <:eeding tlirce years, 
 
 J27. XXII. Tl'.e collector of tJie custcms shall be re- 
 <:juire<l to cause one package at least out of eveiy invoice, and 
 <;ne package at least out of cvtuy Cifiy packages, of every in- 
 voice o^' go-^ids, wares, or merchandise, imported into their 
 res-(?ective districts, to be opened rnd examined, and if the 
 same be found rot to correspfuid wiih the invoice thereof, or 
 to-be falst^iy charged in sucii invoice, a full inspection of qU 
 such goods, wares, ( r merchandise, as may be included in 
 tlie same entry, shall be made ; ai.d if any package is found 
 to eontain any article not described in the invoice, the whole 
 pxck^ee shall be fi.rfoit-ed ; aird in ca^e sucli goods, wares, or 
 mercliaiMlize, shall be su'oject to an ad valt;rcm duty, thc-same 
 proceedings shall bp had, and the came penalties shall be in- 
 run od, as in the eloventlj section of il:':s act : [jrovidcd that 
 ni'thing herein contauied s-hallsave from forfeiture jiuv pack- 
 acre, haviuii in it anv article not described in the invoice. 
 
 CHAPTER XXXV. 
 
 Credits. 
 
 None will denv, ibat every cnps'dcrable tr.ider cntht to 
 hpvt •^cro Mork, or cash capital ol !'is ovn ; 'he n^ost icri- 
 Cious tracers, like banlcers, are ah\a\* cuitlul to iiep il.tir 
 
 24 
 
278 - THE ARTIST AND 
 
 dealings wiihin iho extont of their cupiial, that no disappoint* 
 mciit may inca.)acita[e tli -/o to su,>pon jhcir credit. Yet tra- 
 ders of xyorth, judgmenr u »ti, ecanomy, aio sometimes under 
 tlie nj^-cr'ssiry of borrowing rnoney, lo cany on ii»fir business 
 10 the b;*st advantage ; :i;> fv'heii ihe nierilianl hds coinroodi- 
 ties on hdod, which he wishes to Ivcep for a rising rnarkt^i, or 
 on account of monies accruing to him, wiiich he is dis.tppoin- 
 tfio in receiving. On occasivins like iheso, akiMg up money 
 ai jmerest, is not (lisrejju^abie, bm a greai cosiveniv?nce ; thus 
 enabhng him lo carry on his business more successfully ; but 
 the bor;(.u'ei ought to bo well assured, thai he !t -s sufficiL-nt, 
 efiects wiiiim his power to liquidate the obl^ga'^.ions in due 
 tin\e. 
 
 But, if the trader borrows money to the exte.ni of his cre- 
 dit, Lud •launches out into trade, enphyin'^ it }'s his own, 
 such man-igement is^extreraely precarious, and is generally at- 
 tended with the most piopostcrous coi?>cqnences : for trade is^ 
 subject to losses ana dis >ppoinlu)ento ; and when once a tra- 
 der brings his credit into doubt, it may and will draw all his 
 creditofs, ai the sa^^e time, upon hira; consequenily render- 
 ing him incapable of drawing in so mi'ch. of his scattered ef- 
 fects as will discharge liis debts, and tliereby ruin his credit, 
 althoui:h hvH might h-.we behevad he had more than enough to 
 satisfy tlie whole world. 
 
 As, tlierefore, a wise man will trade so cautiously, as not to 
 hazard the loss of l»is own pi {.per estate at once, much more,, 
 should ah honest man he rareftsl not lo involve the estates of 
 others, in his person;d trading adventures. But he that knows 
 he has lost lus ov.tj fortune, iiud eiideavours to recover it by 
 trading with the stock of other men, although he may be ac- 
 tuated by good m(>i:ves, still cann* t have a pretence to the 
 character of being judici.»us. l^no deaiing for goods, on a 
 credit, w i*?, probably,. a' first introduced, by trusting 3'Oiing- 
 men commencing in trade, ndiose chief, and pern;ips only 
 stock, might be the opinion of iheir capnri^y, industry, and 
 honesty: and as this ii, c Mftinued to retailers, and thase who 
 trade on a small stock, it may be reckoned n commenda'de, 
 and i^i^eful practice; but wheihcr the practice of tins liberal- 
 itv should be extended to ilie v'hole.sale trader, in so unlimi- 
 ted a manner, as is cusiomary in most of our trading cities, is 
 a consideration which admits of great doubt. Th-s m^xim 
 may, however be advaticed v/iih some confidence, that a mer- 
 
tliaiit sliould never purchase goods on sljort credit, with in^ 
 tent to meei tlit^ liaie of payiiien; by reaiitlanctj from cash 
 sales of the sunie goods, as conscqueiic»'s might follow, not 
 only ruinous to ihose win) uy tijo experiment, bui injui.ous to, 
 trade in several ways. L;iuiei- such circuiiisianccs, the tra- 
 der finding his expectances failing, is iadBced to oli'or his ar- 
 ticles at 1 educed prices, as a last resource t'roiu impending 
 ruin ; but ten to one, and a most fortunuie vvccur«fincc, if he 
 does not find his financial systern on liie debit side of p.ofit 
 and loss. There m.iy be, and cenaiely are, ca:,es when a 
 merchant may be Juslified in forcing sales, though it has ever 
 been found,* as a general princijjLc, unwise ; it disturbs the 
 whole current of trade, and tinvcs it oul of its natural channel ; 
 hundreds falling into the stream, in this way, ftoat among 
 breakeiTs, and finally split on rocks, or arc ens! on qw-cksands, 
 hardly ever to be recovered. The forcing of trade produces 
 a general iiitroduction of goods of an ordinary qual.iy. Is it 
 no^t a fact, thai when one among a nu.uber of t: vdors, intro- 
 duces a financial tiade, his neighbours are induced to repleri-. 
 ish their s-.ook widi inferior arfirles (in order to retain their 
 customers,) which ',v;ii afford ih^m the s.nuH prout ai less pri- 
 ces, as wh.fn acciTstoniied to keep prime anidys ; and after 
 obtaiaing the reparation oi iellini goods of indifferent qu dity, 
 oilier pla-es lecpi^e the tiaJe, which othe wise might not 
 have been ihjs iniprudenii> los \ 
 
 " Cheap Stores'' are i)ot alw «y^, found to have the chwg- 
 €St crnods, if we .eckon h, pnncplcs of profit lo the pnrclia- 
 fi-j--" tor the q.naHties of na.st. goods correspond with the cal- 
 ces It is obse.vai)l« th It ihii. e meichmts generally snrrcc^d 
 Ibc host, who have the reputation of keeping pr. me art ides, 
 and are nor so very tenacious of acqair.ng the lame of se.l.ng 
 
 lomarkahly cheap. . ,. , i • • i„ 
 
 It is no donbi to he considered an established pnnoiplo 
 
 amonjT traders, when ihev h ive occasion to m^tU- used their 
 credit, ii Hhould be for .u-> borrowing of monev, Snt never for 
 the buying af goods; thus enablir»g th mu to purchase at tht. 
 best possible advantj«:e. , 
 
 There .s anoth.s- evil in trade, wh.ch we Ir.vc seen and 
 which we bel.eve deserves some conside-atjon. .v.me tr ulorf 
 c.xhib.t a wonderful degree 9^ diOidence or modestv feanng 
 
 to .(Tend, in coUectntg che,r ^^^ ' ^^'''"'^'''\ ^^:^^o t' 
 2ru against persons of acknowledged rusponstbd.ty. uho cet 
 
9S& THE AUnST A^ru 
 
 tairil}' ought to be the most prompt^ end willing as they nr* 
 most ennbled to make their p«yfijeiits. It cor.Id be said 
 man\% and very many rncrcliants have MaUtrcd on this ac- 
 counf. 
 
 But is it often the case, that the debtor under such circnm- 
 Rtauccs i» unwilling to-avaH K';niseiV of ihe f^dvanrtage ihus of- 
 fcretl ? However such custunicrs ni ly cihnsider ihe subject, 
 certainly, they are nut to- bir esliniriied umoni^ the namber in 
 building up a shopkeeper.- Ii is^ an acknoTfcdged foct, that 
 geuilcujen of estates geufrafly require ihoso articles which 
 the traders esteem as cas^h goods; that traders ^ho reside at 
 some distance from the city, could have s«]d 11 such goods- 
 uliich they dispose of on a credit /or cas^ty before ih-ey caiv 
 rejMcnish l We speak of those who do nui keep heavy siorks, 
 th'Ugh, perliaps, it might be applicab'e in s'omo cases ; bui is 
 it not a matter warthy of ex^mrnation, if an unforced and 
 raiural business, effected ^iih cash, or short cedii, does not 
 pr iducc, uitimateh", more aetuat gain, sU'inshai which is n,iiT& 
 expended, and «n tong and unlimited cred;:s? Those who- 
 have been in trade a great number of years, can, peihaps^ 
 answer the question 'aiisfictoiily, 
 
 " Hints to Mechanics, 
 Avoid givir? Ihng credits^ evert to yons best ciistonrers. /t 
 m..n wbo can pay easily, will ni)t ih^uk j-ou for ihe deh'V ; 
 and a slacJc, donbfju! pHymrister is not too vahjable a customer 
 to du7i sharply and seasonablj/, A fish m^y as well aitcnspt 
 to five widiout water, or a man wiihoat asr, as-a Kiech;!n:c 
 Without punctually and prompuiess in colleciing and payihgj^ 
 his debts, ft is a mistaken and ruinous policy to fttienjpr tc» 
 keep oa and get business by delaying efdlectionj-. When you 
 Jose a slnrk pr^j-mas-er krm yonr hoohs, you oniy lose \U^ 
 chance oi losing your monev— and there is ho man who p.jy* 
 more money to hiwyers then he who is le^ast prtxrpl in col- 
 lecting for himself. 
 
 " Take care how you ajv-ee to pay monfy for your stnrk^ 
 your provisions, your rent, or your fuel, and take fia^ sknf. 
 fov your work. One hind nvust wash the other» a^i po >r 
 Richard s-=iys, or both will go to jad dit ry. Every man*^stra lo 
 onirht to bring him mon'^v enough ta, pay all demands -igiinst 
 bi;n : and no ma a can stand it K^njr, wh'"* u'ooy not ffet money 
 enough frc^m his bnsinoss to nay 'ho cash expen«o^s of cnrrying 
 it on." Finally, character i^ q very thing io respect to croditv 
 
TRADESMAN'S GUIDE. 2^1 
 
 Suspicion of the capability of a person to fulfil Itis ODga^)}' 
 nients, is hcirdly Ic^ss fatal than that of female cUastily. 
 
 Advantages of Fromptne&s. A merchant, hIjosc policv 
 expaeci at 12 o'ch>ck, Crtllcd at the iiisurdnce ollice, at half 
 pasi 11, and olitained a renewal of iu At 2 o'clock the s.injo 
 day, his stoic and goods were reduced to nslns ! Tl-is cir- 
 cnmstancos occnrred at the iale destructive fuc in Au^'ijsta, 
 Geo. What would hav( become of that man'ii fortune, if he 
 had ihougjjt it " would di> as well after dinner." 
 
 A gentleman in this stale, la t threo years since, was in the 
 practice of renewing his policy, as soon as it had expired ; 
 but at length, negleciing it for a \\i\\ days, his store and val- 
 uable contents, were dc^troyed by fire. From .this circum- 
 stance we are laught the truth of ihc old proverb, that " de- 
 lays are dangerous. " 
 
 We shall close this chapter with the following Rules, from 
 the private papers oi Dr. West, whidi were according to his 
 nieiaorandnni, thnwn together as general xcay vinrls in the 
 journey of life. They weie advantageous to him, and while 
 they cxliibitcd an honourable testimony to his moral worth, 
 may be useful to oihers. 
 
 Never to ridicule sacred things, or whnt others may es- 
 teem such, however ;ibc)Urd the}' ajjpear to me. 
 
 Never to resent a supposed injmy till I know the views and 
 motives oi tlie au:hor of it. Nor on any occasion to roial- 
 iatc. 
 
 Never to fudge a persons character b^ e.TLernal appearance. 
 
 Always to take the place of an absent j>er.son who is cen- 
 sured in compa_ny, so far as truth and propriety will allow. 
 
 Never to think the M'orse of another on account of his dif- 
 fering from mo in political or religion opinioiis.^ 
 
 Never to dispute if I can fairly avoid it. 
 
 Not to dispute with a man more than seventy years old ; 
 nor with a woman ; nor with an enthusiast. 
 
 Not to effect to be witty, or to jest so as to woiuul the feel- 
 ings of another. 
 
 To s^y as little as possible of myself, and t!ios-c who m'^ 
 near to me. 
 
 To aim at cheerfulness without levity. 
 
 Not to obtrude my advice unasked. 
 
 Never to court the favor of the rich, by flatlcrinq; either 
 *hcir vanitv or their vices. 
 
$^ 'tuvr AHt rut A?r# 
 
 To respect virtue tbougtr cJojbed ir? rags. 
 
 To speak with calmtiess amJ deliberaiioD on all occ39i(nnff 
 especially \ii c>rcumstaDce^> which tend to uiliie. 
 
 Fiec^uenily to^ .evicvy my Gonduet at;d DOie iny Aulings, 
 
 On a\\ occasioi>s to ha^pe in prosperci ibe end of tite .^nd a 
 fuure siate. 
 
 No! TO ftattrr myself I carv act up to these ritle», LoweTer 
 honestly I may aim at it. 
 
 CHAPTER XXXV, 
 
 Sugai\ Tea, S^^c. 
 
 On the qualify of Sutrrtrs^ with Practical Rcmarls. Not 
 having '\ainority, excepting th;ii founded an ow- own e.\j,eri- 
 ence, we enter upon ;he subje«.t la?d oat for us wah n> rae 
 diffidence, as there are many wl>om we consider our suj»ei i- 
 ors ; how(37er, we are willing to ab;de the test on close in- 
 ■vestie^tion. 
 
 Sugars. Ilavannas are trnJoubtcdly preferable to any 
 brouglu to oar market, and are not only as profitctMe to ihe 
 ret liler but most profitable to the eon-umer. Eiiher white 
 or brown is from ten to fifteen per cent, sweeier ; besides \vj 
 flavour approximutes nearer to that of the foat sugar of Lhe 
 shops: thoy are imported in boxes, weighinir from three to 
 four hundred pour.r.s, free froniy/;o/, a?5d perfectly dry. Gcu- 
 ei;llv every pound, throughout tiie chest, wdi corresposid 
 Willi ihe s;iniple. Chests weiohins: four h'lndred pound?, 
 hnve been kiiown to' saiti forty posinds; usndiy iweiity-fsvo 
 pounds in the tare. There is n diffeience in the quality of 
 tlicso »^ugrf,rs, of ten per cen*. perhaps niore. Same of he 
 Brnzils are veiy fair and profitable. R('fincrs cei:erai]y give 
 these sM^ars a prefercuce. 
 
 Of the hrowr!>, Sr, Croix lead in price in soire of oi»r 
 niiikets; they certainly are very superior sugars, very clean, 
 richlv grained, and of a lively Cidour, bat wanting in that fine 
 fl ivoMr which distinguishes the Havanms. 
 
 The Calcutta sugars are mixed advantageouslv with the 
 ordiniry eusirs of the islands. Thesr> mixtures require some 
 care, or the improvement m'zht be called a deception. Some 
 of these sugars have a very had flavour, and should he avoid- 
 ed by 'he purchaser: but tboseof pr';me qualify arc very fair 
 and sale jble ; they are impored in bags wei::hing from one 
 to two. hundred pounds. There are many other kinds w« 
 
tradesman's OVWS. - 18^ 
 
 shouM be ^!id to notice, if our limi s would would permit, but 
 Ive c.n oiilv iinlulge t>nr>el\es in a lew brief jeinaiks. 
 
 i'he islands furnish sugars of various qujlitir^s, precisely af 
 they do of spirits. We have the besi rum from S(. Croij, 
 (unless Jannica niay be prefere<i) so it i* wiih respect lo su- 
 gais; the difference prt>b.tbly arises in a great measure un 
 account of ihe sueemess of ihe cane, and che sann» itifer- 
 enre can he drawn in regard to ihe flavour of sus.iis, as \v II 
 be tound in ihe ariiclo on fl'vounn^' spirits ; ihou^h muci» 
 . unduubiedly niciV be attributed fo the manufacuirer. \\isl 
 quantities of sujjars are sent into com:ncrce, unmtichantable, 
 or rather before they have ripened^ or been properly tlidined. 
 Tins is almost unversally the case with i\ew-Orleans, which 
 on 0|>ening appear very briiihr, bui^ the air soon decompose? 
 it, ;ind if not of sufficient ripeness or age, th^ retailer of 
 pounds generally finds it a most unprofil.ible article. 
 
 We can draw a very lair c(»nclusi(>n of the ripeness of 2 
 piece of goods, particularl\ wiien il has lain some lime in the 
 w rehouse. If we discover molasses issiing from the cie- 
 vict'S, between the slaves and about -.he heads, and it is evi- 
 dent aiuch has been deposited on the floor about the cask, 
 thfn, it is also evident it will fall short of the custom-houso 
 we.ght. In every case the dra ning her.d or side should al- 
 xvays be well probed indeed every part should bo carefully 
 examined, or we shall not be certain of its average qualiiy. 
 iVIuch experience and care are requited in selecting sugars: 
 perhaps it may not be unprofitable to examine alien purchns- 
 inuf, if the cisks may not be overchareed with hoojis, thick 
 heads, slaves &:c. Tlmse casks which contain the largest 
 qmniity, usuall}' produce the greatest jrain in the tare. The 
 nll.iwances and tares on sugar will be found under their res- 
 pective heads. 
 
 I if Teas. Tea is distinguished in name, as it differs in 
 colour, flavour and size t)f its leaf; though its quality is gen- 
 crallv recognized under the title of chop. 
 
 It is said the Chinese neither drink it in the manner we do, 
 nor so strone, but use it only as tiieir common drink. Il is 
 reckoned among ihera a singular diluter and purifier of the 
 blood ; a great streuirihener of the brain and sfomtch, and 
 promoter of digestion, perspiration, &r. Th»»y drink 11 in 
 great quan-ities in h":h fevers, cholics, &c. ihmk it a iurt 
 though slow remedy in chronic diseases. 
 
184 THE AHTIST AKO 
 
 It is perhaps unnecessary to remark, that there are few af* 
 tides in com mere ?, move variable in quaiiry ihan teas; und 
 in rej^ard to which we will only ohservc, ihat everv cargo 
 renerally contains several chops, (qjilities,) and th^.t we have 
 tVequewtFy seen Youa? Hyson Tea, varying to 40 per ceni ; 
 consequently no article should be selec.ed \v!th more care : 
 but our present i>bject is noore particularly to aliude to the sub- 
 stitution of tares not accordiuir to law. We have been i'arnish- 
 od with abundant evidence that the practice olreweighing teas, 
 alter they have passed through tJie custom house, is iiicorre<fr, 
 and most generally, attended wiih great loss lo the retailer of 
 pounds. We believe ihat we are perfeciiy fam.lliar wiih the 
 arguments adduced in favour of the practice, the futility of 
 which we shall now attempt lO show : 
 
 Is't Govornmeut regulates commerce ; by iis officers the 
 duties on imported goods are secured, and at the t;rae-of en- 
 try the actual or lawful tares are determined, on all goods 
 subject to be weighed and marked. 
 
 2. That the custom-hous^ marks are the only correct and 
 proper marks, must be obvious from the following reasons, 
 viz. in order to secure the lull amount of duties ; and not- 
 withstanding the willingness of the importer to have his teas 
 marked less than the b<»XGS or chests contain ^which we do 
 not believe,) none will pretend that the custom officers do ac- 
 tually exempt a few pounds, on every box from duties, under 
 cxistiU'j commercial regulations, and that tOi»,as may be sug- 
 gested, to favour the importer. 
 
 Again, we are mt led to understand by the tarrllT that a 
 duty of 40 cents, (the duty on Young Hyson tea,)sh3ll be se- 
 cured on the boxes in which tea is imported ; but that in con- 
 sequence of general average, (see note in the table of tares 
 &,c. and also, I:iws i&c.'^ some chests will fall short, while 
 others will exceed the cu>tom-iiouse mark (or black mark, as 
 sometimes railed by dealers, )on reweight, unless tares are sub- 
 stituted varying from tliose estimated according to law; but 
 uhen teas are entered according to invoice, we should sup- 
 pose this variaticn would not occur, nor have we reason to 
 believe it docs, particularly when the inspector takes into con- 
 sideration, the difierence of the catty pound, (about 18 oz. 
 avoirdupois) and our weight ; for it musr be understood that 
 boxes or chests., indepcndant of their contents vary in weight, 
 frequently from 1 to 8 poutids ; thus, if one chest weighs 1* 
 
tradesman's guide. 582 
 
 anotlicr 22 and a thi.d 26, tire average weight is twonly-two, 
 and uccoraiug lo ihe principles of uie cusioin-house, (unless 
 the jeas a. o cnsered accoitiing to invoice) each che>i Wuuld 
 be marked. exclui>ive oT ihe civer.ige tare, which is deducted 
 (see form of certificate in absLaci of Laws, &c.) 
 
 It is said by some that ihe cusioni-house tires are a rough 
 calculation', but is ihe systematic tare, of IJ.) lbs. wiihout anj 
 allowance i'o-: dufr, alter ihy box or chesi has received an 
 addifion weight of lioops lo be more appreciated, and th»s tt»o, 
 on quarter chests, witlioui distinction — iiid 10 lbs. on catty 
 buxes \ 
 
 And would it not be surj rising to one, unacquainted with 
 mercaniile transactions to leai n that a ('ealer had bought \\ 
 chest oJ" tea, and iha; in the same market, it would not bill 
 for s.» Hi ny pounds, if ;hr«»wn inio .he commission merchants 
 hands, us hewas charged? 'ihe facts in regard co the s des 
 of leas are, as we learn, some cuniry nierchams buy iheir teas 
 at ihp hl.ick mark, or cusiom-house mark, olheis, black leas 
 at ih(- blc^ck mnk, and green leas, by having one pcund add- 
 ed (o 'he lilack mark; others, will an addition of one pound 
 on !)Oth green ani black teas — ohers, by rewe ght and a de« 
 ducrion cif :^0 lbs. on qr. chests and 10iu>. on catty boxes oih- 
 ers by reweighr, (which by some is Said lo be custo-^iary) 19 
 Vo<. on qr. dies s wiihout disiiuciion. By .hiS last substi u-. 
 tioM, in some very i't^w instances the VMidee will gain perhips 
 one or two pounds, but v. ill i^enerall} loose from one to lO, 
 jnosr frequen'ly, four and live — bu., we will ask, do these de- 
 viations «»ccnr when teas art- s<dd in lots, by ihe importer, 
 ei.herat privHt«? or aiiciion sale] a merchant in Boston, who 
 li s been in the tea trade h»r moie than 30 ye.os, wiies — 
 *' ihe trade have always ob alii«d thiMi teas at the black mark, 
 a i<! I have not any knowledge of a deviation in otlit-r markets, 
 and indeed, there can be none, unless by stipul.ition." 
 
 There would be many fldTicuhies unavoi«lably arising, pro- 
 vided taiesare subsritu:ed, in every case when sales are pf- 
 fecied, varyiuir fiom ihose estabi shed In law, hoodes iho 
 pr.bMbility that a substitution would not he as likely to bo so 
 corrfct, unless the goods arc emptied from eveiy package in 
 order to prevent a general ^ver age, which in regaid to teas, ig 
 n<.t desirably, if practicable, some of which we conceive to 
 )»e as fell uvs : 
 
 J, Suppose w^ should re-9hip tea« to any port within^ the ju 
 
286 - THE ARTIST AND 
 
 risdiction of the Uuited States, and either on her passage, or 
 at her port of entr}', ihe vessers papers are denjamied by the 
 revenue otlicer, (tor it must be teinembe"ed the I«w is expli- 
 cit, requiring the supercirgo oi master, uot only lo pioduco 
 the cerulicaie of his clearance, bui a ceriiiicale of each chest 
 of tea, which on f<iilu;e, both the veS'iei and caigo are liable 
 at leas I to be detained, if nut forfeited ;) we are ahead}' ap- 
 prised (Jf the dirnculties which might arise, if not the probable 
 result, (provided the ceriificaie of her cleiiance only cau be 
 procured,) if It could not be j-i^ ved the ietis had been regu- 
 larly entered at a custom-house. Is it not reasonable then, 
 that every purchaser of a chest of tea, should be entitled to a 
 certificate? 
 
 2 Provided our teas are insured, in case of damage how 
 do we prove the qu?ai*ty shipped'? We answer, if oar invoice 
 of shipment is correct, we can prove the quantity by the cus- 
 l^ra house books, if in no other wa^^ in case the cerificates 
 are lost. And on the other hand, if our invoice show teas 
 of a number, with a quautiiy which the custom-house books 
 do not recognize, the cor.sequf-nces which follow, might., at 
 least, give rise to much iiti^ition. 
 
 All those diSicuhles are however, obviated, by a demand 
 made for the certificates at the time of ihe deliverv of ihe 
 goods. 
 
 A certificate for each chest is made, signed by the supervi- 
 sor of the port wbert: it was landed, winch correspo;.t;> wiih 
 the custom-house braad on the chest, viz. the number of pounds 
 of tea, time of entry &7C. 
 
 The number of |?ounds the chest contains is put on w; = h a 
 pencil brush; though sometimes w» have seen printed figures : 
 a careful examination v.iii discover to us this mark, called by 
 dealers the bl?ick mark, -inless rubbed out, which m -y some- 
 times be done through uiotives which cannot be commanded. 
 From what has been said, it follows, that the subslituiioa 
 of tares varying from those esi.iblii^bed by law, cannot bo 
 practiced with nnpuviit}'. 
 
 Finally, w©. recojiiraend country dealers ro attend cargo 
 sales; the advmtages to be derive.l by attending these sales 
 are uunocessary to demonstrate any further than that others 
 can become possessed of every desirable information respect- 
 ing tuies but also the qualili^^ nn-! ^mi.kiv.I rrice^, of nlmost 
 i&very staple article, 
 
tradesman's guide. 2S1[' 
 
 We havo good authority tor slating-, lliougli personally unacquainted 
 with the I'jict, teas of a rich quality are SiJincfiinet, emptied and Iho 
 chests tilled with erdinaiy kinds , and so nicely dr.ne tliat l"t;\v are able 
 to d. tcct ihe deceplioii. However, it is not to be belie v»-d there are 
 many so deatilutc oi every good prii5ciple as to be engaged i.i tho prac- 
 tice. Those who led no compunction in making: '' wooden nutmegs 
 and horn iliiils,!' perhaps, might not think it anuss to make a hltlo 
 money in this way. 
 
 Of Tobacco. We have someihing to say rcspectiiijEj lliis 
 gre It staple article ; and to bs short, we :ulvise purcli.isers to 
 lijok out. 
 
 Our over to be respected master used frequently to stiV, 
 th?.t *' goods well bought were h>ilf sold," and that " a penny 
 saved was as good as a penny earned." It matters not to our 
 presenv f^urpose ; whether we were, or othcrw ise, atleutive to 
 his sage advice; though we have no doubt if wo had attended 
 to it strictly and s?/sic):iaticaU!/, we should at least have saved 
 so much, as would have kept our teeth free from expense, ii) 
 regard to this article, all our lives. 
 
 Tiie grand question is eas'ly «olved ; arc we compelled by 
 the liuvs of our country to pay for staves and hot>ps, whcu we 
 purchase tobacco? and are ruch ])ractice> to be suf/ered with 
 impunijy ? Thus we leave the anicle for every one to make 
 his own commeuis. 
 
 Of Flour. We wili not be too proli.x on this article. The 
 old and lawful rule, which we have never he'»rd contr.«dirted, 
 is 1*J6 pounds of Hour to ^he barrel. H ve there not been 
 hundreds of barrels, afier inspection, sold in tin.' Unitrd States, 
 when the barrel and contents would not weigh more than 200 
 pounds? 
 
 Of CoUon. This article is susceptible of iieing ^barged 
 with a consitlerablo per ".entum of moisture, which without 
 close examination is not eai<i!y deiectcd. It seeu^s tb;it there 
 should be a iieuenrl test for detecting impi>siii<ins of (his kind, 
 but we are unable to point it out at the present moment. 
 
 AVe should be glad to e.xlend our remarks to various arti- 
 cles in merchandise, which require much s.igncity in purrh.i- 
 sing, besides those mentioned above. But we trust enough 
 har already been said to draw the conclusion, that for ihe 
 sake of money, many over e.^p the bounds of riL'hl, ard it 
 should seem, subject themselves to the loss of respect and 
 confidence, notwithstanding they may evade ihi' ^ '^v^ oT the 
 country. 
 
^t ^!E ARTIST AXB 
 
 CHAPTER XXXVII 
 
 mexslhatiox.-^j OG table 
 
 Diameter 10 ft. in 11 ft. in 12 ft. in 13 ft in 14 ft. in loft.in 
 in inches, length, length, lengtb. length, length, len^tii. 
 
 15 
 
 90 
 
 99 
 
 108 
 
 117 
 
 126 
 
 135 
 
 16 
 
 100 
 
 110 
 
 120 
 
 130 
 
 140 
 
 150 
 
 17 
 
 125 
 
 137 
 
 150 
 
 162 
 
 175 
 
 187 
 
 18 
 
 l.=)5 
 
 170 
 
 186 
 
 202 
 
 2l6 
 
 232 
 
 19 
 
 105 
 
 179 
 
 197 
 
 214 
 
 230 
 
 247 
 
 20 
 
 172 
 
 189 
 
 206 
 
 224 
 
 246 
 
 25 S 
 
 21 
 
 184 
 
 202 
 
 220 
 
 238 
 
 256 
 
 276 
 
 22 
 
 194 
 
 212 
 
 2^2 
 
 263 
 
 294 
 
 391 
 
 23 
 
 219 
 
 240 
 
 278 
 
 315 
 
 332 
 
 353 
 
 24 
 
 250 
 
 276 
 
 300 
 
 3?5 
 
 350 
 
 375 
 
 25 
 
 250 
 
 303 
 
 336 
 
 364 
 
 392 
 
 420 
 
 26 
 
 299 
 
 323 
 
 346 
 
 375 
 
 40+ 
 
 448 
 
 27 
 
 327 
 
 367 
 
 392 
 
 425 
 
 457 
 
 490 
 
 28 
 
 360 
 
 396 
 
 432 
 
 462 
 
 504 
 
 540 
 
 29 
 
 376 
 
 414 
 
 451 
 
 488 
 
 Die 
 
 564 
 
 30 
 
 412 
 
 452 
 
 504 
 
 535 
 
 576 
 
 618 
 
 31 
 
 428 
 
 471 
 
 513 
 
 553 
 
 602 
 
 642 
 
 32 
 
 451 
 
 496 
 
 541 
 
 587 
 
 631 
 
 676 
 
 33 
 
 490 
 
 539 
 
 5SS 
 
 637 
 
 686 
 
 735 
 
 34 
 
 532 
 
 5S5 
 
 638 
 
 691 
 
 744 
 
 798 
 
 35 
 
 582 
 
 640 
 
 69 S 
 
 752 
 
 805 
 
 863 
 
 36 
 
 593 
 
 657 
 
 717 
 
 821 
 
 836 
 
 8S9 
 
 Tiii« Table shows* llii; number of ffcX of boards, any leg will ma'ke 
 ^hen the 'diameter is from 15 to 36 inches at the s.nallesl cud, and 
 ^ion\ 10 to 13 feet in length. 
 
 SOLID MEASURE OF SQUARE TIMDER. 
 By tltO foHowiug isblt' ihe si.lid coii.tnts, aiid the s<f,\.:.- of 
 any j)iece or qr.Htiti:}' of limber, stone, &,c. may be found at 
 sight, from six lo twpntj-five and a l);i!i" inches, the side of the 
 squjn*, t.T one fourth of she girth, from fourteea tp eiirhty i«^t 
 in len^ili. It rises from six, hulf an inch at a time, to twcutv* 
 fivo and a half i::ches, and from fourteen, one fool at a lime, 
 til. it rises o eighty. 
 
 Tlie number of inches which the side of each stick mea- 
 sures, are pi;icc'd at the toj) coinmei-c'n? next to the left h:5id 
 column Oil the first of eacli pa^e. Th«so colun^ns tiive the 
 contv'ots of eai'h slick, and she firs? column of each pj- e 
 vhiih runs fiom the t;>|) to the holioii;, lUe lengtli. 11 h feet 
 are not reckoned ; ibai is, wheiia slick measures ihiri>' cubic 
 
TRXbt SWANKS auiiit. 2^^ 
 
 cct and the inches, it is called only fliirty feet ; if thirty feet 
 and 7 inches, it is reckoned 31 feer. We beJieve ihis medu»d 
 is practised in all the cities in the United Slates and Canada. 
 
 feet oi,Je sid« si3y side sido side side side sid« eidn side side side- sic« 
 m (J U 1-2 7 7 1-2 >? ^ i-O 9 (j jo jq jq , j, ^ jj ^^ ,.^ p^ ,,.j 
 
 ;engl 
 
 ■ m. 1 
 
 inch 
 
 inch 
 
 inch 
 
 inch inch 
 
 inch 
 
 inch inch i 
 
 nch 1 
 
 nch inch iitch in. 
 
 14 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 5 
 
 5 
 
 6 
 
 7 
 
 8 
 
 9 
 
 9 
 
 10 
 
 12 
 
 i3 11 15 
 
 15 
 
 4 
 
 4 
 
 5 
 
 6 
 
 6 
 
 7 
 
 8 
 
 9 
 
 10 
 
 11 
 
 12 
 
 14 15*1{) 
 
 16 
 
 4 
 
 
 
 5 
 
 6 
 
 7 
 
 8 
 
 9 
 
 10 
 
 11 
 
 12 
 
 13 
 
 14 Ki 17 
 
 17 
 
 4 
 
 5 
 
 6 
 
 6 
 
 7 
 
 8 
 
 9 
 
 10 
 
 12 
 
 13 
 
 14 
 
 15 17 18 
 
 18 
 
 4 
 
 .■> 
 
 G 
 
 7 
 
 8 
 
 9 
 
 10 
 
 11 
 
 13 
 
 14 
 
 15 
 
 16 18 19 
 
 19 
 
 5 
 
 6 
 
 6 
 
 7 
 
 8 
 
 9 
 
 10 
 
 12 
 
 14 
 
 14 
 
 16 
 
 17 19 21 
 
 20 
 
 5 
 
 6 
 
 7 
 
 8 
 
 9 
 
 10 
 
 11 
 
 12 
 
 14 
 
 15 
 
 17 
 
 18 20 22 
 
 21 
 
 5 
 
 6 
 
 7 
 
 8 
 
 9 
 
 10 
 
 12 
 
 13 
 
 13 
 
 16 
 
 17 
 
 19 21 23 
 
 22 
 
 5 
 
 G 
 
 7 
 
 8 
 
 10 
 
 11 
 
 12 
 
 14 
 
 16 
 
 17 
 
 IS 
 
 20 22 24 
 
 23 
 
 6 
 
 7 
 
 S 
 
 
 
 10 
 
 11 
 
 13 
 
 14 
 
 16 
 
 17 
 
 19 
 
 21 23 25 
 
 24 
 
 6 
 
 7 
 
 •S 
 
 9 
 
 10 
 
 12 
 
 13 
 
 13 
 
 17 
 
 IS 
 
 20 
 
 2? 24 26 
 
 25 
 
 6 
 
 7 
 
 8 
 
 10 
 
 11 
 
 12 
 
 14 
 
 13 
 
 17 
 
 19 
 
 21 
 
 23 23 27 
 
 26 
 
 r> 
 
 8 
 
 9 
 
 10 
 
 11 
 
 13 
 
 14 
 
 16 
 
 18 
 
 20 
 
 22 
 
 24 26 28 
 
 "^7 
 
 
 8 
 
 9 
 
 10 
 
 12 
 
 13 
 
 15 
 
 17 
 
 19 
 
 20 
 
 22 
 
 25 27 29 
 
 > 
 
 •T 
 
 8 
 
 9 
 
 11 
 
 12 
 
 14 
 
 16 
 
 IS 
 
 20 
 
 21 
 
 23 
 
 23 23 30 
 
 :ij 
 
 7 
 
 9 
 
 10 
 
 11 
 
 13 
 
 14 
 
 16 
 
 13 
 
 po 
 
 22 
 
 24 
 
 26 29 31 
 
 30 
 
 7 
 
 9 
 
 10 
 
 11 
 
 13 
 
 15 
 
 17 
 
 19 
 
 21 
 
 23 
 
 25 
 
 27 30 3:} 
 
 31 
 
 8 
 
 9 
 
 10 
 
 12 
 
 14 
 
 13 
 
 17 
 
 19 
 
 21 
 
 23 
 
 26 
 
 2S 31 34 
 
 32 
 
 8 
 
 9 
 
 11 
 
 12 
 
 14 
 
 16 
 
 1i 
 
 20 
 
 22 
 
 24 
 
 27 
 
 29 32 33 
 
 33 
 
 8 
 
 10 
 
 11 
 
 13 
 
 14 
 
 16 
 
 18 
 
 20 
 
 23 
 
 25 
 
 27 
 
 30 33 30 
 
 34 
 
 8 
 
 10 
 
 11 
 
 13 
 
 15 
 
 17 
 
 19 
 
 21 
 
 24 
 
 26 
 
 '28 
 
 31 34 37 
 
 33 
 
 9 
 
 10 
 
 12 
 
 13 
 
 13 
 
 17 
 
 19 
 
 22 
 
 24* 
 
 27 
 
 29 
 
 32 35 38 
 
 36 
 
 9 
 
 11 
 
 12 
 
 14 
 
 16 
 
 18 
 
 20 
 
 23 
 
 23 
 
 27 
 
 30 
 
 33 36 39 
 
 37 
 
 9 
 
 11 
 
 12 
 
 14 
 
 ^ 
 
 18 
 
 21 
 
 23 
 
 26 
 
 28 
 
 31 
 
 34 37 40 
 
 53 
 
 9 
 
 1 1 
 
 »3 
 
 ! 3 
 
 19 
 
 21 
 
 24 
 
 27 
 
 29 
 
 32 
 
 35 3S 41 
 
 39 
 
 10 
 
 11 
 
 13 
 
 1 '> 
 
 17 
 
 19 
 
 22 
 
 24 
 
 27 
 
 30 
 
 33 
 
 36 39 42 
 
 40 
 
 10 
 
 12 
 
 13 
 
 ' 
 
 
 20- 
 
 22 
 
 25 
 
 28 
 
 30 
 
 33 
 
 3G 40 43 
 
 41 
 
 10 
 
 12 
 
 14 
 
 
 > 
 
 21 
 
 23 
 
 25 
 
 29 
 
 31 
 
 34 
 
 37 41 44 
 
 42 
 
 10 
 
 12 
 
 14 
 
 16 
 
 18 
 
 21 
 
 23 
 
 26 
 
 29 
 
 32 
 
 35 
 
 38 42 45 
 
 43 
 
 11 
 
 13 
 
 14 
 
 17 
 
 19 
 
 21 
 
 24 
 
 27 
 
 30 
 
 33 
 
 36 
 
 39 43 46 
 
 44 
 
 11 
 
 13 
 
 13 
 
 17 
 
 19 
 
 22 
 
 25 
 
 27 
 
 30 
 
 34 
 
 37 
 
 40 4 4 48 
 
 4d 
 
 11 
 
 13 
 
 13 
 
 17 
 
 20 
 
 22 
 
 23 
 
 28 
 
 31 
 
 35 
 
 38 
 
 4i 45 49 
 
 46 
 
 11 
 
 13 
 
 13 
 
 18 
 
 20 
 
 23 
 
 26 
 
 20 
 
 32 
 
 35 
 
 33 
 
 42 46 50 
 
 47 
 
 12 
 
 14 
 
 16 
 
 IS 
 
 21 
 
 2S 
 
 26 
 
 29 
 
 33 
 
 36 
 
 3'J 
 
 13 47 51 
 
 4S 
 
 12 
 
 14 
 
 16 
 
 19 
 
 21 
 
 24 
 
 27 
 
 30 
 
 33 
 
 37 
 
 40 
 
 44 48 52 
 
 '19 
 
 12 
 
 14 
 
 16 
 
 \1 
 
 22 
 
 24 
 
 27 
 
 30 
 
 34 
 
 3S 
 
 4\ 
 
 43 49 53 
 
 50 
 
 12 
 
 15 
 
 17 
 
 19 
 
 22 
 
 25 
 
 28 
 
 31 
 2v> 
 
 34 
 
 3S 
 
 42 
 
 46 50 54 
 
290 THE ARTIST ANTO 
 
 £ d =. c c .5 * 
 
 S c ^ c . c ;j; c _:. .S -- ri — •- -^ 
 
 "" cooo cao O OOJ oo®5> 
 
 ti '3 *3 '5 'ta 'm to a> » 'tn *3 'So 'SJ '«n "oo 
 
 17 20 22 25 28 32 35 39 43 47 51 55 
 
 17 20 23 26 29 32 36 40 43 48 52 56 
 
 18 20 23 26 30 33 37 41 44 49 53 57 
 
 18 21 24 27 31 34 27 42 45 50 54 58 
 18. 21 24 27 31 34 38 42 46 51 55 59 
 
 19 22 25 28 32 35 39 43 47 52 56 60 
 
 19 22 25 28 32 36 39 44 4S 53 57 (~^2 
 I'J 22 26 29 33 36 40 44 49 54 58 ^3 
 
 20 23 26 29 33 37 41 45 49 55 59 64 
 20 23 26 SO 34 37 41 46 50 56 60 65 
 
 20 i4 2r 30 34 3S 42 47 51 56 6l 66 
 
 21 24 27 31 35 39 43 47 52 58 62 67 
 21 24 28 31 .'-<5 39 44 48 53 59 63 68 
 
 21 25 28 32 So 40 44 49 54 i>9 64 (~>0 
 
 22 25 ^9 52 36 41 45 50 54 60 65 71 
 22 26 29 33 37 41 46 51 55 6l 66 72 
 
 22 26 3.0 33 37 42 40 52 56 62 67 73 
 
 23 26 30 34 38 42 47 52 57 62 68 74 
 23 27 30 34 39 43 48 53 58 63 69 75 
 
 23 27 31 35 39 44 48 54 59 64 70 76 
 
 24 27 31 35 40 44 49 54 59 65 71 77 
 
 24 28 32 36 40 45 50 55 60 66 72 78 
 
 25 28 ■ 32 36 41 46 50 56 6l 67 73 79 
 25 29 S3 37 41 46 51 57 62 6S 74 80 
 
 25 19 S3 37 42 47 52 57 63 69 75 81 
 ^6 '^'} 34 38 43 47 -^^58 64 70 76 82 
 
 26 30 34 2 44 48 53 59 64 71 77 83 
 2r' SO 34 S) 44 49 r;4 59 65 71 78 84 
 
 7'> 20 23- 27 31 35 29 45 49 55 60 C6 72 79 S6 
 
 80 i;o iJ 27 31 liJ 40 4» 50 55 61 67 73 80 87 
 
 ^1 
 
 13 
 
 15 
 
 52 
 
 13 
 
 15 
 
 53 
 
 13 
 
 16 
 
 54 
 
 .13 
 
 16 
 
 55 
 
 14 
 
 16 
 
 56 
 
 1-J 
 
 i'O 
 
 
 14 
 
 17 
 
 5"^ 
 
 i-* 
 
 17 
 
 5;< 
 
 i5 
 
 17 
 
 6(; 
 
 15 
 
 18 
 
 L i 
 
 15 
 
 I 
 
 t'i 
 
 15 
 
 •' 
 
 O J 
 
 lo 
 
 .8 
 
 04 
 
 16 
 
 19 
 
 t:"> 
 
 1o 
 
 ly 
 
 ( 6 
 
 ID 
 
 19 
 
 67 
 
 17 
 
 20 
 
 63 
 
 17 
 
 20 
 
 69 
 
 17 
 
 2a 
 
 70 
 
 17 
 
 21 
 
 71 
 
 18 
 
 21 
 
 t - 
 
 1-i 
 
 21 
 
 7i 
 
 18 
 
 2i 
 
 74 
 
 li> 
 
 it y 
 
 75 
 
 19 
 
 2 2 
 
 / ' 
 
 1 ' 
 
 "2 
 
 i 
 
 1 , ■ 
 
 -3 
 
 78 
 
 1^ 
 
 J3 
 
iradesman's •uide. 
 
 291 
 
 c _ 
 
 V ■-> 
 
 m 
 c -:- .s ,H 
 
 .5 .:. .5 -. 
 
 e ^ 
 
 a ^ 
 
 C5 
 
 — .„ ^ .r, 1-1 — — ^ rjo 2 Zi 
 
 CO^>^lfti.O^O ^ i^ *^ <-• ^ 
 
 r-, m o Q »' V y i*_ _;:i « -s "O .^ 
 
 14 
 15 
 16 
 
 17 
 \S 
 11 
 20 
 21 
 22 
 23 
 24 
 25 
 2G 
 2/ 
 2S 
 29 
 30 
 :i 
 
 o 
 
 -a 
 
 16 17 19 
 
 17 19 20 
 
 19 20 22 
 
 20 21 23 
 
 21 23 24 
 
 32 
 
 33 
 
 34 
 
 35 
 
 56 
 
 37 
 
 38 
 
 39 
 
 40 
 
 41 
 
 42 
 
 43 
 
 44 
 
 43 
 
 46 
 
 47 
 
 4S 
 
 49 
 
 jO 
 
 22 24 26 
 
 23 25 27 
 ^ 26 28 
 
 2t> '.:8 30 
 
 27 79 31 
 
 28 3^ 32 
 
 29 31 S4 
 
 30 33 3l 
 
 32 34 37 
 
 33 35 38 
 
 34 36 39 
 
 35 38 4L 
 
 36 39 42 
 
 38 40 43 
 
 39 42 45 
 
 40 43 4b 
 
 41 44 47 
 
 42 45 49 
 
 43 47 50 
 
 44 4S "^1 
 
 46 49 53 
 
 47 50 54 
 
 48 52 JO 
 
 49 53 57 
 
 50 54 a8 
 
 51 5> 60 
 r-3 57 61 
 
 54 58 62 
 
 55 59 64 
 
 56 GO 65 
 
 57 o2 66 
 
 58 63 68 
 
 20 22 23 
 
 22 23 25 
 
 23 25 26 
 
 25 26 28 
 
 26 28 30 
 
 27 29 31 
 
 29 31 S3 
 
 30 33 35 
 
 32 34 36 
 
 33 36 38 
 
 35 37 40 
 
 36 39 41 
 38 40 43 
 ^Q 42 45 
 
 41 44 46 
 
 42 4^ 48 
 
 44 47 50 
 
 45 4\ 51 
 
 46 50^53 
 
 48 51^5 
 
 49 53 ^> 
 M 54 5i, 
 52 56 60 
 
 54 58 61 
 
 55 59 63 
 
 57 6l (ij 
 
 58 62 66 
 
 60 64 6S 
 
 61 65 70 
 
 63 6/ 71 
 
 64 69 73 
 
 65 70 75 
 
 67 72 76 
 
 68 73 78 
 
 70 75 80 
 
 71 7>^ 82 
 7i !'• «3 
 
 25 
 
 -26 
 
 28 
 
 30 
 
 32 
 
 34 
 
 35 
 
 37 
 
 39 
 
 41 
 
 42 
 
 44 
 
 46 
 
 48 
 
 50 
 
 51 
 
 i3 
 
 55 
 
 57 
 
 58 
 
 60 
 
 02 
 
 2vi 
 
 28 
 30 
 32 
 34 
 36 
 
 28 30 31 
 
 30 32 34 
 
 ^4 36 
 
 38 
 
 3§ 
 
 ,64 
 6 
 
 6^ 
 7< 
 
 73 
 74 
 
 76 
 78 
 30 
 
 82 
 83 
 
 8*1 
 87 
 89 
 
 38 
 
 39 
 
 41 
 
 43 
 
 45 
 
 47 
 
 49 
 
 51 
 
 53 
 
 65 
 
 56 
 
 5S 
 
 60 
 
 62' 
 
 64 
 
 66 
 
 68 
 
 70 
 
 32 
 
 34 
 
 31 
 
 3S 40 43 
 
 AO 42 45 
 
 44 
 
 47 
 
 42 
 
 44 
 
 46 49 
 48 51 
 
 
 50 
 
 52 
 54 
 
 J. 
 54 
 53 56 
 
 58 
 CI 
 
 DO 
 
 57 
 
 56 60 63- 
 58 62 65 
 
 64 67 
 
 66 
 
 6S 
 
 70 
 
 72 
 
 74 
 
 77 
 
 78 
 
 60 
 62 
 64 
 66 
 68 
 70 
 72 
 74 
 
 I -^ 
 
 73 
 
 75 
 
 77 
 
 79 
 
 81 
 
 83 
 
 85 
 
 87 
 
 89 
 
 91 
 
 o .» 
 
 94 
 
 76 81 
 
 78 83 
 
 80 
 
 82 
 
 84 
 
 S6 
 
 88 
 
 70 
 
 72 
 
 74 
 
 76 
 
 79 
 
 81 
 
 83 
 
 85 
 
 88 
 
 85 90 
 
 87 92 
 
 89 94 
 
 91 97 
 
 93 99 
 
 90 9=^ 10 • 
 
 92 98 lO.' 
 
 94 103 106 
 
 96 102 10^ 
 
 08 104 1 ; • 
 
 100 106 112 
 
 0> 
 
 33 
 35 
 
 3S 
 40 
 
 /- .J 
 
 40 
 47 
 50 
 52 
 
 54 
 
 5' 
 
 62 
 
 C4 
 
 66 
 
 69 
 
 71 
 
 / o 
 
 76 
 
 78 
 
 81 
 
 8*^ 
 
 85 
 
 88 
 
 90 
 
 92 
 
 95 
 
 97 
 
 100 
 
 102 
 
 104 
 
 107 
 
 35 
 
 40 
 
 4"' 
 
 ^0 
 
 47 
 50 
 52 
 
 55 
 57 
 
 CO 
 
 62 
 6'^ 
 67 
 70 
 72 
 75 
 77 
 80 
 82 
 St) 
 87 
 96 
 93 
 95 
 98 
 10- 
 
 : oj 
 
 10' 
 
 I 
 
 7 M .'< 
 
 37 
 
 r9 
 
 42 
 
 "45 
 
 47 
 
 
 
 f3 
 
 ^3 
 
 ;;8 
 60 
 
 63 
 
 rs 
 
 OS 
 70 
 
 74 
 76 
 79 
 82 
 
 a4 
 
 87 
 90 
 92 
 ^'5 
 
 . -r 
 ■' ( 
 
 I '0 
 103 
 
 t 14 liO 
 11 'i 123 
 119 125 
 
 il 
 
 6 
 
 119 
 21 
 
 :4 
 
 '27 
 129 
 13f 
 
-'!/- 
 
 THE ARTrST A%Jf 
 
 "So . ~ •" S c .H a?^ 
 
 - - ^ - « .5 ^ .5 r; .5 ^" 
 
 o 
 
 S rJ "^ c^J 
 
 <^ c? c^ c5 §i ^ S5 SI ;s: •!• '^ 
 
 m r, - ^^ "^ C? O? C^ CI (^» Ol 
 
 b 
 
 
 14 39 41 43 45 47 49 51 53 56 58 6l 63 
 
 ,^ ti '^^ '^^ ^^ ^^ ^2 55 57 6a 62 65 67 
 16 44 46 49 51 54 56 o9 Gl 64 ' 6 69 72 
 
 ?r tl f. ^^ ^^ ^^ ^^ 62 65 68 71 74 77 
 
 ,o ^2 f? ^^ ^^ ^^ 63 66 69 72 75 78 ^1 
 
 on ^? ?^ ^^ ^^ ^^ ^^ ^0 ^^ '6 79 82 86 
 
 i II r "^ ^'^ ^^ ^-^ ^6 80 83 87 90 
 
 21 58 61 64 67 70 74 77 80 84 8 7 oi 95 
 
 22 61 64 67 70 74 77 81 84 88 91 ^5 99 
 
 23 64 67 70 74 77 81 84 88 92 96 100 104 
 
 24 G6 70 73 77 80 84 88 02 96 lOJ ]04 108 
 
 25 69 73 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 -04 108 ll3 
 
 26 72 76 79 83 87 91 95 99 10^108 113 117 
 
 27 75 79 82 86 91 95 99 103 ^S 112 ii7 i22 
 
 28 78 81 86 90 94 98 103 10-112 II6 121 12G 
 
 29 80 84 89 93 97 102 106 HI II6 121 126 131 
 
 30 S3 87 92 96 101 105 110 11> 120 125 130 135 
 
 31 86 90 95 99 104 109 114 1'9 124 129 134 140 
 
 32 S9 93 98 102 107 112 117 ^22 128 133 139 144 
 
 33 91 96 100 106 111 116 121 126 1S2 137 143 149 
 
 34 94 99 104 109 114 119 12:' 130 136 141 147 153 
 
 35 97 102 107 112 117 123 12^ 134 140 146 152 15* 
 
 36 100 105 110 115 i21 126 li2 138 144 150 156 l62 
 
 37 103 108 113 119 124 130 ^36 142 148 154 I60 167 
 
 38 105 111 116 122 127 133 139 145 152 158 l65 171 
 
 39 108 114 119 125 131 137 143 149 156 J62 l69 176 
 
 40 111 116 122 128 134 140 147 ^53 I6O I66 173 180 
 
 41 114 119 125 131 137 144 150 157 l64 171 178 185 
 
 42 116 122 128 135 141 147 154 16I I68 175 182 189 
 
 43 119 125 131 138 144 151 158 l65 172 179 186 194 
 
 44 122 128 135 141 148 154 I6I I68 176 183 191 198 
 
 45 125 131 138 144 151 158 l65 172 180 187 195 203 
 
 46 128 134 141 147 154 161 169 176 184 192 199 207 
 
 47 130 137 144 150 158 l65 172 180 188 196 204 212 
 
 48 133 140 147 154 161 169 176 184 )92 200 208 217 
 
 49 136 143 150 157 164 172 180 188 196 204 212 221 
 ^0 139 146 153 160 168 176 183 192 200 208 217 22* 
 
B 
 
 tradesman's auiDE. 293 
 
 c ■ 5 .5 ] 
 
 
 
 
 -3 
 
 5160(>i 69 74-79 85 90 9G ] 02 11)8 115 121 128 13 ^ 
 
 52 6166 71 76 81 87 92 98 104 110 117 123 1^30 I37 
 
 53fi>67 72 77 82 88 94 100 106 112 119 126 in lU) 
 
 54 63 68 73 79 81 90 96 102 U>8 115 121 128 135 Ho 
 
 55 64 69 75 80 86 92 98 101 110 117 121 130 1-38 115 
 
 56 66 71 76 82 87 93 99 lOo il2 119 120 133 110 us 
 
 57 67 72 77 8:3 b9 95 101 108 111 121 128 1-36 143 150 
 5S68 73 79 84 90 97 103 1G9 H6 1:2:3 1-30 1-38 115 153 
 ^.9 69 74 80 86 92 98 105 111 118 1^5 1^33 140 118 ir>6 
 
 60 70 76 81 87 94 100 W6 113 120 127 135 1 12 150 1^8 
 
 61 71 77 83 89 95 1«2 108 115 122 l-2f) 137 115 1'.2 161 
 6^ 73 78 SI 90 ^7 103 110 117 124 132 139 1 17 155 163 
 6^ 74 79 S6 9:2 98 105 112 119 126 139 1 12 150 15^ 166 
 64 75 81 87 93 10() 106 111 121 12^ 1C6 141 152 KH) 169 
 6^ 76 82 88 95 401 108 115 12-3 1:30 138 116 154 163 171 
 
 66 77 8:3 90 96 103 110 117 125 1:« 140 118 157 105 171 
 
 67 78 85 91 ^^ 105 112 119 l20 131 112 151 159 168 177 
 6S80 86 92 99 106 113 121 128 1:36 144 ir>:3 161 170 17t> 
 
 69 81 87 91 101 108 115 122 130 ISS 146 155 161 173 Is-Z 
 
 70 8-2 S8 y5 102 109 117 121 1:32 140 149 157 166 175 l65 
 
 This fable »'* extended fo sixty instead of cigltfi/ ft it in 
 length, '^^ fri*' m.-ntioned— a further continuaiion is thought 
 unnecessary. 
 
 Continued from pa[:o 292. ,^ 
 
 141 149 156 163 171 179. 187 196 '201 2l2 2^1 230 
 
 114 152 159 16*7 175 18:3 191 I9(' 2^)8 217 2: ; -^^ 
 
 117 1=54 162 no 178 186 I9i 203 212 " ' ' ' '> 
 
 54 150 157 165 173 ISI 190 198 2:>7 2|.> 
 
 55 1.5:3 160 168 I7G laS 1#3 2lr2 2fTJ 
 
 56 135 1S3 I'.I 180 188 IP7 '205 215- 
 
 57 1-58 166 in 183 l'.)I 200 *-i<:9 219 : 
 
 58 T6I 169 177 186 192 2i>4 213 2: 
 
 59 164 172 180 189 198 207 ' i7 -^"i 
 
 GO 166 175 1H4 192 202 211 •2:>0 2.iu 2)0 2jU ;iiiu ;.a 
 
 01 
 52 
 
 53 
 
 '>'■, » 
 
294 IHL ARTISl A.sr? 
 
 CHAPTER XXXVUr, 
 GUNTER^S RULE. 
 
 TbisRule, tlie invention of Ed war J Guoter, ihoughincom 
 
 lilustialiOLS wii! cxempMiy. ii requires but ijiiie practice to 
 render the rule familiar and easy ; and truly, vre recom- 
 * mend it as a useful study, particularly to those who are en- 
 gaged in the mechanic iirii'. It is confideDt!^' believed none 
 among the few who have been taught this rule, have regret- 
 ted the tirae winch has been devoted for the purpose. 
 
 Of the Lines. The first Line, marked S R corrrsponds 
 to tbe Logaritiinis of natural Sines of every point of the 
 mari'iers compass and is numbered from the left hand onward 
 to the right from 1 to 5 inclusive where a brass p:a is fixed ; 
 this line can be divided into halves and o^uRrTers. 
 
 The second line T R corresponds to the Lofrarithms of 
 the taaeents of every point of the compass and is numbered 
 at the right hand 1. 2. 3. 4. where a brass pin is 5xed ; thence, 
 towards the left hand wich 5. 6. 7. This line is divided into 
 halves and quaiters, like the preceding. 
 
 The third line N U M corresponds to the Logarithms of 
 nunabers, beeinning at the lefi hand vr'.Ai 1 ; thence onward 
 to the right hand are 2 to 9 incmsive; and in the middle, 1 ; at 
 which point a brass pin is fixed ; then 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 
 and 10. at the end, where there is another pin. Those num- 
 bers and the intermedi-ate divisions, depends on the *»^stiniaied 
 values of the extreme numbers, 1 and 10. This line is un- 
 doubtedlv ih.-^ most important, and therefore, rcv-^uires a more 
 particular illustration. 
 
 lilustration 1. The iilsX one may be considered 1. 10. 
 100. or 1000 : — 't in the same manner, 20, 200, &c. 
 
 2. The first 1, may be called one tenth, one hundreth, one 
 thousandth part, &c. ; and 2. two tenths or two huadreths. 
 
 <fcc. 
 
 3. Now if the first 1 is called 1, the middle 1 is computed 
 10 : and 2 at its ri^ht hand 20, 3 i* 30 and 10 at the end 100: 
 the next '2 is 20, 3 is 30 <fcc. making the middle 1, 100; the 
 next 2, 200 ; 3, 300 and 10 at the end 1000. 
 
 4. If the first 1 is estimi-ed, one tenth part, the next 2 is 
 two tenth parts, and the middle 1 is one, and the next 2 is 
 two, and 10 at the end is ten. 
 
TRADESMAN'S GUIDE. 295 
 
 5. If the first 1 is counted one hundrcth part, the next 2 
 i^lvvo iiundrotli parts; the miJJie 1 is ten huware'h pans ; the 
 De\: two hundredth part, in winch case t!ie middle 1 is called 
 ten iiundreih part, or one tenth p»rt, and the next 2 two tenth 
 parts; ^nd 10 at the end is cunnied 1. 
 
 6. As ihe iigures increase or dinjinish in vnhie, thus like- 
 wise, must ihe inlermediaie stroi^es or subdivisions ; that is, 
 if the first 1 at the left hand is counted 1, liien 2 ncit fillow- 
 ing is 2 and e:ich subdivision beLWccn tlieni is one tenth part, 
 and in like manner to the middle 1, winch in ihi.- case is 10, 
 the next is 20 ; then observe, ijie longer strokes between 1 
 and 2 must be counted from ihe centre 1, ele\en, iwelve, 
 where there is a brass pin; then 13. 14. 15, sometimes a lon- 
 ger stroke thr.n the jesi ; then, 16. 17. 18. li.). 20, at the 
 figure 2; and the same method is to be adopteo in resrard to 
 the short strokes, between the fij^ures 2 and 3 and 4 and 5 
 &c. which are to be counted as unites. 
 
 7. If one at the left hand is 10, the figures between it''and 
 the M Iddle 1 are common teu"^ ; the subdivisions between 
 each figure, unites: from the middle 1 to 10 at the en<!, e;ich 
 figure is hut^dreths ; nnd between these figures •ach longer 
 division h ten. By attending to these direction^ it will be 
 cMsy to find the (Jivisions representini; a givi-n uiiinber. 
 
 Ciaviplc i. Suppose the point representing tiie number l2 
 is icquired — take the division at the figure 1 in the mid.ilo 
 for the first figure of l2 ; and for the second figure, count two 
 tenths on Kmger strokes to the right hand, nn^! ib« last ig the 
 jininf i-<>prnc/aiit*inpt I'i vrlicie ilie brass )iin is fixed. 
 
 2. Suppose tlie number 22 is requiiPtl ; the first fi^u'C 
 begins 2. 1 — take the divisi(»n to the fi::u;e 2 ;md i\>r -lie 
 second fij^ure count two tentiis onward, which is iJie Boint 
 representing 22. 
 
 3. Suppose 1728 is required — take the middle I for the 
 first figure 1 ; for 7 count onward as before whicli i< l700; 
 and as the remaining figures are 2jS oi neHily ?t», note the 
 point wliicJi is S-lO nearly, for the distance between the marks 
 7& S,the point representing J728. 
 
 4. When the point which represents 4,'^5 is reqiiiicd, from 
 the 4 in the second intervnl count towards 5 on tlie ri^hi ; 
 tliree of the larger, and one of the smaller divisions, the 
 ?^m^!Ier beinz h^df w;ty between the mnrks 3 atul 4, wh cli is 
 the division denotins' 435; and thus with otncr numbers, 
 which is easily eflected witli a little practice. 
 
296 THE ARTIiT ANi> 
 
 The frations found in this line must be called decimalg, or if oUj^f*- 
 wirse, they are not, must be reduced to decimals which la readily done 
 by extending the compasses from the denominator, to the numerator, 
 the extent of whicii, if laid in the same way from 1 in the midale or 
 right hand, will reach to the decimal required. 
 
 Ezample. ' The decinial fraction equal to 3-4 is required; 
 extend frc.m 4 to 3, which extent will reach from 1 on the 
 middle to 75 towards the left hand ; thus, in like manner of 
 any other vulgar fraction. 
 
 The method of pe. forming Multiplication on this line, 
 is b}' extending from 1 to the muhiplier, the extent of which 
 will reach from the multiplicand to the product. 
 
 Ezample. Find the product of l6 multiplied by 4; extend 
 from I to 4; the extent will reach from l6 to 64 the required 
 product. 
 
 For Division exlend from the divisor to unity; the extent 
 will reach from the dividend to the quotient. 
 
 Example. Required to divide 04 by 4; extend from 4 to 1 
 which extent will reach from 64 to l6 the quotiefl:. 
 
 By thp Rule of Three, questions are solved on this line. 
 
 Example. Extend from the first to the second Ijne, which 
 extent will reach from the third to the fourth or answer. 
 
 It bhouid be noticed that by extending to the left from the first num- 
 ber or term to the second, you must also extend to the left from the 
 third to the lourtli, and thus contra wise. 
 
 Example. If 7 inches are the diameter of a circle, and 22 
 in circumference, what is the circumference of another circle 
 14 inches in diameter? Extend from 7 to 22, which extent 
 vill reach from 14 to 44 the same wdv. 
 
 The superficial contents of any Parallelogram is found by extending 
 froi> 1 to the breadth : which extent will reach from the length to the 
 super^cial contente. 
 
 Example. Suppose a board 15 inches in width and 27 feet 
 long, exiend from 1 to 1 foot 3 inches, or 1,25, which extent 
 will reach from 27 feet to 33,75, the superficial couients. 
 
 The solid contents of a Bale or Box is found by extending from 1 to 
 llie br. adtb, which extent will reach from the depth to a fourth mimbcr; 
 and the extent from 1 to that fourth number, will reach from the length 
 to the solid contents. 
 
 Example 1. The solid contents of a square pillar is re- 
 quired, length, 21 ft. 9 m. breadth 1 foot 3 inches. 
 
 The extent from 1 to 1,25 reaches from 1,25 the depih. to 
 1:^6 the contents of one foot in length. 
 
TRADESMAN S GlTlDE. 
 
 297 
 
 2d. The extent from 1 to 1,56, reaches from tho length 
 21,75, to 33,9 or nearly 34. tlip «• l.d comenis in feet. 
 
 3. To find ihe solid contents of a piece of timber 1,25 feet 
 wide, and 0,56 feet deep, and 36 feet I m?. 
 
 Extend from i lo 7, which extent will reach from 36 to 
 25,2, the solid contents. 
 
 The tonnage of bales may be ascertained by this method, by beini; 
 divided by 50, gives the answer. 
 
 A TABLE OF BOARD MEASURE 
 
 Extending froTi 4 to lOO feet in length and 36 inches ia 
 
 width. 
 Illustration. — Draw out the slide to the place where 36 
 coincides with f2 on ihe fixed part : — couni the first • on ihe 
 fixed part lO ; begin at 4, on the fixed part 4, so on to 10 at 
 tlie center, and thus to ICK) on the right hand to A — begin on 
 the slide at 4 and reckon at diflerent lengths — 
 
 6t 
 
 Fixed part •^r ui tc t* x o cj o o o o c<- o o Lt c; c; o ut o o o 
 '^ »- — — 3^ ?i r; rs -^ o i." v= o t>. t>. 00 cr- o 
 
 jsjiae, „ „ ^ o< S'l ro r; -v ^ t^ ~ o Ti i.* 'i X' =^ — t> ^r t^ o 
 
 Miscellaneous Kiamples. 
 
 1. There are 42 feet in a board 14 feet long, 36 it ches 
 wide ; how many feet in 27 boards of the same diniensi. ns? 
 draw the slide to the place where 27 c<>incides wiiji ihe centre 
 1 ; opposite 42 on the fixed part is the answer 1 134, on the 
 slide. 
 
 2. A log I? feet long, 24 inches in diameter, cuts 15 boards, 
 20 inches broad — draw out the slide to the place where 20 
 will be oposite 12 — 20 is the answer for one board — draw 
 out the slide nil 15 comes Rgrainst the center 1 on the fixed 
 part, and against 20 on the fixed part is 300, the answer in 
 board measure, on the slide. 
 
 3. A lo(i2 feet in diameter and under — finches on fnch side 
 allowed for slab, 1-5 for sawcalf, 1 board tor wane — fi . m 2-1 to 
 36 inches in diametei, 3 inches for the slab, 1-5 for sawcalf, 
 and two boards for wane. 
 
 4. A log 28 inches at the small end, will out IS b'^ards, 
 only 16 measured — draw out th*- sli- e till 22. the hiendth of 
 the'board comes against 12 — n)d against '4, the I ncth on 
 the fixed part, is the nn^wer 25 3-4 for one board on 'he «In!p; 
 now draw out the slide till 16, the number of hoards, cowo 
 
*d8 The artist and 
 
 against the center I : to find the reslJuo, say the lo» is 14 feet 
 long, the an>\vtr .n the slide iS 414 feet. 
 
 5. A kg 14 ff et lone, 36 incbe> at \\iv small end slabed, 
 leaves the board 30 inches wide; 1-5 for sa\vc;:lt\ leaves *4 
 snd 2 wane leaves 2£! — draw out the slide till 30 comes 
 afdinsi 12 oo the fixed part, and under 14 oo the fixed p.irt, 
 is found 35 on the slide; then draw out the slide till i'2 
 comes against the cen.er I ; and against 35 will be found 770 
 ^n ibe slide, which is the answer for a log 36 inches in diam- 
 eter and 14 leei long. 
 
 6. A log ^0 inche? at the small end, and 16 feet long cuts 1-3 
 boards which are 16 iiiches wide, and only 12 measured — 
 how many fee^ — answer — '^Jb. 
 
 7. A log ' 6 inches in diameter 14 feet long cuts nine boards, 
 and only 8 measured ; makes 1 12 feet on the slide. 
 
 Method nf measuring Square timber in solid feet. 
 
 Illustratwn. Draw out il.e slc'e :o the left laid, till ihe 
 
 length of the timber fo'ind on the slide ccincidos with 12 on 
 
 the girt line — then opp-jsite the incbes, the stick b square on 
 
 the cirt line, and *he number of cubfC feet en the slide is 
 
 found. 
 
 /^xMTwpfc. Tt^ ixio«3urc^ a siirK of Timber 60 feet long and 
 from 5 to 40 -nches squar? — draw the slide to the left baud, 
 till 6 on the slide callire it (^0 ; coincides with I? on the girt 
 line, and against 5 on the slide, is ^0 42-10G*h on the gut line, 
 the s^.rae answer is found by drawlrg the slide to the right, 
 but the divisious are not so easily disiiu^ished without much 
 practice. 
 
 Bv letting the slide remain all the questions proposed above 
 mav be solved in a short ttip« ; the answers are as followSj^ 
 eOinuuting the tiaiber at 60 feet in Ien§[tb. 
 
Tradesman's guide. 29^ 
 
 Inches. Cubic feet. Inches. Cubic feet. Inches, Cnbic ftet. 
 
 square, iniiiestick. squai-e. in the stick, squa/.^. in hostick 
 
 5 10,42 VS 70 1-2 ii;3. t>-0 
 
 6 15. 14 82 23 1-2. 231 3-4 
 
 7 20. 42 14 1-2 88 24. 242 
 
 7 1-2 23 1-3 15 94 24 1-2 250 
 6 26 2-3 15 1-2 JOO 1-2 25. 260 
 
 8 1-2 30 I-IO 16 106 1-2 26. 282 1-2 
 
 9 33 1-2 17 1.0 1-3 27. 303 
 
 9 1-2 37 2-3 18 135 28. 327^ 
 
 10 41 2-3 181-2 142 29. 352 
 
 10 1-246 19 150 30. 375 
 
 11 50. 42 19 1-2 158 31. 402 
 111-2 65 20 16623 32. 4:6 
 
 12 60 20 1-2 174 2-3 35. 510 
 121.2 65 1-5 20 3-4. l8o 38. 6o2 
 
 21 184 2-3 40. 6(57 
 
 22 202 
 
 To measure Hewn Timber that is not square. 
 Example. I. The sol:d feet in a stick of timber, 50 feet m 
 length, and 7 by lO inches-^is required— draw out the slide 
 till 50 coincides xvUh l2 on tiie the girt line, and ..gainst the 
 thickDess 7 inches found on the girt line, 17 is found on the 
 shoe, which IS the answer at 7 inches s.juj.re— 3 times 7— J 
 inches will remain, and 50 feet Ion- vei lo find, which to ob- 
 tain draw the slide lo the right, till zj on the >lide coincides 
 with I._ on^ho line m-irked A; then against 50. the length bund 
 on A, IS 87 1-2 on ihe slide— th!^ mM.si be divi<;ed by I- and 
 and It will L^ive7feei J 1-2 inches or 7 1-4 which being ad- 
 ded to the 17, gives 24 1-4 feat, the content-, of the stick. 
 
 2 To find the solid feet in a stick 45 fee! long27inche< 
 wide, 22 inches ihici;— draw out the slide till 45 on the slide 
 coincides with 12 on the girt line; then over 22 fuund on the 
 girt line will be I jl 1-2 on the slide, which c'ives the dimen- 
 sions of a stick 45 foet loner and 2^? inches square— now 5X 
 22, remain = IIO, which find on the slide, -.ind let it coincide 
 with 12 on A; then opposite 45 on A is ilJ nn the slide, 
 which being divided by 12 gives 34 1-3 added to l5l 1-2 c\\v% 
 nearly 186 for the answer. 
 
 5 To find the solid feet in a stick of timber 60 feet Uwg 
 30 inches wide and 14 inches thick — draw cut tlie slide till 6?» 
 on the slide, coincides with l2 on the girl li.ic, thcu o\cr 
 
^-^ Tilt ARTIST AxN'D 
 
 14 on the girt line is 81 2-3 on iho slide ; by doubiiD^ this ,t 
 g.ves :he con ents eqial to 28 by U a.d .Ue , \eU is ihyu] 
 
 = a Tnea ti;M .0,5 on the girt line, and directly ove. i. on 
 the slide IS I so; observino to dra;v out ihe slide till the lencnh 
 ot the stick in teei cdncide. wi.h I,' on the girt line. 
 
 4 To find Jhe solid feet of a stick of timber, 55 feet long 
 -i5 in( fies wide and i^O thick. 
 
 Draw- out the sL-de till 55 coincides with 12 as before, then 
 over -^ nn the gin li„o is nearly |;>^wh.ch being d.vi.ed 
 by 4 and rhe quotient added, l9l .-3 feet is the ans^wer. Or 
 for .he 3 inches left say 5 times 20 is lOO~ihe square root of 
 whiru IS 10 ; no^ look on the slide over 10 — :>S 1-3 is found 
 as before— Or c.si it into a square— as by 4 muitiplipd 
 gives ot>— .he squ ire root of which is Q the answer— or nan 
 the loj into board measure, by drawing the slide against 30 
 the vriuth, on -he slide under l2 on tb- fixed pa,t A— then 
 under 60, the length on the fixed part, is io'J on the slide, iho 
 nuiuber oi square feet in one board — then lay l4, the width 
 on the slide, under 1 on the fixed part, then ag.iaist l50on 
 the fixed pnrt, which sjves 2.00 leer boards oh the slide — 
 noj^' divide by l2 by drawing I on the slide, against 1 2 on the 
 fixed part, then against 2 '00 on the fixed part will be foun(j[ 
 1^5 on the slide, iher.nswer in cubic feet. 
 
 Method of Gauging round timber, 
 niuitraiion. Lpt the gauge point, on 'he girt line be 13,54 
 inches— to find the conienls of a stiik, bring the length ofthe 
 timber found on the slide to coincide with the ga^ue point — 
 then the diameter in inches or parts, found on ihe girt line, 
 will coincide with the nuniber of cubic feet en the slide. 
 
 El. Suppose a stick !2teetlong and 15 inches in diam- 
 eter — h uw ra^nv cubic feel neainst '5 inches is 15 tee t and 
 in I>kc manner a?iin5t'20, 26 1-2-^30,50 — 35,S0,8 feet. 
 
 Su'i.e rules are incnrreci, but the fftllovvinj trial will prove them.' 
 
 Pass i\\\i slide to tiie ris'ht hand till 1 on the slide coinciJes with il on 
 
 the fispd part, when 2 -in the sii-'e should coincide with 4 on the fixed 
 
 part, continue to draw tho glide til! 1 coircid^^s with 3 on the fixtdpart 
 
 then 2 on tho slide sh 'uld ct-intid*^ with '3 on tbo find part, till 1 on 
 
 the sliile Coincides wiih 4 on the fixed part then 2 on the slide j-hinld 
 
 coincide with 8 on i.ie fixed part — till 1 coincides with 5, then 2 will 
 
 coinc-.J-^ wi'h 'he cf.ntrr 1 — till 1 coincidi^s with 5 1-2 — then 2 will c^- 
 
 inci<ie witli II — ti!; 1 coincides with G — then 2\vili coinci'le with 12, 
 
 and C' ntinue to do tlir >aaie till you havo jrone thronah \h^ Wm^. and 
 
 ii'tke rule is correct'y graduated, the rrsult wiil be as above siaud. 
 
'4'11AdESMAN's CUIfiE. 501 
 
 The line marked SIN, coirespmids to the Lo^.iiithniirk 
 sines ul the degrees of ihe qtirulraut, and heroins at the li^lt 
 iianJ, and •« nui-ibered onward lo the righ , ihiis, 1. 2. 3. 4. 0: 
 o. 7. 8. 9. 10. then 20. 30. &c. ending at 90u at a brass 
 centre pin, similar as at the riglit hind of the lines. 
 
 The line marked V S corresponds to the Log. Versed 
 Siues of the degrees of the quadrani, and begins at the right 
 Jiand opposite 90° on the sine ; and numbered onvard to the 
 left,^thus, 10. 20. 30. &c. ending at the left hand, at about 
 le9°. Each of the subdivisions from 10 to 30 is, generally, 
 two degrees— from thence to 90, are single deg.ecs, thence io 
 the end, each degree is divided into Id minutes. 
 
 The line marked TANG corresponds to the Lorr. Tanfrcnts 
 of the degrees of the quadrant and begins at the left hand, 
 and is numbered towards the right, thus, 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. to 10. 
 20. 30. 40. and 45. at a fixed brass pin under g-C* on the sires 
 — from thence, it is numbered backwards 50. GO. 70. 80. to 
 89 ending- at the left liand where it begins at one degree. 
 The subdivisions are much like those of the sines. 
 
 if you have an extent in your dividers to be set off from any numlcr 
 less than 45 deg. on the line of tanirents towards the rioht, uud is 
 tound to reach beyond the mark 45 d<.?. observe how far it eAterdn 
 •f r'n ^ ^^r^^ and set it off towards the I.-ft. and murk the d.grce 
 It hiUs upon, the number sought, v.liicl) must exceed 45 deg On^ih* 
 contrary, if yoji are to set off n distance to ihe rioht, frcm a innnlur 
 greater than 45 deg. you must proceed as before, ronembering tlial th« 
 ans-vver will be less than <15 dt»r. and considerini: iJie rieg-r'-es ulwaya 
 iiiore than 45 deg precisely as if tliey were marked on llit coiitiiii:atinn 
 of the hne to the right hand of 45 de^r. 
 
 The line marked MER, (meridional parts) beciu ^i .i;t' 
 right hand ; is numbered 10. 20. 30 to the lef. hand, endin* 
 at 87 deg. which with the line marked E P (e.-;ual parts) are 
 used together, only in Mercator's sailing. The upper line 
 shows the degrees of the meridian, or latitude, «n Mercifors 
 chart, which corresponds to the degrees of longitude vn the 
 lower line. 
 
 Grindstones^ are usually sold at the quanies by tlie stone 
 wliich is computed at 24 inches diameter and 4 thick. Kule, 
 muhipl}' the square of the diameter, in inches, by the thick- 
 ness in inches, and divide the product by 2304 which gives 
 the answei". 
 
 To find the number of stone in one of 3G in. diameter and 
 S in. thick; 36 bv 36 — 1296 square, by 8, 103<3S, which divided 
 ^y 2304—4 1-2 ans. -^^ 
 
S02 THE ARTIST AND 
 
 By ih". Gunters rule^ by means of the li ne of numbers. 
 Extend from 4S to the diameter ; continue that extent three 
 times its length froia the thickness and it will reach to the 
 number of stones required ; so in the foregoing example, extend 
 from 48 to 36 the diameter ; continue that extent three times its 
 length from the thickness which is 8 inches, and it ^vill reach 
 to 4. 5. or 4 ^-2 the answer. 
 
 "There is aline marked ML on the Gunters rule which is joined to a 
 line of cords and ahovvs how many mile« of eastings and westings cor- 
 responds to a degree of longitude in every degree of latitude ; and as 
 this is found also on most of the plain scales, it is not deemed necessary 
 to explain its uses, or the coinmon pn^bleoia of nautical astronomj par- 
 ticularly as they arc more acurate to perform by Logarithms. 
 
 Of the sliding Rule. 
 
 This Rule is of ibe same dimensions of the common Gun- 
 ter's Rule. The fixed parr, has similar lines, which is used 
 with dividers in the same manner, as has been described, it 
 beinsr sufficient to observe there are two lines of numbers, viz. 
 a line of Logariihmick sines, and a hne of logarithmick tan- 
 gents on the slide. 
 
 The slide is designed to be shiftod so as io fix either face 
 of it on either side of the fixed part of the rule, as the nature 
 of the question required to be solved may be, which if questions 
 in arithmetic, trigonometry, &c. let the proportion be so sta- 
 ted, that the first and third terms are alike, and of course the 
 second and fourth terms will agree— tl|en bring the first terra 
 of the analogy on the fixed part opposite the second term on 
 the slide, or, the first and third term miy be found on the 
 slide, and the second and fourth on the fixed part. 
 
 In multiplication and division, unity should be considered as one of 
 the terras of anal jjiy. 
 
 Multiplicaton. — By multiplication, set 1 oa the line of num. 
 bers oX the fixed part opposite one of the factors on the line 
 of numbers on the slide — then against the other factor on the 
 fixed part will be found the product im the slide. 
 Miscellaneous Examples. 
 
 To find the product of 5 by 12 — ilraw the slide out till I 
 •n the fixed part coincides with 5 on th.? slide — then opposite 
 12 on the fixed part will be found 60=the product on the 
 slide. 
 
 The product of 50 hy 12 required — not moving the slide, 
 
TRADESMAN'S GUIDE. SOS" 
 
 lOUnt 5 to be 50 — -count 12 as before — then opposite I2 on 
 le fixed pai t will be found 6oO on the slide. 
 
 Place the slide as before; estimate 5 for 5(X) and 12 at 1200, 
 nd the slide gives bOO,000 for the answer. 
 
 The product of 17 by 25 — draw (mt the slide till 1 on the 
 xed part coincides wiih I7 on the slide — then opposite 25 
 n the fixed part is fourd 4^5 on the slide. 
 j 17 by 17 — draw out the slide till 1 on the fixed part coin- 
 ides with 17 on the slide — ihen opposite 17 on the fixed 
 art is 52S9 on the slide. 
 
 Place trie slide as before — opposite 50 on the fixed part 
 ^ill be found 850 on the slide. 
 
 i The slide laying at 17 as before, reckon 50 or 5 to be op- 
 osiie 500 on the fixed part, and 8500 is found on the slide. 
 Place the slide as before, count 17 to be 1700, count 3 to 
 e 300 on the fix«3d part; then, opposite 300 on the fixed part 
 ill be found 510,0(K) on the slide. 
 
 21 1-2 by 20 — draw out ihe slide till the center 1 on the 
 xed part coincides with 2l 1-2-on the sbde — then opposite 
 p on the fixed part will be feund 430 on the slide 
 
 5 by 2 1-2 — reckon the first 1 on the fixed part to be I-IO 
 ■ -the center 1 count 1 — draw out the slide till 1 on the fixed 
 art coincides with 5 on the slide — opposite 2 1-2 on the 
 xed part will be found J2 U2 on the slide. 
 
 Division, 
 lllmtrafion. — Place the divisor on the line of numbers of 
 'tpe fixkid part opposite 1 on the slide, then against the divi- 
 dend f und on the fixed part, will be found the quotient on 
 th<> sl.cie. 
 
 Et. ). Required to divide 60 by 5. Set 5 on the fixed 
 part against 1 on the slide ; then against 60 on the fixed [»art 
 is 12 = die quotient on the slide. 
 
 Ex. 2. 400 by -7 — set 27 on the fixed part opposite I on 
 the slide; then against 400 on the fixed part will be found 1 I 
 22- J7 or about 14 4-5 on the slide. 
 
 ISiot moving the slide, and placed as in example 2; ve have 
 the following result, having gone the Iciigih of ilio fixed i)art 
 to A, en the statement : 
 
 Divisors 27 — dividend 400=quotient 14 4-5 or 22-27-:-50O 
 
 ^18 1-2 or 18 14-27-: -600=^ j2 2-9 or 22 I-4-:-70()= ::> 
 
 25- J7 or 26 nearly-:-800=-^9 17-^7 or 29 2-3-:-850=31 
 
 13-i7 or 31 J-2-:-900=33 l-3-:-IOOO=37 1-27 or 37. 
 
 To d.vide any number from 700 to 6000, tint is, at B on 
 
304 THE ARTIST ANB 
 
 the slide, the full extent vi the slide. From the stateniet 
 draw uui ihe slide on A, t«) ilie lett Hand ot' liie centre; , 
 to the figure 6, lepresentiU'T 60 on ihe fixed pari, over i a 
 the sl.d?, ihen agcvirisi 7 t epiesfntin? 700 on ihe fixed pac, 
 will bt; touiid 11 :'S on the slide ; not tuovaig the slide •» 
 will find iiie tbllowmg answers: — 
 
 Divisors c.Iled 60 — hvidenu 700. quorieuf, 11 ?-3-:-30 
 = 1 3 |--'_:_900=: . 5-:- : 000= ' 6 ^'-3-:--O00='">::J l-3_:_300 
 50-:-4000=:d6 ;;-3-:-5000=:S-3 l-:i-:-G00iJ— llA>. £uaij 
 at B on the right hund of the slide. 
 
 
 
 Bj/ tht Rule, of Three. 
 
 Mis^cellancuus L^xorn/jles. IS 3 lbs. beef cost 2! cts. wht 
 will Ironi 3u to iOO lbs. ? — bnug 3 on the lei.er A, of :e 
 fixed pa I, on the line of numbers againsi -21 on the lie 
 mi •kO(^ B on the slide — .hen -igainsi 30 on ^h*^ fixed part q 
 A, will be found on ihe* slidr, .$ .10 — ^nd (»p;)os;te 35 IL 
 will oe .$2.15 40—2.80; 50—3.50; 60 — 1.20; 75—5.2:; 
 90—6.30; 100—7.00. 
 
 If 4 1-2 yds. cost $23, whit w'll 20 yds. 1 Draw out t.e 
 slide, till 2 J coincides Wiih 4 1-2 on the fixed part — hen o> 
 posiie 20 on the fixed part will be found $l0^, on ihe sli«e 
 — by not moving the .>r:de at A, on ihe fixed pan, lOO yes. 
 will be found to the answer on the slidet=!^3. 11. 
 
 If 4 lbs. of sugar C03t $1.50, what wdl JO lbs.? bring! 
 on the line of njinoers on the fixed part, o )p.)*ife $1.50 rji 
 the line of numbers on the slide — tlicn opposite ?0 ^n lie 
 line of numbers, on .he fixed part will be found »k7.51' on *\e 
 slide — by not moving the slide opj>osite 40, on A is l\u:'d 
 — 15.00 on the slide, and against S^J, vn A i> foim ^ $^0, and 
 at A, 100 lbs. on the slide, on B is found $37.50— A BCD 
 on the right of the scale. 
 
 To find the circumferance of a circle the diameter of which 
 is ^0. 
 
 Draw out the slide till ^2 on the slide coincides with 7 oa 
 the fixed part, then against 20 on the fixed part is f'>iind 
 6i''6-7or 62 3-4 on the slide — let the sl'de remain, and against 
 25 on the fixed part, is 78 4-7 on the slide — and against 60 
 on the fixed part is 188 4-7 on the slide — and against 100 at 
 A, on the fixed part, is 3i4 v:-7 on ilie slide. 
 
 If I yd. cost $9-00 what will 5 l6 cos' ? — draw out the 
 slide, till 9 on the slide coincides with 1^- (<ii the fixed part, 
 then, opposite 5 on the fixed part is found on the slide $;i.8-3 
 
tftlDESMAN^S GUIDE 505 
 
 Examples, 
 Soard Measure. To measure a boarcl or plank 12 feet 
 lonj; and I'-i inches wide : — I'i on the rixed part to ilie right of 
 the centre 1 is reckoned 12 feet in length — but 12 on the 
 slide giv ?s 12 to 1/, or 12 feet. 
 
 12 feet long and 19 inches wide — draw out the slide till 19 
 coiucides with 12 on the fixed part ; ihat n.akes the board 19 
 feei=the answer on the slide — 19 inches the answer in feet. 
 14 feet lonjr — 20 inches wide — draw out the slide till 20 
 inches coincides with 12 on the fixed part, and against 14 on 
 the fixed pan, is 'i3 1-3 feet ihe answer. 
 
 22 feet long 20 inches wide — draw out the slide till 20 in- 
 ches coincides with 1 ? on the fixed part, and against 22 oh 
 the fixed part is 36 3-4 (eet on the slide, the answer. 
 
 GU AGING. 
 Illustrations. First, find the number of cubic inches in 
 the body, the contents can be determined in gallons, bushels, 
 &.C. by dividing the number of cubic inches in a gallon, bush- 
 els, <fcc. respectively. A wine gallon by which iio^t liquors 
 are measured, contains 331 cubic inches. A beer, ale, or nr.lk 
 gallon contains 282 cubic inches. A bushel of corn, malt, &.C. 
 contains 2150,4 cubic inches. This measure is subdivided 
 into 8 gallons, each of which contains 268,8 cubic inches. 
 
 In the following rulcs^ the dimensions of a cask is supposed to be given 
 in inches, and decimal parts of an inch. 
 
 To find the number of gallons or bushels in a vessel of a 
 cubic form, divide the cube cf one of the sides in inches;, by 
 ^3l, and it gives wine gallons; divide the same cube by ^82 
 and it gives beer gallons ; and divide by 2150,4, and it gives 
 the number of bushels the vessel will iiold. 
 
 Example. To require the number of wine and beer gal- 
 lons, also the bushels contained in a box, the sides of wl ioh 
 is 50 inches. Multiply 50 by 50= '500 by 50=125000 
 dividedby 231=541 1-4 gallons, wine measure; n. w, 1 ..^5,(HK) 
 by 282=443,26 gallons beer measure ; again, 1^5,000.0 by 
 2150.4=58.1 bushels. 
 
 To find the number of gallons or bushels contained in a body 
 of a cylindrical Jorm. 
 Illustration. Multiply the square vS the diameter of either 
 end or base by the length of the cylender, and d'\ide the pio- 
 duct by 294.1^ wndihe quotient will l:e the m mber of wino 
 gallons; divide the saaie number by aoy.50, which will give 
 
^ft6 1H1 ARTIST ASH 
 
 the number of beer or ale gallons ; and divide the product by 
 27:^, and the quotient will be theniimber of bushels. 
 
 The above numbers fnr divisoris are found bv dividing 231. 2S2, 
 2150.4. by the decimal, 7So4 — two cyphers are affixed in the following 
 example to the product to equal the number of decimals in the divisor, 
 which makes the quotient the number of jalions, bat the other c/phers 
 «dde<l to the remainder gives decimal?. 
 
 Example, The number of gallons required in a cylinder, 
 the diameter of lis base bein? five fee:r=60 inches, and the 
 length 13 feet= 156 inches — 60 by 60=3600 by 156=561 600, 
 the"dividend divided by e94.U'=l009.4'J answer. 
 To find the number of gsUons or bushels contained in a bodij 
 of the form of a pyramid or cone. 
 
 Illustration. Muhiply the area of tlie bise of the pyra- 
 mid or cone by one third of its perpen«licular height — the 
 product divided by i3i gives the answer in wine gallons ; di- 
 vide by 2S2 cflves the answer in beer measure; by 'J150.4 
 the answer is given in bushels. 
 
 Example. The number of beer gallons required, contained 
 in a pyramid, the buse 30 inches square, per[)eudicular 
 he'cht 60 inches. 
 
 oO inches, <\6e of the square base multiplied by 30=pro- 
 duci 900 malriplied by^ 20 one third i.f the heighi=:lS000 
 divided by 282 inches in a beer gallon — answer ^3.8. 
 
 The area of a base, whither square, triangular or circular, or amy 
 other form —multiplied by one third the perpendicular heights gives i 
 solidity. 
 
 To find the number of gallons or bushels, contained in a 
 vessel in the form of a ^rustum of a cone. 
 
 Illustration. Mul.iply the top and bottom diameters to- 
 gether, and to the product add one third of the square of the 
 difierence of the same diameters ; then multiply this sura by 
 the perper.dicuiar hei^'ht, and divide the product by i9'-.l- 
 for wine gallons — 359i)5 for beer gallons: 273S for bushels. 
 
 Example. To find the coBtents in wine gallons of a cone, 
 the bottom of which is ±0 inches, the top 30 inches, and the 
 pe/pendicuiar height 60 inches. 
 
 Forty, bottom diameter, divided by 30, top diameter = 
 dilTeience lO, multiplied by i0=I00 square of difference, di- 
 vided by 3=33.3, ono third the square. Again, 30, top di- 
 arae:ei-, mjliiplied by forty, bottom di nneter= 1-00 ; to 
 wh;ch add 33.3, the square: product 123^3.3, multiplied bj 
 sixty, perpendicular heigh'. = 73999.00 divided by 294.12, 
 product -5 1*59 gallons, wine measure. 
 
 '!^ 
 
f 
 
 VttM)"£«>r\.\^S GUIDE. ^{fi 
 
 To Gimrs a Cask. — Illait ration. Measure thd head di- 
 amoie.-, aud sUojld ilierc be any diffoivnce in t!ic lieaij. adi 
 
 tioili ti.,'ethar hii.1 divide, by i?, th:i.^ oblaiaia^ an avcrai^e 
 
 measu.e also th- diimetor at lht» banT, tikin* ilie measure 
 iaside -»r ^f ci^k, liicn meisure liia leagtli of the cask nuk- 
 in^ p*^»per allow^aiice for the thickness of the heaJ> — \\\\\\\\r 
 liiosft measure-^ — .ia;v take larj diiierivjce b^twyen the h3^.1 
 And bun^ diameters, maliiply ihii diiTerenco by 62 and add 
 ihc product to ths head diameter, the sum \Till be the ineaci 
 diaacter— mahijily the sq x-^Tf^ of fhis by tlie Inn^tli of the 
 caslw, and divide tlje product, by 2J1.12 for \vi:)2 Tj50.03 lor 
 beer and by f273S for bushels. 
 
 Tli3 deciiiil. G2 is coimunlj iiseu by crauTcr^, to find the mean 
 ir?hm-'f«T; but. if llie sl;i •.'.-:> are niiar!}- >trai-^ i*, it ivHild be- more accu- 
 V"»tH \n use r.'ior Jeis. ba! if on Jh=! c »:>tr.Tfy tbov arc vrrv ciirvioui. (>4. 
 C) f»r ra )re suoulj be usoil, bat wben the sta vus arc straight. ibe d(»ciaial 
 51 LLiiy be rr»»st propjr In MV^ry case great atteulioa should bo "-ivtu 
 to the inuky. ot' li«tj cask. 
 
 fH^imple. Suppp^-e the hung diameter of a cask is 31.5 
 »he h.-ad (ii iM<?u*r 30.7, afier all.)vviM5 fjr the ihiirkuoss of 
 thi; h-^ids — "3X3 inches the ler.gili, hovv- niauy uiae gali^ns 
 doc> ir contain ? 34.5 buaz diameter, suhstracteJ by 5.).7 the 
 head diuueter — product -3.i:> luutiplied by the decimal, (32 — 
 
 product 2.T"!«> 
 
 30,7 head dinmetcr. 
 
 33 «>.'«» lUCAll do. 
 
 •Ware.? m-iUi.deJ tnake I'J^t? rn i:'.i i call liie dei:iiiMl. 
 
 ';? \ (37 
 
 -'3 icii:''.b on th« inside 
 
 
 23-1. 1-2 ! G;:>j03.iOi , ^...:. . ■.. 
 
 '^a'.iffern uso, calU^J^rs in 'al.injr d:r;ni:ior,» .f c-r' ^ !>o! ?< common 
 ruli» or a etfttj" may be usrd : bulu ) - y the line 
 
 *l n.aai'»er.s on tjuntcr'n Scale, or i,. . 
 
 2^o OtiUf^c casks by the line iff numbers en the Guntfr^ascaU 
 
 or sfi.Iing rttU. 
 
 I?tUsiration. Make marki on mk- sciilr. , 'i i!:t; call:pir». 
 
308 THE ARTIST A^^ » 
 
 at tlie points 17.15 and 18.95 iccbes and nt 5vJ.33 ixTclie?. 
 v>hich nunilsors are the square roots of ^J.l?, and o59.0'3, 
 and of 2738 jespectively — gencrrdiy a brass pin is fixed on 
 tlie callipers at each of these points — having y.our scale thus 
 prepared — exiend fiom 1 towards the left hand to 62, or less, 
 if tlie staves be nearly straight — that extent will reach from 
 the difference beiwecn the head and bung diameters io a 
 number at \he left hand, which nimiber added to the head 
 diameter, v ill give the mean diameter — then put one foot of 
 the ccni;,asi^cs on the gunge point = 17. 15, fcr wine gallons, 
 is. 95, for beer gaiions, and 5*2.33 for bushels — and extend 
 the other foot of the compasses to a number denoting the 
 mean diameter — this extent turned over t\^icc the same v, ay 
 iiom the length of 'the cask, will give the number of gallon* 
 or bushels respectively. 
 
 In the preceding ilUistration, tlie extent from 1 JoG'2, will roach from 
 3.5 to *J.4 neurly. which added to ?.0.7 gives the mean diamctcr=33.1, 
 tli#;n the e.ctcnt from the gauifc point' 31. ir> to 33.1 turned«over twice 
 from the Jenw-th 5'\3 will rcacirto 2-20 9 wine gallons — to use tiieguage 
 point 13.03. the answer will be ia beer gallon&ror 52 33 the Jinswcr will 
 be in bushels, 
 
 Guaghig casks hy the sliding ride. 
 Illustration. On the line marked D, is the guagc point 
 ma/ked W G where are 17.15 inches, a little \q the right of 
 the long mark, ihat is over the cenue of G — also over A G jyj tt 
 on the same scale is 18.95 or 18 19-20. very near the h-ng ^H 
 uiark over the centre of G ; here is the gauge point for the ^ 
 a^e or beer gr-Hons, as ii:c otlicr v.-as for wine gallons — now 
 set the Iciiglh of the cask found on the slide agr.inst the 
 jauge point on D,-and against the mean diameter on D the 
 ansv.cr will be found <n tiie slide — allow for the t'iickncss of 
 both heads f .1 1-? or ? inches in measuring the Icngih of a 
 cask, according to il.e size of the cask. 
 
 Take the ho^.d diameter clr!«H to the outside, and for small ca?ks o.dd 
 -2-5 ") of an incft— for casks contair.ing 30, or 40. or 50, adfl 4-10 inch; 
 f.r larger, adl o cr G tentJis, and the same will be vrrv n<;ar the head 
 Oiimeter within. In taking the bui g diameter, observe in moving the 
 rnd or staff backward and forward, if llicre is any variatiou r.s to the 
 tniel.aRss ci^ i|.f; stares opposite the l-.nng whether son^sc arc thinner or 
 t' '.-kcr than they ougfhtto be. in which case make the necessary al!ow> 
 
 F.tample. Ho^r many gallons will a cas'; contain thejjunc: 
 di&metoi of which is 34.5 inches, (lie head diameter 30.7. 
 
tbadesman's ficiDii:. Z99 
 
 34.5 
 30.7 
 
 2 I G3.2 
 
 32.6 
 5 
 
 33.1 mean dinmelci. 
 
 Length of the cask wiiliiji — 59.3 — now draw out the slide 
 till 59.3 on the slido coincides with the ^^augo poini cii the 
 girt line, fur wine gallons, iiiitl a2;irmst '33.1 on the glri line is 
 found on the slide '220.9 wino gallons. 
 
 The guago point lor bushels is phiced on the girt line at 
 13 85-1000 inches, as it would run oil' the rule on the right. 
 For the points for gallons, reverse it back to the left of those 
 points. 
 
 Illustration. Draw out ihf? slido, till the length of a sqr.are 
 box coincides with the gauge point on the girt line, opposite 
 13 3S3-lOO() inchrs ; then, against the number of inches the 
 box is square, found on the girt line ; and on the slide the 
 number of bushels. 
 
 Example. Suppose a box 7.75 inches square and 30fcc-t in 
 Jength, also begining at 7.75 and extending to 40 inches square. 
 
 Will bo toiinu S ^ to "a* o t^ oo o o c: o -i- — o o cc ts. 
 ,!< f-» csf <r3 c; "<T i£> « i- =• w « "^ »-':<=• o 
 
 Against *^ *-^Si,i^^r-.»-n(?i>?JC{(7^c>»'>»r:c^T3' 
 If ih.e box is more th^n 40 inches, s ly 60 inches and 20 
 feet long, draw out the slide to the left hand till 20 feet, the 
 length found on the slide, coincides with ihe gauge f)oint, 
 found on the girt line, viz. 13.3^5 inches — then agaiusi the 
 width of the box, namely GO inclies, found on the giil line, 
 is found on the slide 399, calling the figures on the girt line, 
 tens, and tbose on the slide will be hundreds, and thus of ;:nv 
 ather nu:nbor. 
 
 Suppose a box 30 feet long from iO to 2t"» inches square, 
 Against 'iO v. ill bo ionnd 'iGl bu.shels. 
 G^:i r»9S 1-2 
 
 100 1^73 
 
 l;30 ^790 
 
 190 <>tH)o 
 
 a'ir, 9U0O 
 
SiO THE 1 r.TXST A 5n> 
 
 To find ihe ncn^ber of bushels a cyrmdrlcal cnsk er.n^.iifi* 
 f'r hv w n^any bushels oJ" timber a leg will muke provioing it 
 be a perfect cylincer^ 
 
 JKustraiicn. Di3w ont the siiJe until the gnage point, 
 I5,(K)l. or nearer :5,Ou0.1-5, fount] on tlie ofirt line, shall coid- 
 cide wilh the length of tijc rylincpr in fcer, Uii<::d od the 
 s^jii'e, then opposi-e thf* riiiiiKjier ©f the cyUuder, found on 
 the girt liue in iDches^nre fhe number of bushels, found vn 
 the sKJe. 
 
 Exanqjie. Suppose the cylinder SCO feet is laid to the 
 guage poir.t — tiien against 7, or 70 ii;ches for a dienieter i? 
 found (5444 bushels, which is the answer on ihc slide. 
 
 ?»Iethod for cottins: off any number of cubic feet of any 
 dirmeter, of roiind' timber. 
 
 lUiiiii ration. SiTppose the number of feet to le cut off is 
 3 and the diometer 7 1-2 inches — draw out the slide until 3 
 \^':!l coincide r^ith 7 1-2 cr 'h' '~r.cd, part^then rgcinst thc- 
 gai:£rc point 1-3.54 inches is ; ;.8 length to be ctu otT. 
 
 Example. If $?.15 buy 1 loot of timber,, how much wili 
 $!0buy1 Ans. 4.05 cubic feet. 
 
 This limber is 4.3 inches in diameter ; -abiit is the length 
 of the stick? — lav 4.G5 foci on the sliiiC, opposite 4.3 inches 
 t»n the girt line and opposite 13.o4 inches on the gin line 
 will be foHiid 46.j feet, the length of the stick on th«» slide^ 
 
 Fcr squarft tinr.ber cravr oat the sViAe so that the number of iBches 
 the stick whtn square. fo\ind on the. f.xr-H pari. c«"iir.cides «^ilh tii« Jiuin- 
 bcr of t>rt oji the slidr — I ken against 12 is found tbe number of feet 
 in length.lo be eul off. 
 
 The caethod of casting interest oa the sliding rule frr ono 
 year. 
 
 lUusirotton. Tiie principle ©j- number of drllars is found 
 on A — put the per cent on the slide against the center 1 — 
 then opposi'e the principal is found '.he interest, estimaiinr^ 
 dollars as cents. To ascertain the interest for dnvs find '.he 
 number of days for one year, or 365, on the fixed p^rt A, 
 :\hen the sliue must be dra^vn so f^r that the interest tor one 
 year be found to coincide with 3G5 dajs — now on the fj.xed 
 part A observe the number of days you wish to get the inter- 
 p*t f.->r, and under that on the slitle, is found the interest for 
 the day rrquired. 
 
 Examples. VViiat is the interest of 333.33 for one year 
 ;\nd twcnty-fiv? days at per cent, Ist^ Fcr cue vciT hv fv^l*. 
 
tradesman's guide. ?1 ' 
 
 lowing the above direction, is loiiiid $20— then notice 3G5 
 days on A and draw out tho slide (ill {^20 coincides v,itli it, 
 or under 365 dnys, tlieii look lor 2:) dnvs on A, and on B, 
 under 25 will be 8 ',33 2-3, the ans.vcr lur 2b day?. 
 
 What is tho interest of $lOfK.) far one year and 36 days 
 at 7 per cent. — draw out the slide till 7 on the slide coincides 
 with the centre 1 and against 1000 on the right hand at A 
 will be found 70 on the slide. Then lay 70 on the slide 
 against 365 days on the fixed part and against 36 en the 
 slide will be found $3.8S. Ans. $76.83. 
 
 I o '♦- o "-a c« ID 
 
 o *- s to ^ '^ Si = ^^'H- 
 
 *' a ^, ^ t.-;:c!:r-^*'3-^-^ 
 
 4) ^ C i>^ %- ^ <y a, cj o (a: j« r- 
 
 -S ^ ^j <^ 
 
 _=r — - '^ 
 
 ^ ^ ■— :? V; "^ vj i^'' " c cj o 
 
 " — r: ■, C O r- c/-/ n - 
 
 
 >X --a j= 
 
 jl^ 
 
 c _3 "^ g. f' -§ T o -o t-» GO ci C o O o C^ o e-j 
 
 '<•-'*- o = c i; *-• '-i 5< Q« CO cr? 5? 
 
 C; 2; c ic =2 . 
 
 ><•-.- %- -„ — Z a 
 
 ^ iT" r^ .*, /M ?r>_ * n " -' » ?w 
 
 ^pCccvi c^ P^ :j yj z^ ;j > 
 
5ii ?11C Afiffst ASiO 
 
 SOLID MEASURE OF ROUND TLMBEft. 
 
 8 fi. Oft. 10 rt. lift. 12 f^. 13 ft. 14 ft. 15 ft. ica. 
 
 long long long long long long long long long 
 
 in. §» 33 »33 B 3 
 
 inch. |g ISSSi §1 
 
 6* 1.6 t.S 2.0 2,1 2.3 i:.5 2.7 5.9 5.1 
 
 7 2.1 2.4 2.7 :?-y 3-2 3.5 3.7 4-.0 4.2 
 
 S 2.8 3.1 3.5 S.S 4.2 4.5 4.8 5.2 5.5- 
 
 9 3.5 3.0 4.4 4.8 5.3 5.7 6.1 6.6 7.0 
 
 10 4.S 4.9 5.4 6.0 6.5 7.1 7.6 8.1 8.7 
 
 11 5.3 5.9 6.6 7.4 7.9 8.5 9.3 9.8 10.5 
 
 12 6.3 7.1 7.8 S.6 9.4 10.2 11.0 11.8 12.5 
 
 13 7.3 8.5 9.4 10.0 11,1 11.9 12.8 113.8 14.6 
 
 14 8.5 9.6 10.6 11.7 12.8 13.9 14.9 l6.0 17.0 
 
 15 9.8 11.1 12.4 13.6 14.9 l6,l 17.2 18.5 19.7 
 
 16 11.2 12.6 14.0 15.3 16.8 13.2 19.5 20.8 22.3 
 
 17 12.6 14.1 15.7 17.3 18.9 20.4 21.3 23.5 25.0 
 
 18 14.1 15.9 17.7 19.4 21.3 22.8 24.5 26.4 28.2 
 
 19 15.7 17.7 19.7 21.6 23.5 25.5 27.3 29.3 31.3 
 
 20 17.5 19.6 21.6 25.9 26.2 28.2 30.3 32.5 34.6 
 
 21 19.2 21.5 23.8 26.3 28.7 31.0 23.3 35.8 38.1 
 
 22 21.0 23.6 26.3 28. S 31.5 3 1.0 5G.6 S9.2 41.8 
 
 23 22.9 25.9 23.8 3i.a 34.5 37.3 40.2 42.3 45.7 
 
 24 25.0 28.4 31.3 35.3 37.6 40.6 43.6 46.7 49.6 
 
 25 27.2 30,7 34.0 37.3 40.7 44.0 47.4 50.7 53.9 
 
 26 29.4 32.1 36.8 40.4 44.0 47.7 51.3 54.8 58.3 
 
 27 31.6 35.6 39-7 43.2 47.4 51.3 55.0 .'-8.9 <^3.0 
 
 28 33.9 38.4 42.5 46.6 51.0 55.2 59.2 6.3.5 67.6 
 
 29 36.3 41.0 45.5 50.0 54.5 5S.9 63.4 68.0 72.4 
 
 30 39.0 43.9 49.0 53.5 r.8.4 (■)3.4 68.0 73.3 77.7 
 
 31 41.8 47.0 52.2 57-2 62.5 67.7 72.7 78.2 83.3 
 
 32 44.5 52.2 55.6 6i.2 66.7 72.4 77.5 83. :> 88.7 
 
 33 47.2 53.3 59,1 65.0 71.0 ,76.8 82.5 88. 6 94.5 
 
 34 50.3 56.3 62.9 69.0 75.3 81.4 87.5 94.3 99-6 
 
 35 53.0 59.8 66.5 73.0 79.8 86.4 92.8 99.5 106.8 
 
 36 56.0 63.2 70.5 79.0 84.4 fJl.S 98.0 105.5 112.9 
 
 37 59.4 67.0 74.5 81.8 89.5 96.S 104.7 112.0 119.5 
 
 38 62.8 70.6 78.8 86.3 94.4 102.5 110.0 117.7 126.0 
 
 39 66.3 74.4 83.3 91.0 99.3 108.3 11.'i.9 124. T J32,6 
 
 40 69.6 78.3 87.3 95.7 104.1 113.4 124.0 130.S 139.5 
 
tRADESMAN*S flUlf)^. §1.'? 
 
 MEASURE OF ROUND TIMBER— Continued. 
 
 17 ft. 
 
 18 ft. 
 
 19 ft. 
 
 20 ft. 
 
 21 ft. 
 
 22 ft. 
 
 23 ft, 
 
 2i ft. 
 
 25 ft 
 
 20 (t 
 
 hug 
 
 Ions 
 
 lonij 
 
 long 
 
 long 
 
 long 
 
 lung 
 
 long 
 
 lonjj 
 
 Ion g 
 
 n 
 
 s 
 
 ffi 
 
 s 
 
 O 
 o 
 
 a 
 
 O 
 o 
 a 
 
 O 
 
 a 
 
 n 
 
 o 
 
 a 
 
 o 
 
 3 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 a 
 
 a 
 
 O 
 o 
 
 a 
 
 n 
 3 
 
 O 
 o 
 
 a 
 
 3 
 on 
 
 O 
 
 c 
 a 
 
 ca 
 
 a 
 
 at 
 
 § 
 
 CO 
 
 O 
 S 
 
 3 
 aa 
 
 ?.3 
 
 3.5 
 
 3.7 
 
 3.9 
 
 4.1 
 
 4.3 
 
 4.5 
 
 4.7 
 
 4.9 
 
 5.1 
 
 4.:') 
 
 4.8 
 
 5.1 
 
 5.3 
 
 5.7 
 
 5.9 
 
 6.1 
 
 6.4 
 
 6.7 
 
 6.9 
 
 5.9 
 
 G.3 
 
 6.6 
 
 7.0 
 
 7,3 
 
 7.7 
 
 8.0 
 
 8.4 
 
 8.8 
 
 9.1 
 
 
 8.0 
 
 8.4 
 
 9.0 
 
 9.4 
 
 9.7 
 
 10.2 
 
 10.3 
 
 11. 1 
 
 li.5 
 
 9.3 
 
 9.8 
 
 10.4 
 
 ll.O 
 
 11.5 
 
 12.1 
 
 12.6 
 
 IS. 2 
 
 13.7 
 
 14.2 
 
 11.2 
 
 11.9 
 
 12.6 
 
 13.3 
 
 13.9 
 
 14.6 
 
 15.3 
 
 15.9 
 
 16.6 
 
 17.3 
 
 13.4 
 
 14.2 
 
 15.0 
 
 15.8 
 
 16.6 
 
 17.4 
 
 18/4 
 
 19.1 
 
 19.8 
 
 20.5 
 
 16.7 
 
 17.1 
 
 17.6 
 
 18.5 
 
 19.5 
 
 20.4 
 
 21.3 
 
 22.2 
 
 23.0 
 
 23.9 
 
 18.3 
 
 19.3 
 
 20.7 
 
 21.4 
 
 22.5 
 
 23.6 
 
 24.5 
 
 25.7 
 
 26.7 
 
 27.8 
 
 21.1 
 
 22.3 
 
 2 3.. '5 
 
 24.7 
 
 26.2 
 
 27.4 
 
 28.6 
 
 29.7 
 
 31. 
 
 32. S 
 
 23.8 
 
 
 26.7 
 
 28.2 
 
 29.5 
 
 31.0 
 
 32.3 
 
 33.7 
 
 :^5.o 
 
 36.5 
 
 2G'S 
 
 2S.3 
 
 30.0 
 
 31.6 
 
 33.3 
 
 34.9 
 
 36.5 
 
 38.0 
 
 39.6 
 
 41.0 
 
 30.1 
 
 31.9 
 
 33.6 
 
 35.4 
 
 37.2 
 
 39.0 
 
 40.7 
 
 42.5 
 
 44.3 
 
 46.0 
 
 33.5 
 
 35.4 
 
 37.5 
 
 39.4 
 
 41.5 
 
 43.3 
 
 45.2 
 
 47.3 
 
 49.4 
 
 51.2 
 
 37.2 
 
 39.2 
 
 41.5 
 
 43.7 
 
 46.0 
 
 48.3 
 
 50.3 
 
 52.5 
 
 54.7 
 
 56.7 
 
 40.9 
 
 43.1 
 
 45.6 
 
 48.4 
 
 50.4 
 
 53.0 
 
 j5.2 
 
 57.7 
 
 60.0 
 
 62.5 
 
 44.7 
 
 47.4 
 
 50.2 
 
 52.7 
 
 55.2 
 
 58.1 
 
 60.7 
 
 63.5 
 
 66.0 
 
 68.7 
 
 49.1 
 
 51.8 
 
 54.8 
 
 57.7 
 
 60.8 
 
 63.7 
 
 66.2 
 
 69.5 
 
 72.3 
 
 75.2 
 
 53 3 
 
 56.1 
 
 59.5 
 
 62.9 
 
 66.2 
 
 69.4 
 
 72.3 
 
 75.4 
 
 78.6 
 
 81.9 
 
 57.7 
 
 61.4 
 
 64.8 
 
 GS.3 
 
 71.8 
 
 75.3 
 
 78.5 
 
 82.3 
 
 B5.7 
 
 88.5 
 
 (2.6 
 
 66.4 
 
 70.2 
 
 74.0 
 
 77.6 
 
 81.5 
 
 85.3 
 
 88.7 
 
 93.5 
 
 96.0 
 
 GT.-y 
 
 71.5 
 
 75.4 
 
 79.5 
 
 83.5 
 
 87.7 
 
 91.5 
 
 96.0 
 
 99.3 
 
 103.4 
 
 72.6 
 
 77.2 
 
 81.3 
 
 85.6 
 
 90.0 
 
 94.5 
 
 98.5 
 
 103.2 
 
 107.3 IJ 1.3 
 
 77.7 
 
 82.4 
 
 87.2 
 
 91.5 
 
 i-6.3 
 
 101.0 105.6 
 
 110.7 114.8 119.5 
 
 83.5 
 
 88.4 
 
 93.5 
 
 98.5 
 
 103.4 108.8 113.5 
 
 118.6 123.3 
 
 128.0 
 
 89.4 
 
 94.5 
 
 99.5 105. S 
 
 III.O 116.0 121.4 12f>.8 131.5 
 
 137.0 
 
 95.5 101.0 106.8 112.4 llS.O 124.0 129.5 135.5 no.6 145.5 
 101.5 107.3 113.4 119.5 125.4 131.5 138.0 14^.0 149.0 155.0 
 
 107.5 113.8 120.0 126.7 133,0 139.4 145. 7 1-2.5 158.6 164.0 
 lU.O 120.5 127.2 135.0 141.0 147.7 154.7 161.5 167.5 17-1.0 
 
 120.6 127.5 135.1 142.2 149.0 156.5 163.5 171.0 178.0 185.0 
 127.6 135.3 143.0 150.9 157.6 164.5 173.5 181.5 1S8.0 195.5 
 134.8 142.6 150.8 159.0 l66.5 174.5 183.0 191.0 198.0 206.0 
 142.0 150.5 159.0 167.9 170.0 184.4 192.5 202.0 208.5 217.0 
 ^i9.5 158.0 167.0 1760 185.0 193.5 204.0 213.2 21 8.5 228,0 
 
gl4 THE ARTIST AND 
 
 MEASURE OF ROUND TIMBER.— Continued. 
 
 07 ft. 28 ft. 2d ft. 30 ft 31 ft. 32 ft. 33 ft. 34 It 35 ft. 36 ft 
 
 long lon|^ lon^ long long long long long long long" 
 
 o n o o o o C: o o r- 
 
 oocoo o o ooo 
 
 s a ts s s a s s s s 
 
 n a a a <"> a a a a o 
 
 5.3 5.5 5.7 5.9 6.1 6.3 6.5 6.7 6.9 7-1 
 7.2 7.5 7.S 8.0 8.3 8.6 8.8 9.1 9.4 9.6 
 
 9.4 9.7 10.1 10.3 10.^) 11.1 11.5 11.9 12.3 12.6 
 11.9 12.4 12.8 13.1 13.7 14;2 14.6 15.1 15.5 15.9 
 
 14.8 15.4 15.9 16.4 17.1 17.6 18.2 18.7 19.3 I9.7 
 
 17.9 18.6 19.2 19.8 20 6 21.2 21.7 22.5 23.2 23-7 
 21.3 22.1 23.0 23.6 24.4 ^5.4 26.1 26.7 27.7 28.4 
 24.9 2.3.8 26.7 27.7 28.6 29.5 30.6 31.4 32.3 .3^3.3 
 28.9 30.1 31.2 32.1 33.3 34-3 35.4 36.5 37.6 3S.7 
 
 33.5 34.7 36.1 37.3 38.5 39.7 41.1 42.2 43.3 44.5 
 37.9 393 40.7 42.0 43.4 15.0 46.3 47.7 49.2 .5O.4 
 
 42.6 44.2 45.6 47.2 4S.G 50.5 52.0 53.4 55.2 56.5 
 47.8 49.7 51.3 52.7 54.6 56.5 5^.3 60.1 62.0 63.6 
 53.3 55.1 57.0 5S.8 61.1 63.0 65.0 67.0 69.vO 7O.9 
 
 59.2 61,3 63.5 65.5 67.2 702 72.2 74.4 76.7 79.0 
 65.0 67.2 69.7 72.0 75.5 76.7 79.5 81.7 &1.4 86..5 
 71.5 74.0 76.5 79.0 8-3.0 81.5 87.2 89.5 92.5 95-4 
 78.5 81.0 83.7 86..5 89.5 92.4 95.5 98.3 101.2 104.5 
 
 85.3 85.0 91.2 94.2 97.5 iOO.S IW.O i07.0 116.8 H3.5 
 92.5 95.6 99.0 102.7 106.0 109.5 113.0 115.7 119.5 123.0 
 i)9.7 103.5 107.5 111.2 114.7 118.5 122.0 1^5.8 1:29.5 133.0 
 
 107.7 111.7 115.5 119.4 123.3 127.5 131.5 135.2 139.5 142.5 
 
 116.0 120.0 121.7 12S.8 132.7 137.5 111.5 115.5 150.3 151.1 
 124.2 12S.7 133.0 138.0 142.0 146.4 150.6 155.5 161.0 165.0 
 
 133.2 136.0 143.1 148.0 152.4 157.0 162.6 167.0 172.5 177.-5 
 
 142.3 1 17.5 152.7 158.3 163.0 189.0 1T4.0 179.0 1S2.4 190.0 
 
 152.1 157.3 163.0 169.0 174.0 180.0 185.5 191.0 197.0 202.0 
 
 161.8 167.0 173.0 179.7 185.4 191.2 197.0 202.5 2OS.0 214.0 
 171.5 178.0 181.0 190.5 196.0 202.5 208.2 214.3 220.0 2->7.0 
 182.0 188.7 194.7 202.5 208.2 214.0 220.5 227.0 231.0 210.0 
 192.5 199.0 206.0 213.0 218.5 228.5 233.5 210.0 247.0 255.0 
 
 206.0 211.0 217.5 225.0 232.5 210.0 217.:. 25 i.3 262.5 269.5 
 
 214.1 222.1 228.5 236.1 211.0253.5 2ol.5 268.0 276.4 2!v^0 
 226.3 234.0 242.0 251.0 ?,58.0 2'37.0 275.0 '283.2 292.5 313.0 
 '^37.5 215.3 25 1.5 263.7 272.0 289,0 23^.3 297.3 306.4 316.2 
 
tradesman's Gi:it)t. 31^ 
 
 MEASURE OF ROUND TIMBER.-Continued. 
 
 37 0. 38 ft. 39 ft. 40 a. 41ft. 42 ft- 4'J ft. 44 ft. 45 ft. 46 fl 
 
 long. long, lon^r long long long long long long loitg 
 
 PP p pOo o n Cj o 
 
 CO o o.o o o o o o 
 
 33 3 333 3 oaa 
 
 7,3 7.4 7.7 7.8 S.O 8.2 S.4 8.7 8.8 9.0 
 
 9.9 10.2 10.3 10.4 10.5 11.3 11.5 11.7 12.0 12.3 
 
 12.9 13.3 13.7 14.0 14.3 14.7 15.1 15.4 15.7 I6.I 
 
 lC>.3 16.8 17.3 17.7 18.1 19.0 19.1 19.4 19.8 20.4 
 
 20.3 20.7 21.6 21.7 22.3 22.9 23.5 24.0 24.5 25.3 
 
 24.4 25.2 25.7 26.4 27.7 2S.7 29.0 29.2 29.6 S0..'> 
 '29.2 29.9- 30.8 31.5 32.2 33.0 33.9 34.7 35.4 36.4 
 S4.0 35.0 36.1 36.8 37.7 38.7 39.7 40.5 41.4 42.5 
 
 39.6 40.7 41.7 42.7 43.5 44.7 45.9 46.9 48.0 49.4 
 45. R 47.0 48.4 49.5 50.6 51.7 52.3 53.2 55.5 .'^7.0 
 
 51.7 53.3 54.5 55.7 57.0 58.5 60.3 61.5 62.8 64.6 
 58.2 .59.7 62.5 62.9 64.2 66.0 67.7 69.4 70.7 72.7 
 65.4 67.0 69.0 70.5 72.3 74.2 76.0 77.6 79.5 81.5 
 
 72.8 74.7 76.7 78.7 c'0.4 82.5 84.6 86.5 88.4 90.8 
 81.0 83.3 85.5 87.5 89.0 91.5 94.5 96.3 98.5 1(^0.5 
 88.8 91. 3 93.7 96.0 9S. 4 100.8 103.4 105.5 108.3 110.5 
 97.7 100.5 103.2 106.0 108.6 Ill.O 113.5 II6.O 118.4 121.5 
 
 107.3 110.0 113.0 115.5 119.5 121.3 124 5 127.3 129.5 133.0 
 
 116.6 1 i9.5 123.0 126.0 129.0 132.0 135.0 13S.7 141.5 144.5 
 127.0 130.0 133.3 137.3 J 40.4 143.5 147.3 150.5 153.7 157.0 
 137.5 141.5 144.4 14S.0 151.5 155.0 15'). 162.7 166.5 170.5 
 147.5 151.0 155.5 155.5 158.5 I60.O 167.0 171.0 175.0 183.0 
 
 '159.0 163.0 167.0 172.0 175.2 180.2 184.7 188.5 193.0 197.0 
 
 170.7 174.5 178.0 1S2.0 188.0 192.8 197.0201.5 206.0 211.0 
 183.0 187.5 192.5 197.0 202.0 206.5 211.5 215.0 #1.0 225.0 
 
 262.5 267.5 276.0 284.0 289.0 296.0 304.0 310.3 317.5 325.0 
 276.5 28D.O 293.5 300.0 307.0 314.5 322.7 328.0 336.5 344.0 
 202.5 300.0 309,0 316.5 324.0 332.1 337.5 345.0 355.0 3<'S.2 
 300.0 316.5 326.2 334.0 341.2 349.0 3.'i7.1 366 4 375.0 3H4.0 
 ^^5.0 33r..O 341.4 349.5 359.0 367.3 377,0 385.2 394,0 403.1 
 
 *^ 
 
Jl6 THE ARTIST AND 
 
 I3y the foregoing Table the solid measure of any stick of round timber 
 can be found atsiglit from G to 40 inches in diameter, and from 8 to 4l3 
 fe«t in length. It rises one inch in diameter and one foot in length at 
 
 a time. The left hand coluniB on the first page givoa the inches in 
 diameter; and the other columns the contents, which arc given in cubic 
 feet and tenth-j of a foot. Over the top of the columritj is placed the 
 length at the top, then the inches in diameter at the left hand column, 
 and against it under the length, to the ri^ht will be found the contents. 
 
 A TABLE, 
 
 Showing the rates a boat weighing with its load fifteen tons, 
 and a wagon of the same weight, is impelled, the one on u 
 canal and the other on a railway, which is stated in pounds 
 and in horse power — reckoning one horse power equal to 
 3 80 pounds. 
 
 Boat on a Canal. Wagon on Railroad. 
 
 Mile* per hour, power in lbs. Horse power, power in pounds. Horse power. 
 
 2 
 
 33 
 
 1-5 
 
 100 
 
 1-2 
 
 4 
 
 133 
 
 2-3 
 
 102 
 
 1-2 
 
 6 
 
 300 
 
 1 3-4 
 
 105 
 
 1-2 
 
 8 
 
 533 
 
 3 
 
 109 
 
 1-2 
 
 12 
 
 1200 
 
 7 
 
 120 
 
 2-3 
 
 16 
 
 2133 
 
 12 
 
 137 
 
 3-4 
 
 20 
 
 3325 
 
 18 
 
 156 
 
 1 
 
 Dr. Aroistrong observes, that a horse travelling at the usual 
 rate that wagons move, would with ease, under favourable 
 circuQistuUces, draw twenty tons ; but Mr. Fulton says, that 
 five tons to ahorse is the average work on rail^pays, descend- 
 ing at the rate of three miles per hour, and one ton upwards 
 with the same speed. 
 
 Mr. Teltbrd, an experienced engineer, observes, that on a 
 railway well constructed and laid with a declivity of fifty feet 
 in a mile, one horse will readily take down wagons containino- 
 twelve or fifteen tons, and bring back the same with four tu.ns. 
 IS l^hcni, 
 
 1 
 
tradesman's, (iL'IDE. 
 
 317 
 
 f he tollowing is a list of tlic average weight of pipes of 
 iiffercnt diameters in the clear, with the ihickness required 
 to hear a pressure of 300 feet head of water. 
 
 Diameter Tiiickno.ss of pipe Wcijjht per running yd. 
 
 in inches. 
 2 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 6 
 
 8 
 JO 
 12 
 16 
 20 
 
 in inclips 
 4-16 
 4-16 
 5-16 
 6-16 
 8-lG 
 9-16 
 9-16 
 10-16 
 10-16 
 
 cwt. 
 
 qrs. 
 
 lbs. 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 <> 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 IG 
 
 
 
 2 
 
 4 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 I 
 
 21 
 
 2 
 
 
 
 8 
 
 2 
 
 2 
 
 18 
 
 3 
 
 o 
 
 /w 
 
 
 
 5 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 \b. 
 
 2 
 
 r> 
 
 4 
 7 
 9 
 
 CHAPTER XLI. 
 
 Allowances for Drafts:, according to Law. 
 ^Ou any quantity fif 100 lbs. or " 112l!js. 
 Above 100 lbs. and not exceedinfr 200 
 
 200 do. 300 
 
 " 300 do. 1000 
 
 " 1000 do. 1800 
 
 " 1800 do. 
 
 Usual allowance at the Custom-House, wiiicli is consid- 
 ered equal to that of the law : — Sugar, Barrels, 2 lbs. do. 
 Tierces, 4 lbs. do. Hogsheads, 7 lbs. do. B.)xe3, 4 lb. do; 
 fase?, 1-2 per cent. All otlic r goi)ds half per cont. except 
 teas, wliich iravp the turn of th'^ bu^^ 
 
 Aiii:/ca7fce fur Lcahng^^ml Brcalae^r. 
 Two per cent, allowr*' o* ibe g^pe on all merchandise. 
 Ten per cenl. oji all Beer, Ale, tind Porter, in bottles. 
 Five per cent, on all other li(]Uors in boltles, to bo deduc- 
 ted from the invoice; or it shdl b© lawful to compute the 
 duties by talc, at the option of the impo.-ier, at the time of 
 entry. 
 
 Tares acrordiag to haw, and Actual M'ci^Iif. 
 (t/^Those tares not marked actual are aca iding lo law. 
 
 Almonds, per ct^nt actl.jCamplinr, crude, in 
 
 Aln.'u, cafck.-^, 12 do do 
 
 Bristles, croHbtadt, 12 per cent actl. 
 
 BuUer, 
 Be.'f, 
 Cordage, raatts. 
 
 do 
 do 
 
 1 3 4 n. c. actual. 
 
 tu'os, 3o 
 
 do 
 
 ' d«» 
 
 do rffindcd, 
 
 
 do 
 
 CandfpB boios, F 
 
 do 
 
 
 Ca.'sia, run' Is. S 
 
 do 
 
 d<» 
 
 doclJcsls, U-Olbf.'iO 
 
 do 
 
 d9 
 
118 
 
 THE ARTIST A.\T» 
 
 Cinnamon, chests, 
 
 
 
 actual.' 
 
 do mats, 
 
 
 
 
 d,. 1 
 
 Cl-.ves, . 
 
 
 
 
 do i 
 
 Cocoa, ba2[3, 
 
 1 
 
 per ccn 
 
 t. 1 
 
 do casks, 
 
 10 
 
 
 do 
 
 
 do ceroon*, 
 
 10 
 
 
 du 
 
 do 
 
 Chocolate, boxes, 
 
 10 
 
 
 do 
 
 
 Coffee, bagg. 
 
 o 
 
 
 Jo 
 
 
 do do double 
 
 4 
 
 ~1 
 
 lb 
 
 d. 
 
 ^ 
 
 do bales, 
 
 3 
 
 pe 
 
 r cent 
 
 do 
 
 do casks, 
 
 12 
 
 
 do 
 
 do 
 
 Cotton, bales, 
 
 o 
 
 
 do 
 
 ' 
 
 do c croons. 
 
 C 
 
 
 do 
 
 ^ 
 
 Currants, casks, 
 
 V2 
 
 
 do 
 
 do \ 
 
 Cheese, hampers 
 
 
 
 
 J 
 
 or baskets. 
 
 10 
 
 
 do 
 
 
 do boxes, 
 
 \i(i 
 
 
 uo 
 
 
 CoapC:. Cab^S, 
 
 12 
 
 
 do 
 
 
 Candy Su^nr in 
 
 
 
 
 
 baskets 
 
 5 
 
 
 do 
 
 do 
 
 dT Sutrar in boxes 10 
 
 Corks, sacks, 
 
 Figs, boxe?, 
 
 do half do 
 
 do qr- do 
 
 do drams, 
 
 Flour. Wheat, 
 Glue, 
 Ginger," 
 Gunnowder, 
 
 12 
 
 anu 
 
 do 
 15 lbs. 
 
 do 
 do 
 
 do do- jar?, 5 do 
 
 do do casks 12 ' io 
 
 do ►?mynia, do \'l per cent do 
 Sugar, bags or mats, 5 per cent. 
 
 do cask&, 
 
 do bcxt'S, 
 
 do can:iister6, 
 Soap, boxe>, 
 Sahs, Glauber, in 
 
 casks, 
 Shot, in cask?, 
 Stetrl, 
 iT«a. Bohea, chests, 
 
 do 1 2 do 
 
 do 1-4 do 
 
 do Hyson, or other Green, chest* 
 70 or upwards, irr'^ss, 20 lbs. 
 
 do Suuciioiior, chests tU lbs 20 ", 
 
 do Soucbc'jj^, cliests SO lbs. ani 
 upwards, gros:?, 22 lbs 
 
 Every box ot'o'hcr lea. net less 
 
 12 
 
 do 
 
 13 
 
 do 
 
 35 
 
 do act! 
 
 10 
 
 do 
 
 8 
 
 do 
 
 3 
 
 do 
 
 
 d* 
 
 
 70 lbs. 
 
 
 9j^- 4i 
 
 
 *>(-# 
 
 
 20 " 
 
 GO lbs. 9 lbs actual Jr 
 
 36 
 15 
 
 10 per 
 5 
 
 5 1-4 
 3 1-4 
 
 Cent. 
 
 do 
 
 do 
 
 do 
 
 do 
 
 do 
 
 ac-iiial. 
 
 do 
 
 do 
 
 than 50 ibs. nor more lhair>70 ibs 
 16 lbs. 
 
 On all oibtr bo.ices, accosding to 
 invoice, or actual rt'eicrbt. 
 Tvi'iiie ca^is, 12 per ct-ut. 
 
 do balep, 3 do 
 Tallow, ccrooiis, 10 per ct. aclual 
 
 \ do caiiks, 12 do 
 jV'iirJol, bjue or Rcmau, 
 j V'tniiian'Ri'd, 
 
 Indig-o, bags qjr ma.!* 3 per ct. act I.I Whiie, Pi^r'is, 
 
 d; 
 
 o^^do 
 
 >^Pno 
 
 ^o 
 
 do 
 
 df editor. Ts, 10 GO 
 
 Jo birreia, 12 d 
 
 do olht.-r caslis, 13 d: 
 do cises, 20 tfo 
 
 Lov/k ' g- Glasses, 
 
 French, 30 ncr ct. actual 
 
 Liin-s, do 
 
 L::r.i. 
 
 ]Vl :.. . cssks or kcTs,3 J per ct. 
 
 Ksitinegd. liirgersj 21 per ct 
 
 Nr'.Is, c^isks, 
 
 Ochre, French, 
 
 Pfpper, h&gi, 
 do b:iles, 
 do casks- . 
 
 Fin'e!it<', ba^s, 
 do bales. 
 do casks, 
 
 y- .'nesj 
 
 r.trk, 
 
 flaisics, Malaga, 
 
 bcxes; G lbs. 7 lb3. act 
 
 do 
 do 
 
 do 
 
 ud 
 Whiting, do 
 
 \V hi ai- of ait kinds, do 
 
 In bome ijislaiic*'o aa stated in ih* 
 ft>«^^'>In^, the actual lares have 
 Ibeeu determined; but the- packat"* 
 .iiiay vary 35 to tJi»-jr iiiake aiid i^.^TL; 
 
 tirat cage i.h'^y ujust be v.*eig^!.ed 
 
 jain, provided always, tliat \vM«.n 
 
 act'l.jthe original invoices ot' cuy ol ihe 
 
 act'l.ii^a^daiticlep are prt-duced at iho 
 
 t'me of' making entry of such arli- 
 
 i2 per ct. ect'l icks. aud ib« tftre or tares aup- ar 
 
 £ per cent. jiberein, n tsh.-ill be lavli,! icr the 
 
 - do jcoi'c-clr.r ai)d naval i^fficer, w i.-vre 
 
 do I* here is one. if ibey s«i: fii, •:» ilh 
 
 do '(be consent of the impojler. r ::* 
 
 do tctuallsignec, cr consignees, to e^stim; •« 
 
 Co \\i\f. Sttid'.irc ur tar<*s accvrdin;; i» 
 
 actual Kiich invoice ; but if not delenniijed 
 
 do 'at the time of ti.tiy, tlie tare ur 
 
 l'ar;.s as abov« fehaJl be gionted or 
 
 T.]aUowt-d. 
 
 3 do 
 
 12 
 '•> 
 o 
 
 26 
 
tradesman's guim. Sl9 
 
 CHAPTER XLII. 
 Abstract of Tonnage, Duties^ 4'C. 
 
 Ou American vessels six cents per ton ; on Frencii vessels 
 one dollar per ton ; and on British vessels from otlier places, 
 and all other foreign vessels, two dollar* por ton ; fifty cents 
 per ton, light money, if from poits to which vessels of the U- 
 nited States are not permitted to go and trade ; but from all 
 other ports tifty cents tosnagc and fifty cents light money. 
 
 All vessels of the United States arriving from foreign ports, 
 are subject to fifty cents per ton, unless all the officers and 
 two-thirds of the crew are citizens of the United States. 
 
 TARIFF OF ARTICLES. 
 To be IVeighed and Gauged. (Excepting Iron or articles 
 of Iron and Steel.) 
 05^ All articles that are subject to au ad valorem duty, ar« 
 not specified in this Tariff. 
 
 Ale, beer, and porter, in bottles 20 c per gallon, do in casks 
 15 c do. Alum, .♦2,50 per 112 lbs. Almonds, 3 c per lb. 
 Brandy, see spirits. Bacon, 3 c per lb. Beef 2 c do. Bristles, 
 3 c do. Butter, 5 c do. Books printed in Latin or Greek, since 
 the year f775, when bound, 15 c do. do when unbound, 13 c 
 do, do pl-inted in Englsh since 1775, when bound, 30 c do, do 
 when in sheets or boards, 2G c do Cables, tarred, 4 c per lb. 
 Cordage, do 4 c do. do untarred, 5 cdo. Camphor, crude, S c 
 do refined, 12 c do. Candles, tallow, 5 c do. do wax, 6 c do. 
 do spermaceti, 8 c'do. Cassia, Chinese, G c do. Cinnatnon, 25 c 
 Cloves, 25 c do. Cocoa, 2 c do. Chocohite, 4 c do. Coffee, 5 c 
 per lb. Cotton, 3 cdo. Currants, 3 c do. Cheese, 9 c do. Cop- 
 peras, $2,00 per 112 lbs. Candy, Sugar, 12 c per lb. Cork*, 
 12 c do- Coals, G c per bush. Figs, 3 c per lb. Fish, dried. 
 foreign caught, $1,00 per 112 lbs. Flour, wheat, jO'c do. Gin, 
 see spirits. Ginger, 2 c per lb. Glass ware of cut, not speci- 
 fied, 3 c do. All other articles of glass, 2.c do. Glue, 5 c do 
 Gunpowder, 8 c do. Hemp, $1 per. ton. Hams and other 
 bacon, 3 c per lb- Herrings, smoked, $1,00 per. 112 lbs. 
 Indigo, 15 c per lb. Iron, pig, 62 1-2 per 112 lbs. do round 
 or braziers' rods, of 3-lOto 8-l6 of an inch dianirtcr, inclu- 
 sive, 3 1-2 c per lb. do nails or spike rods, slit, .i 1-2 c do. 
 do in sheets, 3 1-2 cdo. do for hoopi, 3 1-2 c do. do slit or 
 rolled, for band iron, scroll iron, or casement rods, viz. one 
 inch by 1-4, 1 1-2 by 1-8, 1 1-S by 1-8,3 1-2 c do Lard, 
 5 c do. Lead, in pigs, bars, or shuets, 3 r do. do red or white. 
 
520 TttE ARTIST ANP 
 
 dry or ground in oil, 5 c do. Looking-Glasses, 2 c do. Line* 
 5 c do. Molasses, lO c per gallon. Mace, lOO c per lb. Oil^ 
 castor, 40 c per gallon, do linseed, hemp, and rapeseed, 25 c do 
 Oil, olive, in casks, 25 c. per gallon, do. spermaceti, foreign, 
 25 c. do. do whale and other, 15 c. do. do of vitriol 3 c. per 
 pound. Ochre, j'ellow, dry, 1 c. do. do in oil, 1 1-!^ c. do. 
 Oats, 10 c. per bushel. Potatoes, 10 c. do. Paper, folio 
 and quarto post, all kinds, 20 c. per pound, do. do. foolscap, 
 and all drawing aud u-riting, 17 c. do. do printing, copper- 
 plate, au<i staifler's, 10 c. do. Sheathing, binder's, boxboards 
 and wrappiuo paper, 3 c. do. All other kinds, 15 c. do. 
 Packthread, liotarred, 5 c. do. Pepper, S c. do. do Cay- 
 enne, 15 c. do. Pimento, 6 c. do. Piums, 4 c. do. Prunes 4 
 c. do. Pork, 2 c. do. Rum, see spirits. Raisins, Mus. 4 c. 
 do. do iu jars and boxes, 4 c. do. All others, 3 c. do. Rope, 
 ciar or coiar, grass, 5 c. do. Spirits, from grain, 1st proof 
 4"^ c. per gallon. 2d do 45 c. do. 3d do 4S c. do. 4th do 52 
 c. do. 5th do 60 c. do. Above 5th proof, 75 c. do. Spirits, 
 from other materials than grain, 1st and 2d proof 38 c. do. 
 3d do 42 c. do. 4th do 4S c. do. 5th do 57 c. do. Above 5th 
 proof, 70 c. do. Sugars, brown, 3 c. per pound, do white, 
 clayed, 4 c. do. do do powdered, 4 c. do. do lump,'l0 c. do 
 do loaf, 12 c. do. do candy, 12 c. do. Soap, 4 c. do. Snuff, 
 12 c. do. Salt Petre, refined, l3 c. do. Salts, Glauber, 3 c. 
 do. do Epsom, 4 c. do. Seines, 5 c. do. Shot, 3 1-3 c, do. 
 Steel, .$1 50 per 112 lbs. Sheet iron, 3 1-2 c. per pound. 
 Salt, 20 c per dG lbs. Te?is, fiom China, viz : Bobea, 12 c. 
 do. Souchong and other black, 25 c. do. Imperial, Gunpow- 
 der, and Gomee, 50 c. d©. Hyson and Young Hyson, 40 c. 
 do. Hyson Skin and other g^reen, 2S c. do. Teas, frojn any 
 other place, viz : Bohea, iT c. do. Sotjrhong, and other black; 
 34 c. do. Imperial, Gunpowder, and Gomee, 63 c. do. Hy- 
 son and Young Hyson, 56 c. do. Hyson-Skiu and other green 
 38 c. do. Tallow. 1 c. do. Vinegar S c. per gallon. Vitriol, 
 \\{ie or Roman 4 c. per pound. Venetian red, (Ochre) dry, 
 1. c. do. do ground in oil, 1 1-2 c. do. Whiskey, see spirits. 
 Wine, Madeira, Burgundy, Champaign, Rhenish and Toka}', 
 lOO c. per gallon, do Sherry and St. Lucar, 60 c. do. do 
 Lisbon, Oporto and other wines of Portugal, 50 c. do. do 
 Sicih', 50 c. do. do Tenerifie, Fayall, and other wines of 
 ibe western isles, 40 c. do. do not enumerated, when impor- 
 
TTvADESMAn's Cl'IDE. .<<o j 
 
 ted in bottles or cases, 'JO c. do. All other when iiupoiled 
 otlierwise than in bottles or casc^, !'> c. dc. Wares of cut 
 ghss, not specified, S c. per pound. Wljiic, Paris, 1 c. do. 
 Whiting, 1 c. do. Wheat of all kinds, 2j c. per bush. Wheat 
 Flour, 50 c. per 112 lbs. Yarns, uniarr. d, j t. per pound. 
 
 Note. The expu;ter or expoiieis cl any goods, wares or 
 merchandise, shall give twenty-four hours notice of their in- 
 tention to export; and six iiours for disiiilod spirits. 
 
 The above duties rc'r.tc to ijnportatioiis in Aiuericaii ves- 
 sels. An addition of ten por cent, is imposed, if brou;,du in 
 foreigii bottoms, excepting English, from the British l^nitad 
 kingdoms, Sweden, Hamburg, Bremon and Lubcc. Olden- 
 buigh and Norwegian vessels, which, by treaty enjoy the 
 same privilege as our own sliips. Teas however, pay an ex- 
 tra duty, asv/iilbe fonnd in the tarift'. 
 
 All articles subject to duty, imported into the United 
 States, not having hoen hmded more than one year, are al- 
 Jov/ed a drawback of the duties (with the exception of salted 
 and pickled Fiyh and Provisions, Fish Oil, Butter and Play- 
 ing Cards) subject to a dednflAon of two and a half per cent, 
 except spirits, which is two cWits per gallon, and three per 
 per cent, on the amount of duties. 
 
 By an As^ny of parts of a doihir made at tlie 3iitit it ap- 
 pcarcs that lOO dollars in quarters of the ordinary circulation 
 are worth only . _ _ - $9i, 14 
 
 100 dollars' in ei?,hts - - - * - 90, 52 
 
 lO dollars in sixteenths ' - - - S, 94 
 
 ]fl 'king the value of OjUarters about 23 1-2 cents, 
 
 Minepenny bits 11 cents. 
 
 Sovereign fonrpenny bits 5 cents. 
 
 The United States (ju:t.rters (an Eaulo on them) are worth 
 25 cents, all other quarters as they have he,n called^ tiine- 
 penny and foiirc])eiiiiy bitts as ahovo stated — uld pislccrcn^ 
 sixteen cents, half plsteerens eight cents. 
 
 It will be perceived by the above article thar, the United 
 States Bank has struck down o^ir Spani^.h small change, and 
 tint probably all foreign coins will ultimately become sup- 
 planted with American. 
 
iiXDLX. 
 
 tHAPTFR. 
 
 PAGE. 
 
 I. 
 
 lutroductioa, 
 
 5 
 
 II. 
 
 General Principles of Chemistry, 
 
 5 
 
 in. 
 
 Caloric, 
 
 7 
 
 
 Thermo mster^ 
 
 8 
 
 IV. 
 
 Waier. 
 
 10 
 
 V. 
 
 Earths and Alkalies 
 
 11 
 
 VI. 
 
 Acids and S ills. 
 
 12 
 
 VII. 
 
 Siii]j)le Coinbusiibles, 
 
 14 
 
 VIII. 
 
 Oxides and Corabustion, 
 
 17 
 
 XI. 
 
 Of the Gases. 
 
 19 
 
 X. 
 
 EiecrriciJy, 
 
 29 
 
 
 Galvanism, 
 
 32 
 
 XI. 
 
 Light, 
 
 33 
 
 XII. 
 
 Miscellaneous Matter, 
 
 35 
 
 xur. 
 
 Soaps and Pomades, 
 
 42 
 
 XIV. 
 
 Artist and Mechanic, 
 
 44 
 
 
 Influence of Piemiums, 
 
 46 
 
 
 B.ilance of Trade, .4 
 
 47 
 
 XV. 
 
 ^Mineralogy, 
 
 48 
 
 
 Classificaiioa of Minerals, 
 
 30 
 
 XVI. 
 
 The irt of Assaying Ores, 
 
 
 Method of ascertaining the Specific Gravity of Bodies 70 
 
 XVII. The Art of Working Meials, ' 72 
 XViII. Glass, 
 
 Art of Mannfaciurini, 87 
 
 Art of Gilding, Silvering, Plating and Glazing, S9 
 
 Art of Manufacturing Foils, *101 
 
 XIX. Art of Engraving and Etching, 103 
 
 XX. Art of Sculpture, " 111 
 Art of Priming, ' 113 
 
 XXI. Art of PainiinJ, 118 
 
 XXII. Of Paints, " 122 
 
 XX III. Art of raak:r!g'V;>rnishes 135 
 Of Jaoans, Oils, Bronzing d:c. 135 
 
 XXIV. Art of mTking Glues, Pastes, Starch &c. l65 
 
 XXV. Art ot Dying, l69 
 
 XXVI. Art of Calico Priming, 1S9 
 
 XXVII. Art of Bleaching, 196 
 
 XXVIII. Art of Distillation, 202 
 Of BjTiuinp to produce ioflammable spirits, 203 
 
INDEX, 
 
 OfMait, ' .2ij(j 
 
 Of Hops 2o7 
 
 Water lor Brewing, 2q- 
 
 Brewing Vessels, 207 
 
 Of what is procured by Distillation, 207 
 
 Bodies proper for distillation, 209 
 
 XXIX. Fermentation, *2I1 
 Rectification, 2iy 
 Filtration', , 992 
 
 XXX. Colouring Spirits, 223 
 Imitation Spirits, 223 
 Neutralized Spirits, 228 
 
 7 Areometer, 03 j 
 
 XXXI. To make Spirits of Wine> 231 
 Sugar Spirits- "32 
 Cherry Brandy, 232 
 Rasin and Apple Spirits, 233 
 Cordials, 034 
 Of Wines, 234 
 Miscellaneous Articles, - 239 
 Table of the most celebrated mineral "Waters,, 'i4-t 
 
 XXXII. Useful Receipts, 24G 
 
 XXXIII. Commerce 25G 
 Channels and Progress of Trade, 265 
 Manufactures, 266 
 Depression of Trade, 266 
 Progress of Manufactures, late discoveries, dec. 268 
 Reported distress among Manufacturers 272 
 
 XXXIV. Laws relative to Spirits, Wines, Teas, Sec. 275 
 
 XXXV. On Credits. 277 
 Hints to Mechanics, 280 
 Advantages of Promptness, 281 
 Excellent Rules, 181 
 
 XXXVI. Sugar, 282 
 Teas, 2S3 
 
 ^ Tobacco, 287 
 
 Flour, 2S7 
 
 Cotton^ 287 
 
 XXXVII. Mensuration, 2SS 
 Log Table, "'-"' 
 Solid measure of Square Timber, 
 
 XXXVIII. Gunters Rule, *94 
 
INDEX. 
 
 Sliding Rule, SOS 
 
 Gauging, 305 
 
 XXXIX. Admeasurement of raiind Timber, 3l2 
 
 XL. A Table Showing the Power of Steam, 311 
 
 \ Horse Power on Canal and RiihoaJ, 3l6 
 
 Dinmeter of Pipes and pressure of Water, 317 
 
 XLI. Allovi'^ance for Drafts, 317 
 
 Tares, 317 
 
 Tonnage, 319 
 
 Duties, 319 
 
 In the article on chlorine, the following article was inad- 
 vertently omitted. 
 
 Chlorine has recently been u§ed with great SHCcess in re- 
 raoviu:^ animal efiinvia. 
 
 A French Surge jn of great eminence has lately discovered 
 that chlorine hiis the wonderful power of decomposing and 
 desiroj'iHg several of the most deadly poisons, and among 
 others the sallve of the mad dug. 
 
 The mode of applying it is to make a strong wash, by dis- 
 solving two table spoonfuls of the clilorulet of lime, in half a 
 pint of wa*«r, and instantly and repeatedly bathing the parts 
 bitten. It has proved successful wiihiu six hours after tha 
 animal has been bitten. 
 
 ERRATA. 
 
 Page l6, 17 line from top for compound read compounds. 
 do. 72. 8 line from top for temporary read tempering. 
 do. 129, 14 line from rop fo • Uad coionr read lead colour. 
 do. 'ZiSI *3 line from botom for It was read It is. 
 do. 271 1*4 line from lop, after Linger read particiilarh/. 
 do. -86, 22 line for all those difficulties are. however re id tke 
 dijiculties proof ding from errors ichich ociur in consequence 
 of a suUcitution of tares are^ 
 

^:%-^